Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 19, 2010

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

GenMark Diagnostics, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3841   27-2053069

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

757 S. Raymond Avenue

Pasadena, CA 91105

(626) 463-2000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Jon Faiz Kayyem, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

GenMark Diagnostics, Inc.

757 S. Raymond Avenue

Pasadena, CA 91105

(626) 463-2000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Michael S. Kagnoff, Esq.

Jeffrey C. Thacker, Esq.

DLA Piper LLP (US)

4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1100

San Diego, CA 92121

Tel: (858) 677-1400

Fax: (858) 677-1401

  

David B. Miller, Esq.

Jason Day, Esq.

Faegre & Benson LLP

2200 Wells Fargo Center

90 South Seventh Street

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Tel: (612) 766-7000

Fax: (612) 766-1600

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer     ¨    Accelerated filer                     ¨
Non-accelerated filer     x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 
Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $46,000,000   $3,280
 
 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act. Includes the offering price of additional shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Securities and Exchange Commission declares our registration statement effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated March 19, 2010

 

 

 

                Shares

 

 

GENMARK DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

Common Stock

 

$            per share

 

 

 

•GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. is offering         shares.

 

•We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

 

•This is the initial public offering of shares of GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. and no public market currently exists for these shares.

 

•Proposed trading symbol: NASDAQ Global Market—GNMK

 

 

 

This investment involves risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 8.

 

 

 

 

 

     Per Share    Total

Public offering price

   $                $            

Underwriting discount

   $    $

Proceeds, before expenses, to GenMark Diagnostics, Inc.

   $    $

 

 

 

 

The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to             additional shares of common stock from us to cover over-allotments, if any.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved of anyone’s investment in these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Sole Book-Running Manager

Piper Jaffray

 

 

Leerink Swann

 

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2010


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   8

Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements

   29

Reorganization of Osmetech Plc

   30

Use of Proceeds

   31

Dividend Policy

   32

Capitalization

   33

Dilution

   34

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

   36

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition

   39

Business

   49

Management

   73

Executive Compensation

   77

Principal Stockholders

   91

Related Party Transactions

   93

Description of Capital Stock

   95

Shares Eligible For Future Sales

   100

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders

   103

Underwriting

   107

Legal Matters

   111

Experts

   111

Where You Can Find More Information About Us.

   111

Financial Statements

   F-1

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor are we or the underwriters seeking an offer to buy, these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this prospectus is complete and accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside of the United States to permit a public offering of the common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come

 

i


Table of Contents

into possession of this prospectus in any jurisdiction outside of the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

This prospectus contains market data and industry forecasts that were obtained from industry publications, third-party market research and publicly available information. These publications generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. While we believe that the information from these publications is reliable, we have not independently verified, and make no representation as to the accuracy of, such information.

Some numerical figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in certain tables may not be an arithmetic aggregation of the figures that preceded them.

eSensor ® , Osmetech ® , GenMarkDx and our logo are our trademarks. This prospectus also includes trademarks, trade names and service marks that are the property of other organizations.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The items in the following summary are described in more detail later in this prospectus. This summary provides an overview of selected information and does not contain all the information you should consider. Therefore, you should also read the more detailed information set out in this prospectus and the financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” and “our,” refer both to GenMark Diagnostics, Inc., or GenMark, and Osmetech plc, or Osmetech, on a consolidated basis giving effect to the reorganization discussed below, or the Reorganization, pursuant to which immediately prior to the closing of this offering Osmetech will become a wholly owned subsidiary of GenMark. See “Reorganization of Osmetech plc.”

Our Company

We are a molecular diagnostics company focused on developing and commercializing our eSensor detection technology. Our proprietary electrochemical technology enables fast, accurate and highly sensitive detection of up to 72 distinct biomarkers in a single sample. Our XT-8 System received 510(k) clearance from the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and is designed to support a broad range of molecular diagnostic tests with a compact and easy-to-use workstation and self-contained, disposable test cartridges. Within 30 minutes of receipt of an amplified DNA sample, our XT-8 System produces clear and accurate results. Our XT-8 System supports up to 24 test cartridges which can be run independently, resulting in a highly convenient and flexible workflow for our target customers, which are hospitals and reference laboratories.

We have developed four diagnostic tests for use with our XT-8 System and expect to expand this test menu by introducing two to four new tests annually. Our Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test and Warfarin Sensitivity Test have received FDA clearance. Our Respiratory Viral Panel Test and Thrombosis Risk Test are currently labeled for investigational use only, or IUO, and we intend to obtain FDA clearance for these tests. We also have a pipeline of eight potential products in development or design, including a Plavix Sensitivity Test and a K-ras Mutation Test.

We are designing our next-generation AD-8 System to integrate DNA amplification with our eSensor detection technology to enable technicians to place a minimally prepared patient sample into our cartridge and obtain results without any additional steps. We believe this sample-to-answer capability will further simplify workflow and provide powerful, cost-effective molecular diagnostics solutions to a significantly expanded group of hospitals and reference laboratories.

Our XT-8 System and planned menu of tests are intended to enable our customers to perform a broad range of diagnostic tests, in some cases providing sources of diagnostic test revenue previously unavailable to them. We believe our technology will also improve patient care and be economically attractive to third-party payors who pay for these tests through established reimbursement codes. By providing an attractive value proposition to these key constituents, health care providers, patients and third-party payors, we intend to drive widespread adoption of our technology.

 

1

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Recent Developments

Beginning in the summer of 2009, we initiated a number of actions focused on improving our business and implementing our new strategy, including:

 

   

Appointed our New Chief Executive Officer . In August 2009, we retained Jon Faiz Kayyem, Ph.D. as our Chief Executive Officer. Dr. Kayyem is an inventor of our core electrochemical detection technology and led our predecessor company, Clinical Micro Sensors, through its acquisition by Motorola, Inc. in 2000 for approximately $280 million.

 

   

Strengthened our Management and Board of Directors . Steven Kemper joined as our Chief Financial Officer, and Christopher Gleeson and Kevin C. O’Boyle joined as independent directors. Each of these individuals has significant experience in growing early stage medical technology companies into high growth health care enterprises.

 

   

Established a New Commercial Organization . In late 2009, we added senior executives to our commercial operations and marketing groups and expanded our direct sales force. We are now focusing our sales efforts on the top 1,000 potential users of our XT-8 System in the United States, primarily high volume national and regional reference laboratories and hospitals.

 

   

Adopted a New Product Development Strategy . In addition to our current test menu, we are developing or designing eight additional tests for our XT-8 System. We are also developing our next-generation sample-to-answer diagnostic system, the AD-8 System.

 

   

Streamlined Operations . We closed multiple facilities in the United States and United Kingdom. We further intend to close our two facilities in Pasadena, California and consolidate operations into a single facility in Carlsbad, California in the fourth quarter of 2010.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the market leading provider of automated, multiplex molecular diagnostic testing systems. We intend to expand the use of our XT-8 System and diagnostic tests targeting especially those reference laboratories and hospitals in the United States that perform a high volume of molecular diagnostic tests. To achieve this objective, we intend to:

 

   

expand our menu of clinical diagnostic products;

 

   

grow our installed base of customers;

 

   

increase utilization of our tests;

 

   

develop our next-generation AD-8 System; and

 

   

expand internationally and explore out-licensing opportunities.

Market Opportunity and Limitations of Current Technologies

The global market for molecular diagnostics was estimated to be $1.9 billion in 2009 and is anticipated to reach $3.6 billion in 2014 according to L.E.K., a market research firm. Molecular diagnostics generally refers to the detection and measurement of DNA and RNA targets used to diagnose disease and to optimize the treatment of patients. Many factors are driving growth of this market, including the expansion of genetic testing for disease predisposition, advances in personalized medicine, such as the tailoring of cancer therapies to those individuals most likely to respond, and increased demand for infectious disease diagnostics panels.

 

2

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Commercially available molecular diagnostic testing systems, as well as “home-brew” or laboratory developed tests, or LDTs, are characterized by the following limitations:

 

   

Limited Menu of Diagnostic Tests . LDTs are typically custom designed for one specific genetic biomarker or disease. In addition, testing systems marketed as alternatives to LDTs currently offer only a limited number of tests for use with such systems.

 

   

Inability to Multiplex . Testing systems often lack the capacity to multiplex, or test for multiple biomarkers at the same time on a single patient sample. As a result, the laboratory must perform multiple, separate tests.

 

   

Poor Laboratory Workflow . Many LDTs and testing systems require significant sample preparation and washing steps, frequent calibration and time-consuming maintenance.

 

   

Risk of Human Error . Many LDTs and testing systems require technicians to perform complex manual procedures, which may lead to contamination. In addition, LDTs and many testing systems require the operator to interpret results, which increases the potential for human error.

 

   

Intensive Resource Requirements . Laboratories need highly skilled technicians and dedicate significant capital, labor and laboratory space to conduct molecular diagnostic tests. Many multiplex tests currently used by national reference laboratories are so specialized that only a limited number of their sites can perform these tests.

 

   

Shifting Regulatory Environment . Many LDTs and testing systems have not been submitted for FDA clearance. The FDA has imposed regulatory requirements on laboratories that use these tests. In the future, the FDA may further restrict use of non-FDA-cleared tests.

Our Solution

Our XT-8 System is an automated molecular diagnostic system that enables reference laboratories and hospitals to perform fast, accurate and easy-to-use molecular diagnostic tests. The XT-8 System consists of a compact bench-top workstation and self-contained, disposable test cartridges. We believe that our XT-8 System and related diagnostic tests will offer reference laboratories and hospitals the following benefits:

 

   

Versatile Platform for a Broad Menu . Our XT-8 System has broad application across a number of areas in molecular diagnostic testing. We have two FDA-cleared tests and two tests labeled for IUO. We also have a pipeline of eight additional products in development or design. We intend to introduce two to four new tests annually.

 

   

FDA-Cleared Products . We have received FDA clearance for our Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test and Warfarin Sensitivity Test. We submitted our Thrombosis Risk Test to the FDA for clearance in December 2009, and we intend to submit our Respiratory Virus Panel to the FDA for clearance in 2011.

 

   

Ease of Use . Our XT-8 System minimizes manual processing steps and streamlines data analysis, making molecular diagnostic testing available to a broad spectrum of laboratories. Our system requires minimal maintenance.

 

   

Accuracy and Reliability . Our Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test and our Warfarin Sensitivity Test demonstrated 100% accuracy in clinical studies compared to DNA sequencing. Our XT-8 System limits technician contact with a patient sample, reducing contamination risk, and provides clear reports, minimizing the risk of human error.

 

3

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents
   

Enhanced Laboratory Work Flow . Our technology streamlines the sample preparation process and can produce results within 30 minutes of receipt of the amplified DNA sample. Our XT-8 System provides random access, or the ability to initiate tests while other tests are in progress, for up to 24 independent test cartridges.

 

   

Multiplex Capability . Our XT-8 System currently enables testing each sample for up to 72 separate biomarkers in a single test cartridge. This allows laboratories to run multiple tests or panels on an individual patient sample in a one-step detection process.

Our Diagnostic Tests

We currently offer four diagnostic tests for use with our XT-8 System, two of which have received 510(k) clearance from the FDA and two of which are currently labeled for IUO. We also have eight additional diagnostic tests in the development or design stage.

 

Test

  

Intended Application

FDA-Cleared Tests

Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping

   Detects the most common mutations associated with cystic fibrosis

Warfarin Sensitivity

   Identifies biomarkers associated with Warfarin metabolism and sensitivity

IUO Tests

Thrombosis Risk

   Detects the most common mutations associated with increased risk of blood clots

Respiratory Viral Panel

   Detects major respiratory viruses and aids in the identification of respiratory infections

Tests in Development or Design

Plavix Sensitivity

   Identifies biomarkers associated with Plavix metabolism

K-ras Mutation

   Detects mutations in the K-ras gene associated with response to anti-EGFR therapy

Lower Respiratory Tract Infections

   Detects major viral and bacterial causes of lower respiratory tract infections

Central Nervous System Infections

   Detects major infectious agents associated with meningitis and encephalitis

Hepatitis C Virus Genotyping

   Identifies type and subtype of the hepatitis C virus

2D6 Tamoxifen Metabolism

   Identifies patients with altered 2D6 metabolism

EGFR Pathway

   Detects mutations in other genes besides K-ras involved in EGFR signaling

Human Papillomavirus Genotyping

   Identifies human papillomavirus types associated with cervical cancer

 

4

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Our AD-8 System

We are developing our next-generation testing system, the AD-8 System, to integrate DNA amplification with eSensor DNA detection. We are designing the AD-8 System to provide the same customer benefits of the XT-8 System and to further enhance workflow by reducing the level of sample processing required and incorporating DNA amplification. The AD-8 System is currently in development with technical feasibility completed using diluted blood in our Warfarin Sensitivity Test. We believe the AD-8 System may expand our target user base from 1,000 to over 5,000 laboratories and hospitals in the United States.

Selected Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk. Before participating in this offering, you should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus, including risks discussed in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8. Some of our most significant risks are:

 

   

We have a history of net losses and we may never achieve or maintain profitability.

 

   

We are reliant on the commercial success of our XT-8 System and our FDA-cleared diagnostic tests.

 

   

We may fail to successfully expand the menu of diagnostic tests for our XT-8 System, obtain licenses to additional biomarkers on commercially reasonable terms or effectively predict the types of tests our existing customers want.

 

   

Our products could infringe patent rights of others, which may require costly litigation and, if we are not successful, could cause us to pay substantial damages or limit our ability to commercialize our products.

 

   

Our sales depend on third-party payors reimbursing our customers for the use of our products at levels sufficient to for us to sell our products profitably.

 

   

We may not be successful in developing our next-generation AD-8 System.

Reorganization

GenMark was formed by Osmetech as a Delaware corporation in February 2010 and prior to this offering had nominal assets and no operations. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, GenMark will acquire all of the outstanding ordinary shares of Osmetech in the Reorganization under the applicable laws of the United Kingdom, pursuant to which all of the issued ordinary shares in Osmetech will be cancelled in consideration of (i) the issuance of common stock of GenMark to the former shareholders of Osmetech and (ii) the issuance of new shares in Osmetech to GenMark. The Reorganization assumes that Osmetech shareholders will receive one share of GenMark common stock for 230 ordinary shares of Osmetech. Following the Reorganization, Osmetech will be a wholly owned subsidiary of GenMark, and the former shareholders of Osmetech will hold shares of GenMark.

Office Location

The address of our principal place of business is 757 S. Raymond Avenue, Pasadena, CA 91105. Our office phone number is (626) 463-2000.

 

5

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Issuer    GenMark Diagnostics, Inc.
Common stock we are offering                shares of common stock
Common stock outstanding after the offering                shares of common stock
Offering price    $     per share of common stock
Use of proceeds    We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to develop a broad menu of tests, to fund our planned sales and marketing initiatives, to develop our AD-8 System and for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”
Proposed NASDAQ Global Market Symbol    GNMK

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering excludes:

 

   

993,215 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of February 28, 2010, at a weighted average exercise price of $7.77 per common share;

 

   

220,792 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of February 28, 2010, at a weighted average exercise price of $8.92 per common share; and

 

   

2,000,000 shares of common stock which will be available for future grant or issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2010 Plan, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, and the annual increases in the number of shares authorized under this plan beginning January 1, 2011.

Unless the context otherwise requires, all share and per share amounts in this prospectus have been adjusted on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Reorganization and assume that Osmetech shareholders will receive one share of GenMark common stock for 230 ordinary shares of Osmetech in the Reorganization, subject to any Osmetech shareholder who is due to receive fractional shares of GenMark common stock in the Reorganization becoming entitled to receive a single share of GenMark common stock in lieu of such fractional shares.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase up to             additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments, if any; and

 

   

no options, warrants or shares of common stock were issued after February 28, 2010, and no outstanding options or warrants were exercised after February 28, 2010.

 

6

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

The following summary consolidated historical financial information relates to Osmetech and its consolidated subsidiaries, which upon effectiveness of the Reorganization and prior to consummation of this offering, directly or indirectly, will be wholly owned subsidiaries of GenMark. Prior to the Reorganization, GenMark had nominal assets and no operations. The summary consolidated historical financial information of Osmetech and its consolidated subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Osmetech appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and has been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. The summary consolidated historical financial data of Osmetech should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements of Osmetech and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2008     2007  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

      

Revenue :

      

Product sales

   $ 910,527      $ 559,592      $ 234,099   

License revenue

     87,889        87,500        107,500   
                        

Total revenue

     998,416        647,092        341,599   

Cost of sales

     4,332,299        3,237,869        2,624,589   
                        

Gross loss

     (3,333,883     (2,590,777     (2,282,990

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     3,181,762        3,393,665        2,220,098   

Research and development

     5,633,717        13,423,679        12,554,236   

General and administrative

     8,288,762        9,632,708        8,895,796   
                        

Total operating expenses

     17,104,241        26,450,052        23,670,130   
                        

Loss from operations

     (20,438,124     (29,040,829     (25,953,120
                        

Other income :

      

Foreign exchange gain

     303,523        504,921        —     

Interest income

     33,222        420,011        1,715,211   
                        

Total other income

     336,745        924,932        1,715,211   
                        

Loss before income taxes

     (20,101,379     (28,115,897     (24,237,909

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

     138,770        (246,736     300,214   
                        

Net loss from continuing operations

   $ (19,962,609   $ (28,362,633   $ (23,937,695
                        

Net income (loss)

   $ (19,962,609   $ (28,362,633   $ 10,544,798   
                        

Unaudited pro forma net loss from continuing operations per common share, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (4.41   $ (28.13   $ (27.13

Weighted average shares used in unaudited pro forma per share amounts (1)

     4,526,758        1,008,386        882,325   

 

(1)

Based on a 1:230 exchange ratio in the Reorganization.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2009     2008  

Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16,482,818      $ 8,822,458   

Total assets

     19,333,477        15,175,215   

Long-term liabilities

     795,334        769,237   

Total liabilities

     4,008,659        5,237,946   

Accumulated deficit

     (126,089,889     (106,127,280

Total stockholders’ equity

     15,324,818        9,937,269   

 

7

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below and all of the other information set forth in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding to invest in our common stock. If any of the events or developments described below occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be negatively affected. In that case, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of net losses, and we may never achieve or maintain profitability.

We have a history of significant net losses and a limited history commercializing our molecular diagnostic products. We obtained FDA clearance for our first generation molecular diagnostic system in 2006, and commenced a limited marketing effort for this system. We commenced offering our XT-8 instrument and our Warfarin Sensitivity Test in July 2008. We commenced offering our Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test in July 2009. Our Thrombosis Risk Test and our Respiratory Viral Panel are currently labeled for IUO. Our net losses from continuing operations were approximately $20.0 million in 2009 and $28.4 million in 2008. At December 31, 2009, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $126.1 million. We will continue to incur significant expenses for the foreseeable future for our sales and marketing, research and development and regulatory activities and maintaining our existing and obtaining additional intellectual property rights. We can not provide you any assurance that we will ever achieve profitability and, even if we achieve profitability, that we will be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Further, because of our limited commercialization history and because the market for molecular diagnostic products is relatively new and rapidly evolving, we have limited insight into the trends that may emerge and affect our business. We may make errors in predicting and reacting to relevant business trends, which could harm our business and financial condition.

We are reliant on the commercial success of our XT-8 System and our diagnostic tests.

We expect sales of our XT-8 instrument and related diagnostic tests will account for the vast majority of our revenues for at least the next several years. We intend to dedicate a significant portion of our resources to the commercialization of our XT-8 instrument and our existing FDA-cleared diagnostic tests. Although we intend to develop a broad range of additional diagnostic tests for use with the XT-8 System and our next-generation AD-8 System, we can not assure you when or if we will obtain FDA clearances for the tests we intend to develop in the future, or whether the market will accept such new products. As a result, to the extent that our XT-8 System and our existing FDA-cleared diagnostic tests are not commercially successful or are withdrawn from the market for any reason, our revenues will be adversely impacted and our business operating results and financial condition will be harmed.

We may fail to successfully expand the menu of diagnostic tests for our XT-8 System, or effectively predict the types of tests our existing and target customers want.

We currently market two FDA-cleared diagnostic tests and have developed two other diagnostic tests currently labeled for IUO. In addition, we have eight diagnostic tests in the development or design stage. Some hospital-based and reference laboratories may not consider adopting our XT-8 System until we offer a broader menu of diagnostic tests. Although we are developing additional tests to respond to the needs of these laboratories, we can not guarantee that we will be able to license the appropriate technology, or develop and obtain required regulatory clearances or approvals, for enough additional tests quickly enough or in a manner that is cost-effective. The development of new or enhanced products is a complex and uncertain process requiring the accurate anticipation of technological and market

 

8


Table of Contents

trends, as well as precise technological execution. In addition, in order to commercialize our products, we are required to undertake time consuming and costly development activities, including clinical studies for which the outcome is uncertain. Products that appear promising during early development and preclinical studies may, nonetheless, fail to demonstrate the results needed to support regulatory approval or, if approved, may not generate the demand we expect. If we are unable to successfully develop and commercialize additional diagnostic tests for use with our XT-8 instrument, our revenues and our ability to achieve profitability will be impaired.

Our financial results will depend on the acceptance among reference laboratories and hospitals, third-party payors and the medical community of our molecular diagnostic technology and products.

Our future success depends on the acceptance by our target customers, third-party payors and the medical community that our molecular diagnostic products are a reliable, accurate and cost-effective replacement for other molecular diagnostic testing methods. Physician offices and many hospitals outsource their molecular diagnostic testing needs to national or regional reference laboratories. Our business success depends on our ability to convince our target reference laboratories and hospitals to replace their current testing methods with our XT-8 System and related diagnostic tests and increase usage of our new tests on installed systems. Many factors may affect the market acceptance and commercial success of our molecular diagnostic technology and products, including:

 

   

our ability to convince our potential customers of the advantages and economic value of our diagnostic systems and tests over competing technologies and products;

 

   

the relative convenience and ease of testing of our diagnostic systems over competing products;

 

   

the introduction of new technologies and competing products that may make our technologies and products a less attractive solution for our target customers;

 

   

the breadth of our menu of available diagnostic tests relative to our competitors;

 

   

our success in training reference and hospital-based laboratories on the proper use of our products;

 

   

the willingness of third-party payors to reimburse laboratories that use our diagnostic systems and tests;

 

   

the acceptance in the medical community of our molecular diagnostic technology and products;

 

   

the extent and success of our marketing and sales efforts; and

 

   

general economic conditions.

Providing XT-8 instruments to our customers through reagent rental agreements may adversely affect our liquidity.

We primarily place our XT-8 instruments with customers at no direct charge through “reagent rental” agreements, under which customers commit to purchasing minimum quantities of test cartridges over a period of one to three years. While we also offer our XT-8 instruments for sale, we have not yet had significant sales of the instrument and the amount of additional capital we may need to raise depends on the amount of our revenues from sales of test cartridges sold through these reagent rental agreements. If we do not sell a sufficient number of test cartridges to offset our expenses associated with these reagent rental agreements, our liquidity will be adversely affected.

 

9


Table of Contents

We have limited experience in sales and marketing and may be unable to successfully commercialize our XT-8 System and related diagnostic tests.

We have limited marketing, sales and distribution experience and capabilities. In connection with our XT-8 System, we commenced offering our Warfarin Sensitivity Test in July 2008 and our Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test in July 2009. As of December 31, 2009, we had 35 instruments actively in use with customers. We recently adjusted our sales strategy by terminating our relationship with a third-party distributor and beginning to build our own direct sales force. Our ability to achieve profitability depends on attracting customers for the XT-8 System and building brand loyalty. To successfully perform sales, marketing, distribution and customer support functions ourselves, we will face a number of risks, including:

 

   

our ability to attract and retain the skilled support team, marketing staff and sales force necessary to commercialize and gain market acceptance for our technology and our products;

 

   

the ability of our sales and marketing team to identify and penetrate the potential customer base, including hospitals and national and regional reference laboratories; and

 

   

the difficulty of establishing brand recognition and loyalty for our products.

In addition, we may seek to enlist one or more third parties to assist with sales, distribution and customer support globally or in certain regions of the world. If we do seek to enter into these arrangements, we may not be successful in attracting desirable sales and distribution partners, or we may not be able to enter into these arrangements on favorable terms, or at all. If our sales and marketing efforts, or those of any third-party sales and distribution partners, are not successful, our technologies and products may not gain market acceptance, which would materially impact our business operations.

We may not be able to correctly estimate or control our future operating expenses, which could lead to cash shortfalls.

Our operating expenses may fluctuate significantly in the future as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. These factors include:

 

   

the expenses we incur in connection with commercialization activities, including product marketing, sales and distribution;

 

   

the expenses we incur in licensing biomarkers from third parties to expand the menu of diagnostics tests we plan to offer;

 

   

our sales strategy and whether the revenues from sales of our test cartridges or XT-8 instrument will be sufficient to offset our expenses;

 

   

the time and resources required to develop, conduct clinical studies and obtain regulatory clearances for the additional diagnostic tests we develop;

 

   

the expenses we incur for research and development required to maintain and improve our technology, including developing our next-generation molecular diagnostic system;

 

   

the costs to attract and retain personnel with the skills required for effective operations; and

 

   

the costs of preparing, filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing patent claims and other patent related costs, including litigation costs and the results of such litigation.

Our budgeted expense levels are based in part on our expectations concerning future revenues from sales of our XT-8 System and diagnostic tests. We may be unable to reduce our expenditures in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected shortfall in revenue. Accordingly, a significant shortfall in demand for our products could have an immediate and material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

 

10


Table of Contents

We face intense competition from established and new companies in the molecular diagnostics field and expect to face increased competition in the future.

We compete with companies that design, manufacture and market already-existing and new molecular diagnostics systems and tests. These competitors include:

 

   

companies developing and marketing multiplex molecular diagnostics systems, such as Luminex Corporation and Nanosphere, Inc.;

 

   

large hospital-based laboratories and reference laboratories who provide large-scale testing using their own proprietary testing methods; and

 

   

healthcare companies that manufacture laboratory-based tests and analyzers, such as Roche Diagnostics and Qiagen NV.

We anticipate that we will face increased competition in the future as new companies enter the market with new technologies and our competitors improve their current products and expand their menu of diagnostic tests. One or more of our competitors may offer technology superior to ours and render our technology or our current products obsolete, unattractive or uneconomical. Most of our current competitors, as well as many of our potential competitors, have greater name recognition, more substantial intellectual property portfolios, longer operating histories, significantly greater resources to invest in new technologies, more substantial experience in new product development, greater regulatory expertise, more extensive manufacturing capabilities and the distribution channels to deliver products to customers. If we are not able to compete successfully, we may not generate sufficient revenue to become profitable.

Our success may depend upon how we and our competitors anticipate and adapt to market conditions.

The markets for our products are characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, changes in customer needs, emerging competition and new product introductions. New technologies, techniques or products could emerge with similar or better performance or may be perceived as providing better value than our systems and related tests and could exert pricing pressures on our products. It is critical to our success that we anticipate changes in technology and customer requirements and successfully introduce enhanced and competitive technology to meet our customers’ and prospective customers’ needs on a timely basis. We will need to respond to technological innovation in a rapidly changing industry and may not be able to maintain our technological advantages over emerging technologies in the future. If we fail to keep pace with emerging technologies, our systems and related tests will become uncompetitive and our market share will decline, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our Respiratory Viral Panel Test and other menu items that we develop in the future may have sales that fluctuate on a seasonal basis and, as a result, our results of operations for successive quarters may not accurately reflect full-year trends.

Our Respiratory Viral Panel Test and other menu items that we develop in the future may have sales that fluctuate on a seasonal basis. For example, we expect volume of testing for our Respiratory Viral Panel Test generally will decline during the spring and summer season and accelerate during the fall and winter season. As a result, comparison of our results of operations for successive quarters may not accurately reflect trends or results for the full year.

We may need to raise additional funds in the future, and such funds may not be available on a timely basis, or at all.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we will be required to finance our operations with our existing cash resources. We may need to raise additional funds in the future to

 

11


Table of Contents

support our operations. We can not be certain that additional capital will be available as needed or on acceptable terms, or at all. If we require additional capital at a time when investment in molecular diagnostics companies or in the marketplace in general is limited, we may not be able to raise such funds at the time that we desire, or at all. If we do raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible securities, the percentage ownership of holders of our common stock could be significantly diluted and these newly issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. If we obtain debt financing, a substantial portion of our operating cash flow may be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on such indebtedness, and the terms of the debt securities issued could impose significant restrictions on our operations. If we raise additional funds through collaborations and licensing arrangements, we could be required to relinquish significant rights to our technologies, products or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

Manufacturing risks and inefficiencies may adversely affect our ability to produce products.

We must manufacture, or engage third parties to manufacture, components of our products in sufficient quantities and on a timely basis, while maintaining product quality, acceptable manufacturing costs and complying with regulatory requirements. In determining the required quantities of our products and the manufacturing schedule, we must make significant judgments and estimates based on inventory levels, current market trends and other related factors. Because of the inherent nature of estimates and our limited experience in marketing our products, there could be significant differences between our estimates and the actual amounts of products we require.

We currently manufacture our proprietary test cartridges at our Pasadena, California manufacturing facility. We outsource manufacturing of our XT-8 instrument and much of the disposable component molding and component assembly for our test cartridges. Our XT-8 instrument is manufactured by Aubrey Group Inc., our single source supplier that specializes in contract design and manufacturing of electronic and electromechanical devices for medical use. The components are custom-made by only a few outside vendors. Reliance on third-party manufacturers entails risks to which we would not be subject if we manufactured these components ourselves, including:

 

   

reliance on third parties for regulatory compliance and quality assurance;

 

   

possible breaches of manufacturing agreements by the third parties because of factors beyond our control;

 

   

possible regulatory violations or manufacturing problems experienced by our suppliers; and

 

   

possible termination or non-renewal of agreements by third parties, based on their own business priorities, at times that are costly or inconvenient for us.

We may not be able to meet the demand for our products if one or more of these third-party manufacturers is not able to supply us with the necessary components that meet our specifications. It may be difficult to find alternate suppliers in a timely manner and on terms acceptable to us.

The manufacturing operations for our test cartridges in Pasadena, California use highly technical processes involving unique, proprietary techniques. In addition, the manufacturing equipment we use would be costly to repair or replace and could require substantial lead time to repair or replace. Any interruption in our operations or decrease in the production capacity of our manufacturing facility or the facilities of any of our suppliers because of equipment failure, natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes and fires or otherwise, would limit our ability to meet customer demand for the XT-8 instrument and tests and would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Other possible disruptions may include power loss and telecommunications failures. In the event of a disruption, we may lose customers and we may be unable to regain those customers thereafter. Our insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

 

12


Table of Contents

We plan to move our existing manufacturing operations in Pasadena, California to a new facility located in Carlsbad, California in the fourth quarter of 2010. Our new manufacturing facility will be subject to the risks discussed above related to our Pasadena manufacturing facilities. In addition, we will need to get the appropriate regulatory clearances for our new facility before commencing manufacturing operations. We may experience unexpected delays and costs in opening our new manufacturing facilities, which would have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

We may not be successful in developing our next-generation AD-8 System.

We are also developing our next-generation platform, the AD-8 System. We are designing the AD-8 System to integrate sample preparation with our eSensor technology to allow technicians to be able to place a minimally prepared patient sample into our test cartridge and obtain results with no additional steps. The development of the AD-8 System is a complex process, and we may not be successful in completing the development of all the currently intended features and benefits of the AD-8 System, which may limit its marketability. In addition, before commercializing the AD-8 System we will be required to obtain regulatory approval for the AD-8 instrument as well as each of the diagnostic tests to be used on the AD-8 instrument, including those tests that previously received approval for use with our XT-8 instrument. If we are unable to successfully develop and obtain regulatory approval for our AD-8 instrument and related diagnostic tests, our business plan will be impaired.

If we are unable to retain key members of our senior management and scientists or hire additional skilled employees, we may be unable to achieve our goals.

Our performance is substantially dependent on the performance of our senior management and key scientific and technical personnel. Our senior managers and other key employees can terminate their relationship with us at any time. We have a small number of senior managers, and the loss of services of any of these managers or our scientific or technical personnel, in particular Dr. Kayyem or Mr. Kemper, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We do not maintain key-man life insurance on any of our employees.

In addition, our product development and marketing efforts could be delayed or curtailed if we are unable to attract, train and retain highly skilled employees and scientific advisors. To expand our research, product development and sales efforts, we will need to retain additional people skilled in areas such as electrochemical and molecular science, information technology, manufacturing, sales, marketing and technical support. Because of the complex and technical nature of our systems and the dynamic market in which we compete, any failure to attract and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees could materially harm our ability to develop and commercialize our technology. We may not be successful in hiring or retaining qualified personnel, and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be unsuccessful in our long-term goal of expanding sales of our product offerings outside the United States.

Assuming we receive the applicable regulatory approvals, we intend to market our diagnostic products outside the United States through third-party distributors. These distributors may not commit the necessary resources to market and sell our products to the level of our expectations. If distributors do not perform adequately or in compliance with applicable laws and regulations in particular geographic areas, or we are unable to locate distributors in particular geographic areas, our ability to realize long-term international revenue growth would be materially adversely affected.

In order to market our products in the European Union and many other foreign jurisdictions, we, or our distributors or partners, must obtain separate regulatory approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries regarding safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical studies and commercial sales and distribution of our products. The approval

 

13


Table of Contents

procedure varies among countries and can involve additional testing. The regulatory approval process outside the United States may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval, as well as additional risks. In addition, in many countries outside the United States, it is required that the product be approved for reimbursement before the product can be approved for sale in that country. We may not obtain approvals from regulatory authorities outside the United States on a timely basis, if at all.

If we expand sales of our products outside the United States, our business will be susceptible to risks associated with international operations.

If we execute our plan to expand our operations outside the United States, our inexperience in operating in foreign countries increases the risk that our international expansion will not be successful. Conducting international operations would subject us to new risks that, generally, we have not faced in the United States, including:

 

   

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

   

unexpected changes in foreign regulatory requirements;

 

   

longer accounts receivable payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

 

   

difficulties in managing and staffing international operations;

 

   

potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities of foreign value added tax systems, tax inefficiencies related to our corporate structure and restrictions on the repatriation of earnings;

 

   

the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws and different legal standards;

 

   

increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

 

   

political, social and economic instability abroad, terrorist attacks and security concerns in general; and

 

   

reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries.

The occurrence of any one of these risks could negatively affect our business, results of operations and prospects. Additionally, operating internationally also requires significant management attention and financial resources. We can not be certain that the investment and additional resources required in establishing operations in other countries will produce desired levels of revenues or profitability.

We use hazardous chemicals, biological materials and infectious agents in our business. Any claims relating to improper handling, storage or disposal of these materials could be time consuming and costly.

Our research and development and manufacturing processes involve the controlled use of hazardous materials, including chemicals, biological materials and infectious disease agents. Our operations produce hazardous waste products. We can not eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or discharge and any resultant injury from these materials. We may be sued for any injury or contamination that results from our use or the use by third parties of these materials, and our liability may exceed our insurance coverage and our total assets. Federal, state and local laws and regulations govern the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these hazardous materials and specified waste products, as well as the discharge of pollutants into the environment and human health and safety matters. Compliance with environmental laws and regulations may be expensive and may impair our research, development and production efforts. If we fail to comply with these requirements, we could incur substantial costs, including civil or criminal fines and penalties, clean-up costs or capital expenditures for control equipment or operational changes necessary to achieve and maintain compliance. In addition, we can not predict the impact on our business of new or amended environmental laws or regulations or any changes in the way existing and future laws and regulations are interpreted and enforced.

 

14


Table of Contents

If our products do not perform as expected or the reliability of the technology on which our products are based is questioned, our operating results and business will suffer.

Our success depends on the market’s confidence that we can provide reliable, high-quality diagnostics systems. We believe that customers in our target markets are likely to be particularly sensitive to product defects and errors. As a result, our reputation and the public image of our products or technologies will be impaired if our products fail to perform as expected. Although our diagnostic systems are designed to be user-friendly, the functions they perform are quite complex, and our products may develop or contain undetected defects or errors. If we experience a sustained material defect or error, this could result in loss or delay of revenues, delayed market acceptance, damaged reputation, diversion of development and management resources, legal claims, increased insurance costs or increased service and warranty costs, any of which could materially harm our business.

We also face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the sale of our products. We currently carry product liability insurance that covers us against specific product liability claims up to an annual aggregate limit of $7.0 million. We also carry a separate general liability and umbrella policy that covers us against certain claims but excludes coverage for product liability. Any claim in excess of our insurance coverage would have to be paid out of our cash reserves, which would have a detrimental effect on our financial condition. It is difficult to determine whether we have obtained sufficient insurance to cover potential claims. Also, we can not assure you that we can or will maintain our insurance policies on commercially acceptable terms, or at all. A product liability claim could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards might be limited.

As of December 31, 2009, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $62.5 million for U.S. federal tax purposes. These loss carryforwards will expire in varying amounts through 2029. To the extent these net operating loss carryforwards are available, we intend to use them to reduce the corporate income tax liability associated with our operations. Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code generally imposes an annual limitation on the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that might be used to offset taxable income when a corporation has undergone significant changes in stock ownership. As a result, prior or future changes in ownership could put limitations on the availability of our net operating loss carryforwards. In addition, our ability to utilize the current net operating loss carryforwards might be further limited by the issuance of common stock in this offering. To the extent our use of net operating loss carryforwards is significantly limited, our income could be subject to corporate income tax earlier than it would if we were able to use net operating loss carryforwards, which could result in lower profits. We also have non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $30.4 million. As a result of the Reorganization, there is a significant risk these non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards may not be utilized.

Our corporate structure may create tax inefficiencies.

As a result of the Reorganization, Osmetech will become a wholly owned subsidiary of GenMark and a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. GenMark will be required to include in its income certain types of income and investments of Osmetech that otherwise would not be currently taxable under general tax rules. In addition, distributions from the U.S. operating subsidiaries of GenMark may be subject to additional U.S. and foreign income tax withholding and result in lower profits.

 

15


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Regulation

The regulatory clearance or approval process is expensive, time consuming and uncertain, and the failure to obtain and maintain required clearances or approvals could prevent us from commercializing our future products.

We are investing in the research and development of new diagnostic tests to expand our menu of testing options, as well as to develop our next-generation AD-8 System, which we anticipate will reduce the need for sample preparation when using our system. Our products are subject to 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval by the FDA prior to their marketing for commercial use in the United States, and to any approvals required by foreign governmental entities prior to their marketing outside the United States. In addition, any changes or modifications to a device that has received regulatory clearance or approval that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or would constitute a major change in its intended use, may require the submission of a new application for 510(k) clearance, pre-market approval, or foreign regulatory approvals.

The 510(k) clearance and pre-market approval processes, as well as the process of obtaining foreign approvals, can be expensive, time consuming and uncertain. It generally takes from four to twelve months from submission to obtain 510(k) clearance, and from one to three years from submission to obtain pre-market approval; however, it may take longer, and 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval may never be obtained. Delays in receipt of, or failure to obtain, clearances or approvals for future products, including tests that are currently in design or development, would result in delayed, or no, realization of revenues from such products and in substantial additional costs which could decrease our profitability. We have limited experience in filing FDA applications for 510(k) clearance and pre-market approval. In addition, we are required to continue to comply with applicable FDA and other regulatory requirements once we have obtained clearance or approval for a product. There can be no assurance that we will obtain or maintain any required clearance or approval on a timely basis, or at all. Any failure to obtain or any material delay in obtaining FDA clearance or any failure to maintain compliance with FDA regulatory requirements could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We and our suppliers, contract manufacturers and customers are subject to various governmental regulations, and we may incur significant expenses to comply with, and experience delays in our product commercialization as a result of, these regulations.

Our manufacturing processes and facilities, and those of some of our contract manufacturers, are required to comply with the federal Quality System Regulation, or the QSR, which covers the procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of our devices. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic unannounced inspections of manufacturing facilities. We and our contract manufacturers have been, and anticipate in the future being, subject to such inspections, as well as to inspections by other federal and state regulatory agencies. We intend to move our operations, including our test cartridge manufacturing operations, to a new facility in Carlsbad, California in the fourth quarter of 2010. Any delay in establishing our manufacturing operations at our new facility or obtaining any required licenses or regulatory approvals for our manufacturing facilities could delay our ability to develop or sell our products or cause us to incur more expenses than currently anticipated in our operating budget.

We must also file reports of device corrections and removals and adhere to the FDA’s rules on labeling and promotion. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability, including substantial monetary penalties and criminal prosecution.

Failure to comply with applicable FDA requirements, or later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products or manufacturing processes, including our failure or the failure of one of our contract

 

16


Table of Contents

manufacturers to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse QSR inspection, can result in, among other things:

 

   

administrative or judicially imposed sanctions;

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil penalties;

 

   

recall or seizure of our products;

 

   

total or partial suspension of production or distribution;

 

   

the FDA’s refusal to grant pending future clearance or pre-market approval for our products;

 

   

withdrawal or suspension of marketing clearances or approvals;

 

   

clinical holds;

 

   

warning letters;

 

   

refusal to permit the import or export of our products; and

 

   

criminal prosecution.

Any of these actions, in combination or alone, could prevent us from marketing, distributing or selling our products and would likely harm our business.

In addition, a product defect or regulatory violation could lead to a government-mandated or voluntary recall by us. We believe that the FDA would request that we initiate a voluntary recall if a product was defective or presented a risk of injury or gross deception. Regulatory agencies in other countries have similar authority to recall devices because of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture that could endanger health. Any recall would divert management attention and financial resources, could cause the price of our shares of common stock to decline and expose us to product liability or other claims, including contractual claims from parties to whom we sold products and harm our reputation with customers. A recall involving our XT-8 System or either of our FDA-cleared diagnostic tests would be particularly harmful to our business and financial results.

The use of our diagnostic products by our customers is also affected by the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988, or CLIA, and related federal and state regulations that provide for regulation of laboratory testing. CLIA is intended to ensure the quality and reliability of clinical laboratories in the United States by mandating specific standards in the areas of personnel qualifications, administration, participation in proficiency testing, patient test management, quality assurance and quality control and inspections. Current or future CLIA requirements or the promulgation of additional regulations affecting laboratory testing may prevent some laboratories from using some or all of our diagnostic products.

If third-party payors do not reimburse our customers for the use of our clinical diagnostic products or if reimbursement levels are set too low for us to sell our products at a profit, our ability to sell our products and our results of operations will be harmed.

We sell our products to hospital-based and reference laboratories, substantially all of which receive reimbursement for the health care services they provide to their patients from third-party payors, such as Medicare, Medicaid, other domestic and foreign government programs, private insurance plans and managed care programs. Reimbursement decisions by particular third-party payors depend upon a number of factors, including each third-party payor’s determination that use of a product is:

 

   

a covered benefit under its health plan;

 

   

appropriate and medically necessary for the specific indication;

 

17


Table of Contents
   

cost effective; and

 

   

neither experimental nor investigational.

Third-party payors may deny reimbursement for covered products if they determine that a medical product was not used in accordance with cost-effective diagnosis methods, as determined by the third-party payor, or was used for an unapproved indication. Third-party payors also may refuse to reimburse for procedures and devices deemed to be experimental.

Obtaining coverage and reimbursement approval for a product from each government or third-party payor is a time consuming and costly process that could require us to provide supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our product to each government or third-party payor. We may not be able to provide data sufficient to gain acceptance with respect to coverage and reimbursement. For example, Medicare and Medicaid generally do not reimburse providers who use our Warfarin Sensitivity Test, and we have not generated significant revenue from this test. In addition, eligibility for coverage does not imply that any product will be covered and reimbursed in all cases or reimbursed at a rate that allows our potential customers to make a profit or even cover their costs.

In the United States, the American Medical Association assigns specific Current Procedural Terminology, or CPT, codes, which are necessary for reimbursement of diagnostic tests. Once the CPT code is established, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services establish reimbursement payment levels and coverage rules under Medicaid and Medicare, and private payors establish rates and coverage rules independently. We can not guarantee that any of our tests are or will be covered by the CPT codes that we believe may be applied to them or that any of our tests or other products will be approved for coverage or reimbursement by Medicare and Medicaid or any third-party payor. Third-party payors may nonetheless choose to reimburse our customers on a per test basis based on individual biomarker detection, rather than on the basis of the number of results given by the test. This may result in reference laboratories, public health institutions and hospitals electing to use separate tests to screen for each disease so that they can receive reimbursement for each test they conduct. In that event, these entities may purchase separate tests for each disease, rather than products that can be used to return multiple test results.

Third-party payors are increasingly attempting to contain health care costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement for medical products and services. Increasingly, Medicare, Medicaid and other third-party payors are challenging the prices charged for medical services, including clinical diagnostic tests. In addition, Medicare’s current freeze on its clinical laboratory fee schedule may adversely affect the growth of the molecular diagnostics market for patients in the United States who are over 65 or have specific disabilities. Levels of reimbursement may decrease in the future, and future legislation, regulation or reimbursement policies of third-party payors may adversely affect the demand for and reimbursement available for our products, which in turn, could negatively impact pricing. If our customers are not adequately reimbursed for our products, they may reduce or discontinue purchases of our products, which would cause our revenues to decline.

Legislative or regulatory healthcare reforms may make it more difficult and costly for us to obtain regulatory clearance or approval of our products and to produce, market and distribute our products after clearance or approval is obtained.

From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the regulatory clearance or approval, manufacture and marketing of regulated products or the reimbursement thereof. In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. For example, in the future, the FDA may require more burdensome premarket approval of our system or diagnostic tests rather than the 501(k) clearance process we have used to date and anticipate primarily

 

18


Table of Contents

using in the future. Any new regulations or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose additional costs or lengthen review times of our products. Delays in receipt of or failure to receive regulatory clearances or approvals for our new products would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Federal and state governments in the United States are also undertaking efforts to control growing health care costs through legislation, regulation and voluntary agreements with medical care providers and third-party payors. Both the House of Representatives and Senate have passed comprehensive healthcare reform legislation. While reform proposals involve expanding coverage to more individuals, health care reform may also involve increased government price controls, additional regulatory mandates and other measures designed to constrain medical costs. In addition, both the House of Representatives and Senate health care reform legislation would impose significant new taxes on medical device manufacturers. Under these proposals, the total cost to the medical device industry would be up to $20 billion over the next decade. We can not predict whether comprehensive health reform will be enacted, when that might occur, or which provisions would be included in the final bill; however, reform legislation could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

We are subject to various federal and state laws pertaining to health care fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback, self-referral, false claims and fraud laws, and any violations by us of such laws could result in fines or other penalties.

Our commercial, research, and other financial relationships with healthcare providers and institutions are subject to various federal and state laws intended to prevent health care fraud and abuse. The federal anti-kickback statute prohibits the knowing offer, receipt or payment of remuneration in exchange for or to induce the referral of patients or the use of products or services that would be paid for in whole or part by Medicare, Medicaid or other federal health care programs. Remuneration has been broadly defined to include anything of value, including cash, improper discounts, and free or reduced price items and services. Many states have similar laws that apply to their state health care programs as well as private payors. Violations of the anti-kickback laws can result in exclusion from federal health care programs and substantial civil and criminal penalties.

The federal False Claims Act, or FCA, imposes liability on persons who, among other things, present or cause to be presented false or fraudulent claims for payment by a federal health care program. The FCA has been used to prosecute persons submitting claims for payment that are inaccurate or fraudulent, that are for services not provided as claimed, or for services that are not medically necessary. The FCA includes a whistleblower provision that allows individuals to bring actions on behalf of the federal government and share a portion of the recovery of successful claims. If our marketing or other arrangements were determined to violate anti-kickback or related laws, including the FCA, then our revenues could be adversely affected, which would likely have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

State and federal authorities have aggressively targeted medical device companies for alleged violations of these anti-fraud statutes, based on improper research or consulting contracts with doctors, certain marketing arrangements that rely on volume-based pricing, off-label marketing schemes and other improper promotional practices. Companies targeted in such prosecutions have paid substantial fines in the hundreds of millions of dollars or more, have been forced to implement extensive corrective action plans, and have often become subject to consent decrees severely restricting the manner in which they conduct their business. If we become the target of such an investigation or prosecution based on our contractual relationships with providers or institutions, or our marketing and promotional practices, we could face similar sanctions which would materially negatively affect our business.

 

19


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We rely on third-party license agreements for patents and other technology related to our products. The termination of these agreements could delay or prevent us from being able to commercialize our products and the failure to negotiate new licenses could prevent us from expanding our menu of diagnostic products.

We depend on licenses to certain patents and patent applications that are related to electrochemical detection technology and other technology used in our molecular diagnostic systems and test cartridges. These licenses include both exclusive and non-exclusive arrangements. Many of these exclusive licenses obligate us to use commercially reasonable efforts to commercialize the subject inventions of the licensed patents, and if we fail to meet this obligation, we could lose one or more of those licenses. If, following such an event, any of our licensors were to provide a license to these patents to one or more of our competitors, our ability to compete in the market may be diminished. Furthermore, if we fail to comply with our material obligations under any of our patent license agreements, the licenses may be terminated and we could lose license rights that are important to our business.

The exclusive and non-exclusive licenses expire at various times, corresponding to the subject patents or patent applications, the expirations of which currently range from 2013 to 2028. We expect that we will need to license other technology or patents to commercialize future products, including licenses to additional biomarkers to expand our menu of diagnostic tests. These licenses may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which could adversely affect our results of operations and growth prospects.

If we are unable to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection covering our products, others may be able to make, use, or sell products substantially the same as ours, which could adversely affect our ability to compete in the market.

Our commercial success is dependent in part on obtaining, maintaining and enforcing intellectual property rights, including patents. If we are unable to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection covering our products, others may be able to make, use or sell products that are substantially the same as ours without incurring the sizeable development and licensing costs that we have incurred, which would adversely affect our ability to compete in the market.

We seek to obtain and maintain patents and other intellectual property rights to restrict the ability of others to market products that compete with our products. Currently, our patent portfolio is comprised, on a worldwide basis, of 130 issued U.S. and foreign patents which we own directly or for which we are the exclusive licensee and that expire between 2013 and 2021. However, patents may not be issued based on any pending or future patent applications owned by or licensed to us and, moreover, issued patents owned or licensed to us now or in the future may be found by a court to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable. Also, even if our patents are determined by a court to be valid and enforceable, they may not be sufficiently broad to prevent others from marketing products similar to ours or designing around our patents, despite our patent rights, nor provide us with freedom to operate unimpeded by the patent rights of others.

We have also licensed certain intellectual property from third parties related to our products, and we rely on them to file and prosecute patent applications and maintain patents and otherwise protect the licensed intellectual property. We have not had and do not have primary control over these activities for certain of our patents or patent applications and other intellectual property rights. We can not be certain that such activities by third parties have been or will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations or will result in valid and enforceable patents and other intellectual property rights. Pursuant to the terms of the license agreements with some of our licensors, the licensors may have the right to control enforcement of our licensed patents or defense of any claims asserting the invalidity of these patents and even if we are permitted to pursue such enforcement or defense, we will require the

 

20


Table of Contents

cooperation of our licensors. We can not be certain that our licensors will allocate sufficient resources or prioritize their or our enforcement of such patents or defense of such claims to protect our interests in the licensed patents.

The patent positions of medical device companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in patents in these fields has emerged to date in the United States. There have been changes regarding how patent laws are interpreted, and the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or the PTO, has implemented changes to the patent system. Some of these changes are currently being litigated in federal court, and we can not accurately determine the outcome of that proceeding or predict future changes in the interpretation of patent laws or changes to patent laws which might be enacted into law. Those changes may materially affect our patents, our ability to obtain patents or the patents and applications of our collaborators and licensors. The patent situation in the medical device and disease diagnostic fields outside the United States is even more uncertain.

Future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage. For example:

 

   

others may be able to make systems or devices that are similar to ours but that are not covered by the claims of our patents;

 

   

we may not be able to identify potential infringers of our technology due in part to the large number of competitors in the field;

 

   

we might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by our issued patents or pending patent applications;

 

   

we might not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions;

 

   

our pending patent applications may not result in issued patents;

 

   

our issued patents may not provide us with any competitive advantages or may be held invalid or unenforceable as a result of legal challenges by third parties;

 

   

the claims of our issued patents or patent applications when issued may not cover our device or product candidates;

 

   

there may be dominating patents relevant to our product candidates of which we are not aware;

 

   

there may be prior public disclosures that could invalidate our inventions or parts of our inventions of which we are not aware;

 

   

the laws of foreign countries may not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States; and

 

   

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable.

We have a number of foreign patents and applications. However, the laws of some foreign jurisdictions do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as laws in the United States, and many companies have encountered significant difficulties in protecting and defending such rights in foreign jurisdictions. If we encounter such difficulties or we are otherwise precluded from effectively protecting our intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions, our business prospects could be substantially harmed.

We also rely on trade-secret protection to protect our interests in proprietary know-how and for processes for which patents are difficult to obtain or enforce. We may not be able to protect our trade

 

21


Table of Contents

secrets adequately. We have limited control over the protection of trade secrets used by our licensors, collaborators and suppliers. Although we use reasonable efforts to protect our trade secrets, our employees, consultants, contractors, outside scientific collaborators and other advisors may unintentionally or willfully disclose our information to competitors. Enforcing a claim that a third-party illegally obtained and is using any of our trade secrets is expensive and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States are sometimes less willing to protect trade secrets. We rely, in part, on non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and other parties to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary technology. These agreements may be breached and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. Moreover, others may independently develop equivalent proprietary information, and third parties may otherwise gain access to our trade secrets and proprietary knowledge. Any disclosure of confidential data into the public domain or to third parties could allow our competitors to learn our trade secrets and use the information in competition against us.

We may incur substantial costs as a result of litigation or other proceedings relating to the protection of our patents and other intellectual property rights and we may be unable to protect our rights to our technology.

If we or any of our licensors choose to go to court to stop a third party from using the inventions claimed in our owned or licensed patents, that third party may ask the court to rule that the patents are invalid and should not be enforced against that third party. These lawsuits are expensive and would consume time and other resources even if we were successful in stopping the infringement of these patents. In addition, there is a risk that the court will decide that these patents are not valid and that we do not have the right to stop others from using the inventions.

There is also the risk that, even if the validity of these patents is upheld, the court will refuse to stop the other party on the ground that such other party’s activities do not infringe our patents. In addition, the U.S. Supreme Court has recently changed some tests regarding granting patents and assessing the validity of patent claims. As a consequence, issued patents may be found to contain invalid claims according to the newly revised standards. Some of our own or in-licensed patents may be subject to challenge and subsequent invalidation or significant narrowing of claim scope in a re-examination proceeding before the PTO, or during litigation, under the revised criteria which make it more difficult to obtain patents.

We may also not be able to detect infringement against our own or in-licensed patents, which may be especially difficult for methods of formulation of products or methods of use. While we intend to take actions reasonably necessary to enforce our patent rights, we depend, in part, on our licensors and collaborators to protect a substantial portion of our proprietary rights.

Our products could infringe patent rights of others, which may require costly litigation and, if we are not successful, could cause us to pay substantial damages or limit our ability to commercialize our products.

Our commercial success depends on our ability to develop, manufacture and market our systems and tests and use our proprietary technology without infringing the patents and other proprietary rights of third parties. As the molecular diagnostic industry expands and more patents are issued, the risk increases that there may be patents issued to third parties that relate to our products and technology of which we are not aware or that we must challenge to continue our operations as currently contemplated. Our products may infringe or may be alleged to infringe these patents. Because some patent applications in the United States may be maintained in secrecy until the patents are issued, because patent applications in the United States and many foreign jurisdictions are typically not published until eighteen months after filing and because publications in the scientific literature often lag behind actual discoveries, we can not be certain that others have not filed patent applications for technology covered by our issued patents or our pending applications or that we were the first to invent the technology. Another party may have

 

22


Table of Contents

filed, and may in the future file, patent applications covering our products or technology similar to ours. Any such patent application may have priority over our patent applications or patents, which could further require us to obtain rights to issued patents covering such technologies. If another party has filed a U.S. patent application on inventions similar to ours, we may have to participate in an interference proceeding declared by the PTO to determine priority of invention in the United States. The costs of these proceedings could be substantial, and it is possible that such efforts would be unsuccessful if the other party had independently arrived at the same or similar invention prior to our own invention, resulting in a loss of our U.S. patent position with respect to such inventions.

We may be exposed to, or threatened with, future litigation by third parties having patent or other intellectual property rights alleging that our products or proprietary technologies infringe their intellectual property rights. Some of these third parties may be better capitalized and have more resources than us. We have received correspondence in the past bringing to our attention certain patent rights held by third parties and offering to discuss licensing terms to the patents. Independently, we have also identified patents held by third parties that cover one or more of our products or planned products. Although we have taken licenses to numerous such third-party patents, we have also declined to license certain patents in instances where we do not believe our existing products infringe valid claims. If one of these patents was found to be valid and cover any of our products, proprietary technologies or their uses, we or any collaborator could be enjoined by a court and required to pay damages and could be unable to commercialize our product candidates or use our proprietary technologies unless we or they obtained a license to the patent. A license may not be available to us or any collaborator on acceptable terms, or at all, which could potentially prevent us from developing new tests. In addition, during litigation, the patent holder could obtain a preliminary injunction or other equitable relief which could prohibit us from making, using or selling our products, technologies or methods pending a trial on the merits, which could be years away. Furthermore, such litigation is costly and could affect our results of operations and divert the attention of managerial and technical personnel.

There is a substantial amount of litigation involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the medical device, biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries generally. If a third party claims that we or any collaborator infringes its intellectual property rights, we may face a number of issues, including, but not limited to:

 

   

infringement and other intellectual property claims which, regardless of merit, may be expensive and time-consuming to litigate and may divert our management’s attention from our core business;

 

   

substantial damages for infringement, which we may have to pay if a court decides that the product at issue infringes on or violates the third party’s rights, and if the court finds that the infringement was willful, we could be ordered to pay treble damages and the patent owner’s attorneys’ fees;

 

   

a court prohibiting us from selling or licensing our product unless the third party licenses its product rights to us, which it is not required to do;

 

   

if a license is available from a third party, we may have to pay substantial royalties, upfront fees or grant cross-licenses to intellectual property rights for our products; and

 

   

redesigning our products or processes so they do not infringe, which may not be possible or may require substantial monetary expenditures and time.

Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations.

 

23


Table of Contents

We may be subject to claims that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

As is common in our industry, we employ individuals who were previously employed at other molecular diagnostics or medical device companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although no claims against us are currently pending, we may be subject to claims that these employees or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering

The market price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate significantly, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing common stock in this offering and subject us to litigation.

The offering price for our common stock sold in this offering will be determined based upon negotiations with the underwriters and current market conditions. The public offering price for our common stock may vary from the market price of our common stock at the time of the offering. Among the factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate are the risks described in this “Risk Factors” section and other factors, including:

 

   

fluctuations in our operating results or the operating results of our competitors;

 

   

changes in estimates of our financial results or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

   

variance in our financial performance from the expectations of securities analysts;

 

   

changes in the estimates of the future size and growth rate of our markets;

 

   

changes in accounting principles or changes in interpretations of existing principles, which could affect our financial results;

 

   

failure of our products to achieve or maintain market acceptance or commercial success;

 

   

conditions and trends in the markets we serve;

 

   

changes in general economic, industry and market conditions;

 

   

success of competitive products and services;

 

   

changes in market valuations or earnings of our competitors;

 

   

changes in our pricing policies or the pricing policies of our competitors;

 

   

announcements of significant new products, contracts, acquisitions or strategic alliances by us or our competitors;

 

   

changes in legislation or regulatory policies, practices or actions;

 

   

the commencement or outcome of litigation involving our company, our general industry or both;

 

   

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

   

changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;

 

   

actual or expected sales of our common stock by the holders of our common stock; and

 

   

the trading volume of our common stock.

In addition, the stock market in general, the NASDAQ Global Market and the market for diagnostics companies in particular, may experience a loss of investor confidence. A loss of investor confidence may

 

24


Table of Contents

result in extreme price and volume fluctuations in our common stock that are unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of our business, financial condition or results of operations. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common stock and expose us to securities class-action litigation. Class-action litigation, even if unsuccessful, could be costly to defend and divert management’s attention and resources, which could further materially harm our financial condition and results of operations.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop in the United States, and you may not be able to resell your common stock at or above the public offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our securities in the United States. The ordinary shares of Osmetech have been admitted to trading on the Alternative Investment Market, or AIM, of the London Stock Exchange under the symbol OMH since 2002, and were previously listed on the Official List of the United Kingdom Listing Authority and admitted to trading on the main market of the London Stock Exchange plc. There is currently, however, only a limited volume of trading in ordinary shares of Osmetech on AIM, which limits the liquidity of the ordinary shares on that market. We can not predict when or whether investor interest in our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market might lead to an increase in market price or the development of a more active trading market or how liquid that market might become. If an active market for our securities does not develop, it may be difficult to sell common stock you purchase in this offering without depressing the market price for our securities, or at all.

Some of our existing stockholders can exert control over us and may not make decisions that are in the best interests of all stockholders.

As of February 28, 2010, officers, directors, and stockholders holding more than 5% of Osmetech’s outstanding shares collectively controlled approximately 70.8% of Osmetech’s outstanding stock based on their respective beneficial ownership. Immediately after this offering, assuming none of these stockholders purchase shares of GenMark common stock in the offering or sell Osmetech ordinary shares after February 28, 2010, these stockholders will beneficially own approximately     % of GenMark’s common stock assuming the number of shares we sell in this offering remains the same as the number of shares on the cover page of this prospectus. As a result, these stockholders, if they act together, would be able to exert a significant degree of influence over our management and affairs and over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. Accordingly, this concentration of ownership may harm the market price of our shares by delaying or preventing a change in control of us, even if a change is in the best interests of our other stockholders. In addition, the interests of this concentration of ownership may not always coincide with the interests of other stockholders, and accordingly, they could cause us to enter into transactions or agreements that we would not otherwise consider.

Future sales of our common stock may depress our share price.

After this offering, we will have              shares of our common stock outstanding. Sales of a substantial number of common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. After the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering expire, additional holders will be able to sell their common stock in the public market, subject to legal restrictions on transfer. As soon as practicable following completion of this offering, we also intend to file a registration statement covering common stock issued or reserved for such issuance under our share incentive plans. In addition, our 2010 Plan provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the plan. We may also sell additional common stock in subsequent public offerings, which may adversely affect market prices for our common stock. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for more information.

 

25


Table of Contents

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering, and our investment of these proceeds may not yield a favorable return.

We can not specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds we will receive from this offering, and these uses may vary substantially from our current plans. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, including for any of the purposes described in “Use of Proceeds.” Accordingly, you will have to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of the proceeds. Our management may spend a portion or all of the net proceeds from this offering in ways that holders of our common stock may not desire or that may not yield a significant return or any return at all. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may also invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, our credit facility restricts our ability to pay dividends. The payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our results of operations, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, contractual arrangements, restrictions imposed by applicable law, any limitations on payments of dividends present in any debt agreements we may enter into and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. If we do not pay dividends, your ability to achieve a return on your investment in our company will depend on any future appreciation in the market price of our common stock. There is no guarantee that our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our holders have purchased their common stock.

We will incur costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies in the United States, which may adversely affect our operating results, and failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could cause investors to lose confidence in our operating results and in the accuracy of our financial reports and could have a material adverse effect on our business and on the price of our common stock.

As a public company in the United States, we will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our first report on compliance with Section 404 is expected to be in connection with our financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2011. The controls and other procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, is disclosed accurately and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms. We are in the early stages of conforming our internal control procedures to the requirements of Section 404 and we may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation needed to comply with Section 404 in a timely fashion. Our independent registered public accounting firm was not engaged to perform an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm’s audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, no such opinion was expressed. Even if we develop effective controls, these new controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or the degree of compliance with these policies or procedures may deteriorate. Even after we develop these new procedures additional weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting may be discovered. In order to fully comply with Section 404, we will need to retain additional employees to supplement our current finance staff, and we may not be able to so in a timely manner, or

 

26


Table of Contents

at all. In addition, in the process of evaluating our internal control over financial reporting we expect that certain of our internal control practices will need to be updated to comply with the requirements of Section 404 and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and we may not be able to do so on a timely basis, or at all. In the event that we are not able to demonstrate compliance with Section 404 in a timely manner, or are unable to produce timely or accurate financial statements, we may be subject to sanctions or investigations by regulatory authorities such as the SEC or NASDAQ and investors may lose confidence in our operating results and the price of our common stock could decline. Furthermore, if we or our auditors are unable to certify that our internal control over financial reporting is effective and in compliance with Section 404 we may be subject to sanctions or investigations by regulatory authorities such as the SEC or NASDAQ and we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and on the price of our common stock and our ability to access the capital markets.

Furthermore, as a public company listed in the United States, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including regulations implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ, may increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If notwithstanding our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards, we fail to comply, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

Failure to comply with these rules might also make it more difficult for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we might be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors or as members of senior management.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws and Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove the current members of our board and management.

Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change of control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. Furthermore, these provisions could prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove members of our board of directors. These provisions also could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. Stockholders who wish to participate in these transactions may not have the opportunity to do so. These provisions:

 

   

allow the authorized number of directors to be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

 

   

provide that our stockholders may only remove our directors for cause;

 

   

establish a classified board of directors, such that not all members of the board of directors may be elected at one time;

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue without stockholder approval preferred stock, the rights of which will be determined at the discretion of the board of directors that, if issued,

 

27


Table of Contents
 

could operate as a “poison pill” to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer to prevent an acquisition that is not approved by our board of directors;

 

   

require that stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called stockholder meeting or by unanimous written consent;

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for stockholder nominations to our board of directors or for stockholder proposals that can be acted on at stockholder meetings;

 

   

limit who may call stockholder meetings; and

 

   

require the approval of the holders of 80% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote in order to amend certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

In addition, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may, unless certain criteria are met, prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of the voting rights on our common stock, from merging or combining with us for a prescribed period of time.

 

28


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements concerning our business, operations and financial performance and condition as well as our plans, objectives and expectations for our business operations and financial performance and condition. Any statements contained herein that are not of historical facts may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. You can identify these statements by words such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “could,” “due,” “estimate,” “expect,” “goal,” “intend,” “may,” “objective,” “plan,” “predict,” “potential,” “positioned,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would” and other similar expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and future trends. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about our business and the industry in which we operate and management’s beliefs and assumptions and are not guarantees of future performance or development and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that are in some cases beyond our control. As a result, any or all of our forward-looking statements in this prospectus may turn out to be inaccurate. Factors that may cause such differences include, but are not limited to, the risks described under “Risk Factors,” including:

 

   

failure to obtain sufficient funding for the continued development and commercialization of our products;

 

   

failure to expand our menu of diagnostic tests, including the failure to obtain licenses to additional biomarkers on commercially reasonable terms;

 

   

increases in our projected expenditures on sales and marketing, research and development and administrative activities;

 

   

less than anticipated growth in the market for diagnostic testing generally and for the tests we are developing or may develop in the future;

 

   

failure of our products to gain market acceptance domestically or internationally;

 

   

inability to obtain regulatory clearance or approval for any of our products;

 

   

changes in the regulatory environment which may adversely impact the commercialization of our new products and result in significant additional capital expenditures;

 

   

failure to enter into or maintain successful strategic alliances, which may delay the development or commercialization of our products or may result in significant additional expenditures;

 

   

inability to attract or retain skilled personnel for our product development and commercialization efforts;

 

   

inability to protect our intellectual property and operate our business without infringing upon the intellectual rights of others, which could result in litigation and significant expenditures;

 

   

refusal of third-party payors to reimburse our customers for use of diagnostic systems and tests; and

 

   

failure to develop our next-generation AD-8 System with the capabilities we intend to offer.

Potential investors and other readers are urged to consider these factors carefully in evaluating the forward-looking statements and are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Unless required by law, we do not intend to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect new information or future events or otherwise. You should, however, review the factors and risks we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the SEC after the date of this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

 

29


Table of Contents

REORGANIZATION OF OSMETECH PLC

Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, Osmetech plc, a corporation registered in England and Wales, will become a wholly owned subsidiary of GenMark Diagnostics, Inc., a Delaware company. Under English law, it is not possible to change the place of incorporation of Osmetech from one jurisdiction to another so it was necessary to establish GenMark as the new parent company of Osmetech. GenMark was incorporated solely for this purpose and has nominal assets and no operations.

The establishment of GenMark as the new parent company of Osmetech will be achieved through a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the U.K. Companies Act of 2006. Pursuant to the scheme of arrangement, the shareholders of Osmetech agree that their ordinary shares in Osmetech will be cancelled in consideration for (i) the issue to those shareholders of shares of common stock in GenMark and (ii) the issue by Osmetech of new shares to GenMark. Based on the number of outstanding shares of Osmetech as of February 28, 2010, and the 1:230 exchange ratio set forth in the scheme of arrangement, 7,110,929 shares of common stock of GenMark will be issued to holders of Osmetech ordinary shares and 1,214,007 shares of GenMark common stock will be subject to outstanding options and warrants. The scheme of arrangement will have no effect on the manner in which the Osmetech business is conducted. We refer to the transactions contemplated by the scheme of arrangement throughout this prospectus as the “Reorganization.”

The Reorganization requires the approval of the shareholders of Osmetech and the sanction of the English courts, although it only becomes effective when a copy of the order of the court approving the scheme of arrangement is delivered to the registrar of companies in England for registration. Osmetech and GenMark have agreed to be bound by the scheme of arrangement and to do what is necessary to facilitate its implementation. The approval of the shareholders of Osmetech and the sanction of the court will have been obtained and the directors of Osmetech will proceed to deliver the court order sanctioning the scheme of arrangement to the registrar of companies in England immediately prior to the closing of the offering.

Following the Reorganization and this offering, holders of outstanding options to purchase ordinary shares in Osmetech will hold options to purchase a number of shares of common stock in GenMark equal to the number of shares of GenMark common stock as would have been issued had such options been exercised immediately prior to the Reorganization, and holders of outstanding warrants to purchase ordinary shares in Osmetech will hold warrants to purchase shares of common stock in GenMark equal to the number of shares of GenMark common stock as would have been issued had such warrants been exercised immediately prior to the Reorganization. Our stock option arrangements are discussed in detail below in “Executive Compensation – Stock Based Incentive Awards.”

 

30


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We expect to receive approximately             million of net proceeds from the sale of our shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, or $             million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $             per share of common stock would increase or decrease the net proceeds of this offering by $             million.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for the following purposes:

 

   

$15 million for the development of a broad menu of tests;

 

   

$10 million to fund our planned sales and marketing initiatives;

 

   

$3 million to continue to develop our AD-8 System; and

 

   

the balance for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

The foregoing expected use of the net proceeds of this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business condition. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly and will depend upon numerous factors, including cash flows from operations and the anticipated growth of our business. We will retain broad discretion in the allocation and use of our net proceeds. Pending the allocation of the net proceeds of this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment grade instruments, certificates of deposit or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

31


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock and we do not currently anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, pursuant to our Loan and Security Agreement with Square 1 Bank, we are restricted from paying any dividends. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the operation and expansion of our business. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including future earnings, capital requirements, financial conditions, future prospects, contractual restrictions and covenants and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

32


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table summarizes the cash, cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2009:

 

   

on an actual historical basis for Osmetech;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Reorganization; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of the shares of our common stock we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read the following table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Description of Capital Stock” and the financial statements of GenMark and Osmetech and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2009 (1)
     Osmetech plc
Actual
    GenMark
Pro Forma
    Pro Forma
As Adjusted

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16,482,818      $ 16,482,818      $                 
                      

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Ordinary shares, £0.001 ($0.00158) par value; 1,633,443,351 shares issued and outstanding

   $ 2,573,857      $ —        $  

Deferred shares, £0.0099 ($0.01709) par value; 689,478,300 shares issued and outstanding

     11,780,709        —       

Common Stock $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 authorized shares; 7,101,928 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —          710     

Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 5,000,000 authorized, none issued

     —          —       

Additional paid-in capital

     127,475,450        141,829,306     

Accumulated deficit

     (126,089,889     (126,089,889  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (415,309     (415,309  
                      

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 15,324,818      $ 15,324,818      $  
                      

Total capitalization

   $ 15,324,818      $ 15,324,818      $  
                      

 

(1)

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders equity and total capitalization by approximately $            , assuming the number of shares offered by us set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The above table excludes the following:

 

   

228,439,284 (993,215 after giving effect to the 1:230 share exchange) shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2009, at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $0.03 ($7.77 after giving effect to the 1:230 share exchange) per common share;

 

   

50,782,043 (220,792 after giving effect to the 1:230 share exchange) shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2009, at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $0.04 ($8.92 after giving effect to the 1:230 share exchange) per common share; and

 

   

2,000,000 shares of common stock which will be available for future grant or issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, and the annual increases in the number of shares authorized under this plan beginning January 1, 2011.

 

33


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest in our net tangible book value will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price is substantially in excess of the book value per share attributable to the existing stockholders for the presently outstanding stock after giving effect to the Reorganization.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2009 was approximately $15,154,767, or $2.13 per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the pro forma number of shares of common stock totaling 7,101,928 shares after giving effect to the Reorganization.

After giving effect to the sale of the             shares of common stock we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2009 would have been approximately $             million, or $             per share.

This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share and an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this calculation on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $             

Pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock as of December 31, 2009

   $                
         

Pro forma increase per share attributable to the offering

     

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering

     
         

Dilution per share to new investors

      $  
         

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value will increase to $             per share, representing an increase to existing holders of $             per share, and there will be an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, as of December 31, 2009, after giving effect to the Reorganization and this offering and the pro forma adjustments referred to above, the total number of shares of our common stock purchased from us and the total consideration and average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total
Consideration
    Average
Price Per
Share
     Number    Percent     Amount    Percent    

Existing stockholders

             $                $     

New investors

            
                              

Total

      100   $      100   $  
                              

 

34


Table of Contents

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the following will occur:

 

   

the pro forma as adjusted percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately         % of the total number of pro forma as adjusted shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

 

   

the pro forma as adjusted number of shares of our common stock held by new public investors will increase to         , or approximately         % of the total pro forma as adjusted number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The above discussion and tables exclude:

 

   

993,215 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2009, at a weighted average exercise price of $7.77 per common share;

 

   

220,792 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2009, at a weighted average exercise price of $8.92 per common share; and

 

   

2,000,000 shares of common stock available for future grant or issuance under our 2010 Plan, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, and the annual increases in the number of shares authorized under this plan beginning January 1, 2011.

The preceding discussion and tables assume no exercise of any options and warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2009. If all of our outstanding options and warrants as of December 31, 2009 were exercised, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $             per share, representing an increase to existing holders of $             per share, and there will be an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by $            , $             and $            , respectively, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

35


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data relates to Osmetech and its consolidated subsidiaries. The selected consolidated statement of operations data of Osmetech presented below for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data of Osmetech as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Osmetech, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The selected consolidated financial statement of operations data of Osmetech presented below for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data of Osmetech as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 have been prepared by Osmetech in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

36


Table of Contents

The results for the periods shown below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future periods. The selected consolidated financial data should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with the consolidated financial statements of Osmetech and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

      As of December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2006  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: (1)

       

Revenue:

       

Product sales

  $ 910,527      $ 559,592      $ 234,099      $ 50,500   

License revenue

    87,889        87,500        107,500        41,062   
                               

Total revenue

    998,416        647,092        341,599        91,562   

Cost of sales

    4,332,299        3,237,869        2,624,589        2,331,430   
                               

Gross loss

    (3,333,883     (2,590,777     (2,282,990     (2,239,868

Operating expenses:

       

Sales and marketing

    3,181,762        3,393,665        2,220,098        905,962   

Research and development

    5,633,717        13,423,679        12,554,236        10,606,562   

General and administrative

    8,288,762        9,632,708        8,895,796        9,781,509   
                               

Total operating expenses

    17,104,241        26,450,052        23,670,130        21,294,033   
                               

Loss from operations

    (20,438,124     (29,040,829     (25,953,120     (23,533,901
                               

Other income:

       

Foreign exchange gain

    303,523        504,921        —          —     

Interest income

    33,222        420,011        1,715,211        522,293   
                               

Total other income

    336,745        924,932        1,715,211        522,293   
                               

Loss before income taxes

    (20,101,379     (28,115,897     (24,237,909     (23,011,608

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

    138,770        (246,736     300,214        231,637   
                               

Net loss from continuing operations

  $ (19,962,609   $ (28,362,633   $ (23,937,695   $ (22,779,971
                               

Net loss per common share from continuing operations (basic and diluted)

  $ (0.02   $ (0.12   $ (0.12   $ (0.14

Weighted average shares used in net loss per common share

    1,041,054,350        231,928,699        202,934,689        165,457,028   

Unaudited pro forma net loss per common share from continuing operations, basic and diluted (2)

  $ (4.41   $ (28.13   $ (27.13   $ (31.67

Weighted average shares used in unaudited pro forma per share amounts (2)

    4,526,758        1,008,386        882,325        719,378   

 

(1)

Osmetech’s financial data as of December 31, 2005 and for the year then ended is excluded because we consider it to be of limited value to investors in assessing current operations and financial position for the following reasons: (i) it primarily relates to discontinued operations and Osmetech’s molecular testing business, which represents its continuing operations, was not acquired until July 26, 2005; (ii) Osmetech’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005 were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United Kingdom and are not comparable to the financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006 which were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP; and (iii) Osmetech changed its fiscal-year end in 2005, and as a result, the statement of operations for the period from May 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005, is not, by virtue of its length, readily comparable to annual financial information. Furthermore, we consider that given Osmetech’s stage in its development, historical financial data is of limited value to investors primarily due to the fact that the business units that existed prior to the acquisition of its continuing business, the molecular testing business, have now been discontinued. As a result of these factors, preparing the selected financial data for 2005 on a U.S. GAAP basis would entail unreasonable effort and expense and accordingly, this information has been excluded.

(2)

Based on the 1:230 exchange ratio in the Reorganization.

 

37


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,  
     2009     2008     2007     2006  

Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16,482,818      $ 8,822,458      $ 27,619,715      $ 13,874,798   

Total assets

     19,333,477        15,175,215        33,233,621        26,718,736   

Long-term liabilities

     795,334        769,237        720,355        339,144   

Total liabilities

     4,008,659        5,237,946        3,265,933        8,359,361   

Accumulated deficit

     (126,089,889     (106,127,280     (77,764,647     (88,309,444

Total stockholders’ equity

     15,324,818        9,937,269        29,967,688        18,359,375   

 

38


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

You should read the following in conjunction with the “Selected Consolidated Financial Information” and the consolidated financial statements of Osmetech and the related notes thereto that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, the following discussion and analysis includes forward looking information that involves risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated by these forward looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus. See also “Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

GenMark Diagnostics, Inc., or GenMark, was formed by Osmetech plc, or Osmetech, in Delaware in February 2010, and prior to this offering had no operations. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, GenMark will acquire all of the outstanding ordinary shares of Osmetech in the Reorganization under the applicable laws of the United Kingdom. As a result of the Reorganization, all of the issued ordinary shares in Osmetech will be cancelled in consideration of (i) the issuance of common stock of GenMark to the former shareholders of Osmetech and (ii) the issuance of new shares in Osmetech to GenMark. Following the Reorganization, Osmetech will be a wholly owned subsidiary of GenMark, and the former shareholders of Osmetech will hold shares of GenMark. Any historical discussion under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” relates to Osmetech and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the Reorganization, except that all share and per share information has been restated on a pro forma basis giving effect to the Reorganization.

We are a molecular diagnostics company focused on developing and commercializing our proprietary eSensor detection technology. Our proprietary electrochemical technology enables fast, accurate and highly sensitive detection of up to 72 distinct biomarkers in a single sample. Our XT-8 System received 510(k) clearance from the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and is designed to support a broad range of molecular diagnostic tests with a compact and easy-to-use workstation and self-contained, disposable test cartridges. Within 30 minutes of receipt of an amplified DNA sample, our XT-8 System produces clear and accurate results. Our XT-8 System supports up to 24 test cartridges, which can be run independently, resulting in a highly convenient and flexible workflow for our target customers, which are hospitals and reference laboratories.

We have developed four diagnostic tests for use with our XT-8 System and expect to expand this test menu by introducing two to four new tests annually. Our Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test, which detects pre-conception risks of cystic fibrosis, and our Warfarin Sensitivity Test, which determines an individual’s ability to metabolize the oral anticoagulant warfarin, have received FDA clearance. Our eSensor technology has demonstrated 100% accuracy in clinical studies compared to DNA sequencing in our Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test and our Warfarin Sensitivity Test. We have also developed a Respiratory Viral Panel Test, which detects the presence of major respiratory viruses, and a Thrombosis Risk Test, which detects an individual’s increased risk of blood clots. Both of these tests are labeled for investigational use only, or IUO. We have submitted our Thrombosis Risk Test for FDA clearance, and we intend to seek FDA clearance for our Respiratory Viral Panel Test. We also have a pipeline of eight potential products in different stages of development or design, including diagnostic tests for an individual’s sensitivity to Plavix, a commonly prescribed anti-coagulant, and for mutations in a gene known as K-ras, which is predictive of an individual’s response rates to certain prescribed anti-cancer therapies.

We are also developing our next-generation platform, the AD-8 System. We are designing the AD-8 System to integrate DNA amplification with our eSensor detection technology to enable technicians using

 

39


Table of Contents

the AD-8 System to be able to place a minimally prepared patient sample into our test cartridge and obtain results without any additional steps. This sample-to-answer capability is enabled by the robust nature of our eSensor detection technology, which is not impaired by sample impurities that we believe hinder competing technologies. We are designing our AD-8 System to further simplify workflow and provide powerful, cost-effective molecular diagnostics solutions to a significantly expanded group of hospitals and reference laboratories.

Since inception, we have incurred net losses from continuing operations each year, and we expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. Our losses attributable to continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $20.0 million, $28.4 million and $23.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2009, we had an accumulated deficit of $126.1 million. Our operations to date have been funded principally through sales of capital stock and sales of Osmetech’s previous businesses. We expect to incur increasing expenses over the next several years, principally to develop additional diagnostic tests, as well as to further increase our spending to manufacture, sell and market our products.

Financial Results Overview

Revenue

Revenue from continuing operations includes product sales, principally of our eSensor Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test and our Warfarin Sensitivity Test for use with our XT-8 System and our predecessor eSensor 4800 System. We primarily place our XT-8 instrument with customers through a reagent rental agreement, under which customers commit to purchasing minimum quantities of test cartridges over a period of one to three years. We also offer our XT-8 instrument for sale.

Revenue also includes licensing revenue from the out-licensing of our electrochemical detection technology. We may enter into additional sub-licenses of our technology generating additional revenue, but do not anticipate that this will provide a significant portion of our future revenue.

Our growth plans focus on both reagent rental agreements and instrument sales of our current XT-8 System and our next-generation AD-8 System that is currently under development. We plan to expand our base of customers and instruments as well as adding more tests for use with our instruments. We believe these developments will drive accelerated use of our test cartridges, which we expect to be our primary source of revenue.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes the cost of materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead costs used in the manufacture of our consumable test kits for our XT-8 System and our predecessor eSensor 4800 System, including royalties on product sales. Cost of sales also includes depreciation on revenue generating instruments that have been placed with our customers under a reagent rental agreement, and amortization of licenses related to our test cartridges.

Our XT-8 instruments are procured from a contract manufacturer and generally capitalized as fixed assets and depreciated on a straight line basis over their useful life as a charge to cost of sales. We expect our costs of sales to increase as we place additional XT-8 Systems and manufacture and sell an increasing menu of accompanying diagnostic tests.

We manufacture our test cartridges in our facility and have significant capacity for expansion. This underutilized capacity results in a high cost of sales relative to revenue, resulting in a gross loss. We believe cost of sales as a percentage of revenue will decrease as our sales of test cartridges grow.

 

40


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing include those costs associated with our direct sales force, sales management, marketing, technical support and business development departments. These expenses primarily consist of salaries, commissions, benefits, share-based compensation, travel, advertising and promotions. We expect sales and marketing costs to increase as we scale up our commercial efforts to drive an increased customer base.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses primarily include expenses related to the development of our XT-8 System and its predecessor eSensor 4800 System, including the detection instrument and the test cartridges. These expenses also included clinical study expenses incurred in the process of preparing for FDA clearance for these instruments and test cartridges. The expenses primarily consisted of salaries, benefits, share-based compensation costs, outside design and consulting services, laboratory supplies, contract research organizations, clinical study supplies and facility costs.

We expense all research and development costs in the periods in which they are incurred. We expect research and development costs to increase as we develop more advanced instruments and increase the development of new tests for our XT-8 System.

General and Administrative Expenses

Our general and administrative expenses include our executive, accounting and finance, information technology, legal, intellectual property, human resource and investor relations departments. These expenses consist primarily of salaries, benefits, share-based compensation costs, independent auditor costs, legal fees, consultants, travel, insurance, relocation, and public company expenses such as stock transfer agent fees and listing fees for AIM and NASDAQ.

Gain or Loss on Discontinued Operations

Loss from discontinued operations includes losses from our Gene Sensor business that was terminated in 2007 and from our Critical Care Division. Gain on sale of discontinued operations includes the gain realized upon sale of our Critical Care Division in the first quarter of 2007.

Foreign Exchange Gains and Losses

Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are translated at the prevailing rates on the dates of the transaction. Foreign exchange gains and losses arise from differences in exchange rates during the period between the date a transaction denominated in a foreign currency is consummated and the date on which it is settled or translated. Exchange gains and losses also include those arising on cash balances held by Osmetech denominated in currencies other than its functional currency, the British pound.

Interest Income

Interest income includes interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents.

Benefit (Provision) for Income Taxes

We account for deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. An allowance is provided to reduce deferred tax assets to zero, the amount that management estimates will be recovered.

 

41


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Polices and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Revenue

Revenue recognition, while an area of management focus, is generally straight-forward in application. We recognize revenue primarily from product sales, net of discounts and sales taxes. Instruments are placed free of charge with customers pursuant to reagent rental agreements. Revenue is recognized when the consumable test cartridges are shipped to customers. Shipping and handling costs are expensed as incurred and included in cost of sales.

Property and Equipment

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, which are noted below. We generally capitalize our XT-8 instruments, and previously the predecessor eSensor 4800 instruments, and provide these to customers for no charge. Each category of property and equipment is analyzed to determine its useful life. We look at the manufacturers’ estimates of useful life and adjusts these for actual experience in our operating environment. Useful lives are reviewed periodically and shortened if circumstances dictate a change.

 

Machinery and laboratory equipment

   -    3 - 5 years

Instruments at customer location

   -    3 years

Office equipment

   -    2 - 4 years

Leaseshold improvements

   -    over the shorter period of the life of the lease or the useful economic life of the asset

During 2009, our estimate of the useful life of our instruments was changed from five years to three years. This estimate was revised due to a change in our strategy to accelerate the development of our next-generation system and did not have a significant impact on the results for the period. Also $256,909 of inventory was transferred to machinery and laboratory equipment, as we now intend to place the items with customers for no initial charge.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We assess the recoverability of long-lived assets, including intangible assets and instruments at customer locations by periodically evaluating the carrying value of such assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. If impairment is indicated, we write down the carrying value of the asset to the estimated fair value. This fair value is usually determined based on an estimate of future discounted cash flows. The primary cause for us to consider instruments at customer locations for impairment is evidence that customers are not ordering the minimum quantities set forth in their reagent rental agreement. For impairment of instruments at customers’ locations, which are assessed separately for each customer, we analyze the recoverability based on historical and estimated future sales of test cartridges to each customer. In the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded an impairment against instruments of $865,389, which was recorded within cost of sales ($665,718), sales and marketing ($129,712) and research and development ($69,959).

Share-Based Compensation

We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model as the method for determining the estimated fair value of stock options. The Black-Scholes model requires the use of highly subjective and complex assumptions which determine the fair value of share-based awards, including the option’s expected term and the price volatility of the underlying stock. These assumptions include:

 

   

Expected Term . Our expected term represents the period that our share-based awards are expected to be outstanding and is determined by evaluating past experience.

 

42


Table of Contents
   

Expected Volatility . Expected volatility is calculated using our public company volatility based on our AIM trading prices for a period similar to the expected term of the options.

 

   

Expected Dividend . The Black-Scholes valuation model calls for a single expected dividend yield as an input. We assumed no dividends as we have never paid dividends and have no current plans to do so.

 

   

Risk-Free Interest Rate . The risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes valuation method is based on published government rates in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of option.

 

   

Estimated Forfeitures . The estimated forfeiture rate is determined based on our historical forfeiture rates. We will monitor actual expenses and periodically update the estimate.

Income Taxes

Our income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities and reserves for unrecognized tax benefits reflect management’s best assessment of estimated future taxes to be paid. We are subject to income taxes in both the United States and the United Kingdom. Significant judgments and estimates are required in determining the consolidated income tax expense.

We believe that it is more likely than not that the benefit from certain U.S. federal, U.S. state, and U.K. net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized. In recognition of this risk, we have provided a valuation allowance of $38,801,522 on the deferred tax assets relating to these net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets. If our assumptions change and we determine we will be able to realize these net operating losses, the tax benefits relating to any reversal of the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets at December 31, 2009 will be accounted for as a reduction of income tax expense.

Changes in tax laws and rates could also affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. Management is not aware of any such changes that would have a material effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

We recognize tax liabilities in accordance with ASC Topic 740 and we adjust these liabilities when our judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from our current estimate of the tax liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which they are determined.

Results of Operations – 2009 compared to 2008

Revenue

Revenue increased $351,000, or 54%, to $998,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $647,000 for year ended December 31, 2008. Product sales increased $351,000 or 63% to $911,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $560,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008. License revenue of $88,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 was equivalent compared to the year ended December 31, 2008.

Product Sales

Product sales consisted solely of test cartridge sales. The increase in revenue for 2009 was driven by sales of our Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test which replaced the predecessor Cystic Fibrosis Carrier Detection Test following FDA clearance of the test in July 2009. Revenue growth was hampered during this period by the lack of sufficient capital and the use of a distributor-based sales effort instead of a direct sale force for a major portion of the year ended December 31, 2009. Distributors generally do not dedicate substantial time to educate customers and monitor the evaluation of high technology new products which we believe adversely impacted our sales.

 

43


Table of Contents

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales increased $1.1 million, or 34%, to $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was due to $666,000 in impairment charges for instruments, and $549,000 in impairment charges for intangibles, partially offset by lower expenses for manufacturing support and temporary labor as production processes improved.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense decreased $212,000, or 6% to $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was driven by lower salaries and travel expenses partially offset by $381,000 for a one-time market research study in 2009 associated with our new strategy, relocation of the newly hired commercial team and increased depreciation of XT-8 instruments used in marketing evaluations. During 2009, we changed our estimate of the useful life of instruments used for marketing purposes from five years to three years, which increased our depreciation for 2009 compared to 2008 by $38,000, and we recorded an impairment charge of $130,000 for certain demonstration units. We are building our direct sales force during 2010 and expect these costs to increase during 2010 and beyond.

Research and Development

Research and development expense declined $7.8 million, or 58%, to $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $13.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decline was due to a substantial reduction in research and development headcount and expenses in 2009 after the completion of the XT-8 instrument development. We also consolidated our Rockland, Massachusetts and Menlo Park, California research facilities into our headquarters in Pasadena, California. From mid- 2008 until mid-2009 our research and development headcount declined by approximately 40 employees.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense decreased $1.3 million, or 14%, to $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $9.6 million for year ended December 31, 2008. The decline was due to costs during 2008 related to our fund raising activities.

Foreign Exchange

Foreign exchange gain declined $201,000, or 40%, to $304,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $505,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008. The gain was due to the settlement by Osmetech of U.S. dollar liabilities during the year as the U.S. dollar weakened against the British pound combined with the benefit of maturing U.S. dollar forward contracts which were held by us during the period.

Interest Income

Interest income declined $387,000, or 92% to $33,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $420,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008, due to lower cash balances and declining interest rates in 2009.

Benefit (Provision) for Income Taxes

A tax benefit of $139,000 was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to a tax provision of $247,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008. During 2009, a benefit was recognized relating to a carry-back of tax losses to prior years following the enactment of the Worker, Homeownership and Business Assistance Act of 2009. During 2008, a tax provision was recorded due to amendments made to the research and development tax credit claimed in prior periods.

 

44


Table of Contents

Results of Operations – 2008 compared to 2007

Revenue

Revenue increased $305,000, or 89%, to $647,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $342,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was driven primarily by sales of our predecessor Cystic Fibrosis Carrier Detection Test, along with initial sales of our Warfarin Sensitivity Test which was cleared by the FDA in June 2008. Product sales increased $325,000, or 139%, to $560,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $234,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007. Product sales consisted solely of test cartridge sales. License revenue declined $20,000, or 19% to $88,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $108,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007 due to the timing of license fees.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales increased $613,000, or 23%, to $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was due to capacity expansion for our manufacturing facilities to support production of our Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test as well as higher depreciation on instruments placed with customers.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense increased $1.2 million, or 53%, to $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was driven by higher employee-related costs, including salaries, benefits and bonus payments.

Research and Development

Research and development expense increased $869,000, or 7%, to $13.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in expense was related to the development of potential new tests and was partially offset by lower instrument development costs on our XT-8 System.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense increased $737,000, or 8%, to $9.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase resulted from costs associated with fund raising activities in 2008, offset by a reduction in share-based compensation charges due to a revision of estimates for achieving performance targets for management long-term incentive plans, and a reduction in bonus payments.

Foreign Exchange

Foreign exchange gain increased to $505,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to zero for the year ended December 31, 2007. The gain was primarily due to U.S. dollar denominated cash balances held by Osmetech at the start of the year and utilized during the year as the U.S. dollar strengthened against the British pound. The functional currency of Osmetech is British pounds.

Interest Income

Interest income declined $1.3 million, or 76%, to $420,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, due to lower cash balances and declining interest rates in 2008.

Benefit (Provision) for Income Taxes

A tax provision of $247,000 was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to a tax benefit of $300,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007. During 2008, a tax provision was recorded

 

45


Table of Contents

due to amendments made to the research and development tax credit claimed in prior periods. During 2007, a benefit was recognized that primarily related to research and development tax credits.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date we have funded our operations primarily from the sale of our common stock, proceeds from sale of a business and revenues. We have incurred net losses from continuing operations each year and have not yet achieved profitability.

At December 31, 2009, we had $14.6 million of working capital, including $16.5 million in cash and cash equivalents. Net cash used in operations declined $10.7 million to $15.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $26.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to a lower net loss and $1.2 million of use of inventory. Accounts receivable increased $51,000 to $170,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $119,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to higher revenues during the fourth quarter of 2009. Accounts payables, accrued compensation and other current liabilities declined $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily due to payments of previously accrued legal and facility renegotiation costs in 2009 as well as lower operating expense and material purchases. Net cash used in investing activities declined $374,000 to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 due to slightly lower purchases of capital assets, primarily XT-8 instruments used for reagent rental programs.

Net cash provided by financing activities increased $14.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $24.1 million, compared to $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. On June 25, 2009, we issued equity for net proceeds of $8.4 million. On December 21, 2009, we issued equity for net proceeds of approximately $15.7 million.

Our primary use of cash in 2009 was for operating expenses and cost of sales and we expect our primary future use of cash will be to fund continuing operations as well as development of new tests and our next-generation AD-8 System.

In March 2010, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Square 1 Bank, pursuant to which we obtained a credit facility consisting of a revolving line of credit in the amount of up to $2 million and an equipment term loan in the amount of up to $2 million. Based upon certain financial covenants, interest on the revolving line of credit will be either (i) the greater of (a) the bank’s prime rate (3.25% as of March 15, 2010) plus 2.75%, or (b) 6%; or (ii) the greater of (a) the bank’s prime rate plus 3.75%, or (b) 7%. In addition, based upon certain financial covenants, interest on the equipment term loan will be either (i) the greater of (a) the bank’s prime rate plus 3.25%, or (b) 6.50%; or (ii) the greater of (a) the bank’s prime rate plus 4.25%, or (b) 7.50%. The revolving line matures in July 2011 and the term loan matures in July 2013.

Pursuant to the terms of the loan and security agreement, we are required to maintain certain minimum cash ratios based upon our total cash balance and whether there are any outstanding amounts borrowed against the revolving line of credit or term loan. In addition, the loan and security agreement includes several restrictive covenants, including requirements that we obtain the consent of Square 1 Bank prior to entering into any change of control event unless all debt is repaid to Square 1 Bank prior to the change of control event, incurring other indebtedness or liens with respect to our property, making distributions to our stockholders, making certain investments or entering into certain transactions with affiliates and other restrictions on storing inventory and equipment with third parties. The agreement also limits the amount we can borrow under the term loan to license genetic biomarkers to $500,000. To secure the credit facility, we granted Square 1 Bank a first priority security interest in our assets and intellectual property rights. As of March 19, 2010, we had not drawn down any funds under the credit facility or the term loan. We are in compliance will all ratios and covenants.

 

46


Table of Contents

We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our business for the foreseeable future and for at least the next 12 months. We plan to use the estimated net proceeds for development of new tests, planned sales and marketing initiatives and our next-generation AD-8 System. We expect capital outlays and operating expenditures to increase over the next several years as we grow our customer base and revenues, expand our research and development, commercialization and manufacturing activities. The amount of additional capital we may need to raise depends on many factors, including:

 

   

the level of revenues and the rate of revenue growth;

 

   

the level of expenses required to expand our sales and marketing activities;

 

   

the level of research and development investment required to maintain and improve our technology;

 

   

the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

competing technological and market developments;

 

   

our need to acquire or license complementary technologies or acquire complementary businesses; and

 

   

changes in regulatory policies or laws that affect our operations.

We can not be certain that additional capital will be available when and as needed or that our actual cash requirements will not be greater than anticipated. If we require additional capital at a time when investment in diagnostics companies or in the marketplace in general is limited due to the then prevailing market or other conditions, we may not be able to raise such funds at the time that we desire, on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, if we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. If we obtain additional debt financing, a substantial portion of our operating cash flow may be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on such indebtedness, and the terms of the debt securities issued could impose significant restrictions on our operations. If we raise additional funds through collaborations and licensing arrangements, we might be required to relinquish significant rights to our technologies or products, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

Contractual Obligations

As of December 31, 2009, we had contractual obligations relating to our facilities and equipment leases as follows:

 

     Payments due by period

Contractual Obligations

   Total    Less than
1 Year
   1-3 Years    4-5
Years
   After
5 Years

Operating lease obligations (1)

   $ 882,297    $ 689,330    $ 192,967    $ —      $ —  

 

(1)

Included in these amounts are primarily facilities and various equipment leases. We enter into operating leases in the ordinary course of business with respect to facilities and equipment. Our lease agreements have fixed payment terms based on the passage of time. Certain facility leases require payment of maintenance and real estate taxes. Our future operating lease obligations could change if we exit certain contracts or if we enter into additional operating leases.

In addition to the obligations in the table above, approximately $463,000 of unrecognized tax benefits, including accrued interest and penalties of $81,000, have been recorded as liabilities and we are uncertain as to if or when such amounts may be settled.

 

47


Table of Contents

In November 2009, we renegotiated our lease on our 25,000 square foot headquarters facility in Pasadena, California that lowered our rent and accelerated the termination of that lease to June 30, 2010.

In March 2008, we exercised our option to extend the operating lease of the premises at our approximately 8,500 square-foot manufacturing facility in Pasadena, California, for a three-year period from August 1, 2008 until July 31, 2011 at a rental cost of $20,723 per month, increasing at a rate of approximately 4% annually thereafter. We are in the process of negotiating a reduction in both the rental rate and term of this lease but there can be no assurance that this lease can be modified. On February 8, 2010, we entered into a seven-year and seven-month lease for a new 31,098 square foot facility in Carlsbad, California. The facility is part of a three-building office and research and development project located at 5964 La Place Court, Carlsbad, California, and the project totals 158,733 rentable square feet. Monthly rental payments of $45,092 commence upon the date of substantial completion of the tenant improvements in the premises and increase 3% annually thereafter. We also pay our pro-rata share of the building and project maintenance, property tax, management and other costs subject to certain limitations. We have paid a $55,000 security deposit and provided a $500,000 standby letter of credit as security for the future rent as well as for up to $2.0 million in landlord funded tenant improvements. The lease also provides for expansion rights and rights of first refusal for expansion within our building, subject to certain limitations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Our exposure to market risk is limited to our cash and cash equivalents, all of which have maturities of less than three months. The goals of our investment policy are preservation of capital, fulfillment of liquidity needs and fiduciary control of cash and investments. We also seek to maximize income from our investments without assuming significant risk. To achieve our goals, in the future we may maintain a portfolio of cash equivalents and investments in a variety of securities that management believes to be of high credit quality. We currently do not hedge interest rate exposure. Because of the short-term maturities of our cash equivalents, we do not believe that an increase in market rates would have a material negative impact on the value of our portfolio.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risks

Substantially all of our operating facilities are located within the United States. Osmetech is a UK entity and its functional currency is the British pound. Virtually all of our revenues are based in the United States. A small portion of our expenses, relating to our corporate office, were transacted in British pounds. The U.S. based subsidiaries of Osmetech use the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. After this offering there will be no material operations outside of the United States which will diminish the extent of any foreign currency exchange risk.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2009, authoritative guidance was provided on revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. Under this guidance, when vendor specific objective evidence or third-party evidence for deliverables in an arrangement can not be determined, a best estimate of the selling price is required to separate deliverables and allocate arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method. The guidance also includes new disclosure requirements on how the application of the relative selling price method affects the timing and amount of revenue recognition. This guidance is to be applied on a prospective basis for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, with earlier application permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the implementation on its results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

 

48


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a molecular diagnostics company focused on developing and commercializing our proprietary eSensor detection technology. Our proprietary electrochemical technology enables fast, accurate and highly sensitive detection of up to 72 distinct biomarkers in a single sample. Our XT-8 System received 510(k) clearance from the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and is designed to support a broad range of molecular diagnostic tests with a compact and easy-to-use workstation and self-contained, disposable test cartridges. Within 30 minutes of receipt of an amplified DNA sample, our XT-8 System produces clear and accurate results. Our XT-8 System supports up to 24 test cartridges, of which can be run independently, resulting in a highly convenient and flexible workflow for our target customers, which are hospitals and reference laboratories.

We have developed four diagnostic tests for use with our XT-8 System and expect to expand this test menu by introducing two to four new tests annually. Our Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test, which detects pre-conception risks of cystic fibrosis, and our Warfarin Sensitivity Test, which determines an individual’s ability to metabolize the oral anticoagulant warfarin, have received FDA clearance. Our eSensor technology has demonstrated 100% accuracy in clinical studies compared to DNA sequencing in our Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test and our Warfarin Sensitivity Test. We have also developed a Respiratory Viral Panel Test, which detects the presence of major respiratory viruses, and a Thrombosis Risk Test, which detects an individual’s increased risk of blood clots. Both of these tests are labeled for investigational use only, or IUO. We have submitted our Thrombosis Risk Test for FDA clearance, and we intend to seek FDA clearance for our Respiratory Viral Panel Test. We also have a pipeline of eight potential products in different stages of development or design, including diagnostic tests for an individual’s sensitivity to Plavix, a commonly prescribed anti-coagulant, and for mutations in a gene known as K-ras, which is predictive of an individual’s response rates to certain prescribed anti-cancer therapies.

We are also developing our next-generation platform, the AD-8 System. We are designing the AD-8 System to integrate DNA amplification with our eSensor detection technology to enable technicians to place a minimally prepared patient sample into our test cartridge and obtain results without any additional steps. This sample-to-answer capability is enabled by the robust nature of our eSensor detection technology, which is not impaired by sample impurities that we believe hinder competing technologies. We are designing our AD-8 System to further simplify workflow and provide powerful, cost-effective molecular diagnostics solutions to a significantly expanded group of hospitals and reference laboratories.

Our XT-8 System and planned menu of tests are intended to improve patient care and physician practices by providing high value, clinically useful information to aid in the diagnosis of disease and the selection of pharmacogenetics, or tailored treatments to an individual’s genetic profile. We believe that these improvements in patient care are economically attractive to third-party payors and managed care providers, who pay for these tests through established reimbursement codes. Given historically positive reimbursement levels and because the XT-8 System is designed to be flexible and easy-to-use, we believe that our customers will choose to perform a broad range of tests on our platform, in some cases providing our customers with sources of diagnostic test revenue previously unavailable to them. By focusing our product development and commercialization efforts on high value, clinically useful opportunities in genetic and infectious diseases, cancer and personalized medicine, we believe we will drive widespread clinical adoption of our products.

 

49


Table of Contents

Recent Developments

Beginning in the summer of 2009, we initiated a number of actions focused on improving our business and implementing our new strategy, including:

 

   

Appointed our New Chief Executive Officer .    In August 2009, we retained Jon Faiz Kayyem, Ph.D. as our Chief Executive Officer. Dr. Kayyem is an inventor of our core electrochemical detection technology while he was a Senior Research Fellow at The California Institute of Technology. He founded our predecessor company, Clinical Micro Sensors, and led its development and growth through its acquisition by Motorola, Inc. in 2000 for approximately $280 million.

 

   

Strengthened our Board of Directors and Executive Management .    Christopher Gleeson and Kevin C. O’Boyle joined Daryl Faulkner as independent directors, and we retained Steve Kemper as our Chief Financial Officer. Each of these individuals has experience in growing early-stage medical technology companies into high growth health care enterprises. Mr. Gleeson previously served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Ventana Medical Systems, Inc.; Mr. O’Boyle was the former Chief Financial Officer of NuVasive, Inc.; Mr. Faulkner previously served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Digene Corp.; and Mr. Kemper previously served as the Chief Financial Officer of DexCom, Inc.

 

   

Established a New Commercial Organization .    In late 2009, we added senior executives to our commercial operations and marketing groups and expanded our direct sales force. At that time, we retained John Bellano as Senior Vice President of Commercial Operations. Mr. Bellano previously served as the Vice President of Sales at Hologic, Inc. and Third Wave Technologies, Inc. With this new organization, we have identified and are focusing our marketing efforts on what we believe are the top 1,000 potential users of our XT-8 System in the United States, primarily high volume national and regional reference laboratories and hospitals.

 

   

Rebranded our Operations and Formed a Delaware Parent Company .    We are in the process of rebranding our operations as GenMark Diagnostics, Inc, or GenMark. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, GenMark will acquire all of the outstanding ordinary shares of Osmetech plc, or Osmetech, in the Reorganization under the applicable laws of the United Kingdom. As a result of this transaction, Osmetech will become a wholly owned subsidiary of GenMark, and the former shareholders of Osmetech will hold shares of GenMark.

 

   

Adopted a New Market-Driven Product Development Strategy .    We changed our product development strategy to accelerate development of a large menu of multiplex diagnostics tests for use on our XT-8 instrument. In addition to our FDA-cleared Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping and Warfarin Sensitivity Tests and our Respiratory Viral Panel and Thrombosis Risk Tests which are currently labeled for IUO, we are currently developing or designing eight additional tests for our XT-8 instrument in the areas of pharmacogenetics, genetic diseases, infectious diseases and oncology. We are also developing our next-generation sample-to-answer diagnostic system, the AD-8 System, which we believe will expand the potential customer base for our products.

 

   

Streamlined Operations .    We closed our facilities in Rockland, Massachusetts, Duxbury Massachusetts, Menlo Park, California and the United Kingdom to reduce our operating costs and streamline our operations. To further improve our operations, we intend to close our two facilities in Pasadena, California and combine our manufacturing, research and development and administrative operations into a single facility in Carlsbad, California in the fourth quarter of 2010.

 

50


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the market leading provider of automated, multiplex molecular diagnostic testing systems. We intend to expand the use of our XT-8 System and diagnostic tests targeting especially those reference laboratories and hospitals in the United States which perform a high volume of molecular diagnostic tests. To achieve this objective, we intend to:

 

   

Expand our Menu of Clinical Diagnostic Products .    We intend to develop a broad menu of molecular diagnostic tests that we believe satisfy important medical needs and will be attractively reimbursed by third-party payors. We are pursuing and intend to continue to pursue FDA clearance for our tests. We intend to explore other tests that are either already in high demand or projected to experience rapid growth. We plan to gain access to these tests by in-licensing the appropriate biomarkers that have shown correlations to diseases or drug sensitivity.

 

   

Grow our Installed Base of Customers .    We have identified those laboratories and hospitals in the United States that we believe will be high volume customers and who will benefit from our eSensor technology. We intend to leverage our new commercial organization to drive placements of our XT-8 System. We anticipate expansion of our installed base of customers will drive sales of our test cartridges, from which we anticipate generating the majority of our revenues.

 

   

Increase Utilization of Tests .    We intend to increase the use of our diagnostic tests by developing and offering tools and support tailored to our products such as accredited physician education programs and seminars, product training for our customers and reimbursement support. These activities will aid in establishing the clinical utility of multiplex molecular diagnostic tests, which we believe will increase adoption of our products.

 

   

Develop our Next-Generation AD-8 System .    We are developing our AD-8 System to provide all the customer benefits of our XT-8 System while also integrating automated DNA amplification. This feature will eliminate the need for time consuming and complex sample preparation steps and allow technicians to place a minimally prepared patient sample into our test cartridge. We have already demonstrated feasibility of direct sample-to-answer detection on an AD-8 System prototype using diluted blood. We believe this advancement will make our technology attractive to a broader range of hospitals and laboratories that lack the technical or economic resources to perform molecular diagnostic testing with existing products and technology. We believe such workflow enhancements may expand our target user base from some 1,000 customers to over 5,000 potential customers in the United States.

 

   

Expand Internationally and Explore Out-Licensing Opportunities .    We plan to offer our molecular diagnostic products in European and other international markets in the future. We anticipate using marketing partners and distributors as we expand internationally. We are developing a distribution strategy for European and other international markets. We expect to supplement marketing partnerships with specialists who will train our partners’ sales forces and provide technical support. We also intend to explore our opportunities to leverage our intellectual property position in detection technologies through out-licensing or the establishment of partnerships.

Our Market Opportunity

The global market for molecular diagnostics was estimated to be $1.9 billion in 2009 and is anticipated to reach $3.6 billion in 2014 according to L.E.K., a market research firm. Molecular diagnostics generally refers to the detection and measurement of DNA or RNA biomarkers to diagnose disease and

 

51


Table of Contents

to optimize the treatment of patients. We believe that the following factors, among others, are contributing to the growth of this market:

 

   

Expansion of Genetic Testing for Disease Predisposition .    Advances in the understanding of the relationship between an individual’s genetics and disease have led to increased reliance on molecular diagnostic testing for inherited diseases such as cystic fibrosis and thrombosis. We expect new molecular diagnostic tests will be required as researchers continue to discover new relationships between genetics and disease, new medical interventions are developed and as professional societies set guidelines regarding genetic disease and the role of genetic counseling in the interpretation of the results of these tests.

 

   

Adoption of FDA-Cleared Molecular Diagnostic Testing Methods .    The FDA recommends that laboratories and hospitals use FDA-cleared molecular diagnostic tests when these tests are available, rather than tests known as “home-brew tests” or laboratory developed tests, or LDTs, that are not submitted to the FDA for approval. LDTs are broadly used by reference laboratories and hospitals to perform molecular diagnostic tests and are subject to strict regulatory requirements. As a result, we believe reference laboratories and hospitals will look to replace their existing LDTs and non-FDA-cleared molecular diagnostic tests with FDA-cleared tests as they become available.

 

   

Advances in Cancer Therapy .    Tailoring treatments to an individual’s tumor type and genetics is an important trend in cancer therapy. The FDA has required or recommended that molecular diagnostic tests be performed before administration of certain drugs, such as Herceptin, Erbitux and Vectibix. We believe molecular diagnostic testing to determine an individual’s response to certain cancer therapies will drive demand for molecular diagnostics.

 

   

Increased Demand for Infectious Disease Diagnostic Panels .    Different disease pathogens can produce similar symptoms, but with vastly distinct courses of disease progression and required medical treatment responses. For example, pneumonia caused by Mycoplasma may resolve without treatment, while pneumonia caused by Legionella will generally require aggressive medication and hospitalization. In order to improve patient care, physicians are increasingly requesting infectious disease diagnostic panels to be performed. According to L.E.K., the market for molecular diagnostic testing of infectious diseases in the United States was estimated to be $1.1 billion in 2009.

 

   

Advances in Personalized Medicine .    Tailoring treatments to an individual’s genetic profile – called personalized medicine or pharmacogenetics – is emerging as an important trend and will drive demand for molecular diagnostic testing. Pharmaceutical companies, clinical researchers and pharmacy benefit managers are screening drugs for varied toxicity, dose response and efficacy among individuals with different genetic profiles. Additionally, regulating agencies continue to revise drug labels to improve safety and efficacy. Because these industry developments may improve clinical outcomes and reduce costs for third-party payors, we believe adoption of these tests will become more widespread in a managed care environment.

Limitations of Existing Diagnostic Products and Technologies

Scientists have developed a variety of genomic analysis methods, including DNA sequencing, gene expression analysis and genotyping, to measure genetic biomarkers and detect diseases. These analytical methods are performed using various molecular diagnostic testing technologies, the most common being polymerase chain reaction, or PCR, which involves amplifying, or generating exponential copies of, the DNA sequence in question and then detecting the DNA with the use of fluorescent dyes.

The first commercially used molecular diagnostic tests were “home brew tests” or LDTs developed by reference laboratories and large hospital-based laboratories. LDTs, which are still broadly used today,

 

52


Table of Contents

are generally single-purpose tests that involve a number of complex, manual procedures. To perform these tests, laboratories are required to employ highly skilled technicians and maintain specialized laboratory facilities and equipment. As the market for molecular diagnostic tests expanded, a number of companies developed and began offering dedicated instrumentation and commercialized testing systems for specific genetic biomarkers and diseases. These commercialized testing systems, as well as LDTs, are characterized by the following limitations:

 

   

Limited Menu of Diagnostic Tests .    Existing LDTs are typically custom designed for one specific genetic biomarker or disease. In addition, commercialized testing systems currently offer only a limited number of molecular diagnostic tests for use with such systems. As a result, laboratories need numerous LDTs and commercialized testing systems to offer their physician and hospital clients with a range of molecular diagnostic testing options.

 

   

Inability to Multiplex .    In many cases, testing for multiple genetic biomarkers may be necessary to diagnose a disease, differentially identify infectious agents or evaluate the appropriate treatment options for a patient. Many LDTs and commercialized testing systems lack the ability to multiplex, or test for multiple genetic biomarkers at the same time on a single patient sample. As a result, the laboratory must perform multiple, separate tests on a sample. Serial testing is time-consuming and expensive and significantly increases the amount of time and sample needed to complete a diagnostic analysis.

 

   

Poor Laboratory Workflow .    LDTs and commercialized testing systems generally do not permit laboratories to initiate new tests while other tests are in progress. As a result, laboratories are required to batch process molecular diagnostic tests. To help control costs, laboratories may only run a particular molecular diagnostic test on an infrequent basis. In addition, LDTs and commercialized testing systems require significant sample preparation and additional washing steps, which adds to the complexity and time required to complete a molecular diagnostic test. Many of them also involve optical systems, robotics and complicated moving parts that must be frequently calibrated and are subject to maintenance and repair issues.

 

   

Risk of Human Error .    Many LDTs and commercialized testing systems generally require technicians to perform a series of complex manual procedures which may lead to contamination. Commercialized testing systems only automate certain steps in the testing process, and technicians are often required to use multiple instruments or manual processes in sequence to generate results. The handling of samples and the multiple manual procedures required by existing products can lead to increased risk of sample contamination and human error. In addition, LDTs and many commercialized testing systems require the operator to interpret results, which increases the potential for human error and leads to problems related to repeatability of results.

 

   

Intensive Resource Requirements .    Laboratories are required to employ and train highly-skilled technicians and dedicate significant capital, labor and laboratory space to conduct molecular diagnostic tests. In fact, many of the multiplex LDTs and commercialized testing systems currently used by national reference laboratories are so specialized that only a limited number of their sites have the capability to perform these test. As a result, national reference laboratories do not have the ability to perform their entire menu of multiplex tests across all of their locations, and smaller hospital-based laboratories face significant hurdles to initiate molecular diagnostic testing at limited volumes.

 

   

Shifting Regulatory Environment .    A significant number of molecular diagnostic tests, including LDTs as well as commercialized testing systems, have not been submitted for FDA clearance. The FDA has imposed regulatory requirements on laboratories that use LDTs or other non-FDA-cleared commercialized testing systems, including the requirement to comply with CLIA standards. In the future, the FDA may restrict the use of LDTs and

 

53


Table of Contents
 

non-FDA-cleared molecular diagnostic tests unless the laboratories comply with medical device requirements, including the FDA’s Quality Systems Regulations and 510(k) clearance or PMA approval requirements.

These limitations have created a laboratory model for molecular diagnostic testing that is complex, inefficient and inaccessible to a large segment of reference laboratories and hospitals.

Our Solution

Our XT-8 System is an automated molecular diagnostic system that enables reference laboratories and hospitals to perform fast, accurate and easy-to-use molecular diagnostic tests. The XT-8 System, which employs our proprietary electrochemical detection technology, consists of a compact bench-top workstation and self-contained, disposable test cartridges. The XT-8 System is user-friendly, intuitive, essentially maintenance-free and provides laboratories with the ability to perform multiplex molecular diagnostic tests in an efficient and cost-effective manner. Specifically, we believe that our XT-8 System and related diagnostic tests will offer reference laboratories and hospitals the following benefits:

 

   

Versatile Platform for a Broad Menu .    Our XT-8 System has broad application across a number of areas in molecular diagnostic testing. In addition to our FDA-cleared Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test and Warfarin Sensitivity Test, and our Respiratory Viral Panel and Thrombosis Risk Tests, which are labeled for IUO, we have a pipeline of eight additional products in development or design in the fields of pharmacogenetics, genetic diseases, infectious diseases and cancer. We are currently developing a Plavix Sensitivity Test and a K-ras Mutation Test, and we intend to introduce two to four new tests annually. Laboratories using our system will be able to run the additional tests we offer without any additional capital investment or operator training.

 

   

FDA-Cleared Products .    We have received FDA clearance for our Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test and Warfarin Sensitivity Test, while our Respiratory Viral Panel and Thrombosis Risk Tests are labeled for IUO. We submitted our Thrombosis Risk Test to the FDA for clearance in December 2009, and we intend to submit our Respiratory Virus Panel to the FDA for clearance in 2011. We intend to utilize IUO-labeled products in clinical studies within the broader process of seeking FDA clearance for our diagnostic tests.

 

   

Ease of Use .    Our XT-8 System eliminates the need to use complex instrumentation to generate test results. Our XT-8 System minimizes manual processing steps and streamlines data analysis, making molecular diagnostic testing available to a broad spectrum of laboratories without the need for highly skilled technicians. As a result, our XT-8 System can provide national reference laboratories with the ability to perform our menu of molecular diagnostic tests across all of their locations. We also designed our XT-8 System to require minimal maintenance.

 

   

Accuracy and Reliability .    Our XT-8 System provides accurate and reliable molecular diagnostic test results. We have demonstrated 100% accuracy in clinical studies compared to DNA sequencing in our Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test and our Warfarin Sensitivity Test. Our XT-8 System limits technician contact with a patient sample, thereby reducing contamination risk. It also provides clear reports, minimizing the risk of human error and increasing the repeatability of test results.

 

   

Enhanced Laboratory Work Flow .    Our unique platform allows for random access, or the ability to initiate tests while other tests are in progress, resulting in a highly convenient and flexible workflow. Our XT-8 System provides random access for up to 24 independent test cartridges. In addition, our proprietary electrochemical detection technology streamlines the sample preparation process and eliminates the need for the additional washing steps required by some other detection methods, such as optical or fluorescent detection. Laboratories

 

54


Table of Contents
 

using our XT-8 System can expect to obtain test results within 30 minutes of receipt of the amplified DNA sample.

 

   

Multiplex Capability .    Our XT-8 System can detect up to 72 separate biomarkers in a single test cartridge. This allows laboratories to run multiple tests or panels on an individual patient sample in a one-step detection process. This capability reduces the time required for a laboratory to perform a diagnostic analysis that involves multiple genetic markers or infectious disease pathogens, which otherwise would require the laboratory to run multiple, separate molecular diagnostic tests.

Our Products

Our XT-8 System

Our FDA-cleared XT-8 System is an automated, multiplex molecular diagnostics workstation that provides a wide range of diagnostic testing capabilities in pharmacogenetics, genetic and infectious diseases and oncology. Our XT-8 System consists of a compact bench-top workstation with an integrated touch screen computer and self-contained, disposable test cartridges. These features make the XT-8 System user-friendly, intuitive and virtually maintenance-free. With a footprint of approximately 16-by-16 inches in its standard configuration, the XT-8 System takes up less bench top space than most of our competitors’ instruments, and its standalone design allows it to be installed and used without any required laboratory modifications.

LOGO

Prior to performing a test, a laboratory technician takes isolated DNA from the patient sample and performs a DNA amplification step with materials supplied with our test cartridge. In some cases, the technician also performs a routine enzymatic treatment before adding our proprietary signal probes and transferring the solution into the sample compartment in our test cartridge. The technician enters sample identification and reagent information into our XT-8 System using the supplied barcode wand or on-screen keyboard and inserts the test cartridge into an open slot on the instrument. The on-board computer automatically assimilates input information and test cartridge information from the memory chip on the test cartridge and initiates the specified test protocol. The testing process takes 30 minutes to complete, and the test results can be viewed on the built-in touch screen monitor or printed out and reported through the laboratory’s computer information system.

 

55


Table of Contents

The key features of our XT-8 System include:

 

Key Features

  

Characteristics

Ease of Use

   Intuitive touch-screen interface and clear reports

Multiplex Capability

   Detects up to 72 distinct biomarkers in a single sample

Accurate Results

   FDA-cleared tests demonstrated 100% accuracy in clinical studies compared to DNA sequencing

Fast Turnaround

   30 minutes to result from amplified DNA sample with minimal technician time needed

Random Access

   Each of up to 24 test cartridge slots can be accessed independently

Minimal Maintenance

   No routine maintenance or calibration required

Small Footprint

   Approximately 16 inches in width and depth in its standard configuration

Our Test Menu

We have developed four diagnostic tests for use with our XT-8 System, two of which have received clearance from the FDA and two of which are currently labeled for IUO.

Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping .    Our Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test is a multiplex genotyping test that detects a panel of mutations associated with cystic fibrosis based on guidelines published by the American College of Medical Genetics and the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists for screening of adult couples contemplating pregnancy. Our Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test demonstrated 100% accuracy in clinical studies compared to DNA sequencing and delivers results within 30 minutes of receipt of the amplified DNA sample. Test results are summarized in an easy-to-interpret report that includes a summary “carrier” or “non-carrier” determination as well as individual carrier status for each of the 23 recommended markers. Our Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test received FDA clearance in July 2009.

Our Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test addresses a market that was estimated in 2009 at over $70 million in the United States alone. More than 10 million Americans are carriers of one mutation of the cystic fibrosis gene. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists suggests that all couples who are considering having a child, or those who are expecting a child, should have genetic carrier testing for cystic fibrosis. Much of current cystic fibrosis testing is performed by national reference laboratories. With the availability of highly accurate, easy to use cystic fibrosis tests, we expect that the market will continue to decentralize through regional reference laboratories and hospitals now capable of offering this test.

Warfarin Sensitivity.     Our Warfarin Sensitivity Test is a multiplex pharmacogenetic test for the detection of three genetic markers that are known to play a critical role in metabolism of, and sensitivity to, warfarin. Warfarin, offered under the brand name Coumadin, is the most widely prescribed oral anticoagulant in North America and Europe and is used to prevent heart attacks, strokes, and blood clots in veins, arteries and lungs. Through detection of an individual’s sensitivity to warfarin, doctors are better able to accurately and efficiently determine the appropriate warfarin dosage level on an individual patient basis. Our Warfarin Sensitivity Test demonstrated 100% accuracy in clinical studies compared to DNA sequencing and delivers results within 30 minutes of receipt of the amplified DNA sample. Our Warfarin Sensitivity Test received FDA clearance in July 2008.

 

56


Table of Contents

According to the Journal of Pharmacology 2009, there were approximately two million new patients prescriptions of warfarin in the United States in 2009. According to Biotechnology Healthcare 2008, a health-care focused journal, there were approximately 20 million patients on warfarin therapy in 2008. The FDA recently approved a labeling change that provides dose recommendations based on genetic test results.

Thrombosis Risk .    Thrombophilia is a condition where a person’s blood clots easily or excessively placing them at risk of developing clots. Thrombophilia is a particular risk for high risk patients, including patients who are pregnant or undergoing certain surgeries. Our Thrombosis Risk Test is a multiplex test for the detection of four common inherited genetic risk factors of thrombophilia: Factor V Leiden, Factor II prothrombin and two genetic markers in the methylenetetrahydrofolate reductase (MTHFR) gene. Our Thrombosis Risk Test, currently labeled for IUO, was submitted for FDA clearance in December 2009.

Thrombophilia is one of the most common types of blood coagulation disorders affecting 1 in 1,000 individuals. We believe the U.S. market is approximately $55 million based on statistics provided by Kalorama Information 2009, a market research firm.

Respiratory Viral Panel (RVP) .    Our Respiratory Viral Panel Test, currently labeled for IUO, covers 19 viruses, including influenza A (H1N1 and seasonal), influenza B, respiratory syncytial virus, or RSV, and numerous other upper respiratory viruses. We intend to initiate clinical studies on the new RVP panel in 2010 and currently plan to submit it for FDA clearance in 2011.

Respiratory pathogens are a major source of illness and can lead to hospitalizations and death. According to the Centers for Disease Control, each year in the United States on average, 5% to 20% of the population gets the flu; more than 200,000 people are hospitalized from flu-related complications, and; about 36,000 people die from flu-related causes. RSV is the most common cause of bronchitis; and pneumonia in infants and young children, with up to 125,000 children hospitalized annually in the United States. The challenge to the physician assessing a patient with a respiratory illness is determining what the underlying cause is so that an effective treatment plan can be determined.

Our Tests in Development and Design

We have a pipeline of eight potential products in various stages of development or design. We consider our diagnostic tests to be in the design phase once they have advanced beyond the conceptual stage. We perform market research, clinical publication reviews, customer interviews, technical feasibility and freedom to operate assessments to determine if a potential diagnostics test is a viable product candidate. We believe that all of our tests in the design stage have viable market potential and are technically feasible to develop using our eSensor technology. While we do not currently license biomarkers for all products in the design phase, we believe we will be able to obtain such licenses, if needed, on commercially reasonable terms.

We intend to introduce two to four new tests annually. We select these tests based upon what we believe are clinically relevant products which address unmet market needs. Laboratories using our XT-8 System will be able to run the additional tests we offer without any additional capital investment or operator training. We are currently developing or designing the following diagnostic tests:

Plavix Sensitivity .    Plavix is the most commonly prescribed anti-platelet drug with more than 25 million patients taking the drug in the United States each year. According to the Cheuvreux Sector Report, a market research report, over two million new patients were prescribed Plavix in 2009. In order for Plavix to be effective, it must be metabolized by the body using an enzyme referred to as 2C19. Patients with impaired 2C19 functionality will see reduced metabolism and therefore, reduced benefits from taking Plavix. We are currently in late stage development for a 2C19 multiplex genetic test that detects a panel

 

57


Table of Contents

of genetic markers associated with poor metabolism of Plavix. The FDA has recently revised the label for Plavix with a “black box” that warns of the reduced effectiveness of Plavix in patients who are poor metabolizers and informs physicians of the existence of genetic tests to identify these at-risk patients.

Plavix’s initial patents expire in 2011 and we believe this expiration will lead to significant generic competition which will drive down the cost for Plavix and increase overall demand for the drug. According to the Plavix label, 2% to 14% of patients do not respond to Plavix. As a result, we believe there will be increased demand for the Plavix Sensitivity Test as third-party payors will have an added incentive to reimburse for a test that can reduce or avoid the use of expensive next-generation anti-platelet therapies.

K-ras Mutation .    Anti-EGFR therapy is a type of cancer intervention that interferes with the growth of cancer cells, slowing their growth and subsequent spread in the body. Anti-EGFR therapy is currently approved by the FDA to treat colorectal cancer as well as head and neck cancer. Scientific studies have demonstrated that patients whose tumors have genetic variations in the K-ras gene will not respond to anti-EGFR therapy. Currently approved anti-EGFR therapies are marketed under the brand names Erbitux and Vectibix. These therapies are approved for use in colorectal cancer and more recently head and neck cancer in the case of Erbitux.

According to the American Cancer Society, there are over one million new cases of colorectal cancer globally each year with over 150,000 cases in the United States alone. We are currently developing a multiplex K-ras test that detects a panel of common genetic markers in the K-ras gene. The FDA requires K-ras testing on the labels of the two approved anti-EGFR antibody therapeutics, Vectibix and Erbitux, for use in colorectal cancer.

Infectious Disease Test Panels .    The infectious disease diagnostics market is estimated to eventually reach over $7 billion in the United States, with substantial growth expected in the molecular diagnostic segment. We are currently designing other infectious disease test panels that would align strategically with our existing respiratory virus panel test offering by leveraging our current and future XT-8 instrument placements in the acute care setting. The test panels we are designing fit into two categories: Genotyping tests for viruses such as hepatitis C virus (HCV) and human papillomavirus (HPV) or detection tests for panels of viruses, bacteria or fungi such as central nervous system infections or lower respiratory tract infections. Genotyping tests are run throughout the year whereas many detection tests have a seasonal component. In order to maximize the value of systems installed for infectious disease tests like our RVP product, we intend to develop a broad range of detection assays which have distinctly different seasonal peaks in prevalence to allow our customers to utilize our system for infectious disease testing throughout the year. Currently, several infectious disease panels and genotyping tests are in the design stage. These include: Lower Respiratory Tract Infections (LRTI); Central Nervous System Infections (CNS); Hepatitis C Virus Genotyping (HCVg); and Human Papillomavirus Genotyping (HPVg).

Oncology and Personalized Medicine Tests .    Given the trend in oncology towards tailoring treatment to an individual’s tumor type and the emerging interest in personalized medicine, we are currently researching and evaluating the development of test panels in these areas. Expanding our product offering into these two areas would align strategically with our existing products as well as development stage products by leveraging our current and future XT-8 instrument placements in these laboratories. Examples of tests panels that are under design include 2D6 for Tamoxifen Metabolism and EGFR Pathway.

 

58


Table of Contents

Our AD-8 System

We are developing our next-generation testing system, the AD-8 System, to integrate DNA amplification with eSensor DNA detection. We are designing the AD-8 System to allow a technician to place a minimally prepared patient sample into our test cartridge, reducing the complex and time consuming sample preparation process before testing. The AD-8 System will provide the same customer benefits of the XT-8 System and further enhance workflow by reducing the level of sample processing required and incorporating DNA amplification. We believe this advancement will make our eSensor technology attractive to the broad range of institutions that currently lack the technical or economic resources to perform molecular diagnostic testing. We believe the AD-8 System may expand our target user base from 1,000 to over 5,000 potential laboratories and hospitals in the United States.

The AD-8 System is currently in development with technical feasibility completed using diluted blood in our Warfarin Sensitivity Test. The AD-8 System leverages the base technology and system hardware from our XT-8 System to reduce risk and accelerate the development of the DNA amplification feature. While the initial approach relies upon an amplified DNA patient sample, the design of the system addresses the intended evolution of the platform towards an integrated sample-to-answer system capable of using an unprocessed patient sample. We believe a minimally prepared patient sample combined with the integrated amplification and multiplex detection of the AD-8 System will offer significant benefits over other competitive multiplex systems, which require extensive sample processing procedures in addition to other complex sample manipulations throughout their test process.

Our Technology

Our eSensor Technology

Our proprietary eSensor technology is based on the principles of competitive DNA hybridization and electrochemical detection. DNA naturally forms a double-stranded structure, with each strand binding with high affinity, or hybridizing, only to a complementary strand. Our technology takes advantage of this highly specific binding by first creating two types of single-stranded DNA, the capture probe and the signal probe. The capture probe and signal probe are each complementary to a different segment of the target DNA, or biomarker, that is a focus of the diagnostic test. Using our proprietary technology and processes, we attach our capture probes to a proprietary monolayer on the surface of a gold electrode within our proprietary test cartridge. We separately attach ferrocene, an electrochemically active label, to our signal probes.

Before placing the sample into our test cartridge, the technician mixes the amplified DNA sample with our signal probe. If the target biomarker is present in the prepared patient sample, a segment of the biomarker DNA will hybridize with a solution containing our signal probe. This solution is then run past an electrode, against which our capture probes have been immobilized. The as-yet unbound segment of the target biomarker binds to our capture probe, creating a target DNA, signal probe, capture probe complex at the surface of the electrode. This complex produces an electrochemical signal analyzed and interpreted by the XT-8 System. Our test cartridges currently have 72 distinct electrodes, each of which can be configured to detect a different target biomarker, enabling multiplex testing.

Our eSensor technology is highly specific for the target biomarker, and is not based on optical or fluorescent detection. As a result, our diagnostic tests are less prone to sample contamination risk and do not require many of the time-consuming washing and preparation steps required by competing technologies. The only sample preparation step required before using our test cartridges is a PCR amplification, which involves amplifying, or generating billions of copies of, the target DNA molecules, followed by transfer of the sample to our test cartridge and insertion of the test cartridge into any open

 

59


Table of Contents

slot in our XT-8 instrument. In some tests, amplified DNA is subject to an additional enzymatic treatment to produce a single-stranded-DNA.

LOGO

Our Test Cartridges .    Our test cartridges are self-contained devices specifically programmed and configured for a given diagnostic test. Each test cartridge includes a sample compartment and a plastic cover that forms a hybridization chamber. The test cartridge is fitted with a diaphragm pump and valves that circulate the hybridization solution, including the signal probe and prepared patient sample, through a microfluidic channel when inserted into the XT-8 instrument. The test cartridge also includes a printed circuit board chip consisting of an array of 72 gold-plated working electrodes, a silver/silver chloride reference electrode, and two gold-plated auxiliary electrodes. Each electrode is customized with a proprietary monolayer that immobilizes the DNA capture probes specific for each target of a test panel. The test cartridge also contains an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory component that stores information related to the cartridge such as assay identifier, cartridge lot number and expiration date.

LOGO

Our XT-8 Instrument .    Our XT-8 instrument is a multiplex workstation that has a modular design consisting of a base module and up to three test cartridge-processing towers of eight cartridge slots each. The test cartridge slots operate independently of each other allowing up to 24 test cartridges to be loaded at one time, with the remaining slots available for use at any future time while the instrument is running. Each slot contains a test cartridge connector, a precision-controlled heater, an air pump and electronics. The air pumps drive the diaphragm pump and valve system in the test cartridge, eliminating fluid contact

 

60


Table of Contents

between the instrument and the cartridge. The pneumatic pumping enables recirculation of the hybridization solution allowing the target DNA and the signal probes to efficiently hybridize with the complementary capture probes on the electrodes. The diaphragm pump in the test cartridge is connected to a pneumatic source from the XT-8 instrument and provides unidirectional pumping of the hybridization mixture through the microfluidic channel during hybridization.

The base module controls each processing tower, provides power and stores and analyzes data. The base module includes an intuitive touch-screen interface. Technicians can load patient identification numbers and reagent lot codes by the included bar code scanner, the touch screen or uploading a text file from a USB memory stick.

Advantages of Our eSensor Electrochemical Signal Detection

We believe our proprietary electrochemical signal detection technology has several advantages over other signal detection platforms:

 

   

Robust Signal.     Our capture probes are highly target specific, reducing the binding of non-target DNA and, thereby, largely eliminating interference from other components in a patient’s sample, such as blood, saliva or urine. Similarly, constituents of blood that would normally interfere with fluorescence detection, such as hemoglobin or bilirubin, have no effect on the processed electronic signals produced by our eSensor technology. This robust functionality will, we believe, facilitate the development of integrated amplification and sample-to-answer systems for blood and other sample types.

 

   

High Sensitivity and Accuracy.     Our eSensor technology is highly sensitive in the detection of nucleic acids. Each electrode can routinely detect approximately 1 nanomolar of target DNA, and a sensitivity of 10 picomolar of target DNA has been achieved. Such concentrations are readily produced from patient samples using several commercially-validated amplification technologies such as PCR. Our eSensor technology has demonstrated 100% accuracy in clinical studies compared to DNA sequencing in our Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test and our Warfarin Sensitivity Test.

 

   

Streamlined Sample Preparation.     Our technology directly detects the target DNA sequence with highly specific signal probes and electrode-bound capture probes. As a result, our test samples do not require many of the washing steps typically required to remove unbound target DNA and labels. We believe that our eSensor technology can minimize sample preparation requirements. We have already demonstrated direct PCR-based genotyping from diluted whole blood without the need for DNA sample preparation or washing out of interfering substances.

 

   

Efficient Multiplexing.     Each of the 72 electrodes in our test cartridge configuration acts independently of the others and produces a comprehensive and informative signal. For example, a single eSensor electrode can measure the presence or absence of control DNA, which we use for quality control, and simultaneously indicate whether a patient sample contains zero, one or two copies of a particular sequence, corresponding to mutant, heterozygous or wild type genotypes. As a result, our eSensor technology eliminates the need for redundancy and the averaging of multiple measurements commonly required by competing technologies.

 

   

Small Footprint with Low Maintenance.     Our eSensor technology enables users to perform hybridization and detection in a low-cost instrument with relatively few moving parts. In contrast, conventional microarray systems require robotic instrumentation to automate multistage fluidic handling processes. As a result, these instruments are often bulky,

 

61


Table of Contents
 

complicated and expensive and require frequent calibration and maintenance. Our XT-8 System, for example, requires no calibration and virtually no maintenance and is self-contained in a small footprint of only 16-by-16 inches.

 

   

Cost-Effective Development.     The use of electrochemical technology allows our XT-8 System to leverage third-party advances in microelectronics such as miniaturization and manufacturing efficiencies. Many electronic components associated with our core processes are produced in large volumes at low cost and size for use in numerous fields including automotive, aerospace, information technology and medical devices. By avoiding the use of fluidic handling and optical or fluorescent detection, we believe our eSensor technology can be applied at low cost to numerous testing environments in addition to our current target markets, including field testing and point-of-care applications.

 

   

Straightforward Development of New Tests.     Our eSensor technology is highly flexible, and we believe the main design consideration in developing new diagnostic tests for our XT-8 System is our ability to access and synthesize the appropriate capture and signal probes. Our versatile platform allows us to add new diagnostic tests to our menu or to add new content to existing diagnostic tests without modifying the XT-8 instrument. This ease of assay development and our versatile platform allows us to focus our research and development resources on developing new commercial test products.

 

   

Functionality Outside of Molecular Diagnostics.     Our eSensor technology has broad applicability to detect a range of biomolecules. Independently, and through collaborative research with university and industry partners, we have demonstrated eSensor detection of proteins and small molecule drugs. This versatility opens the possibility of developing mixed analyte sensors, such as tests that can detect antibodies to a certain pathogen plus the pathogen itself, or genetic variations in drug metabolism plus monitoring of the drug level itself.

Research and Development

As of March 15, 2010, we had 17 employees focused on research and development. We currently perform our research and development activities at our 25,000 square foot facility in Pasadena, California. In the fourth quarter of 2010, we expect to move our research and development activities to our new 31,000 square foot headquarters in Carlsbad, California. Our research and development expenditures were approximately $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, approximately $13.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and approximately $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This reduction in research and development expenses was due to the completion of our XT-8 System in 2009.

In addition to expanding the diagnostic test menu for our XT-8 System and developing our AD-8 System, our research and development team are focused on the following initiatives:

 

   

Improving the Clinical and Practical Utility of our Tests:     An important role of our research and development team is to help establish the clinical utility and value of our molecular diagnostic tests. We have and intend to continue to partner with academic and reference laboratories to perform validation and clinical studies on our tests. Key aspects of our efforts are aimed at improving workflow in the laboratory setting, positively comparing our tests to historical or “gold standard” tests and demonstrating that our tests can help improve patient care and lower diagnostic and medical treatment costs. We intend to publish the results from these clinical studies in peer-reviewed or trade journals, submit them to regulatory bodies and present them at industry conferences in support of our commercialization strategy.

 

62


Table of Contents
   

Developing New Test Capabilities.     We are developing capabilities for utilizing our eSensor technology in protein and small molecule detection, both independently and through research collaborations. These capabilities may enhance our future menu offerings or provide us with out-licensing opportunities. We are also exploring direct gene expression analysis opportunities through collaboration with oncology specialists in industry and academia. These opportunities may allow us to develop quantitative tests that are competitive with the “gold standard” real-time PCR tests but that are simple to perform in a multiplex manner with our XT-8 System.

Manufacturing

We manufacture our proprietary test cartridges and ancillary reagents at our approximately 8,500 square foot ISO-certified facility in Pasadena, California. In the fourth quarter of 2010, we plan to move our manufacturing operations to our new 31,000 square foot headquarters in Carlsbad, California. Our reagent formulation, test cartridge manufacturing and packaging of final components and cartridges are performed by us in accordance with applicable guidelines for medical device manufacturing. We outsource manufacturing of our XT-8 instrument, as well as the oligonucleotide raw materials and much of the disposable component molding and sub-component assembly for our test cartridges. In particular, our XT-8 instrument is manufactured by a single source supplier that specializes in contract design and manufacturing of electronic and electromechanical devices for medical use. We believe we can secure other suppliers on commercially reasonable terms for the products and parts we outsource.

We have implemented a quality management system designed to comply with FDA regulations and ISO standards governing diagnostic medical device products. These regulations carefully control the design, manufacture, testing and release of diagnostics products as well as raw material receipt and control. We also have controlled methods for the consistent manufacturing of our proprietary test cartridges and reagents at our facilities. All key outsourcing partners are generally ISO-certified to help assure a continual supply of high quality components.

We plan to continue to manufacture components that we determine are highly proprietary or highly custom to produce, while outsourcing more commodity-like components. We are likely to establish additional outsourcing partnerships as we manufacture additional products. We believe our existing facilities as well as our new facility in Carlsbad, California will be adequate to meet our current and future manufacturing needs.

Sales and Marketing

We recently established a national direct sales and marketing organization consisting of seven sales representatives, one sales director, one marketing manager and one product manager. Our representatives typically have extensive experience in molecular diagnostics and a network of contacts with reference laboratories and hospitals within their respective territories.

Our initial target market is the top 1,000 national and regional reference laboratories and research based hospitals in the United States that we believe will be high volume customers and who will benefit from our eSensor technology. We utilize our representatives’ knowledge along with market research databases to target highly qualified customers. We tailor our sales approach based on the specific needs and buying criteria of each customer segment.

Our sales cycle typically includes customer evaluations and validations of our products. Upon successful validation, our customers can acquire our XT-8 System and diagnostic tests in the following ways:

 

   

Reagent rentals.     An XT-8 instrument is placed at a customer location and the customer commits to purchase a certain minimum volume of test cartridges annually at a price that is intended to allow us to recover the manufacturing cost of the XT-8 instrument; and

 

63


Table of Contents
   

Capital purchases.     The total cost of the XT-8 instrument is paid for by the customer up front; however, the customer is still required to purchase an annual minimum volume of test cartridges.

Our sales and marketing team also provides customer service for order fulfillment, technical service and product support and distribution logistics. We plan to utilize and expand this organization as our installed customer base grows, as our diagnostic test menu expands, and to support the launch of our AD-8 System.

We plan to offer our molecular diagnostic products in European and other international markets in the future. We anticipate using marketing partners and distributors as we expand internationally. We are developing a distribution strategy for European and other international markets. We expect to supplement marketing partnerships with specialists who will train our partners’ sales forces and provide technical support. We also intend to explore opportunities to leverage our intellectual property position in molecular diagnostics through out-licensing or the establishment of partnerships.

During 2009 and 2008, 38% and 64% of our revenues, respectively, were attributed to our three largest customers during the year, each of whom constituted more than 10% of our revenues. The loss of one or more of these large customers could materially impact our ability to generate and grow our revenues. We cannot guarantee, but anticipate that as our revenue grows we will become less dependent on our largest customers.

Competition

We primarily face competition in the molecular diagnostic testing markets with testing products and systems developed by public and private companies such as Cepheid, Gen-Probe, Inc., Hologic, Inc., Luminex Corporation, Nanosphere, Inc., Qiagen NV and Roche Diagnostics. Our diagnostic tests also face competition with the LDTs developed by national and regional reference laboratories and hospitals. We believe that the XT-8 System competes largely on the basis of accuracy and reliability, enhanced laboratory workflow, multiplex capability, ease-of-use and return on investment for customers.

Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, research and other resources and larger, more established marketing, sales and distribution organizations than we do. Many of our competitors also offer broader product lines and have greater brand recognition than we do. Moreover, our existing and new competitors may make rapid technological developments that may result in our technologies and products becoming obsolete before we recover the expenses incurred to develop them or before they generate significant revenue.

Intellectual Property

To establish and protect our proprietary technologies and products, we rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade-secret laws, as well as confidentiality provisions in our contracts. We have implemented a patent strategy designed to protect our technology and facilitate commercialization of our current and future products. As of March 15, 2010, our patent portfolio included 92 U.S. patents, 38 foreign patents (predominantly in Europe and Japan) and 49 pending domestic and foreign patent applications, all of which are either owned by us or are exclusively licensed to us. Our intellectual property portfolio for our core electrochemical technology was built through the combination of our acquisition of the Clinical Micro Sensors business from Motorola, licensing patents from third parties and the issuance of new patents to us to protect our ongoing development activities. Motorola initially purchased the Clinical Micro Sensors business for $280 million.

We believe that our patent portfolio positions us well by providing patent protection for our electrochemical detection techniques, chemical insulators and attachment points on electrode surfaces and other technology that collectively form the staple of our eSensor platform.

 

64


Table of Contents

In general, patents have a term of 20 years from the application filing date or earlier claimed priority date. Our issued and exclusively licensed patents will expire between 2013 and 2021 or later, with several of our pending applications having the potential to mature into patents that might expire in 2027, 2028 and 2029. Our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to police infringement, derive licensing revenues and continue to develop proprietary products and technologies.

We also rely in part on trade-secret protection of our intellectual property. We attempt to protect our trade secrets by entering into confidentiality agreements with third parties, employees and consultants. Our employees and consultants also sign agreements requiring that they assign to us their interests in intellectual property such as patents and copyrights arising from their work for us. All employees sign an agreement not to compete unfairly with us during their employment and upon termination of their employment through the misuse of confidential information, soliciting employees and soliciting customers.

License Agreements

XT-8 System

California Institute of Technology.     We have an exclusive license from the California Institute of Technology to issued U.S. patents related to nucleic acid-mediated electron transfer technology. The license grant is worldwide, fully paid-up, and extends until the last of the underlying patents expires in June 2017. The agreement is also conditioned on us paying all associated patent maintenance and prosecution fees. Either party may terminate the license agreement upon a material breach by the other party subject to a cure period. We may terminate the license agreement for any reason upon 60 days written notice.

Harvard University.     We have licensed from Harvard University exclusive worldwide rights to technology relating to self-assembling monolayers, or SAMs, and nucleic acid and electron transfer devices or methods. The license agreement provides for an upfront payment which has been paid, a maintenance/minimum annual fee which is creditable against royalties, royalties on net sales of products incorporating the underlying patents, payment of a fraction of sublicensing upfront and milestone fees and royalties and payment of all prosecution costs and maintenance fees. The license extends for the life of the underlying patents, the last of which expires in January 2017. The license agreement is terminable by Harvard upon certain events, including our insolvency or bankruptcy, our breach of the license agreement or our underreporting or underpayment of royalties, some of which are subject to a cure period. If it terminates the license agreement, Harvard may, in its discretion, have a right in all sublicenses assigned for its benefit. We may terminate the license agreement for any reason upon 90 days’ advance written notice. Harvard retains certain rights under this license.

Diagnostic Test Content Licenses

Marshfield Clinic.     In October 2007, we exclusively licensed from Marshfield Clinic, or Marshfield, worldwide rights to a genetic marker, CYP 4F2, that has been shown to correlate with warfarin sensitivity. A patent cooperation treaty, or PCT, application and United States utility patent application are currently pending. We paid a one-time upfront fee upon execution of the license and are required to pay quarterly net royalties, with a minimum annual royalty which began in 2009 that is subject to certain conditions. The agreement also requires sharing of sublicense royalties and a portion of any upfront fees we receive under a sublicense. The agreement extends for the life of any patent or patents issuing from the underlying patents and the pending application, which are expected to expire in October 2028. The agreement automatically terminates upon our nonpayment of royalties for more than eight calendar quarters. In addition, Marshfield Clinic may terminate the agreement upon our failure to semi-annually produce and report acceptable commercial development efforts, our bankruptcy or insolvency or our otherwise breaching the license agreement, subject to a cure period. We have the right to

 

65


Table of Contents

terminate the license agreement for any reason upon 90 days’ advance written notice. The license agreement also provides for option rights to additional markers that may be discovered by Marshfield during the term of the license agreement.

University of Washington.     We have licensed, on a non-exclusive basis, from the University of Washington a biomarker relating to warfarin sensitivity that we use in our Warfarin Sensitivity Test. We paid an upfront fee upon execution of this license agreement. We are required under this license agreement to pay a quarterly royalty on net sales of products incorporating the underlying claims and to pay variable minimum royalties and a pro-rata share of ongoing patent prosecution and maintenance costs. This license extends for the life of the patent, which expires in 2024 or 2025. The license agreement is terminable upon a material breach by the other party of its obligations under such license agreement, subject to a cure period, or our becoming subject to receivership, winding up or bankruptcy. We may terminate the license agreement for any reason upon 60 days’ advance written notice to the University of Washington.

Johns Hopkins University.     We acquired a non-exclusive license from Johns Hopkins University in April 2006 to utilize patented mutations in the cystic fibrosis gene in our cystic fibrosis genotyping test cartridges. The agreement required a one-time upfront payment coupled with an annual minimum royalty creditable against actual royalties, to be reported quarterly. The license expires upon expiration of the licensed patent in 2012, Johns Hopkins University retains the right to terminate upon material breach not cured within 60 days, and we retain the right to terminate for any reason upon 90 days written notice.

Hospital for Sick Children.     In March 2006, we acquired a non-exclusive license from HSC Research and Development Limited Partnership, or HSC, to the use of various other mutations in the cystic fibrosis gene. The agreement required a one-time upfront fee, coupled with an escalating annual minimum royalty creditable against quarterly royalty payments for the life of the patent. The agreement remains in effect until the last to expire of the underlying patents in 2016. HSC may terminate for material breach not cured within 60 days, and we may terminate upon 90 days’ written notice. There is also a clause prohibiting assignment of the license by licensee to another without the express written consent of HSC.

University of Michigan.     In March 2006, we acquired a non-exclusive license from the University of Michigan, or UM, and HSC to utilize the cystic fibrosis genes. A one-time upfront was paid and escalating annual license maintenance fees are required against which running royalties are credited. The agreement remains in effect until the last to expire of the underlying patents in 2013. HSC/UM may terminate upon a material breach not cured within 60 days, and we may terminate upon 90 days written notice. There is also a clause prohibiting assignment of the license by licensee to another without the express written consent of HSC/UM.

Roche Molecular Systems, Inc.     We have a non-exclusive license from Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. to utilize a form of chemically modified thermostable DNA polymerase that is a component in some of our FDA-cleared commercial products. We paid a one-time upfront fee for this and are obliged to pay quarterly running royalties on net sales. The agreement remains in effect until the last to expire of the underlying patents in 2016. Either party may terminate the license agreement upon a material breach of the license agreement by the other party, subject to a cure period, or upon the filing for bankruptcy of the other party.

Out-Licenses of Our Intellectual Property

We have granted an exclusive license for the use of our electrochemical technology for certain applications outside of DNA and RNA diagnostic testing, and a non-exclusive sub-license to our SAM

 

66


Table of Contents

technology for use in those applications to Ohmx. Pursuant to those license agreements, Ohmx is required to pay us minimum royalty payments each year and quarterly royalties. We have also granted a non-exclusive sub-license to Minerva Biosciences of our SAM technology, relating to certain other applications outside of DNA and RNA diagnostics testing. Minerva is required to pay us a license fee, annual minimum royalties and quarterly royalties on net sales of products using this technology.

Government Regulation

The design, development, manufacture, testing and sale of our diagnostic products are subject to regulation by numerous governmental authorities, principally the FDA, and corresponding state and foreign regulatory agencies.

Regulation by the FDA

In the United States, the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, FDA regulations and other federal and state statutes and regulations govern, among other things, medical device design and development, preclinical and clinical testing, premarket clearance or approval, registration and listing, manufacturing, labeling, storage, advertising and promotion, sales and distribution, export and import, and post-market surveillance. The FDA regulates the design, manufacturing, servicing, sale and distribution of medical devices, including molecular diagnostic test kits and instrumentation systems. Failure to comply with applicable U.S. requirements may subject a company to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as FDA refusal to approve pending applications, warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties and criminal prosecution.

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to distribute commercially in the United States will require marketing authorization from the FDA prior to distribution. The two primary types of FDA marketing authorization applicable to a device are premarket notification, also called 510(k) clearance, and premarket approval, also called PMA approval. The type of marketing authorization is generally linked to the classification of the device. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes (Class I, II or III) based on the degree of risk the FDA determines to be associated with a device and the level of regulatory control deemed necessary to ensure the device’s safety and effectiveness. Devices requiring fewer controls because they are deemed to pose lower risk are placed in Class I or II. Class I devices are deemed to pose the least risk and are subject only to general controls applicable to all devices, such as requirements for device labeling, premarket notification and adherence to the FDA’s current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, and Quality System Requirements, as reflected in its QSR. Class II devices are intermediate risk devices that are subject to general controls and may also be subject to special controls such as performance standards, product-specific guidance documents, special labeling requirements, patient registries or postmarket surveillance. Class III devices are those for which insufficient information exists to assure safety and effectiveness solely through general or special controls and include life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, devices of substantial importance in preventing impairment of human health, or which present a potential, unreasonable risk of illness or injury.

Most Class I devices and some Class II devices are exempted by regulation from the 510(k) clearance requirement and can be marketed without prior authorization from the FDA. Some Class I devices that have not been so exempted and Class II devices are eligible for marketing through the 510(k) clearance pathway. By contrast, devices placed in Class III generally require PMA approval or 510(k) de novo clearance prior to commercial marketing. The PMA approval process is more stringent, time-consuming and expensive than the 510(k) clearance process, however, the 510(k) clearance process has also become increasingly stringent and expensive. The FDA has cleared our XT-8 System with our eSensor Warfarin Sensitivity Test and Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test as Class II devices via the 510(k) clearance process. We have also submitted a Class II 510(k) application for our Thrombosis Risk Test which is currently under review.

 

67


Table of Contents

510(k) Clearance.     To obtain 510(k) clearance for a medical device, an applicant must submit a premarket notification to the FDA demonstrating that the device is “substantially equivalent” to a device legally marketed in the United States that is not subject to PMA approval, commonly known as the “predicate device.” A device is substantially equivalent if, with respect to the predicate device, it has the same intended use and has either (i) the same technological characteristics or (ii) different technological characteristics and the information submitted demonstrates that the device is as safe and effective as a legally marketed device and does not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness. A showing of substantial equivalence sometimes, but not always, requires clinical data. Generally, the 510(k) clearance process can exceed 90 days and may extend to a year or more.

After a device has received 510(k) clearance for a specific intended use, any change or modification that significantly affects its safety or effectiveness, such as a significant change in the design, materials, method of manufacture or intended use, may require a new 510(k) clearance or PMA approval and payment of an FDA user fee. The determination as to whether or not a modification could significantly affect the device’s safety or effectiveness is initially left to the manufacturer using available FDA guidance; however, the FDA may review this determination to evaluate the regulatory status of the modified product at any time and may require the manufacturer to cease marketing and recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or PMA approval is obtained. The manufacturer may also be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

Before we can submit a medical device for 510(k) clearance, we may have to perform a series of generally short studies over a period of months, including method comparison, reproducibility, interference and stability studies to ensure that users can perform the test successfully. Some of these studies may take place in clinical environments, but are not usually considered clinical trials. For PMA submissions, we would generally be required to conduct a longer clinical trial over a period of years that supports the clinical utility of the device and how the device will be used.

Although clinical investigations of most devices are subject to the investigational device exemption, or IDE, requirements, clinical investigations of molecular diagnostic tests, including our products and products under development, are generally exempt from the IDE requirements. Thus, clinical investigations by intended users for intended uses of our products generally do not require the FDA’s prior approval, provided the clinical evaluation testing is non-invasive, does not require an invasive sampling procedure that presents a significant risk, does not intentionally introduce energy into the subject and is not used as a diagnostic procedure without confirmation by another medically established test or procedure. In addition, our products must be labeled per FDA regulations “for research use only-RUO” or “for investigational use only-IUO,” and distribution controls must be established to assure that our products distributed for research, method comparisons or clinical evaluation studies are used only for those purposes.

PMA Approval .    A PMA application requires the payment of significant user fees. PMA applications must be supported by valid scientific evidence, which typically requires extensive data, including technical, preclinical, clinical and manufacturing data, to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device. A PMA application must also include, among other things, a complete description of the device and its components, a detailed description of the methods, facilities and controls used to manufacture the device, and proposed labeling.

The FDA has 45 days from its receipt of a PMA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency’s threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided. In addition, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities to ensure compliance with the QSR, which requires manufacturers to follow design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures.

 

68


Table of Contents

FDA review of an initial PMA application is required by statute to take between six to ten months, although the process typically takes significantly longer, and may require several years to complete. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a PMA application for many reasons, including:

 

   

it is not demonstrated that there is reasonable assurance that the device is safe or effective under the conditions of use prescribed, recommended, or suggested in the proposed labeling;

 

   

the data from preclinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support approval; and

 

   

the manufacturing process, methods, controls or facilities used for the manufacture, processing, packing or installation of the device do not meet applicable requirements.

If the FDA evaluations of both the PMA application and the manufacturing facilities are favorable, the FDA will either issue an approval letter or an approvable letter, which usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the PMA. If the FDA’s evaluation of the PMA or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. A not approvable letter will outline the deficiencies in the application and, where practical, will identify what is necessary to make the PMA approvable. The FDA may also determine that additional clinical trials are necessary, in which case the PMA approval may be delayed for several months or years while the trials are conducted and then the data submitted in an amendment to the PMA. Once granted, PMA approval may be withdrawn by the FDA if compliance with post approval requirements, conditions of approval or other regulatory standards is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing.

Approval by the FDA of new PMA applications or PMA supplements may be required for modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling, device specifications, materials or design of a device that is approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an initial PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the original PMA application and may not require as extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel.

Regulation After FDA Clearance or Approval.     Any devices we manufacture or distribute pursuant to clearance or approval by the FDA are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA and certain state agencies. We are required to adhere to applicable regulations setting forth detailed cGMP requirements, as set forth in the QSR, which include, among other things, testing, control and documentation requirements. Non-compliance with these standards can result in, among other things, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, recalls or seizures of products, total or partial suspension of production, refusal of the government to grant 510(k) clearance or PMA approval of devices, withdrawal of marketing approvals and criminal prosecutions. We have designed and implemented our manufacturing facilities under the FDA’s cGMP requirements.

Because we are a manufacturer of medical devices, we must also comply with medical device reporting requirements by reviewing and reporting to the FDA whenever there is evidence that reasonably suggests that one of our products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury. We must also report any incident in which our product has malfunctioned if that malfunction would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur. Labeling and promotional activities are subject to scrutiny by the FDA and, in certain circumstances, by the Federal Trade Commission. Medical devices approved or cleared by the FDA may not be promoted for unapproved or uncleared uses, otherwise known as “off-label” promotion. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability, including substantial monetary penalties and criminal prosecution.

 

69


Table of Contents

We are also subject to numerous federal, state and local laws relating to such matters as safe working conditions, manufacturing practices, environmental protection, fire hazard control and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. Some of these laws require us to obtain licenses or permits to conduct our operations. We have numerous policies and procedures in place to ensure compliance with these laws and to minimize the risk of occupational exposure to hazardous materials. We do not expect the operations of our products to produce significant quantities of hazardous or toxic waste or radiation that would require use of extraordinary disposal practices. Although the costs to comply with these applicable laws and regulations have not been material, we can not predict the impact on our business of new or amended laws or regulations or any changes in the way existing and future laws and regulations are interpreted or enforced, nor can we ensure we will be able to obtain or maintain any required licenses or permits.

Export of Our Products.     Export of products subject to the 510(k) notification requirements, but not yet cleared to market, is permitted with FDA authorization provided certain requirements are met. Unapproved products subject to the PMA approval requirements may be exported if the exporting company and the device meet certain criteria, including, among other things, that the device complies with the laws of the receiving country and the company submits a “Simple Notification” to the FDA when the company begins to export. If the company or device does not comply with such criteria, FDA approval must be obtained for export. To obtain FDA export approval, if required, we must meet certain requirements, including, among other things and with some exceptions, documentation demonstrating that the product is approved for import into the country to which it is to be exported and, in some instances, safety data to demonstrate that export of the device will not be contrary to the public health or safety.

Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988.     The use of our products is also affected by CLIA and related federal and state regulations, which provide for regulation of laboratory testing. Any customers using our products for clinical use in the United States will be regulated under CLIA, which is intended to ensure the quality and reliability of laboratory testing in the United States. In particular, these regulations mandate that clinical laboratories must be certified by the federal government or a federally approved accreditation agency, or must be located in a state that has been deemed exempt from CLIA requirements because the state has in effect laws that provide for requirements equal to or more stringent than CLIA requirements. Moreover, these laboratories must meet quality assurance, quality control and personnel standards, and they must undergo proficiency testing and inspections. The CLIA standards applicable to clinical laboratories are based on the complexity of the method of testing performed by the laboratory, which range from “waived” to “moderate complexity” to “high complexity.” We expect that most of our products will be categorized as “high complexity,” since most molecular diagnostic tests are currently FDA-cleared as CLIA “high complexity” devices.

Other Legislation.     On September 27, 2007, the President signed the Food and Drug Administration Amendments Act of 2007, or FDAAA. Among other significant changes and requirements it imposes, the new legislation expands the federal government’s clinical trial registry and results databank maintained by the NIH to include all (with limited exceptions) medical device trials. In particular, it requires certain information about device trials, including a description of the trial, participation criteria, location of trial sites, and contact information, to be sent to NIH for inclusion in a publicly accessible database. In addition, the results of clinical trials that form the primary basis for efficacy claims or are conducted after a device is approved or cleared must be posted to the results databank. Under the FDAAA, companies that violate these and other provisions of the new law are subject to substantial civil monetary penalties.

Foreign Government Regulation.     We intend to market our products in European and other selected international markets. Before doing so, we or our partners and distributors will need to receive regulatory approval. The regulatory review process for medical devices varies from country to country,

 

70


Table of Contents

and many countries also impose product standards, packaging requirements, labeling requirements and import restrictions on devices. Each country has its own tariff regulations, duties and tax requirements. Failure to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements may subject a company to fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

Third-Party Payor Reimbursements

Obtaining reimbursement approval for a health care product or service from a government or other third-party payor is a time consuming and costly process that could require us to provide supporting scientific, clinical and health economic data for the use of our products to the payor. We may not be able to provide data sufficient to gain acceptance with respect to reimbursement. Even when a payor determines that a product or service is eligible for reimbursement, the payor may impose coverage limitations that preclude payment for some uses that are approved by the FDA or comparable authorities. In addition, there is a risk that full reimbursement may not be available for high-priced products. Moreover, eligibility for coverage does not imply that any product or service will be reimbursed in all cases or at a rate that allows our customers to make a profit or cover their costs. Initial or interim reimbursements for products and services, if available, may also not be sufficient to cover costs and may not be made permanent.

Successful sales of our products in the United States and other countries will depend on the availability of reimbursement from third-party payors such as private insurance plans, managed care organizations, and Medicare and Medicaid. Our customers have obtained reimbursement for our eSensor Cystic Fibrosis Genotyping Test for the XT-8 System and we believe that each of our tests in development are covered by existing CPT codes and will be eligible for coverage by Medicare and Medicaid and most third-party payors. However, Medicare and Medicaid generally do not reimburse providers who use our Warfarin Sensitivity Test. Outside of the United States, health care reimbursement systems vary from country to country, and to the extent we begin to sell our products outside the United States, we may not be able to obtain adequate reimbursement coverage, if any, for our products.

In addition, we may develop tests in the future that do not relate to previously established CPT codes and we may need to obtain new CPT codes in order to obtain reimbursement. Reimbursement by a third-party payor depends on a number of factors, including applicable coverage policies and limitations, the level of demand by health care providers and the payor’s determination that the use of a new product is medically necessary and represents a clinical advance. In addition, both government and non-government third-party payors routinely limit reimbursement coverage and reimbursement amounts for diagnostic tests. If our customers can not receive sufficient levels of reimbursement when using our products, our ability to sell them will be significantly constrained.

Fraud and Abuse Regulations

We are subject to numerous federal and state health care anti-fraud laws, including the federal anti-kickback statute and False Claims Act, that are intended to reduce waste, fraud and abuse in the health care industry. These laws are broad and subject to evolving interpretations. They prohibit many arrangements and practices that are lawful in industries other than health care, including certain payments for consulting and other personal services, some discounting arrangements, the provision of gifts and business courtesies, the furnishing of free supplies and services, and waivers of payments. In addition, many states have enacted or are considering laws that limit arrangements between medical device manufacturers and physicians and other health care providers and require significant public disclosure concerning permitted arrangements. These laws are vigorously enforced against medical device manufacturers and have resulted in manufacturers paying significant fines and penalties and being subject to stringent corrective action plans and reporting obligations. We must operate our business within the requirements of these laws and, if we were accused of violating them, could be forced to expend significant resources on investigation, remediation and monetary penalties.

 

71


Table of Contents

Facilities

We have two facilities located in Pasadena, California, including our approximately 8,500 square foot manufacturing facility and our approximately 25,000 square foot research and development and administrative facility. The lease on our manufacturing facility expires in July 2011 and the lease on our research and development and administrative facility expires in June 2010. In February 2010, we leased a new 31,000 square foot headquarters in Carlsbad, California. We are currently in the process of making leasehold improvements on the facility and we anticipate the facility will be ready for occupancy in the fourth quarter of 2010.

Employees

As of March 15, 2010, we had 62 full-time employees. Of these employees, 17 were in research and development, 15 were in manufacturing and operations, 3 were in quality control and quality assurance, 15 were in sales and marketing and 12 were in general and administrative functions. We have never had a work stoppage, and none of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements or represented by a labor union. We believe our employee relations are good.

Legal Proceedings

We are from time to time subject to various claims and legal actions during the ordinary course of our business. We believe that there are currently no claims or legal actions that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

History and Development

In August 2009, we retained Jon Faiz Kayyem, Ph.D. as our Chief Executive Officer. Dr. Kayyem is an inventor of our core intellectual property. He founded our predecessor company, Clinical Micro Sensors, in 1995 and led the development and growth of that company through its acquisition by Motorola, Inc. in 2000 when it was sold for approximately $280 million. Motorola invested additional resources in the development of our diagnostic technology until 2005, when Motorola sold the Clinical Micro Sensors business to Osmetech forming the basis for Osmetech’s current business.

General Information

The address of our principal place of business is 757 S. Raymond Avenue, Pasadena, CA 91105. We also maintain a website at www.genmarkdx.com. The information contained in or that can be accessed through our website is not a part of this prospectus.

 

72


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Officers

The following table provides information regarding the directors and officers of GenMark Diagnostics, Inc., including their ages and positions:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Executive Officers and Directors

     

Jon Faiz Kayyem, Ph.D.

   46    President and Chief Executive Officer

Steven Kemper

   55    Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

John Bellano

   41    Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations

Pankaj Singhal, Ph.D.

   38    Senior Vice President, Product Development and Manufacturing

Christopher Gleeson

   60    Chairman of the Board

Daryl J. Faulkner

   61    Director

Kevin C. O’Boyle

   54    Director

The business address for our directors and senior management is c/o GenMark Diagnostics, Inc., 757 S. Raymond Avenue, Pasadena, CA 91105.

Jon Faiz Kayyem, Ph.D. Dr. Kayyem has served as President and Chief Executive Officer and Director of GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. since March 2010. Dr. Kayyem was appointed to the board of directors of Osmetech in January 2009 as Chairman, becoming Vice Chairman of Osmetech in August 2009 and assuming the role as President and Chief Executive Officer of Osmetech in August 2009. Dr. Kayyem attended Yale University and received his combined Master and Bachelor of Sciences in Molecular Biophysics and Biochemistry in 1985. He received his Ph.D. in Molecular Biology in 1991 at The California Institute of Technology, or Caltech. Dr. Kayyem remained at Caltech as a Senior Research Fellow until 1995, when he founded Clinical Micro Sensors to commercialize technical innovations he developed while at Caltech. In 2000, Clinical Micro Sensors was sold to Motorola, Inc. for approximately $280 million, and subsequently purchased by Osmetech plc in 2005. In 2004, Dr. Kayyem left Clinical Micro Sensors and co-founded the biotechnology fund management company, Efficacy Capital Limited, where he served as managing partner until September 2009. We believe Dr. Kayyem is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his executive experience at Clinical Micro Sensors where he led the development and growth of the company through its acquisition by Motorola, Inc.

Steven Kemper . Mr. Kemper has served as Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. since March 2010. Since November 2009, Mr. Kemper has served as Senior Vice President, Finance of Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, a wholly owned subsidiary of Osmetech plc. From December 2007 to June 2009, Mr. Kemper served as Chief Financial Officer of The Active Network, a supplier of online registration services for recreational events. From March 2003 to July 2007, Mr. Kemper served as the Chief Financial Officer of DexCom, Inc., a medical device company focused on the design, development and commercialization of continuous glucose monitoring systems. From 1996 to present, Mr. Kemper also served as President of Pacific Financial Consulting, a financial consulting enterprise. Mr. Kemper also served as a director of Open Energy Corp. from November 2007 to October 2008. Mr. Kemper received a B.A. from the University of California, San Diego, an M.B.A. from Loyola Marymount University, an M.S. from San Diego State University and is a licensed C.P.A.

John Bellano . Mr. Bellano has served as Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations of GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. since March 2010, and as Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations of Osmetech

 

73


Table of Contents

Technology Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Osmetech plc, since December 2009. From July 2008 until December 2009, Mr. Bellano was Vice President of Sales for Hologic, Inc., a developer, manufacturer and supplier of medical imaging systems and diagnostic and surgical products. From February 2005 until its acquisition by Hologic in June 2008, Mr. Bellano was Vice President of Sales and a member of the executive team of Third Wave Technologies Inc., a provider of DNA and RNA analysis products to clinical, research and agricultural customers. From February 2000 to February 2005, Mr. Bellano held various positions within the molecular group of Roche Diagnostics, the diagnostics division of Roche Pharmaceuticals. Mr. Bellano received a B.S. in sales and marketing from Desales University.

Pankaj Singhal, Ph.D. Dr. Singhal joined Clinical Micro Sensors in 2000 and remained with Osmetech following Osmetech’s acquisition of Clinical Micro Sensors from Motorola in 2005. Dr. Singhal has served as Senior Vice President, Product Development and Manufacturing of GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. since March 2010. From May 2008 through March 2010, Dr. Singhal served as Chief Operating Officer of Osmetech Technology Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Osmetech plc, where he led the operations team that commercialized the original eSensor technology. Prior to that time, he served as Vice President of Operations of Osmetech Technology from January 2007 to April 2008 and Director of Manufacturing Operations from July 2005 to December 2006. He received a B.S. in Chemical Engineering, and a Ph.D. in Chemistry from University of California, Riverside. He also conducted postgraduate fellowship work at the University of California, Berkeley in the areas of DNA chips, electrochemical detection and signal processing, and has obtained multiple patents in these areas. He is also a Motorola-certified Six Sigma black belt in the areas of manufacturing and design development.

Christopher Gleeson . Mr. Gleeson has served as Chairman of the Board of GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. since March 2010 and as Chairman of the Board of Osmetech plc since July 2009. Mr. Gleeson was formerly President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Ventana Medical Systems, Inc., a leading supplier of automated diagnostic systems to the anatomical pathology market where he served from 1999 to February 2008. Following the acquisition of Ventana by Roche Diagnostics in February 2008 for $3.4 billion, Mr. Gleeson became a member of the board of directors of Roche Diagnostics. Prior to joining Ventana, Mr. Gleeson was Senior Vice-President of Bayer Diagnostics, the diagnostics division of Bayer Healthcare Pharmaceuticals and general manager of the U.S. commercial operations for Chiron Diagnostics, the diagnostics division of Chiron Corporation. Prior to that time, he was the founder, owner, and managing director of Australian Diagnostics Corporation. Mr. Gleeson attended the Pharmacy and Business Schools at Monash University in Australia. We believe Mr. Gleeson is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his executive experience in the medical device and molecular diagnostics industries as described above.

Daryl J. Faulkner . Mr. Faulkner has served on the board of directors of GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. since March 2010. Mr. Faulkner was appointed to the board of directors of Osmetech plc in August 2008, serving as Non-Executive Chairman until December 2008. Mr. Faulkner is currently Executive Chair and Chief Executive Officer of AspenBio Pharma, an emerging biotechnology company engaged in the research, development, manufacture, and licensing of novel diagnostics and drugs, a role which he began in January 2009. From August 2008 to January 2009, Mr. Faulkner served as a consultant to Qiagen NV, a leading provider of innovative sample and assay technologies and products, in connection with its integration of Digene Corp., a developer of gene-based diagnostic tests acquired by Qiagen in August 2007. Mr. Faulkner had served as President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of Digene from December 2006 until consummation of Qiagen’s acquisition of Digene. From 1998 until March 2006, Mr. Faulkner served in several executive roles at Invitrogen Corp., a life sciences company, including Senior Vice President, Business Segment Management from 2003 until March 2006. Mr. Faulkner received a B.S. in Industrial Relations from the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill and an M.A. in Business Management from Webster University. We believe Mr. Faulkner is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his executive experience in the medical device and molecular diagnostics industries as described above.

 

74


Table of Contents

Kevin C. O’Boyle . Mr. O’Boyle has served on the board of directors of GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. since March 2010. Previously he served as the Chief Financial Officer of NuVasive, Inc., a medical device company focused on the design, development and marketing of products for the surgical treatment of spine disorders, from January 2003 to December 2009 and the Executive Vice President of NuVasive from December 2004 to December 2009. Prior to that time, Mr. O’Boyle served in various positions during his six years with ChromaVision Medical Systems, Inc., a publicly traded medical device firm specializing in the oncology market, including as its Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer. Also, Mr. O’Boyle held various positions during his seven years with Albert Fisher North America, Inc., a publicly traded international food company, including Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Operations. Mr. O’Boyle is a CPA and received a B.S. in Accounting from the Rochester Institute of Technology and successfully completed the Executive Management Program at the University of California at Los Angeles, John E. Anderson Graduate Business School. We believe Mr. O’Boyle is qualified to serve on our board of directors and serve as chair of our audit committee based on his executive experience in the medical device industry and his financial and accounting expertise as described above.

Board Composition

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. We currently have four members serving on our board of directors. In accordance with our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our board of directors is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders commencing with the meeting in 2011, the successors to the directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve until the third annual meeting following the election. Our directors are divided among the three classes as follows:

 

Director

  

Class

  

Expiration of Term

Daryl J. Faulkner

   Class I Director    2011 Annual Meeting

Kevin C. O’Boyle

   Class II Director    2012 Annual Meeting

Jon Faiz Kayyem, Ph.D.

   Class III Director    2013 Annual Meeting

Christopher Gleeson

   Class III Director    2013 Annual Meeting

Committees of the Board of Directors/Corporate Governance

The committees of our board of directors consist of an audit committee, a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee. Each of these committees will have the responsibilities described below upon our adoption of charters for these committees. Our board of directors may also establish other committees from time to time to assist in the discharge of its responsibilities.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting. Among other things, our audit committee determines the engagement of and approves fees paid to our independent registered public accounting firm; monitors the qualifications, independence activities and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm; approves the retention of our independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed and permissible non-audit services; reviews our financial statements and critical accounting estimates; and discusses with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit. Our audit committee also reviews the effectiveness of internal controls and the adequacy of our disclosure controls and procedures. In addition, our audit committee maintains procedures for the receipt of employee complaints and submissions of concerns regarding accounting or auditing matters. The members of our audit committee are currently Christopher Gleeson, Daryl J. Faulkner and Kevin O’Boyle. Each member currently meets the audit committee qualification and independence standards under current SEC and NASDAQ requirements.

 

75


Table of Contents

Mr. O’Boyle serves as Chairman of the audit committee and meets the requirements of an “audit committee financial expert” under current SEC and NASDAQ requirements based on his executive experience and education discussed in “Management – Directors and Officers.” The meeting schedule for the audit committee has not yet been established, but we expect that the committee will meet no less frequently than quarterly. In 2009, Osmetech’s audit committee held two meetings.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee establishes, amends, reviews and approves the compensation and benefit plans with respect to senior management and employees, including determining individual elements of total compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and other members of senior management, and reviews our performance and the performance of our executive officers with respect to these elements of compensation. Our compensation committee also determines annual retainer, meeting fees, equity awards and other compensation for members of the board of directors and administers the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock incentive plans. The members of the compensation committee are Christopher Gleeson, Daryl J. Faulkner and Kevin O’Boyle. Each member of our compensation committee currently meets the standards for independence under the applicable NASDAQ requirements. Mr. Gleeson serves as Chairman of the compensation committee. The meeting schedule for the compensation committee has not yet been established, but we expect that the committee will meet at least once a year. In 2009, Osmetech’s compensation committee held two meetings.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

Our corporate governance and nominating committee recommends the director nominees for each annual general meeting and ensures that the audit, compensation and corporate governance committees of our board of directors have the benefit of qualified and experienced independent directors. The members of our corporate governance and nominating committee are Christopher Gleeson, Daryl J. Faulkner and Kevin O’Boyle. Each member of our corporate governance and nominating committee currently meets the standards for independence under the applicable NASDAQ requirements. Mr. Faulkner serves as Chairman of the corporate governance and nominating committee. The meeting schedule for the corporate governance and nominating committee has not yet been established, but we expect that the committee will meet at least once a year. Osmetech did not have a corporate governance and nominating committee in 2009.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of our officers, including those officers responsible for financial reporting, directors and employees prior to consummation of this offering. We will post a copy of our code of ethics, and intend to post amendments to this code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website at www.genmarkdx.com as permitted under SEC rules and regulations.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our compensation committee has at any time been an employee of GenMark or Osmetech. None of our executive officers serves, or has served during the last fiscal year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of GenMark or Osmetech.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has reviewed the materiality of any relationship that each of our directors has with us, either directly or indirectly. Based on this review, our board has determined that the following directors are “independent directors” as defined by the applicable rules and regulations of The NASDAQ Global Market: Christopher Gleeson, Daryl J. Faulkner and Kevin O’Boyle.

 

76


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Fiscal years 2009 and 2010 are transitional years for us as we were, and continue to be, preparing for our initial public offering. We are currently focusing on raising funds to support our operations, implementing our new sales and product development strategy, and streamlining and rebranding our operations. We have also recently strengthened our board and management team and implemented additional financial and corporate governance controls as we are preparing to transition to a U.S. public company. Our compensation program and practices evolved as part of this transition as well. As a result, the following discussion provides information regarding the current compensation program of Osmetech and its subsidiaries when referring to historical practices, and the compensation practices of GenMark when referring to our present compensation practices or those in the future. For purposes of “Executive Compensation,” Osmetech refers to Osmetech and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

The compensation committee of our board of directors oversees our executive compensation program. In this role, the compensation committee reviews and approves annually all compensation decisions relating to our executives, including our named executive officers.

Our compensation program is designed to attract and retain talented employees, to motivate them to achieve our key financial, operational and strategic goals and to reward them for superior performance. We believe that attracting and retaining high caliber employees and providing them with appropriate performance incentives are critical steps to helping us achieve our corporate goals and build long-term value for our stockholders.

Overview of Compensation Program

The elements of our compensation program are directed toward providing our executives with both short-term and long-term performance incentives, with the overall objective to motivate our executives to help us achieve our corporate goals and build long-term value for our stockholders. The elements of our compensation program include:

 

   

base salary;

 

   

annual performance-based cash bonus awards; and

 

   

long-term stock-based incentive awards.

We also provide our executives with insurance and a limited number of additional benefits that are typical for companies in our industry. Each of these compensation elements is described in more detail below.

In determining the relevant amounts for each of these compensation elements to be awarded to our executives, our compensation committee considers the following objectives:

 

   

A Substantial Portion of Executive Compensation Should Be Performance-Based .    We believe that a substantial portion of the compensation received by each of our executives should be directly tied to, and contingent upon, the performance of our company as a whole and the executive’s individual contribution and performance. To support this objective, our compensation committee established an Annual Bonus Incentive Plan, or the Bonus Plan, in 2010. The Bonus Plan is designed to align each executive’s efforts with our key financial, operational and strategic goals by providing an opportunity for the executive to earn an annual cash bonus with amounts determined by considering our success in achieving our corporate goals and the executive’s success in achieving individual performance goals. The performance-based cash bonus awards payable to our executive officers are based almost

 

77


Table of Contents
 

entirely on our success in achieving our corporate goals, which include revenue targets, new customer acquisition targets and new product development targets.

 

   

Stock-Based Incentive Awards Should Comprise a Substantial Portion of Executive Compensation .    We believe that a substantial portion of executive compensation should be delivered in the form of stock-based incentive awards in order to align the long-term interests of our executives with those of our stockholders and to provide a retention incentive to our executives.

 

   

Our Executive Compensation Should Be Competitive and Fair .    In order to help us attract and retain talented executives, we believe that our compensation programs should be competitive when compared to our peers as well as perceived as fair, when considered both externally as well as internally. Because we compete with many larger companies for top executive-level talent, our compensation committee generally targets overall compensation for our executives at approximately the 25th to 75th percentile for total compensation of the compensation paid to similarly situated executives based on relevant market data.

Compensation Process

Our compensation committee is responsible for establishing our compensation philosophy and setting the compensation levels for our executives, including base salaries, target performance-based cash bonus awards and stock-based incentive awards. The compensation committee is responsible for approving the corporate goals and individual performance goals for each of our executive officers for purposes of the performance-based cash bonus awards. To assist the compensation committee, our Chief Executive Officer will prepare a report at the beginning of each fiscal year recommending base salaries, stock-based incentive awards, corporate goals for the fiscal year and individual performance goals for each executive officer. In addition to this report, our compensation committee considers relevant market compensation data. The compensation committee in its sole discretion may accept or adjust the compensation recommendations it is provided. No executive officer is allowed to be present at the time his or her compensation is being discussed or determined by the compensation committee.

After the end of each fiscal year, our compensation committee also determines the performance-based cash bonus awards our executive officers should be paid for the prior fiscal year. In making this determination, our compensation committee evaluates our success in achieving our corporate goals and each executive officer’s individual contribution during the past fiscal year. To assist in this process, our Chief Executive Officer will prepare a report for the compensation committee regarding the individual performance of each of our executive officers, other than our Chief Executive Officer, who will be evaluated directly by the compensation committee. Based on this information, our compensation committee determines what percentage of the individual cash bonus targets each of our executive officers should receive for the past fiscal year.

Market Compensation Data

Our compensation committee considers relevant market data in setting the compensation for our executive officers. For 2010, we prepared an analysis of competitive market data for our compensation committee using the SIRS Benchmark Study, 2008, prepared by ORC Worldwide Compensation Survey, or SIRS. SIRS provides executive compensation data for companies in the medical device and diagnostic industries.

Components of Executive Compensation

As indicated above, we compensate our executives through a combination of short-term and long-term incentives that are designed to motivate our executives to help us achieve our key financial, operational and strategic goals and build long-term value for our stockholders.

 

78


Table of Contents

Base Salary. We provide our executive officers with a base salary to compensate them for services provided to us during the fiscal year. In setting base salaries for our executive officers, our compensation committee considers the executive’s position, our success in achieving our prior year corporate goals, the individual’s contribution and performance during the prior fiscal year and relevant market data. The compensation committee also considers the evaluations and recommendations proposed by our Chief Executive Officer. The compensation committee evaluates and sets the base salaries for our executives on an annual basis following annual performance reviews, as well as upon a promotion or other change in responsibility.

In setting the base salaries for our executives for 2010, our compensation committee considered the executive’s position, our success in achieving our corporate goals during 2009, the individual performance and contribution of the executive during fiscal year 2009 and the evaluations and recommendations proposed by our Chief Executive Officer. It also reviewed the market survey data provided by SIRS. This data showed that the base salaries for our executive officers are between the 25th and 75th percentiles of our competitor companies in the medical device and diagnostic industries.

Our executive officers will be paid the following annualized base salaries for the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

Name and Title

   Base Salary

Jon Faiz Kayyem, Ph.D., Chief Executive Officer

   $ 275,000

Steven Kemper, Senior Vice President, Finance

     230,000

Pankaj Singhal, Ph.D., Senior Vice President Product Development and Manufacturing

     220,000

John Bellano, Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations

     200,000

Performance-Based Cash Bonus Awards. We intend to establish a Bonus Plan for our executive officers and other eligible employees. The Bonus Plan will be designed to align each eligible employee’s efforts with our financial, operational and strategic goals by providing an opportunity for the employee to earn an annual cash bonus with amounts determined by overall achievement of corporate goals and individual goals. The Bonus Plan will be governed by the compensation committee. Our compensation committee will be responsible for administrating the Bonus Plan. All executives will be eligible to participate in the Bonus Plan.

Our compensation committee will be responsible for setting the target bonus amounts for our executives, and approving the overall target bonus amounts that are available under the Bonus Plan. The target bonus amounts for each eligible employee will generally be set at a percentage of his or her base salary. The bonus payments an eligible employee receives will be based on two weighted performance measures, corporate goals and individual goals. Our Chief Executive Officer is responsible for establishing specific written corporate goals for the Bonus Plan year, which goals are subject to approval by our compensation committee. Our senior executives will establish departmental goals for each of their respective departments, which goals are subject to approval by our Chief Executive Officer. Our department heads will work with their departments to set the appropriate objectives for their team and individual goals for each eligible employee.

After the end of each fiscal year, the compensation committee will be responsible for setting the actual bonus amounts to be awarded. To assist our compensation committee, each year: (i) our Chief Executive Officer will provide the compensation committee with documentation regarding full or partial achievement of each corporate goal, along with a recommended percentage reflecting our overall achievement of the corporate goals, (ii) each executive will provide a written summary of their success in achieving their individual goals, including a proposed overall percentage accomplishment and (iii) the executive’s supervisor will write a final assessment and determines the overall percent accomplishment.

 

79


Table of Contents

The average of the corporate goals success percentage and the individual goals success percentage will be multiplied by the employee’s target bonus amount to determine the actual bonus amount paid to an employee. Actual amounts payable range from 0% to 100% of the target amounts, based upon the extent to which performance under each criterion meets, exceeds or is below target. To reward exceptional performance in certain circumstances, the compensation committee may determine that a supplemental bonus in excess of the target bonus is appropriate and justified. However, individual incentive payments will not be an entitlement and may be decreased at the sole discretion of the compensation committee. We may terminate the Bonus Plan at any time, and may alter the terms and conditions under which the bonus awards are set, calculated or paid. The following sets forth the anticipated target bonus amounts for 2010:

 

Executive Officer

   Bonus %     Amount at Target

Jon Faiz Kayyem, Ph.D.

   75   $ 206,250

Steven Kemper

   30     69,000

John Bellano

   50     100,000

Pankaj Singhal, Ph.D.

   30     66,000

Stock-Based Incentive Awards. In addition to our performance-based cash bonus awards, we provide long-term stock-based incentive awards to our executive officers. These stock-based incentive awards generally consist of options to purchase shares of our common stock. We believe that stock option awards help further our compensation objectives by encouraging our executives to remain with us through at least the vesting period for these awards and providing them with an incentive to continue to focus on our long-term financial performance and increasing stockholder value.

Our executive officers receive a stock option award in connection with their initial hire, following promotions and on an annual basis. To assist the compensation committee, we have developed guidelines for initial and annual stock option awards. The guidelines for initial grants are based on the executive’s position and the guidelines for annual grants are generally designed to replace the number of options initially granted to the executive at hiring that vest after one year, which is typically 25% of the initial grant award for the executive. The actual number of options for an executive may be higher or lower than these guidelines, based on their individual performance or extraordinary achievements. See “2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan” below for additional information.

Stock and Option Grant Practices. Our compensation committee adopted a policy by which all stock and option awards to new and current employees, including our executive officers, are granted at pre-determined meeting dates of the compensation committee. Our compensation committee grants the equity awards in accordance with the dates fixed by this policy whether or not we are aware of any material non-public information (whether positive or negative) at the time of grant. Because the equity awards typically do not vest or have any realizable value for at least 12 months, we do not believe it is important whether we are aware of any material non-public information on the date of grant. The amount of realizable value related to such awards will be determined by our stock price on the date the awards vest and therefore will be determined by our financial performance in the time prior to vesting. Whether the stock price moves up or down shortly after the grant date is largely irrelevant for purposes of the equity awards.

In connection with the Reorganization and this offering, each holder of an option to purchase ordinary shares of Osmetech will hold options issued pursuant to the 2010 Plan to purchase GenMark common stock. The new GenMark options will be exercisable for that number of shares of common stock and at an exercise price per share that reflects the exchange ratio in the Reorganization. All vesting will remain unchanged.

The exercise price of any option grant is determined by reference to the fair market value of such shares, which the 2010 Plan defines as the daily volume-weighted average price of our common stock on the

 

80


Table of Contents

NASDAQ Global Market on the date of grant. Prior to completing our initial public offering, the exercise price for a share option of Osmetech was determined by converting the current quoted price on the London Stock Exchange’s AIM system, into U.S. dollars based on that day’s exchange rate. However, because options granted both before and after the completion of our initial public offering have been granted at fair market value, such options only have cash value to the holder to the extent that the stock price of our common stock increases during the term of the option. Our option grants generally vest 25% one year from the date of the grant, with the remaining 75% of the options vesting in equal monthly installments over the subsequent thirty-six month period.

Other Benefits

In order to attract, retain and pay market levels of compensation, we provide our executives with the following benefits:

 

   

Health Insurance .    We provide each of our executives and their spouses and children the same health, dental and vision insurance coverage we make available to our other eligible employees.

 

   

Life and Disability Insurance .    We provide each of our executives with the same disability and life insurance as we make available to our other eligible employees.

 

   

Pension Benefits .    We do not provide pension arrangements or post-retirement health coverage for our executives or employees. Our executives and other eligible employees are eligible to participate in our 401(k) defined contribution plan. We do not currently make matching contributions to participants in the 401(k) plan, however we have previously made matching contributions, and we may opt to do so again in the future.

 

   

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation .    We do not provide any nonqualified defined contribution or other deferred compensation plans to any of our employees.

 

   

Perquisites .    We limit the perquisites that we make available to our executive officers. Our executives are entitled to relocation expenses on their initial hire and other benefits with de minimis value that are not otherwise available to all of our employees.

Employment Agreements

Jon Faiz Kayyem, Ph.D.    

We entered into an employment agreement, effective January 1, 2010, with Dr. Kayyem, pursuant to which he has agreed to serve as our Chief Executive Officer. Dr. Kayyem’s agreement provides for, among other things: (i) an annual base salary of $275,000, subject to annual review, (ii) eligibility to participate in the Bonus Plan of up to 75% variable pay based on his current base salary, and (iii) an initial award of 248,568 options to purchase shares of our common stock.

Steven Kemper

We entered into an employment agreement, effective November 30, 2009, with Mr. Kemper, pursuant to which Mr. Kemper has agreed to serve as our Senior Vice President of Finance. Mr. Kemper’s agreement provides for, among other things: (i) an annual base salary of $230,000, subject to annual review, (ii) eligibility to participate in the Bonus Plan of up to 30% variable pay based on his current base salary, and (iii) an initial award of 85,224 options to purchase shares of our common stock. In addition, in the event of a change of control transaction, all of Mr. Kemper’s then unvested option shares will automatically accelerate and vest in full. The employment agreement also provides that if Mr. Kemper’s employment is terminated by us without cause or by Mr. Kemper for good reason, we will pay Mr. Kemper severance equal to: (i) six months of his base salary, or in the event his employment agreement is terminated in connection with a change of control transaction, 12 months base salary,

 

81


Table of Contents

(ii) any earned, but not yet paid, bonus amounts, (iii) continuation in our medical and dental insurance plans for six months, or in the event his employment agreement is terminated in connection with a change of control transaction, continuation in such plans for 12 months, (iv) accrued and unpaid vacation, and (v) unreimbursed expenses.

Pankaj Singhal, Ph.D.    

We entered into an employment agreement, effective January 1, 2010, with Dr. Singhal, pursuant to which Dr. Singhal has agreed to serve as our Senior Vice President of Product Development and Manufacturing. Dr. Singhal’s agreement provides for, among other things: (i) an annual base salary of $220,000, subject to annual review, (ii) eligibility to participate in the Bonus Plan of up to 30% variable pay based on his current base salary, and (iii) an initial award of 85,224 options to purchase shares of our common stock.

John Bellano    

We entered into an employment agreement, effective March 1, 2010, with Mr. Bellano, pursuant to which Mr. Bellano has agreed to serve as our Senior Vice President of Commercial Operations. Mr. Bellano’s agreement provides for, among other things: (i) an annual base salary of $200,000, subject to annual review, (ii) eligibility to participate in the Bonus Plan of up to 50% variable pay based on his current base salary, (iii) a guaranteed aggregate bonus of $25,000 in the first two quarters of 2010, (iv) an initial award of 85,224 options to purchase shares of our common stock, and (v) reimbursement of relocation costs in the amount of $130,000.

Separation Agreements

James White    

We entered into a compromise agreement, effective August 10, 2009, with Mr. White, pursuant to which Mr. White resigned as Osmetech’s Chief Executive Officer effective as of August 7, 2009. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we paid Mr. White, among other things: (i) severance payments in the amount of $481,601, and (ii) a pension payment in the amount of $39,132. In addition, we agreed to continue payment of Mr. White’s (i) COBRA premiums until August 7, 2010, and (ii) long term and short term disability and group life insurance until August 7, 2010.

David Sandilands    

We entered into a compromise agreement, effective March 19, 2010, with Mr. Sandilands, pursuant to which Mr. Sandilands resigned as Osmetech’s Chief Financial Officer. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we paid Mr. Sandilands, among other things, (i) accrued salary and benefits though his date of resignation, (ii) accrued vacation, (iii) accrued but unpaid bonus, (iv) a termination payment in the amount of $236,835, and (v) a pension payment in the amount of $32,507. In addition, we have amended his grant of options made on December 23, 2009 to purchase 71,020 shares of our common stock such that they vest in full upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market and remain exercisable for a period of 12 months following his termination, subject to his continuing assistance during the period prior to our initial listing on NASDAQ.

2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan

GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. will adopt a 2010 Plan. We intend to reserve 2,000,000 shares of common stock under our 2010 Plan, including the 993,215 shares underlying the outstanding options after giving effect to the adjustment to the outstanding options immediately following the Reorganization and this offering. The 2010 Plan will also contain an “evergreen provision” that allows for an annual increase in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan commencing on the first January 1 after

 

82


Table of Contents

the completion of this offering and on each January 1 thereafter during the ten-year term of the 2010 Plan. The annual increase in the number of shares shall be equal to the least of:

 

   

3% of our outstanding common stock on the applicable January 1; and

 

   

a lesser number of shares as determined by our board of directors.

The material terms of the 2010 Plan are summarized below.

Administration

The compensation committee of our board of directors will administer the 2010 Plan. Following the completion of this offering, to administer the 2010 Plan, our compensation committee must consist solely of at least two members of our board of directors, each of whom is a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and, with respect to awards that are intended to constitute performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m). Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2010 Plan, our compensation committee will have the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the type or types of awards to be granted to each person, the number of awards to grant, the number of shares to be subject to such awards, and the terms and conditions of such awards, and to make all other determinations and decisions and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2010 Plan. Our compensation committee will also be authorized to establish, adopt, amend or revise rules relating to administration of the 2010 Plan. Our board of directors may at any time revest in itself the authority to administer the 2010 Plan.

Eligibility

Options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock and other awards under the 2010 Plan may be granted to individuals who are then our officers or employees or are the officers or employees of any of our subsidiaries. Such awards may also be granted to our non-employee directors and consultants but only employees may be granted incentive stock options, or ISOs.

Awards

The 2010 Plan will provide that our compensation committee may grant or issue stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalents, performance share awards, performance stock units, stock payments, deferred stock, performance bonus awards, performance-based awards, and other stock-based awards, or any combination thereof. Our compensation committee will consider each award grant subjectively, considering factors such as the individual performance of the recipient and the anticipated contribution of the recipient to the attainment of our long-term goals. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

 

   

Nonqualified stock options, or NQSOs, will provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price which may not be less than the par value of a share of common stock on the date of grant, and usually will become exercisable (at the discretion of our compensation committee) in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant’s continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of performance targets established by our compensation committee. NQSOs may be granted for any term specified by our compensation committee.

 

   

Incentive stock options, or ISOs, will be designed to comply with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and will be subject to specified restrictions contained in the Internal Revenue Code. Among such restrictions, ISOs must have an exercise price of not less than

 

83


Table of Contents
 

the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant, may only be granted to employees, must expire within a specified period of time following the optionee’s termination of employment, and must be exercised within the ten years after the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock, the 2010 Plan provides that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and the ISO must expire upon the fifth anniversary of the date of its grant.

 

   

Restricted stock may be granted to participants and made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by our compensation committee. Typically, restricted stock may be forfeited for no consideration if the conditions or restrictions are not met, and they may not be sold or otherwise transferred to third parties until restrictions are removed or expire. Recipients of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options, may have voting rights and may receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse.

 

   

Restricted stock units may be awarded to participants, typically without payment of consideration or for a nominal purchase price, but subject to vesting conditions including continued employment or on performance criteria established by our compensation committee. Like restricted stock, restricted stock units may not be sold or otherwise transferred or hypothecated until vesting conditions are removed or expire. Unlike restricted stock, stock underlying restricted stock units will not be issued until the restricted stock units have vested, and recipients of restricted stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when vesting conditions are satisfied.

 

   

SARs granted under the 2010 Plan typically will provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our common stock over the exercise price of the SAR. Our compensation committee may elect to pay SARs in cash or in common stock or in a combination of both.

 

   

Dividend equivalents represent the value of the dividends, if any, per share paid by us, calculated with reference to the number of shares covered by the stock options, SARs or other awards held by the participant.

 

   

Performance bonus awards may be granted by our compensation committee on an individual or group basis. Generally, these awards will be based upon the attainment of specific performance goals that are established by our compensation committee and relate to one or more performance criteria on a specified date or dates determined by our compensation committee. Any such cash bonus paid to a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162 (m) of the Internal Revenue Code may be, but need not be, qualified performance-based compensation as described below and will be paid in cash.

 

   

Stock payments may be authorized by our compensation committee in the form of common stock or an option or other right to purchase common stock as part of a deferred compensation arrangement, made in lieu of all or any part of compensation, including bonuses, that would otherwise be payable to employees, consultants or members of our board of directors.

Qualified Performance-Based Compensation

Our compensation committee may grant awards to employees who are or may be “covered employees,” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, that are intended to be “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code in order to preserve the deductibility of these awards for federal income tax purposes. Participants are only entitled to receive payment for “qualified performance-based compensation” for any given performance period to the extent that pre-established performance goals set by the plan administrator for

 

84


Table of Contents

the period are satisfied. These pre-established performance goals must be based on one or more of the following performance criteria: revenue; expenses; operating income; gross margin; operating margin; earnings before any one or more of: stock-based compensation expense, interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; pre-tax profit; net operating income; net income; economic value added; free cash flow; operating cash flow; balance of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities; stock price; earnings per share; return on stockholder equity; return on capital; return on assets; return on investment; total stockholder return; employee satisfaction; employee retention; market share; customer satisfaction; product development; research and development expenses; completion of an identified special project; and completion of a joint venture or other corporate transaction. These performance criteria may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to performance in an earlier period or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. With regard to a particular performance period, our compensation committee will have the discretion to select the length of the performance period, the type of performance-based awards to be granted, and the goals that will be used to measure the performance for the period. In determining the actual size of an individual performance-based award for a performance period, the plan administrator may reduce or eliminate (but not increase) the award. Generally, a participant will have to be employed by us throughout the performance period to be eligible for a performance-based award for any period.

Corporate Transactions

In the event of a change in control, as defined in the 2010 Plan, the compensation committee may provide for the following: accelerated vesting, assumption, continuation, substitution or the cash-out of awards.

Amendment and Termination of the 2010 Plan

Our board of directors or our compensation committee may terminate, amend or modify the 2010 Plan. However, stockholder approval of any amendment to the 2010 Plan will be obtained to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with any applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule, or for any amendment to the 2010 Plan that increases the number of shares available under the 2010 Plan. If not terminated earlier by our compensation committee or our board of directors, the 2010 Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the date of its initial approval by our board of directors.

Limitation of Directors’ and Officers’ Liability and Indemnification

The Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate, subject to specified conditions, the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties. Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

We have obtained director and officer liability insurance to cover liabilities our directors and officers may incur in connection with their services to us. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also provide that we will indemnify and advance expenses to any of our directors and officers who, by reason of the fact that he or she is one of our officers or directors, is involved in a legal proceeding of any nature. We will repay certain expenses incurred by a director or officer in connection with any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action or proceeding, including actions by us or in our name. Such indemnifiable expenses include, to the maximum extent permitted by law, attorney’s fees, judgments, fines, settlement amounts and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with legal proceedings. A director or officer will not receive indemnification if he or she is found not to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interest.

We intend to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and officers. These agreements provide that we will, among other things, indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers for

 

85


Table of Contents

certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by us arising out of such person’s services as our director or officer, or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

Such limitation of liability and indemnification does not affect the availability of equitable remedies. In addition, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents in which indemnification will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for such indemnification.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents compensation information for 2009 provided by Osmetech to our former principal executive officer, our principal executive officer, our former principal financial officer and our three other most highly compensated persons serving as executive officers of Osmetech as of December 31, 2009. We refer to these executive officers as our “named executive officers.”

 

Name & Principal Position

   Year    Salary (1)    Option
Awards (2)
   All Other
Compensation (3)
   Total

James White,

Former Chief Executive Officer (4)

   2009    $   131,054    $ —      $   520,733    $ 651,787

Jon Faiz Kayyem, Ph.D.,

Chief Executive Officer (5)

   2009      69,231      936,547      —        1,005,778

David Sandilands,

Chief Financial Officer (6)

   2009      216,712      165,749      53,409      435,870

Steven Kemper,

Senior Vice President, Finance (7)

   2009      13,269      321,102      —        334,371

Pankaj Singhal, Ph.D.,

Senior Vice President Product Development and Manufacturing (8)

   2009      220,000      321,102      6,600      547,702

John Bellano,

Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations (9)

   2009      7,692      321,102      —        328,794

 

(1)

Mr. Sandilands’ and Mr. White’s salaries and all other compensation are denominated in British pounds and were converted to U.S. dollars at the rate of 1.558 U.S. dollars to one British pound, which was an average of the month-end exchange rates for 2009.

(2)

Figures reflected are based on the grant date fair value of all awards made during the year calculated using the assumptions described in note 4 to Osmetech’s financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, disregarding estimated forfeitures. The stock option awards are denominated in British pounds and were converted to U.S. dollars at the rate of 1.6167 U.S. dollars to one British pound, which was the exchange rate on December 31, 2009.

(3)

Mr. White’s all other compensation consists of $473,351 severance, $8,250 healthcare benefits and $39,132 of pension costs. Mr. Sandilands’ all other compensation consists of $32,507 of pension costs, $11,685 car allowance and a $9,217 payment in lieu of healthcare benefits.

(4)

Mr. White resigned as Chief Executive Officer of Osmetech in August 2009.

(5)

Dr. Kayyem was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Osmetech in August 2009 and President and Chief Executive Officer of GenMark in March 2010.

(6)

Mr. Sandilands resigned as Chief Financial Officer of Osmetech in March 2010.

(7)

Mr. Kemper was appointed Senior Vice President, Finance of Osmetech in November 2009 and Chief Financial Officer of GenMark in March 2010.

 

86


Table of Contents
(8)

Dr. Singhal was appointed Senior Vice President, Product Development and Manufacturing of GenMark in March 2010. Dr. Singhal served as Chief Operating Officer of Osmetech during all of 2009. Dr. Singhal’s all other compensation consists of matching 401(k) contributions by Osmetech.

(9)

Mr. Bellano was appointed Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations of Osmetech in December 2009 and Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations of GenMark in March 2010.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2009

The following table sets forth information regarding grants of awards made to our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.

 

Name

   Grant Date    All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
   Exercise or Base
Price of Option
Awards ($/Share)
   Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock Option
Awards/
Incremental
Fair Value($)( 7 )

James White,

Former Chief Executive Officer (1)

   —      —      —      —  

Jon Faiz Kayyem, Ph.D.,

Chief Executive Officer ( 2 )

   12/23/2009    248,568    7.25    936,547

David Sandilands,

Chief Financial Officer ( 3 )

   12/23/2009    71,020    7.25    165,749

Steven Kemper,

Senior Vice President, Finance ( 4 )

   12/23/2009    85,224    7.25    321,102

Pankaj Singhal, Ph.D.,

Senior Vice President Product Development and Manufacturing ( 5 )

   12/23/2009    85,224    7.25    321,102

John Bellano,

Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations ( 6 )

   12/23/2009    85,224    7.25    321,102

 

(1)

Mr. White resigned as Chief Executive Officer of Osmetech in August 2009.

(2)

Dr. Kayyem was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Osmetech in August 2009 and President and Chief Executive Officer of GenMark in March 2010.

(3)

Mr. Sandilands resigned as Chief Financial Officer of Osmetech in March 2010.

(4)

Mr. Kemper was appointed Senior Vice President, Finance of Osmetech in November 2009 and Chief Financial Officer of GenMark in March 2010.

(5)

Dr. Singhal was appointed Senior Vice President, Product Development and Manufacturing of GenMark in March 2010. Dr. Singhal served as Chief Operating Officer of Osmetech during all of 2009.

(6)

Mr. Bellano was appointed Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations of Osmetech in December 2009 and Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations of GenMark in March 2010.

(7)

Stock option awards were granted at 4.485 British pounds ($7.25) which were converted to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of 1.6167 U.S. dollars to one British pound, which was the exchange rate on December 31, 2009.

 

87


Table of Contents

Outstanding Option Awards at Year End

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding option awards held by our named executive officers at December 31, 2009.

 

Name

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
   Option
Exercise
Price
($/Share)
    Option
Expiration
Date

James White,

Former Chief Executive Officer (1)

   9,002

2,148

   —  

—  

   0.37

0.37

(7)  

(7)  

  12/31/10

1/10/10

Jon Faiz Kayyem , Ph.D.,

Chief Executive Officer (2) (9)

   —      248,568    7.25 (8)     12/23/19

David Sandilands,

Chief Financial Officer (3)

   6,072    71,020    0.37

7.25

(7)  

(8)  

  3/19/11

3/19/11

Steven Kemper,

Senior Vice President, Finance (4) (9)

   —      85,224    7.25 (8)     12/23/19

Pankaj Singhal, Ph.D.,

Senior Vice President Product Development and Manufacturing (5) (9)

   —      85,224    7.25 (8)     12/23/19

John Bellano,

Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations (6) (9)

   —      85,224    7.25 (8)     12/23/19

 

(1)

Mr. White resigned as Chief Executive Officer of Osmetech in August 2009.

(2)

Dr. Kayyem was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Osmetech in August 2009 and President and Chief Executive Officer of GenMark in March 2010.

(3)

Mr. Sandilands resigned as Chief Financial Officer of Osmetech in March 2010. Mr. Sandilands’ options vest in full upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market and remain exercisable for a period of 12 months following his termination.

(4)

Mr. Kemper was appointed Senior Vice President, Finance of Osmetech in November 2009 and Chief Financial Officer of GenMark in March 2010.

(5)

Dr. Singhal was appointed Senior Vice President, Product Development and Manufacturing of GenMark in March 2010. Dr. Singhal served as Chief Operating Officer of Osmetech during all of 2009.

(6)

Mr. Bellano was appointed Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations of Osmetech in December 2009 and Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations of GenMark in March 2010.

(7)

Stock option awards were granted at 0.23 British pounds ($0.37) and converted to U.S. dollars at the rate of 1.6167 U.S. dollars to one British pound.

(8)

Stock option awards were granted at 4.485 British pounds ($7.25) and converted to U.S. dollars at the rate of 1.6167 U.S. dollars to one British pound.

(9)

Options for each executive vest 25% one year from the date of the grant with the remaining options vesting in equal monthly installments over the subsequent thirty-six month period. Vesting of all stock option awards accelerates in full upon a change of control transaction.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

None of our named executive officers exercised options during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and we have never granted any restricted stock awards.

 

88


Table of Contents

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

The table below describes the potential payments or benefits to our named executive officers upon a change of control and upon termination of employment without cause, as if each executive’s employment terminated as of December 31, 2009, pursuant to the agreements described above in the section entitled “Executive Compensation – Employment Agreements” and “Executive Compensation – Separation Agreements.”

 

Name

   Base Salary   Pension   Health   Stock
Option
Vesting (7)
  Other   Total

James White,

Former Chief Executive Officer (1)

   $ —     $   39,132   $   19,765   $   —     $   481,601   $   540,598

Jon Faiz Kayyem, Ph.D.,

Chief Executive Officer (2)

     —       —       —       —       —       —  

David Sandilands,

Chief Financial Officer (3)

     237,614     32,507     —       —       93,614     363,735

Steven Kemper,

Senior Vice President, Finance (4)

     230,000     —       15,600     —       —       245,600

Pankaj Singhal, Ph.D.,

Senior Vice President Product Development and Manufacturing (5)

     —       —       —       —       —       —  

John Bellano,

Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations (6)

     —       —       —       —       —       —  

 

(1)

Reflects payments made by us pursuant to the separation agreement entered into with Mr. White in August 2009, including $481,601 of severance payments. Mr. White resigned as Chief Executive Officer of Osmetech in August 2009.

(2)

Dr. Kayyem was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Osmetech in August 2009 and President and Chief Executive Officer of GenMark in March 2010.

(3)

Mr. Sandilands resigned as Chief Financial Officer of Osmetech in March 2010 and entered into a separation agreement with us. For base salary, Mr. Sandilands is due 152,516 British pounds and for pension costs he is due 20,865 British pounds. Both were converted at an exchange rate of 1.558 U.S. dollars to one British pound, which was an average of the 12 month-end exchange rates for 2009. Other represents the Black-Scholes value of the extension of the expiration date of his option grant pursuant to his separation agreement which allows for vesting of his options for up to one year following his termination, and holiday and bonus payments.

(4)

Mr. Kemper was appointed Senior Vice President, Finance of Osmetech in November 2009 and Chief Financial Officer of GenMark in March 2010. Mr. Kemper is due $230,000 of base salary and $15,600 of health benefits upon a termination in connection with a change in control transaction and $115,000 of base salary and $7,800 of health benefits upon a termination by us without cause or upon a termination by Mr. Kemper for good reason.

(5)

Dr. Singhal was appointed Senior Vice President, Product Development and Manufacturing of GenMark in March 2010. Dr. Singhal served as Chief Operating Officer of Osmetech during all of 2009.

(6)

Mr. Bellano was appointed Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations of Osmetech in December 2009 and Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations of GenMark in March 2010.

(7)

Estimated by multiplying the number of options that vest upon change in control by the difference in fair market value on December 31, 2009 (4.31 British pounds) and the exercise price. Because the fair market value was not higher than the exercise price of all unvested options held, the amount is estimated at zero for each.

 

89


Table of Contents

Non-Employee Director Compensation Table

During 2009, certain non-employee-directors of Osmetech received compensation as described below:

 

Name (1)

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
   Option
Awards (2)
   Total

Christopher Gleeson (3)

   $   12,500    $   1,126,641    $   1,139,141

Daryl J. Faulkner (4)

     15,000      122,828      137,828

 

(1)

Mr. O’Boyle was appointed to the board of directors of GenMark in March 2010 and did not previously serve on the board of directors of Osmetech.

(2)

Reflects the grant date fair value of all awards made during the year calculated using the assumptions described in note 4 to Osmetech’s financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, disregarding estimated forfeitures.

(3)

Mr. Gleeson was appointed to the board of directors of Osmetech in July 2009. Option awards represent warrants to purchase 220,792 shares of our common stock and options to purchase 54,979 shares of our common stock. As of December 31, 2009, Mr. Gleeson held warrants to purchase 220,792 shares of our common stock and options to purchase 54,979 shares of our common stock.

(4)

As of December 31, 2009, Mr. Faulkner held options to purchase 30,864 shares of our common stock.

In 2009, the board of directors adopted our independent director compensation policy, pursuant to which independent directors will be compensated for their services on our board of directors. Pursuant to the policy:

 

   

each independent director will receive an annual fee of $60,000 payable for the director’s service during the year;

 

   

the Chairman of the audit committee will receive an additional annual fee of $15,000 for the Chairman’s service during the year; and

 

   

the Chairman of the Board will receive an additional annual fee of $40,000 for the Chairman’s service during the year.

Seventy-five percent of each of the fees payable pursuant to the independent director compensation policy will be payable at the date of the annual stockholders’ meeting of each year of service in options to purchase our shares of common stock at an exercise price per share determined at the fair market value on the date of grant, and 25% of the fees will be payable in cash quarterly within thirty days of the beginning of each quarter. Any options granted pursuant to the independent director compensation policy will vest over four years, with 25% of options vesting one year from the date of the grant, and 75% of options vesting in equal monthly installments over the subsequent 36-month period. Each director is also entitled to be reimbursed for reasonable travel and other expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors and any committee on which he or she serves.

In addition, we granted additional option awards to our directors in 2009.

 

90


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents information about the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of February 28, 2010, giving effect to the Reorganization and as adjusted to reflect the shares offered by this prospectus, by:

 

   

each existing stockholder we know to beneficially own 5% or more of our common stock, which we call our principal stockholders;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our executive officers; and

 

   

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Shares of common stock that may be acquired by an individual or group within 60 days following February 28, 2010, pursuant to the exercise of options or warrants, are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such individual or group, but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person shown in the table.

Except as indicated in footnotes to this table, we believe that the stockholders named in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown to be beneficially owned by them, based on information provided to us by such stockholders.

 

       Number of
Common Shares
Owned Before and
After the
Offering (1)
   Percentage of Shares
Outstanding

Name of Beneficial Owner

      Before
Offering (1)
    After
Offering (1)

Principal Stockholders (2)

       

Gartmore Investment Limited, et. al. (3)

   1,324,266    18.6  

Efficacy Capital, Ltd. (4)

   877,897    12.3  

FMR, LLC (5)

   639,709    9.0  

Schroders plc (6)

   621,630    8.7  

Ronin Capital L.L.C. (7)

   525,933    7.4  

Directors and Executive Officers

       

Jon Faiz Kayyem, Ph.D. (8)

   505,893    7.1  

Christopher Gleeson (9)

   494,389    7.0  

Pankaj Singhal, Ph.D. (10)

   28,408    *     

Daryl J. Faulkner (11)

   14,144    *     

Kevin O’Boyle

   —      *     

Steven Kemper

   —      *     

John Bellano

   —      *     

All directors and senior management as a group (7 persons)

   1,042,834    14.7  

 

* Indicates beneficial ownership of less than one percent of our shares of common stock.
(1)

Number of shares owned as shown both in this table and the accompanying footnotes and percentage ownership before and after the offering is based on 7,110,929 shares of common stock outstanding on February 28, 2010 after giving effect to the Reorganization.

(2)

Ownership of shares held by FMR, LLC, Gartmore Investment Limited and Schroders plc is based upon ownership amounts reported to Osmetech by these principal stockholders on December 23, 2009. Ownership of shares held by Efficacy Capital, Ltd. is based upon ownership amounts reported to Osmetech by Efficacy Capital on January 19, 2010. Ownership of shares of held by Ronin Capital L.L.C. is based upon ownership amounts reported to Osmetech by Ronin Capital on March 17, 2010.

(3)

The address of Gartmore Investment Limited is Gartmore House, 8 Fenchurch Place, London, EC3M 4PB, UK. 539,275 of the shares of common stock are held directly by Alphagen Volantis Fund Limited, 318,520 of the shares of common stock are held

 

91


Table of Contents
 

directly by Gartmore Fund Managers Limited A/c Gartmore UK & Irish Smaller Companies, 357,899 of the shares of common stock are held directly by Strathclyde Pension Fund and 108,572 of the shares of common stock are held directly by Gartmore Growth Opportunities Plc.

(4)

The address of Efficacy Capital, Ltd. is 11622 El Camino Real, Suite 100, San Diego, CA 92130. 864,983 of the shares of common stock are held directly by Efficacy Biotech Master Fund and 12,914 of our shares of common stock are held directly by FMG Special Opportunity Fund.

(5)

The address of FMR, LLC is 82 Devonshire Street V13H, Boston, MA 02109.

(6)

The address of Schroders plc is 31 Gresham Street, London, EC2V 7QA, UK.

(7)

The address of Ronin Capital L.L.C. is 230 South LaSalle, Suite 400, Chicago, IL 60604. 350,245 of the shares of common stock are held directly by John Stafford III, 175,122 of our shares of common stock are held directly by Ronin Trading U.K. LLP and 566 shares are held directly by Ronin Capital L.L.C.

(8)

Includes 61,651 shares of common stock held by HI Charitable Remainder Uni Trust, 124,934 shares of common stock held by The Jon Faiz Kayyem and Paige N. Gates Family Trust, dated April 1, 2000, and 319,308 shares of common stock held by IFIN LP. Dr. Kayyem is trustee of the HI Charitable Remainder Uni Trust, trustee of The Jon Faiz Kayyem and Paige N. Gates Family Trust, dated April 1, 2000, and President of In-Motion LLC, the general partner of IFIN LP. Dr. Kayyem may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by these entities.

(9)

Includes warrants to purchase 220,792 shares of common stock and options to purchase 13,180 shares of common stock which are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2010. Also includes 229,232 shares held by the Gleeson Family Trust. Mr. Gleeson is the trustee of the Gleeson Family Trust and may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of these shares.

(10)

Includes options to purchase 28,408 shares which are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2010.

(11)

Includes options to purchase 14,144 shares of common stock which are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2010.

 

92


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Since January 1, 2007, there have been no transactions, or currently proposed transactions, in which we were or are to be a participant involving an amount exceeding $120,000, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, except as described below.

Issuances of Ordinary Shares by Osmetech

In 2008, Osmetech completed two private financing transactions, in which it issued 1,050,813 ordinary shares at $3.36 per share for net proceeds of approximately $3.4 million on December 5, 2008 and 1,942,624 ordinary shares at $3.36 per share for net proceeds of approximately $6.3 million on December 21, 2008. Efficacy Capital Limited purchased 396,533 ordinary shares in the December 5, 2008 financing and 733,066 ordinary shares in the December 21, 2008 financing. Dr. Kayyem, our Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors, served as a managing partner of Efficacy Capital Limited at the time of these financings.

In 2009, Osmetech completed two private financing transactions, in which it issued 1,139,285 ordinary shares at $7.59 per share for net proceeds of approximately $8.5 million on June 25, 2009 and 2,086,090 ordinary shares at $7.82 per share for net proceeds of approximately $15.7 million on December 21, 2009. The securities purchased by investors in these financings included the following:

 

   

Mr. Gleeson, one of our directors, purchased 132,475 ordinary shares in the June 25, 2009 financing and 127,942 ordinary shares in the December 21, 2009 financing.

 

   

Efficacy Capital Limited purchased 33,119 ordinary shares in the June 25, 2009 financing and 31,985 ordinary shares in the December 21, 2009 financing. Dr. Kayyem, our Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors, served as a managing partner of Efficacy Capital Limited at the time of these financings.

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers for the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to these persons to the fullest extent permitted by law. We also intend to enter into these agreements with our future directors and executive officers.

Policy for Approval of Related Party Transactions

Pursuant to the written charter of our audit committee, the audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving all transactions in which we are a participant and in which any parties related to us, including our executive officers, our directors, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our securities, immediate family members of the foregoing persons and any other persons whom our board of directors determines may be considered related parties, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. If advanced approval is not feasible, the audit committee has the authority to ratify a related party transaction at the next audit committee meeting. For purposes of our audit committee charter, a material interest is deemed to be any consideration received by such a party in excess of $120,000 per year.

In reviewing and approving such transactions, the audit committee shall obtain, or shall direct our management to obtain on its behalf, all information that the committee believes to be relevant and important to a review of the transaction prior to its approval. Following receipt of the necessary information, a discussion shall be held of the relevant factors if deemed to be necessary by the committee prior to approval. If a discussion is not deemed to be necessary, approval may be given by written consent of the committee. This approval authority may also be delegated to the Chairman of the audit committee in respect of any transaction in which the expected amount is less than $250,000. No related party transaction may be entered into prior to the completion of these procedures.

 

93


Table of Contents

The audit committee or its Chairman, as the case may be, shall approve only those related party transactions that are determined to be in, or not inconsistent with, the best interests of us and our stockholders, taking into account all available facts and circumstances as the committee or the Chairman determines in good faith to be necessary. These facts and circumstances will typically include, but not be limited to, the material terms of the transaction, the nature of the related party’s interest in the transaction, the significance of the transaction to the related party and the nature of our relationship with the related party, the significance of the transaction to us, and whether the transaction would be likely to impair (or create an appearance of impairing) the judgment of a director or executive officer to act in our best interest. No member of the audit committee may participate in any review, consideration or approval of any related party transaction with respect to which the member or any of his or her immediate family members is the related party, except that such member of the audit committee will be required to provide all material information concerning the related party transaction to the audit committee.

 

94


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description of the capital stock and provisions of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of GenMark are summaries and are qualified by reference to the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws of GenMark. Copies of these documents have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to GenMark’s capital structure that will occur upon the completion of the Reorganization and this offering.

Reorganization

Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, GenMark will acquire all of the outstanding ordinary shares of Osmetech by way of a Reorganization under the applicable laws of the United Kingdom. In the Reorganization, all of the issued ordinary shares of Osmetech will be cancelled in consideration of (i) the issuance of common stock of GenMark to the former shareholders of Osmetech and (ii) the issuance of new shares in Osmetech to GenMark. Following the Reorganization, Osmetech will be a wholly owned subsidiary of GenMark, and the former shareholders of Osmetech will hold shares of GenMark. The Osmetech shareholders will receive one share of GenMark common stock for every 230 ordinary shares of Osmetech, subject to any Osmetech shareholder who is due to receive fractional shares of GenMark common stock in the Reorganization becoming entitled to receive a single share of GenMark common stock in lieu of such fractional shares.

General

Pursuant to the GenMark certificate of incorporation, GenMark is authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, none of which will be designated or issued upon completion of this offering. Our board of directors may establish the rights and preferences of the preferred stock from time to time.

GenMark was formed by Osmetech in Delaware in February 2010 in order to facilitate the Reorganization and this offering. As of February 28, 2010, Osmetech held 1,000 shares of GenMark common stock, and was the sole stockholder.

As of December 31, 2009, Osmetech had 1,633,443,351 ordinary shares issued and outstanding without giving effect to the Reorganization. These shares were held by approximately 9,055 shareholders of record. Based on the number of outstanding ordinary shares of Osmetech as of December 31, 2009, and the exchange ratio set forth in the Reorganization, 7,101,928 shares of common stock of GenMark will be issued to holders of Osmetech ordinary shares.

Common Stock

GenMark will have a total of              shares of common stock outstanding immediately following the Reorganization and this offering, assuming:

 

   

                 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering; and

 

   

7,101,928 shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the Reorganization and based on the number of outstanding ordinary shares of Osmetech as of December 31, 2009.

Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, and do not have cumulative voting rights. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for dividend payments. The holders of common stock have no preferences or

 

95


Table of Contents

rights of conversion, exchange, pre-emption or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are remaining after payment or provision for payment of all of our debts and obligations and after liquidation payments to holders of outstanding shares of preferred stock, if any.

Preferred Stock

GenMark will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding immediately following the Reorganization and this offering. The GenMark board of directors has the authority, without further stockholder authorization, to issue from time to time up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the terms, limitations, voting rights, relative rights and preferences and variations of each series. The rights of the holders of common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of any preferred stock that may be issued in the future. Although we have no present plans to issue any other shares of preferred stock, the issuance of shares of preferred stock, or the issuance of rights to purchase such shares, could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to the holders of common stock, could adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the common stock, and could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change of control of us or an unsolicited acquisition proposal.

Stock Options

GenMark will reserve an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance under its 2010 Plan, which is subject to increase on an annual basis pursuant to the terms of the plan. In connection with the Reorganization and this offering, GenMark will offer each holder of an option to purchase the ordinary shares of Osmetech, the opportunity to surrender their outstanding Osmetech options in consideration for options issued pursuant to the 2010 Plan to purchase GenMark common stock. The new GenMark options will be exercisable for that number of shares of common stock and at an exercise price per share that reflects the exchange ratio in the Reorganization.

As of December 31, 2009, GenMark had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 993,215 shares of common stock outstanding giving effect to the adjustment to the outstanding options immediately following the Reorganization and this offering. All outstanding options following the Reorganization will be governed by the terms of the 2010 Plan. Of this aggregate amount, the GenMark options would have a weighted-average exercise price of $7.77 per share, and options to purchase 37,457 shares would have been vested as of December 31, 2009.

Warrants

As of December 31, 2009, there were warrants to purchase 220,792 ordinary shares of Osmetech at a weighted-average exercise price of $8.92 per share giving effect to the adjustment to the outstanding warrants immediately following the Reorganization.

 

96


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law, Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws

Provisions of the DGCL and our certificate of incorporation and by-laws could make it more difficult to acquire us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, or to remove incumbent officers and directors. These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and takeover bids that our board of directors may consider inadequate and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover or acquisition proposals because, among other things, negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover statute. In general, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the time the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the acquisition of shares that resulted in a stockholder becoming an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own) 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. The existence of this provision would be expected to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by our stockholders.

Classified Board

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws provide that our board of directors is divided into three classes, each comprised of three directors. The director designated as a Class I director will have a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering, which we expect to hold in 2011. The director designated as a Class II director will have a term expiring at the following year’s annual meeting of stockholders, which we expect to hold in 2012, and the directors designated as Class III directors will have a term expiring at the following year’s annual meeting of stockholders, which we expect to hold in 2013. Directors for each class will be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the year in which the term for that class expires and thereafter will serve for a term of three years. At any meeting of stockholders for the election of directors at which a quorum is present, the election will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election. Under the classified board provisions, it would take at least two elections of directors for any individual or group to gain control of our board. Accordingly, these provisions could discourage a third party from initiating a proxy contest, making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to gain control of us.

Removal of Directors

Our bylaws provide that our stockholders may only remove our directors with cause.

Amendment

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of our voting stock then outstanding is required to amend certain provisions relating to the number, term, election and removal of our directors, the filling of our board vacancies, stockholder notice procedures, the calling of special meetings of stockholders and the indemnification of directors.

 

97


Table of Contents

Size of Board and Vacancies

Our by-laws provide that the number of directors on our board of directors is fixed exclusively by our board of directors. Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in our authorized number of directors will be filled by a majority of our board of directors then in office, provided that a majority of the entire board of directors, or a quorum, is present and any vacancies in our board of directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause will be filled generally by the majority vote of our remaining directors in office, even if less than a quorum is present.

Special Stockholder Meetings

Our certificate of incorporation provides that only the Chairman of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the entire board of directors may call special meetings of our stockholders.

Stockholder Action by Unanimous Written Consent

Our certificate of incorporation expressly eliminates the right of our stockholders to act by written consent other than by unanimous written consent. Stockholder action must take place at the annual or a special meeting of our stockholders or be effected by unanimous written consent.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our by-laws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and nomination of candidates for election as directors other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors.

No Cumulative Voting

The DGCL provides that stockholders are denied the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The authority that will be possessed by our board of directors to issue preferred stock could potentially be used to discourage attempts by third parties to obtain control of our company through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise by making such attempts more difficult or more costly. Our board of directors may issue preferred stock with voting rights or conversion rights that, if exercised, could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. We may use additional shares for a variety of purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, to fund acquisitions and as employee compensation. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer and Trust Company.

 

98


Table of Contents

Stock Exchange

We intend to apply for the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “GNMK.”

 

99


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALES

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the GenMark common stock, and we can not assure you that a significant public market for the GenMark common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of GenMark common stock, including shares of common stock issued to the former shareholders of Osmetech in connection with the Reorganization and shares of GenMark common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants, in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of the GenMark common stock and could impair GenMark’s future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities.

Sale of Outstanding Shares

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and the completion of the Reorganization, GenMark will have approximately              shares of common stock outstanding after the completion of this offering, and approximately              shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. Of these shares, the              shares of common stock sold in this offering, plus the additional shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, will be freely transferable without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

The remaining 7,110,929 shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering were issued to the former shareholders of Osmetech as part of the Reorganization in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. As of the date of this prospectus, these outstanding shares will be eligible for sale as follows:

 

   

             shares of common stock that are not held by our directors, officers and other affiliates and are not subject to the 180-day lock-up period described below will be immediately eligible for sale in the public market upon the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part;

 

   

             shares of common stock that are not held by our directors, officers and other affiliates but are subject to the 180-day lock-up period described below will be eligible for sale in the public market upon expiration of the 180-day lock-up period described below;

 

   

             shares of common stock that are held by our directors, officers and other affiliates that are subject to the 180-day lock-up period described below will be eligible for sale in the public market pursuant to Rule 144 following the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period described below; and

 

   

             shares of common stock that are held by our directors, officers and other affiliates and are not subject to the 180-day lock-up period described below will be eligible for sale in the public market pursuant to Rule 144.

Lock-Up Agreements

Pursuant to certain “lock-up” agreements, we, our officers and directors, and certain of our stockholders, option holders and warrant holders have agreed, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to, for a period from the date of the final prospectus for this offering through and including the 180th day after the date of the final prospectus, offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any options, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock or to file or request the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect of such shares. The 180-day restricted period will be automatically extended if (i) during the last 17 days before the last day of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating

 

100


Table of Contents

to us occurs or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, in either of which case the restrictions described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the date that is 18 days after the issuance of the earnings release or the material news or material event occurs. These lock-up restrictions apply to our shares of our common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with shares of our common stock. The lock-up restrictions will not apply to certain transfers not involving a disposition for value, provided that the recipient agrees to be bound by these lock-up restrictions. The lock-up restrictions will not apply to grants we may make under our existing stock options plans or to exercises of stock options under our stock options plans, but will apply to shares acquired upon exercise of these options. Piper Jaffray may agree, at any time or from time to time and without notice, to release for sale in the public market all or any portion of the securities subject to these restrictions.

Rule 144 described below does not supersede the contractual obligations of our security holders set forth in the lock-up agreements.

Stock Options

Based on options to purchase ordinary shares of Osmetech outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and assuming no options to purchase shares of Osmetech or GenMark are issued after that date, GenMark will have outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 993,215 shares of common stock outstanding immediately following the Reorganization and this offering with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.77 per share. All of the outstanding options at the time of closing of this offering will be governed by the terms of the 2010 Plan. We intend to register all of the common shares issued or reserved for future issuance under the 2010 Plan by filing a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act. After the effective date of the Form S-8, all common shares purchased upon exercise of the outstanding GenMark options generally will be available for resale in the public market, subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements.

Warrants

Based on warrants to purchase ordinary shares of Osmetech outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and assuming no warrants to purchase shares of GenMark are issued after that date, GenMark will have outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 220,792 shares of common stock outstanding immediately following the Reorganization and this offering with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.92 per share. All of the outstanding warrants are subject to lock-up agreements for a period of 180 days after the date of the final prospectus. Upon exercise of the warrants and the exercise of the lock-up period, the holder may sell the shares of common stock in the market in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock to be sold for at least six months, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock, provided current public information about us is available. In addition, under Rule 144, a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock to be sold for at least one year, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the closing of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available. Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months are entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

one percent of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering; and

 

101


Table of Contents
   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale, or if no such notice is required, the date of receipt of the order to execute the sale.

Sales of restricted shares under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.

 

102


Table of Contents

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations with respect to the ownership and disposition of our common stock that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder that acquires our common stock pursuant to this offering. The discussion is based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change (possibly on a retroactive basis) or to differing interpretations so as to result in tax considerations different from those summarized below. We can not assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

The discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). As used in this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation including any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

   

a partnership including any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

an estate, the income of which includes gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (1) if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) that has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person for such purposes.

This discussion does not address the U.S. federal income and estate tax rules applicable to any person who holds our common stock through entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or to such entities themselves. If a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) owns our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in that partnership will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A holder that is a partnership or a holder of interests in a partnership should consult such holder’s tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion does not consider:

 

   

any state, local or foreign tax consequences;

 

   

any tax consequences or computation of the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

any U.S. federal gift tax consequences; or

 

   

any U.S. federal tax considerations that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder in light of its particular circumstances or to non-U.S. holders that may be subject to special treatment under U.S. federal tax laws, including without limitation, banks or other financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, certain trusts, hybrid entities,

 

103


Table of Contents
 

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” certain former citizens or residents of the U.S., holders subject to U.S. federal alternative minimum tax, broker-dealers, dealers or traders in securities or currencies and holders that hold our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or other integrated investment.

Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. federal income and estate tax laws to their particular situations and the consequences under U.S. federal gift tax laws, as well as foreign, state and local laws and tax treaties.

Dividends

As previously discussed, we do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we pay dividends on our common stock, however, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distributions will constitute a return of capital and first reduce the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock, as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.”

A dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate, or a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty, unless the dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder within the U.S. (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so requires, is attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder within the U.S.). Non-U.S. holders (generally on a properly executed IRS Form W-8 BEN) will be required to satisfy certain certification and disclosure requirements in order to claim a reduced rate of withholding pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty. These forms must be periodically updated. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. Special rules apply in the case of common stock held by certain non-U.S. holders that are entities rather than individuals.

Dividends that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so requires, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States will be taxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a resident of the United States. In such cases, we will not have to withhold U.S. federal income tax if the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. In addition, a “branch profits tax” may be imposed at a 30% rate, or a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty, on dividends received by a foreign corporation that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

A non-U.S. holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund together with the required information with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless one of the following applies:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. and, if an applicable income tax treaty so requires, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; in these cases, the

 

104


Table of Contents
 

non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to United States persons and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the “branch profits tax” described above may also apply;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met; in this case, the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax on the amount by which the gain derived from the sale or other disposition of our common stock and any other U.S.-source capital gains realized by the non-U.S. holder in the same taxable year exceed the U.S.-source capital losses realized by the non-U.S. holder in that taxable year unless an applicable income tax treaty provides an exemption or a lower rate; or

 

   

we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. We do not believe that we have been, are, or will become, a U.S. real property holding corporation, although there can be no assurance in this regard. If we are, or were to become, a U.S. real property holding corporation at any time during the applicable period, however, any gain recognized on a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder that did not own (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than 5% of our common stock during the applicable period generally would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, provided that our common stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market” (within the meaning of Section 897(c)(3) of the Code).

Federal Estate Tax

Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death are considered U.S. situs assets includible in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and therefore may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise. The United States federal estate tax was automatically repealed effective January 1, 2010, for the estates of decedents dying in the year 2010. Accordingly, at present, there is no United States federal estate tax. However, Congress could pass a law reinstating the estate tax that has retroactive effect. In addition, unless Congress acts to make the current repeal permanent, the estate tax will be reinstated with respect to decedents who die after December 31, 2010. In view of the continuing uncertainty regarding the federal estate tax law, prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal estate tax considerations of acquiring, holding, and disposing of common stock.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

Dividends and proceeds from the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock are potentially subject to backup withholding. In general, backup withholding will not apply to dividends on our common stock paid by us or our paying agents, in their capacities as such, to a non-U.S. holder if the holder has provided the required certification that it is a non-U.S. holder.

Generally, we must report to the IRS the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. Pursuant to income tax treaties or some other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

In general, backup withholding and information reporting will not apply to proceeds from the disposition of our common stock paid to a non-U.S. holder within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries the holder has provided the required certification that it is a non-U.S. holder.

 

105


Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of owning and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

 

106


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

The underwriters named below have agreed to buy, subject to the terms of the purchase agreement, the number of shares listed opposite their names below. The underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for all of the shares if any are purchased.

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Shares

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Leerink Swann LLC

  
    

Total

  
    

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the shares to the public at $              per share. The underwriters propose to offer the shares to certain dealers at the same price less a concession of not more than $              per share. The underwriters may allow and the dealers may reallow a concession of not more than $              per share on sales to certain other brokers and dealers. After the offering, these figures may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock from us at the same price to the public, and with the same underwriting discount, as set forth in the table below. The underwriters may exercise this option at any time and from time to time during the 30-day period from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any. To the extent any shares are purchased with this over-allotment option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above.

The following table shows the underwriting fees to be paid to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the over-allotment option.

 

     No
Exercise
   Full
Exercise

Per Share

   $                 $             

Total

   $      $  

We estimate that the total fees and expenses of the offering, excluding estimated underwriting discounts, will be approximately $            .

GenMark and Osmetech, which will become a wholly owned subsidiary of GenMark immediately prior to the closing of this offering, have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

We, each of our directors and executive officers and certain of our stockholders are subject to lock-up agreements that prohibit us and them from offering, pledging, announcing the intention to sell, selling, contracting to sell, selling any option or contract to purchase, purchasing any option or contract to sell, granting any option, right or warrant to purchase, making any short sale or otherwise transferring or disposing of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive our common stock or entering into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, for a period of at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus

 

107


Table of Contents

without the prior written consent of Piper Jaffray. The lock-up agreement does not prohibit our directors, executive officers or other stockholders party to a lock-up agreement from transferring shares of our common stock as a bona fide gift or to certain trusts, subject to certain requirements, including that the transferee be subject to the same lock-up terms, or pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 trading plans in existence as of the date of this prospectus. The lock-up provisions do not prevent us from selling shares to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement, from granting options to acquire securities under our existing stock option plans or issuing shares upon the exercise or conversion of securities outstanding on the date of this prospectus or from issuing shares in connection with the scheme of arrangement described above in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale – Lock-Up Agreements.”

The 180-day lock-up period in all of the lock-up agreements is subject to extension if (i) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (ii) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, in which case the restrictions imposed in these lock-up agreements shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless Piper Jaffray waives the extension in writing.

The common shares of Osmetech have been traded on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange since 2002. We have applied to list the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering on the NASDAQ Global Market. Prior to this offering, there has been no established trading market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus was negotiated by us and the underwriters. The factors considered in determining the initial public offering price include the history of and the prospects for the industry in which we compete, the past and present operations of Osmetech and its subsidiaries, the historical results of operations of Osmetech and its subsidiaries, our prospects for future earnings, the recent market prices of ordinary shares of Osmetech and of securities of companies generally comparable to Osmetech and the general condition of the securities markets at the time of the offering and other relevant factors. There can be no assurance that the initial public offering price of our common stock will correspond to the price at which the common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active public market for our common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

To facilitate the offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock during and after the offering. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot or otherwise create a short position in our common stock for their own account by selling more shares of common stock than we have sold to them. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market.

In addition, the underwriters may stabilize or maintain the price of the common stock by bidding for or purchasing shares of common stock in the open market and may impose penalty bids. If penalty bids are imposed, selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers participating in the offering are reclaimed if shares of common stock previously distributed in the offering are repurchased, whether in connection with stabilization transactions or otherwise. The effect of these transactions may be to stabilize or maintain the market price of our common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of our common stock to the extent that it discourages resales of the common stock. The magnitude or effect of any stabilization or other transactions is uncertain. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

From time to time in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, the underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates have engaged, and may in the future engage, in commercial banking or investment banking transactions with us and our affiliates.

 

108


Table of Contents

This prospectus may be made available on the web sites maintained by the underwriters and the underwriters may distribute prospectuses electronically.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, no offer of our common stock has been made or will be made to the public in that Relevant Member State, except that, with effect from and including such date, an offer of our common stock may be made to the public in the Relevant Member State at any time:

 

   

to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

   

to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

   

to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive); or

 

   

in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of our common stock to the public” in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any such shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Hong Kong

Our common stock may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than: (a) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong); (b) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules thereunder; or (c) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or other document relating to our common stock may be issued, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, where such document is directed at, or the contents are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong), other than with respect to such common stock that is intended to be disposed of only to persons outside of Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules thereunder.

United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at Qualified Investors who are permitted to carry on regulated activity in the United Kingdom by the UK Financial Services Authority under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended), persons whose ordinary activities for the purpose of their businesses involve them in buying, selling, subscribing for or

 

109


Table of Contents

underwriting such securities or making arrangements for another person to do so (whether as principal or agent) or advising on investments or other persons who are Investment Professionals within the meaning given in paragraph 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005. Persons who are not permitted to carry on such regulated activity may not rely on this document.

 

110


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock we are offering will be passed upon for us by DLA Piper LLP (US), San Diego. Faegre & Benson LLP is counsel to the underwriters in connection with the offering.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Osmetech included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte LLP (UK), an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The balance sheet of GenMark included in this prospectus has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP (US), an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statement has been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION ABOUT US

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, omits certain information, exhibits, schedules, and undertakings set forth in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our common stock, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents or provisions of any documents referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete, and in each instance where a copy of the document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement on Form S-1 of which this prospectus forms a part, reference is made to the exhibit for a more complete description of the matters involved. When we complete this offering, we will also be required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We anticipate making these documents publicly available, free of charge, on our website at www.genmarkdx.com as soon as practicable after filing such documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

You may read and copy any document that we file at the public reference room of the Securities and Exchange Commission at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of the registration statement may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates from the public reference room at such address. You may obtain information regarding the operation of the public reference room by calling 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, this registration statement and our future filings filed electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission are publicly available through its website at www.sec.gov.

 

111


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. Financial Statement as of March 18, 2010

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Balance Sheet as of March 18, 2010

   F-3

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

   F-4

Osmetech plc Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-5

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Operations—For the Years Ended December  31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

   F-7

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (loss)—For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

   F-7

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity—For the Years Ended December  31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

   F-8

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—For the Years Ended December  31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

   F-9

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-10

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of

GenMark Diagnostics, Inc.

Pasadena, California

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet for GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. (the “Company”) as of March 18, 2010. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. at March 18, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Diego, California

March 18, 2010

 

F-2


Table of Contents

GENMARK DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

BALANCE SHEET

As of March 18, 2010

 

ASSETS

Cash

   $ 1
      

Total assets

   $ 1
      

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

  

Total liabilities

   $ —  

Commitments and contingencies

  

Stockholder’s equity:

  

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 1,000 shares issued

     —  

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 5,000,000 authorized, none issued

     —  

Additional paid-in capital

     1
      

Total stockholder’s equity

     1
      

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $ 1
      

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

GENMARK DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT

 

1. Organization:

Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. (the “Company” or “GenMark”), formed on February 12, 2010, was established to serve as the parent company of Osmetech plc (“Osmetech”). Immediately prior to the closing of a proposed initial public offering (“IPO”) of GenMark shares, GenMark will acquire all of the outstanding shares of Osmetech by way of a reorganization under the applicable laws of the United Kingdom. In the reorganization, all of the issued shares of Osmetech will be cancelled in consideration of (i) the issuance of 1 share of common stock of GenMark to the former shareholders of Osmetech for each 230 ordinary shares of Osmetech and (ii) the issuance of new shares in Osmetech to GenMark. Following the reorganization, Osmetech will be a wholly owned subsidiary of GenMark, and the former shareholders of Osmetech will hold shares of GenMark. In connection with the IPO, the Osmetech Plc ordinary shares will be exchanged for the common stock of GenMark on a 1:230 basis.

Once the reorganization has become effective, all stock options granted under the Osmetech plc 2003 U.S. Equity Compensation Plan, Long Term Incentive Awards and all warrants issued will be exchanged for options and warrants exercisable for the common stock of the Company.

The preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series.

Since the Company’s formation on February 12, 2010, there has been no operating activity.

 

2. Basis of Presentation:

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Osmetech plc

London, United Kingdom

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Osmetech plc and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Osmetech plc and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE LLP

St. Albans, United Kingdom

March 19, 2010

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

 

     As of December 31,  
   2009      2008  

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16,482,818       $ 8,822,458   

Accounts receivable

     169,842         118,774   

Inventories

     136,967         1,621,259   

Other current assets

     992,181         1,293,499   
                 

Total current assets

     17,781,808         11,855,990   

Property and equipment—net

     1,381,618         2,344,305   

Intangible assets—net of accumulated amortization

     170,051         974,920   
                 

Total assets

   $ 19,333,477       $ 15,175,215   
                 

Current liabilities

     

Accounts payable

   $ 1,504,905       $ 2,362,212   

Accrued compensation

     822,388         701,764   

Other current liabilities

     886,032         1,404,733   
                 

Total current liabilities

     3,213,325         4,468,709   

Long-term liabilities

     

Other non-current liabilities

     795,334         769,237   
                 

Total liabilities

     4,008,659         5,237,946   
                 

Commitments and contingencies – See note 6

     

Stockholders’ equity

     

Ordinary shares, £0.001 ($0.00158) par value; 1,633,443,351 and 891,607,157 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively

     2,573,857         1,367,062   

Deferred shares, £0.0099 ($0.01709) par value; 689,478,300 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.

     11,780,709         11,780,709   

Additional paid-in capital

     127,475,450         103,238,405   

Accumulated deficit

     (126,089,889      (106,127,280

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (415,309      (321,627
                 

Total stockholders’ equity

     15,324,818         9,937,269   
                 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 19,333,477       $ 15,175,215   
                 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

 

     Year ended December 31,  
   2009     2008      2007  

Revenue

       

Product sales

   $ 910,527      $ 559,592       $ 234,099   

License revenue

     87,889        87,500         107,500   
                         

Total revenue

     998,416        647,092         341,599   

Cost of sales

     4,332,299        3,237,869         2,624,589   
                         

Gross loss

     (3,333,883     (2,590,777      (2,282,990
                         

Operating expenses

       

Sales and marketing

     3,181,762        3,393,665         2,220,098   

Research and development

     5,633,717        13,423,679         12,554,236   

General and administrative

     8,288,762        9,632,708         8,895,796   
                         

Total operating expenses

     17,104,241        26,450,052         23,670,130   
                         

Loss from operations

     (20,438,124     (29,040,829      (25,953,120
                         

Other income

       

Foreign exchange gain

     303,523        504,921         —     

Interest income

     33,222        420,011         1,715,211   
                         

Total other income

     336,745        924,932         1,715,211   
                         

Loss before income taxes

     (20,101,379     (28,115,897      (24,237,909

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

     138,770        (246,736      300,214   
                         

Net loss from continuing operations

     (19,962,609     (28,362,633      (23,937,695

Loss from discontinued operations

     —          —           (1,296,656

Gain on sale of discontinued operations

     —          —           35,779,149   
                         

Net income (loss)

   $ (19,962,609   $ (28,362,633    $ 10,544,798   
                         

Net income (loss) per ordinary share, basic and diluted

   $ (0. 02   $ (0.12    $ 0.05   

Net loss from continuing operations per ordinary share basic and diluted

   $ (0. 02   $ (0.12    $ (0.12

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding (basic and diluted)

     1,041,154,350        231,928,699         202,934,689   

Unaudited pro forma net loss from continuing operations per common share, basic and diluted (Post IPO Genmark Shares)

   $ (4.41   $ (28.13    $ (27.13

Weighted average shares used in unaudited pro forma per share amounts

     4,526,758        1,008,386         882,325   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

  

    

Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

       

Net income (loss)

   $ (19,962,609   $ (28,362,633    $ 10,544,798   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (93,682     (1,157,707      37,612   
                         

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (20,056,291   $ (29,520,340    $ 10,582,410   
                         

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

 

    Ordinary Shares   Deferred Stock   Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total  
  Shares   Par value   Shares   Par value        

Balance—January 1, 2007

  202,804,973   $ 359,940   689,478,300   $ 11,780,709   $ 93,729,703      $ 798,468      $ (88,309,445   $ 18,359,375   

Share-based compensation related to stock options

  —       —     —       —       1,188,191        —          —          1,188,191   

Exercise of stock options on common stock

  251,666     499   —       —       104,113        —          —          104,612   

Repurchase of ordinary shares options

  —       —     —       —       (266,900     —          —          (266,900

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —       —     —       —       —          37,612        —          37,612   

Net income

  —       —     —       —       —            10,544,798        10,544,798   
                                                   

Balance—December 31, 2007

  203,056,639   $ 360,439   689,478,300   $ 11,780,709   $ 94,755,107      $ 836,080      $ (77,764,647   $ 29,967,688   

Share-based compensation related to share options

  —       —     —       —       (256,219     —          —          (256,219

Exercise of share
options

  60,000     119   —       —       22,840        —          —          22,959   

Issuance of ordinary shares, net of offering expenses

  688,490,518     1,006,504   —       —       8,716,677        —          —          9,723,181   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —       —     —       —       —          (1,157,707     —          (1,157,707

Net loss

  —       —     —       —       —          —          (28,362,633     (28,362,633
                                                   

Balance—December 31, 2008

  891,607,157   $ 1,367,062   689,478,300   $ 11,780,709   $ 103,238,405      $ (321,627   $ (106,127,280   $ 9,937,269   

Share-based compensation related to share options

  —       —     —       —       1,311,033        —          —          1,311,033   

Issuance of ordinary shares, net of offering expenses

  741,836,194     1,206,795   —       —       22,926,012        —          —          24,132,807   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —       —     —       —       —          (93,682     —          (93,682

Net loss

  —       —     —       —       —          —          (19,962,609     (19,962,609
                                                   

Balance—December 31, 2009

  1,633,443,351   $ 2,573,857   689,478,300   $ 11,780,709   $ 127,475,450      $ (415,309   $ (126,089,889   $ 15,324,818   
                                                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

     Year ended December 31,  
   2009     2008     2007  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (19,962,609   $ (28,362,633   $ 10,544,798   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities

      

Depreciation and amortization

     1,569,074        1,157,655        985,204   

Loss from disposal of property and equipment

     8,462        31,335        38,606   

Impairment losses

     1,505,642        —          165,979   

Share-based compensation

     1,311,033        (256,219     1,188,191   

Gain on sale of discontinued operations

     —          —          (35,779,149

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (51,068     (21,056     (30,860

Inventories

     1,227,383        (736,121     (106,901

Other current assets

     315,985        (172,491     694,324   

Accounts payable

     (857,307     1,365,330        (663,505

Accrued and other current liabilities

     (510,168     825,595        (3,735,971
                        

Net cash used in operating activities

     (15,443,573     (26,168,605     (26,699,284
                        

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment and intangible assets

     10,000        160,000        —     

Purchases of property and equipment

     (1,068,671     (1,592,715     (1,160,379

Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations net of transaction costs

     —          —          43,294,632   

Purchases of intangible assets

     —          —          (690,897
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (1,058,671     (1,432,715     41,443,356   
                        

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Proceeds from the issuance of ordinary shares, net of offering expenses

     24,132,807        9,723,182        —     

Proceeds from stock option exercises

     —          22,959        104,612   

Cash payments to redeem share warrants

     —          —          (945,341

Repurchase of share options related to discontinued business

     —          —          (266,900
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     24,132,807        9,746,141        (1,107,629
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     7,630,563        (17,855,179     13,636,443   

Cash and cash equivalents—Beginning of year

     8,822,458        27,619,715        13,874,798   

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

     29,797        (942,078     108,474   
                        

Cash and cash equivalents—End of year

   $ 16,482,818      $ 8,822,458      $ 27,619,715   
                        

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:

      

Cash received (paid) for income taxes

   $ 181,162      $ 391,086      $ (368,194
                        

Cash received for interest

   $ 33,222      $ 420,011      $ 1,715,211   
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1. Organization and basis of presentation

Osmetech plc (“Osmetech”) is a company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 1985. Osmetech and its subsidiaries are referred to collectively as the “Company”. The Company is a molecular diagnostics company focused on developing and commercializing the Company’s proprietary e-sensor technology.

On March 17, 2010, the Company’s board of directors approved certain corporate governance changes necessary to allow the Company to proceed with a proposed initial public offering (“IPO”) on NASDAQ. Immediately prior to the completion of the proposed IPO, the Company will undergo a corporate reorganization whereby the ordinary shares of the Company will be exchanged by the current shareholders for the common stock of Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. (“Genmark”) on a 1:230 basis. Genmark, formed on February 12, 2010, was established to serve as the parent holding company of the Company.

As a result of changes to UK Company Law (The Companies Act 2006), the requirement of UK companies to have authorized share capital was abolished with effect from October 1, 2009. As a result, the Company, does not have authorized share capital, and no further authorization is required in order to issue additional shares.

Subsequent events have been evaluated through March 19, 2010, being the date that the financial statements were issued.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going-concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company has incurred net losses from operations since its inception and has an accumulated deficit of $126,089,889 at December 31, 2009. Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2009 were $16,482,818.

Management expects operating losses to continue through the foreseeable future until the Company has expanded its product offering and consequently increased its product revenues to an extent to cover the fixed cost base of the business. The management team has prepared cash flow forecasts which indicate, based on the current cash resources available and the availability of a line of credit of up to $4,000,000, signed during March 2010, but excluding any proceeds from the proposed IPO, that the Company has sufficient capital to fund its operations for at least the next twelve months.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles and applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The Company’s operating results for the year ended December 31, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future periods.

Principles of Consolidation —The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less, at date of purchase, to be cash equivalents. The majority of these funds are held in interest- bearing money market and bank checking accounts. Interest income is recorded on the accrual basis as earned.

Receivables

Accounts receivable consists of amounts due to the Company for sales to customers and are recorded net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company has not historically reserved or written-off any receivables.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market and include direct labor, materials, and manufacturing overhead. The Company periodically reviews inventory for evidence of slow-moving or obsolete parts, and writes inventory down to market. This write down is based on management’s reviews of inventories on hand, compared to estimated future usage and sales, shelf-life assumptions, and assumptions about the likelihood of obsolescence. During 2009, due to a change in business strategy, the Company changed the intention to sell certain finished goods inventory, and determined that they would likely be placed free of charge at customer sites pursuant to reagent rental agreements. Therefore, $256,909 was transferred from inventory to property and equipment-net.

Property and Equipment-net

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, which are:

 

Machinery and laboratory equipment

  

-   3 – 5 years

Instruments at customer locations

  

-   3 years

Office equipment

  

-   2 – 4 years

Leasehold improvements

  

-   over the shorter period of the life of the lease or the useful economic life of the asset

Maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are comprised of licenses or sublicenses to technology covered by patents owned by third parties, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected useful lives of these assets, generally five years. Amortization of licenses begins upon the Company obtaining FDA clearance to sell products containing the licensed technology, and is recorded in cost of sales.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses the recoverability of long-lived assets, including intangible assets, by periodically evaluating the carrying value whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If impairment is indicated, the Company writes down the carrying value of the asset to its estimated fair value. This fair value is primarily determined based on estimated discounted cash flows.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the notes thereto. The Company’s significant estimates included in the preparation of the financial statements are related to inventories, plant and equipment, intangible assets and share-based compensation. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from product sales and contract arrangements, net of discounts and sales related taxes. The Company recognizes revenue from product sales when there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Where applicable, all revenue is stated net of sales taxes and trade discounts.

The Company’s XT-8 instruments are placed free of charge with customers and therefore remain capitalized on the balance sheet. Revenue from sales of the test cartridges and related products are recognized when the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to the customer, which is generally at the time of product shipment.

Revenues related to royalties received from licenses are recognized evenly over the contractual period to which the license relates.

Shipping and handling costs are expensed as incurred and included in cost of product sales. In those cases where the Company bills shipping and handling costs to customers, the amounts billed are classified as revenue.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. An allowance is provided to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount management believes will, more likely than not, be recovered.

A tax position that is more likely than not to be realized is measured at the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement with the taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Measurement of a tax position that meets the more likely than not threshold considers the amounts and probabilities of the outcomes that could be realized upon settlement using the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense related to share options and warrants issued to employees and directors in exchange for services. The compensation expense is based on

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

the fair value of the share-based compensation utilizing various assumptions regarding the underlying attributes of the options and shares. The estimated fair value of options granted, net of forfeitures expected to occur during the vesting period, is amortized as compensation expense on an accelerated basis to reflect the vesting as it occurs. The share-based compensation expense is recorded in cost of sales, sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative expenses based on the employee’s respective function. The expense is derived from the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model that uses several judgment based variables to calculate the expense. The inputs include the expected life of the option or warrant, the expected volatility and other factors.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amount of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair values.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of the Company’s operations in the U.S. is the U.S. dollar, and the functional currency of the U.K. based parent is the British Pound Sterling. Monetary assets and liabilities of the Company’s entities outside of the U.S. are translated into U.S. dollars based on foreign currency exchange rates in effect at the end of each period, and revenues and expenses are translated at weighted average exchange rates during the periods. Gains or losses resulting from these foreign currency translations of the Company’s assets and liabilities are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheets.

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the relevant functional currency at the rate of exchange prevailing at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency transaction gains, which are included in the results of operations, totaled $303,523, $504,921, and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively, and relate primarily to transactions denominated in U.S. dollars which were undertaken by the U.K. based parent.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments are used principally in the management of foreign currency and interest rate exposures and are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. Derivative instruments not designated as hedges are marked-to-market at the end of each accounting period with the results included in results of operations. The effect on earnings in the periods presented was not material.

Net Loss Per Ordinary Share

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing loss available to ordinary shareholders (the numerator) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period (the denominator). Shares issued during the period and shares reacquired during the period are weighted for the portion of the period that they were outstanding. Diluted loss per share is calculated in a similar way to basic loss per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential ordinary shares had been issued unless the effect would be anti-dilutive. As the Company had a net loss from continuing operations in each of the periods presented, basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share are the same.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The computations of diluted net loss per ordinary share for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 did not include the effects of the following options and warrants to acquire ordinary stock which were outstanding as of the end of each year as the inclusion of these securities would have been anti-dilutive.

 

     Year Ended December 31,
   2009    2008    2007

Share options

   228,439,284    24,975,790    30,498,838

Warrants

   50,782,043    —      —  
              
   279,221,327    24,975,790    30,498,838
              

Additionally, Deferred Shares, which were created at the time of a 10-for-1 consolidation of common shares on September 30, 2005 are excluded from basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share. Management considers these shares to be of minimal value. The deferred shares do not entitle the holder thereof to payment of any dividend or other distribution or to receive notice or attend or vote at any general meeting of the Company. The deferred shares are non transferable. In the event of a return of assets on winding up of the Company, the deferred shareholders receive 1p in respect of their shareholding in its entirety.

Unaudited pro forma net loss per share is presented for additional information only. As disclosed in note 1— Organization and basis of presentation , GenMark will become the new holding company for the Company. In connection with the IPO, the Osmetech plc ordinary shares will be exchanged for the common stock of GenMark on a 1:230 basis. Pro forma net loss from continuing operations per share is computed as if the 1:230 share exchange had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented.

Segment Information

The Company operates in one reportable segment, and substantially all of the Company’s operations and assets are in the United States of America.

The Company had sales to customers representing greater than 10% of the total as follows:

 

       Year Ended December 31,  
       2009     2008     2007  

Customer A

     15   13   —     

Customer B

     12   23   —     

Customer C

     —        18   31

Customer D

     11   —        —     

Customer E

     —        —        15

Customer F

     —        —        17

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

U.S. GAAP requires that all components of comprehensive income (loss), including net income (loss), be reported in the financial statements in the period in which they are recognized. Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, including accumulated translation adjustments. The Company reports comprehensive income (loss) as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2009, authoritative guidance was provided on revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. Under this guidance, when vendor specific objective evidence or third-party evidence for deliverables in an arrangement cannot be determined, a best estimate of the selling price is required to separate deliverables and allocate arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method. The guidance also includes new disclosure requirements on how the application of the relative selling price method affects the timing and amount of revenue recognition. This guidance is to be applied on a prospective basis for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, with earlier application permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the implementation on its results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

 

3. Intangible assets

Intangible assets, consisting of purchased intellectual property, as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 comprise the following:

 

    December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008
  Gross
carrying
amount
  Accumulated
amortization
    Net
carrying
amount
  Gross carrying
amount
  Accumulated
amortization
    Net
carrying
amount

Patents and trademarks

  $ 438,032   $ (438,032   $ —     $ 438,032   $ (437,640   $ 392

Intellectual property

    877,140     (877,140     —       877,140     (877,140     —  

Licenses

    1,251,518     (1,081,467     170,051     1,251,518     (276,990     974,528
                                       
  $ 2,566,690   $ (2,396,639   $ 170,051   $ 2,566,690   $ (1,591,770   $ 974,920
                                       

Licenses have a weighted average remaining amortization period of 4 years as of December 31, 2009. Amortization expense for intangible assets amounted to $164,662, $105,455, and $81,090 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. Additionally, during 2009, licenses that were used for the manufacture of certain of the Company’s consumables were impaired due to the Company outsourcing this manufacturing process. This resulted in an impairment charge of $549,148 charged to cost of sales. In addition, an impairment of $91,105 was recorded as a general and administrative expense. Estimated future amortization expense for these licenses is as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31,

  

2010

   $ 92,577

2011

   $ 18,245

2012

   $ 11,750

2013

   $ 11,750

2014

   $ 11,750

Thereafter

   $ 23,979

 

4. Share-based compensation

Upon the closing of the anticipated NASDAQ common stock offering, all of the outstanding shares of Osmetech plc, including options and warrants allowing for future purchase of Osmetech plc ordinary shares, will be converted into common stock, stock options and warrants exercisable into Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. common stock.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The Company has granted options under the Osmetech plc 2003 U.S. Equity Compensation Plan (the “U.S. Plan”) and Long Term Incentive Awards (the “LTIPs”) and has entered into individual option agreements that are outside the U.S. Plan.

Employee participation is at the discretion of the compensation committee or senior management of the Company. Options to purchase 6,331,154 shares granted under LTIPs and outside the U.S. Plan, options are exercisable at a price of 0.1 pence (“p”) per share subject to the achievement of specific non-market based performance criteria. All other options are exercisable at a price equal to the average closing quoted market price of the Company’s shares on the date of grant and generally vest between 1 and 4 years.

Options are generally exercisable for a period up to 10 years after grant and are forfeited if the employee leaves the Company before the options vest. As of December 31, 2009, 31,140,484 ordinary shares remain available for future grant of awards under the U.S. Plan.

The following table summarizes stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2009:

 

     Number of
shares
    Weighted average
exercise price
   Weighted average
exercise price

(translated to
dollars)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

   24,975,790      £0.062    $ 0.091   

Granted

   262,398,130      £0.020    $ 0.033   

Exercised

   —        —        —     

Cancelled

   (58,934,636   £0.035    $ (0.057

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

   228,439,284      £0.021    $ 0.034   

Exercisable at December 31, 2009

   8,615,094      £0.035    $ 0.056   

The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $0.016, $0.119 and $0.173, respectively. The intrinsic value of options exercised in 2008 and 2007 was $3,116, and $285,546, respectively. No options were exercised in 2009. As of December 31, 2009, there were 228,439,284 options that are vested or expected to vest and these options have a remaining weighted average contractual term of 9.82 years, and an aggregate intrinsic value of $0. Options that are exercisable as of December 31, 2009 have a remaining weighted average contractual term of 7.11 years, and an aggregate intrinsic value of $0.

Valuation of Share-Based Awards —The Black-Scholes option pricing model was used for estimating the grant date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 with the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2009        2008        2007  

Vesting period (years)

   3.2    3.0    3.1

Expected volatility (%)

   66.7    49.0    50.7

Expected life (years)

   0-4    3.0    3.5

Risk free rate (%)

   2.2    4.6    5.3

Expected dividend yield (%)

   0    0    0

Share Warrants —During 2009, the Company issued warrants to purchase 30,469,226 ordinary shares of the Company’s shares at a price of 2p per share, and warrants to purchase 20,312,817 ordinary shares of

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

the Company’s share at a price of 3p per share to a director for services to the Company in connection with the share offering completed in 2009. These warrants were fully vested and exercisable upon issue, and shall continue to be exercisable up to and including the earlier to occur of (i) 60 days after the director leaving the Board (for whatever reason) and (ii) June 30, 2012. In the case of the warrants exercisable at 2p per share, they also cease to be exercisable upon the closing of a financing by the Company of an amount of U.S. $20 million or more.

The resulting charge from these warrants in 2009 of $929,444 was recorded in general and administrative expenses, and was determined using a Black-Scholes pricing model, using the following assumptions for the 2p and 3p options:

 

       2p    3p

Vesting period (years)

   0    0

Expected volatility (%)

   66.7    66.7

Expected life (years)

   1    3

Risk free rate (%)

   0.7    2.3

Expected dividend yield (%)

   0    0

In 2007, the Company repurchased warrants exercisable for ordinary shares that had previously been issued as part of the consideration for a business combination. These warrants were classified as liabilities, with adjustments to the fair value of these options being recognized in the statement of operations. There was no material movement in the fair value of these warrants between January 1, 2007 and their repurchase.

Share-Based Compensation Expense —Share-based compensation expense, was recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
   2009    2008      2007

Cost of sales

   $ 19,364    $ 23,243       $ 63,817

Sales and marketing

     37,344      44,826         123,075

Research and development

     48,409      58,107         159,541

General and administrative

     1,205,916      (382,395      516,283
                      
   $ 1,311,033    $ (256,219    $ 862,716
                      

Additionally, $325,475 of share-based compensation was recognized from discontinued operations in the year ended December 31, 2007.

No share-based compensation was capitalized during the periods presented, and there was no unrecognized tax benefit related to share-based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. During 2008, the Company determined that certain performance based criteria for options previously issued to certain executives would not be met. Accordingly, all expenses that had previously been recognized were reversed. No other options with performance based conditions have been outstanding during the periods presented. At December 31, 2009, the estimated total remaining unamortized compensation expense, net of forfeitures, associated with share-based awards was $2,380,016 which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.5 years.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

5. Income Taxes

The components of income (loss) before income taxes were as follows :

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2008     2007  

Domestic (U.S. Entities)

   $ (18,332,641   $ (25,585,488   $ (19,181,623

Foreign (Non U.S. Entities)

     (1,768,738     (2,530,409     (5,056,286
                        
   $ (20,101,379   $ (28,115,897   $ (24,237,909
                        

The components of the income tax benefit for continuing operations are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2008    2007  

Current expense (benefit):

       

U.S.

   $ (165,339   $ —      $ —     

State

     2,872        8,583      —     

Foreign (Non-U.S. entities)

     —          180,023      (300,214
                       

Total current expense (benefit)

     (162,467     188,606      (300,214
                       

Non-current expense:

       

U.S.

     —          —        —     

State

     23,697        58,130      —     

Foreign (Non-U.S. entities)

     —          —        —     
                       

Total non-current expense

     23,697        58,130      —     

Deferred expense (benefit):

       

U.S.

     —          —        —     

State

     —          —        —     

Foreign (Non-U.S. entities)

     —          —        —     
                       

Total deferred expense

     —          —        —     
                       

Total expense (benefit)

   $ (138,770   $ 246,736    $ (300,214
                       

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The components of net deferred income taxes consist of the following as of:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2008     2007  

Current deferred income tax assets (liabilities):

      

Compensation accruals

   $ 82,262      $ 95,135      $ 534,480   

Accruals and reserves

     568,189        837,665        824,656   

State tax provision

     1,251        8,099        51,588   

Valuation allowance

     (651,702     (940,899     (1,410,724
                        

Total current deferred income taxes

     —          —          —     
                        

Noncurrent deferred income tax assets (liabilities):

      

Property and equipment and intangible assets

     1,068,097        (98,712     (23,948

Intercompany interest expense

     2,140,075        2,006,305        2,408,932   

NOL and credits

     34,941,648        26,949,147        18,707,490   

Valuation allowance

     (38,149,820     (28,856,740     (21,092,474
                        

Total noncurrent deferred income taxes

     —          —          —     
                        

Net deferred income taxes

   $ —        $ —        $ —     
                        

A reconciliation of income tax (expense) benefit for continuing operations to the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate (the U.S. federal rate has been utilized as the Company’s primary operations are taxed at the U.S. federal rate) to the loss from continuing operations is summarized as follows:

 

     2009     2008     2007  

U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate

   34.0    34.0   34.0 

Permanent differences

   (0.09)   (1.84)   (0.08)

State taxes

   (0.13)   (0.21)   —   

Effect of non-U.S. operations

   (0.53)   (0.49)   (1.15)

Effective rate change non-U.S.

   (0.64)   (2.09)   —   
                  

Valuation allowance

   (31.92)   (30.25)   (31.53)
                  

Total tax (benefit) provision

   0.69    (0.88)   1.24 
                  

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $62,531,646 and $5,154,453 for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. These may be used to offset future taxable income and will begin to expire in varying amounts through 2029. In addition, the Company has non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards of $30,388,000. These losses are not subject to time limit restrictions.

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 382, use of the Company’s NOL and credit carryforwards may be limited if the Company experiences a cumulative change in ownership of greater than 50% in a moving three-year period. Ownership changes could impact the Company’s ability to utilize NOL and credit carryforwards remaining at an ownership change date. The Company has not completed a 382 study at this time.

The Company has established a full valuation allowance for its deferred tax assets due to uncertainties that preclude it from determining that it is more likely than not that the Company will be able to

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

generate sufficient taxable income to realize such assets. Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to utilize the existing deferred tax assets. A significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the cumulative loss incurred over the three year period ended December 31, 2009. Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence such as the projections for future growth. Based on this evaluation, as of December 31, 2009, a valuation allowance of $38,801,522 has been recorded in order to measure only the portion of the deferred tax asset that more likely than not will be realized. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced or if objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present and additional weight may be given to subjective evidence such as the projections for growth.

The Company adopted certain provisions of ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (previously reported as Interpretation No. 48 “ Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109), which contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not, that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount, which is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Income tax positions must meet a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized upon the adoption of FIN 48 and in subsequent periods. This interpretation also provides guidance on measurement, derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

Upon adoption of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007, the Company did not have any unrecognized tax benefits. In accordance with the adoption, a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, exclusive of accrued interest and penalties, is as follows:

 

       2009    2008    2007

Balance at January 1

   $ 382,000    $ 382,000    $ —  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     —        —        382,000
                    

Balance at December 31

   $ 382,000    $ 382,000    $ 382,000
                    

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company classified $463,000 and $440,000, respectively, of total unrecognized tax benefits, which includes accrued interest and penalties of $81,000 and $58,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, as a component of other long-term liabilities. This represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would, if recognized, reduce the Company’s effective income tax rate in any future periods. The Company does not expect its unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next 12 months. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as income tax expense.

The Company is subject to taxation in the UK, U.S. and various states jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2009 the Company’s tax years after 2007 are subject to examination by the UK tax authorities. With few exceptions, as of December 31, 2009, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, local or foreign examinations by tax authorities for years before 2005.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

6. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has various operating lease agreements for its office, manufacturing, warehousing and laboratory space and equipment. Rent and operating expenses charged were $1,124,655, $1,228,173, and $1,233,014 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

Annual future minimum obligations for operating leases as of December 31, 2009 are as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31,

   Operating
leases

2010

   $ 689,330

2011

     184,821

2012

     8,146
      

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 882,297
      

 

7. Inventory

Inventory on hand as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 was comprised of the following:

 

     2009    2008

Raw materials and work-in-process

   $ 70,035    $ 1,094,228

Finished goods

     66,932      527,031
             
   $ 136,967    $ 1,621,259
             

The reduction in raw materials and work-in-process during 2009 reflects the transfer of instrument inventory to property and equipment, which is expected to be utilized for purposes other than commercial sale, and the write down of inventory as a result of management’s review for slow-moving and obsolete parts, when it was determined that certain items would not be saleable.

 

8. Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment was comprised of the following as of December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

     2009      2008  

Property and equipment—at cost:

     

Plant, machinery and laboratory instruments

   $ 4,274,115       $ 3,726,802   

Office equipment

     1,079,214         1,248,547   

Leasehold improvements

     74,394         292,066   
                 

Total property and equipment—at cost

     5,427,723         5,267,415   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (4,046,105      (2,923,110
                 

Net property and equipment

   $ 1,381,618       $ 2,344,305   
                 

The depreciation expense amounted to $1,404,412, $1,052,200 and $904,114 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 respectively.

During 2009, approximately $256,909 of instruments were transferred out of finished goods inventory into property and equipment, net, when the Company changed its strategy from outright sales of

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

instruments to placing instruments with customers for no initial charge and recovering that cost through the sale of test cartridges pursuant to reagent rental agreements.

Due to the anticipated acceleration of the release of future generations of the Company’s products, in particular the AD-8 System, the Company assessed all instruments for impairment. For instruments placed with customers the carrying amount was written down to fair value based on the projected discounted net cash flows to be generated from the sale of test cartridges. Instruments that were not expected to generate any future revenues were impaired to $0. The Company recorded an aggregate impairment charge of $865,389 of which $665,718 was charged to cost of sales in respect of instruments placed with customers, $69,959 was charged to research and development expenses in respect of instruments being used for research purposes, and $129,712 was charged to sales and marketing expenses in respect of instruments being used for demonstration purposes only. Additionally in 2009, the Company revised the estimated useful life of instruments from 5 to 3 years, although this did not result in a material increase in the depreciation charge during the year.

 

9. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company has a 401(k) tax-deferred savings plan, whereby eligible employees may contribute a percentage of their eligible compensation. Company contributions are discretionary. Including administrative fees, the expense was $172,668, $304,449, and $254,901 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Additionally, the Company has made contributions to other defined contribution plans on behalf of its employees amounting to $58,004, $98,325, and $97,974 for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

10. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable. The carrying amounts of accounts receivable and accounts payable are considered reasonable estimates of their fair value, due to the short maturity of these instruments.

Accounting literature provides a fair value hierarchy, which classifies fair value measurements based on the inputs used in measuring fair value. These inputs include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs for which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents are stated at their fair market value.

Accrued liabilities: The carrying value approximates fair value.

Foreign exchange contracts: The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. Where available, the Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge certain balance sheet exposures and intercompany balances against future movement in foreign exchange rates. Gains and losses on the foreign exchange contracts are included in interest and other income, net, which offset foreign exchange gains or losses from revaluation of foreign currency-denominated balance sheet items and intercompany balances.

The foreign exchange forward contracts require the Company to exchange foreign currencies to U.S. dollars or vice versa, and generally mature in one month or less. As of December 31, 2009, 2008 and

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

2007, the Company had outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts with aggregate notional amounts of $0, $6.0 million and $0, respectively, which had remaining maturities of less than six months. The fair value recorded on the consolidated balance sheets for foreign exchange contracts is not material.

Non-recurring measurements: The Company measures the fair value of its long-lived assets on a periodic basis when it appears that there may be requirement to do so, such as an indication of impairment. During the year ended December 31, 2009, impairment indicators required that an assessment of the fair value of certain intangible assets and instruments. These fair value measurements were done on the basis of unobservable Level 3 inputs, for which little or no market data exists. These inputs included the assumptions of future cash flows related to the items, and a discount rate applied to these cash flows. The assumed cash flows were projected based on management’s best estimates for the remaining net cash flows for each item over its the estimated remaining useful life. Due to the relatively short-term period of future cash flows on these items, the use of a discount rate did not have a material impact on the valuation of these items. Impairments recorded during the period as a result of these fair value measurements were $640,253 for intangible assets (note 3), and $865,389 on the laboratory instruments (note 8).

 

11. Discontinued operations

Critical Care Division

In December 2006, the Company entered into a sale and purchase agreement to dispose of its Critical Care Division. The disposal was effected in order to generate cash flow for the expansion of the Company’s other businesses. The disposal was completed on January 31, 2007, on which date control of the business passed to the acquirer. The fair value of the consideration received was $43,294,632 which comprised cash consideration of $45,358,000, less costs of $2,063,368.

GeneSensor

During 2007, the development of the GeneSensor instrument platform was discontinued with the Company’s resources fully focused on the eSensor technology and XT-8 platform. The GeneSensor technology was obtained as part of the acquisition of Molecular Sensing plc in 2004. Due to the decision to abandon the GeneSensor business, the Company impaired all of its assets related to GeneSensor with the related impairment charge being reported within discontinued operations. The impairment losses included the impairment of the property and equipment amounting to $91,553 and the impairment of intangible assets amounting to $74,426. All of these impairments have been reported in the loss attributable to the GeneSensor discontinued operation.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2007

   Critical
Care
Division
    GeneSensor     Total  

Revenue

   $ 1,490,581      $ —        $ 1,490,581   

Expenses

     (2,255,391     (365,867     (2,621,258

Impairment losses

     —          (165,979     (165,979
                        

Loss before and after income taxes

     (764,810     (531,846     (1,296,656
                        

Profit on disposal of discontinued operations

     36,488,149        —          36,488,149   

Attributable tax expense

     (709,000     —          (709,000
                        

Net profit/ loss attributable to discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 35,014,339      $ (531,846   $ 34,482,493   
                        

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The carrying amount of the major classes of assets and liabilities of the Critical Care Division included as part of the disposal group as of January 31, 2007 was as follows:

 

     Total  

Goodwill

   $ 533,498   

Property and equipment

     1,695,482   

Inventories

     3,443,361   

Accounts receivables

     2,684,602   
        
     8,356,943   

Accounts payable

     (1,163,078
        

Net assets as of January 31, 2007, the date of disposal

   $ 7,193,865   
        

 

12. Other Current Assets and Liabilities, and other non-current liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31, 2009, and 2008:

 

       2009    2008

Other Current Assets

     

Deposits

   $ 344,558    $ 706,667

Other

     647,623      586,832
             

Total

   $ 992,181    $ 1,293,499
             

Other Current Liabilities

     

Accrued professional fees

   $ 544,524    $ 271,206

Rental related liabilities

     188,070      —  

Other

     153,438      1,133,527
             

Total

   $ 886,032    $ 1,404,733
             

Other non-current liabilities

     

Rental related liabilities

   $ 332,334    $ 329,237

Liability pertaining to uncertain tax position

     463,000      440,000
             

Total

   $ 795,334    $ 769,237
             

 

13. Subsequent Events

On February 8, 2010, the Company entered into a seven year seven month lease for a new 31,098 square foot facility in Carlsbad, California. The facility is part of a 3-building office and research and development project commonly known as “The Campus” located and addressed at 5964 La Place Court, Carlsbad, California, and comprising a total of approximately 158,733 rentable square feet. Monthly rental payments of $45,092 commence upon the date of substantial completion of the tenant improvements in the premises and increase 3% annually thereafter. The Company also pays its prorata share of the building and project maintenance, property tax, management and other costs subject to certain limitations. The Company has paid a $55,000 security deposit and provided a $500,000 standby letter of credit as security for the future rent as well as up to $2.0 million in landlord funded tenant improvements. The lease also provides for expansion rights and rights of first refusal for expansion within the company’s building, subject to certain limitations.

In March 2010, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with Square 1 Bank, pursuant to which it obtained a credit facility consisting of a revolving line of credit in the amount of up to $2

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Osmetech plc

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

million and an equipment term loan in the amount of up to $2 million. Based upon certain financial covenants, interest on the revolving line of credit will be either (i) the greater of (a) the bank’s prime rate (3.25% as of March 15, 2010) plus 2.75%, or (b) 6% or (ii) the greater of (a) the bank’s prime rate plus 3.75%, or (b) 7%. In addition, based upon certain financial covenants, interest on the term loan will be either (i) the greater of (a) the bank’s prime rate plus 3.25%, or (b) 6.50% or (ii) the greater of (a) the bank’s prime rate plus 4.25%, or (b) 7.50%. The revolving line matures in July 2011 and the term loan matures in July 2013.

Pursuant to the terms of the loan and security agreement, the Company is required to maintain certain minimum cash ratios based upon the total cash balance and whether there are any outstanding amounts borrowed against the revolving line of credit or term loan. In addition, the loan and security agreement includes several restrictive covenants, including requirements that the Company obtain the consent of Square 1 Bank prior to entering into any change of control event unless all debt is repaid to Square 1 Bank prior to the change of control event, incurring other indebtedness or liens with respect to its property, making distributions to its stockholders, making certain investments or entering into certain transactions with affiliates and other restrictions on storing inventory and equipment with third parties. To secure the credit facility, the Company granted Square 1 Bank a first priority security interest in its assets and intellectual property rights. As of March 19, 2010, we had not drawn down any funds under the credit facility or the term loan.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

                Shares

GENMARK DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

Common Stock

 

LOGO

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

Until             , all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a

prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 

Sole Book-Running Manager

Piper Jaffray

 

 

Leerink Swann

 

 

 

 

 

                , 2010


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All of the amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and The NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

 

     Amount to be
paid

SEC registration fee

   $ 3,280

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

     *    

FINRA filing fee

   $ 5,100

Printing and mailing

   $ 300,000

Legal fees and expenses

   $ 1,200,000

Accounting fees and expenses

   $ 500,000

Blue sky fees and expenses

     *    

Transfer agent and registrar

   $ 25,000

Miscellaneous

     *    
      

Total

     *    
      

 

* To be provided by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be effective upon completion of the offering provide that each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, or trustee of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by us to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to indemnify any director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding brought by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, if he or she had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. In a derivative action, or an action brought by or on behalf of the corporation, indemnification may be provided only for expenses actually and reasonably incurred by any director or officer in connection with the defense or settlement of such an action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be provided if such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action or suit was brought shall determine that the defendant is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses despite such adjudication of liability.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Pursuant to Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, Article 12 of our certificate of incorporation eliminates the liability of a director to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for such a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liabilities arising:

 

   

from any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

from acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; and

 

   

from any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

The foregoing discussion of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws, indemnification agreements, and Delaware law is not intended to be exhaustive and is qualified in its entirety by such certificate of incorporation, bylaws, indemnification agreements, or law.

Reference is made to Item 17 of our undertakings with respect to liabilities arising under the Securities Act. Reference is also made to the form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement for the indemnification agreements between us and the underwriters.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Stock Options Grants

From March 1, 2007 through February 28, 2010, Osmetech granted stock options to employees and directors pursuant to which the optionees may purchase up to an aggregate of 1,156,471 ordinary shares at a weighted average exercise price of $8.59 per share after giving effect to the Reorganization. Of the options granted during this period, options to purchase a total of 26,509 ordinary shares have been exercised and a total of 299,983 options to purchase ordinary shares were forfeited. The sale and issuance of these securities were exempt from registration under Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Issuances of Ordinary Shares and Warrants by Osmetech

On December 5, 2008, Osmetech issued 1,050,813 ordinary shares at $3.36 per share for net proceeds of

approximately $3.41 million. On December 21, 2008, Osmetech issued 1,942,624 ordinary shares at $3.36 per share for net proceeds of approximately $6.31 million.

On June 25, 2009, Osmetech issued 1,139,285 ordinary shares at $7.59 per share for net proceeds of approximately $8.5 million. On December 21, 2009, Osmetech issued 2,086,090 ordinary shares at $7.82 per share for net proceeds of approximately $15.7 million.

Effective July 1, 2009, Osmetech issued a warrant to purchase 132,475 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $7.44 and a warrant to purchase 88,317 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $11.16.

Each of the foregoing share numbers gives effect to the Reorganization. No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. To the extent an exemption from registration was required, the securities were sold and issued to accredited investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(2) under the Securities Act and, with respect to the sales of ordinary shares, Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act. The purchasers of shares and warrants represented to Osmetech in connection with their purchase that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the securities for investment and not distribution, that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration or an available exemption from such registration. The sales of these securities were made without general solicitation or advertising.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Issuances of Common Stock by GenMark Diagnostics, Inc.

Since our incorporation in February 2010, we have issued and sold the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

In connection with our incorporation and initial organization, we issued 1,000 shares of common stock to Osmetech plc for a total consideration of $0.10, which was exempt from registration pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Concurrent with the effective time of this offering, we will issue shares of our common stock to the existing shareholders of Osmetech plc in exchange for the cancellation of their outstanding Osmetech ordinary shares pursuant to a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the U.K. Companies Act of 2006. Based on the number of ordinary shares of Osmetech outstanding as of February 28, 2010, and the exchange ratio set forth in the scheme of arrangement, we will issue 7,110,929 shares of common stock to the existing shareholders of Osmetech plc. The scheme of arrangement will be approved by the courts in the United Kingdom and by the Osmetech shareholders. The issuances will be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act.

In connection with the scheme of arrangement, the holders of outstanding options and warrants to purchase ordinary shares in Osmetech will be given the opportunity to surrender their options and warrants for options and warrants to purchase shares of common stock in GenMark. Based on the options and warrants of Osmetech outstanding as of February 28, 2010, and the exchange ratio set forth in the scheme of arrangement, we will issue options and warrants exercisable for 1,214,007 shares of GenMark common stock to the existing option and warrant holders of Osmetech. The issuance of these options and warrants will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions not involving a public offering or transactions under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately preceding the exhibits for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

All other schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable.

Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules have been omitted because they are not required or are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 14 above, or otherwise, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Pasadena, California, on March 19, 2010.

 

GENMARK DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

By:   /s/    J ON F AIZ K AYYEM , P H .D.        
  Name:                  Jon Faiz Kayyem, Ph.D.
  Title:                    Chief Executive Officer

We, the undersigned officers and directors of GenMark Diagnostics, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Jon Faiz Kayyem, Ph.D. and Steven Kemper, and both or any one of them, our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and re-substitution in each of them for him and in his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or desirable to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    J ON F AIZ K AYYEM , P H .D        

Jon Faiz Kayyem, Ph.D

  

President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

  March 19, 2010

/s/    S TEVEN K EMPER        

Steven Kemper

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 19, 2010

/s/    C HRISTOPHER G LEESON        

Christopher Gleeson

  

Chairman of the Board

  March 19, 2010

/s/    D ARYL J. F AULKNER        

Daryl J. Faulkner

  

Director

  March 19, 2010

/s/    K EVIN C. O’B OYLE        

Kevin C. O’Boyle

  

Director

  March 19, 2010

 

II-5


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibits

1.1      Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
3.1      Certificate of Incorporation.
3.2      By-Laws.
4.1      Form of Stock Certificate.*
5.1      Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US) regarding the legality of the securities being registered.*
10.1      Lease between The Campus Carlsbad, LLC and Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. dba Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, dated February 8, 2010.
10.2      Commercial Lease Agreement between Collis P. and Howard Huntington Memorial Hospital Trust and Osmetech Technology Inc., dated March 24, 2008.
10.3      First Amendment to Commercial Lease Agreement between Collis P. and Howard Huntington Memorial Hospital Trust and Osmetech Technology Inc., dated February 1, 2009.*
10.4      Second Amendment and Termination of Commercial Lease Agreement between Collis P. and Howard Huntington Memorial Hospital Trust and Osmetech Technology Inc., dated November 1, 2009.*
10.5      Commercial Lease Agreement between Kandamerica, Inc., and Osmetech Inc., dated August 1, 2005.*
10.6      Amendment to Commercial Lease Agreement between Kandamerica, Inc., and Osmetech Inc., dated March 12, 2008.*
10.7      License Agreement by and between California Institute of Technology and Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. dba Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, dated February 8, 1995.++
10.8      Amended and Restated License Agreement by and between President and Fellows of Harvard College and Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. dba Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, dated July 14, 1997.++
10.9      Exclusive License Agreement by and between Marshfield Clinic and Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. dba Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, dated October 15, 2007.++
10.10    Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement by and between the University of Washington and Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. dba Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, dated February 28, 2007.++
10.11    Amended and Restated Chemically Modified Enzymes Kit Patent License Agreement by and between Roche Molecular Systems, Inc., F. Hoffman-La Roche Ltd., and Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. dba Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, dated February 27, 2008.++
10.12    Non-Exclusive License Agreement by and between The Johns Hopkins University and Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. dba Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, dated December 29, 2006.++
10.13    License Agreement by and between the Regents of the University of Michigan, HSC Research and Development Limited Partnership and Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. dba Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, dated March 15, 2006.++
10.14    License Agreement by and between HSC Research and Development Limited Partnership and Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. dba Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, dated March 15, 2006.++
10.15    2010 Equity Incentive Plan.+*
10.16    Form of Stock Option Agreement+*
10.17    Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement.+
10.18    Executive Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2010, by and between Osmetech Technology Inc. and Jon Faiz Kayyem.+


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibits

10.19    Executive Employment Agreement, dated November 30, 2009, by and between Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. dba Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics and Steven Kemper.+
10.20    Executive Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2010, by and between Osmetech Technology Inc., and Pankaj Singhal.+
10.21    Executive Employment Agreement, dated March 1, 2010, by and between Osmetech Technology Inc. and John Bellano.+
10.22    Compromise Agreement, dated August 10, 2009, by and between Osmetech plc and James White.+
10.23    Compromise Agreement, dated March 10, 2010, by and between Osmetech plc and David Sandilands.+
10.24    Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 12, 2010, by and among Square 1 Bank and Osmetech Technology Inc., Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. dba Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, and Genmark Diagnostics, Inc.
21.1      List of Subsidiaries.
23.1      Consent of DLA Piper LLP (US) (included in Exhibit 5.1).*
23.2      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (US).
23.3      Consent of Deloitte LLP (UK).
24.1      Powers of Attorney (included in the signature page).

 

+ Management Compensation Plan
++ Confidential Treatment Request
* To be filed by amendment

EXHIBIT 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

GENMARK DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

ARTICLE FIRST: The name by which the corporation is to be known is GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE SECOND: The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware and the County of Kent is 615 South DuPont Highway, Dover, DE 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Corporate Research, Ltd. The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.

ARTICLE THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as from time to time amended.

ARTICLE FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 105,000,000 shares, consisting of (a) 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and (b) 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

The designations, preferences, privileges, rights and voting powers and any limitations, restrictions or qualifications thereof, of the shares of each class are as follows:

(a) The holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall have the right to vote on all questions to the exclusion of all other stockholders, each holder of record of Common Stock being entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in the name of the stockholder on the books of the Corporation, except as may be provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, in a Preferred Stock Designation (as hereinafter defined), or as required by law.

(b) The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors (or any committee to which it may duly delegate the authority granted in this Section (b) of Article Fourth) is hereby empowered to authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, for such consideration and for such corporate purposes as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, and by filing a certificate pursuant to applicable law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as a “Preferred Stock Designation”) as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended to establish from time to time for each such series the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designations, powers, rights and preferences of the shares of each such series, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by this Certificate of Incorporation and the laws of the State of Delaware, including, without limitation, voting rights (if any), dividend rights, dissolution rights, conversion rights, exchange rights and redemption rights thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors (or


such committee thereof) providing for the issuance of such series of Preferred Stock. Each series of Preferred Stock shall be distinctly designated. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series of Preferred Stock shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

 

  (i) The designation of the series, which may be by distinguishing number, letter or title.

 

  (ii) The number of shares of the series, which number the Board of Directors may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the Preferred Stock Designation) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding).

 

  (iii) The amounts payable on, and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series in respect of dividends, and whether such dividends, if any, shall be cumulative or noncumulative.

 

  (iv) Dates at which dividends, if any, shall be payable.

 

  (v) The redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series.

 

  (vi) The terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series.

 

  (vii) The amounts payable on, and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

 

  (viii) Whether the shares of the series shall be convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Corporation or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of such other class or series or such other security, the conversion or exchange price or prices or rate or rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates at which such shares shall be convertible or exchangeable and all other terms and conditions upon which such conversion or exchange may be made.

 

  (ix) Restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series.

 

  (x) The voting rights, if any, of the holders of shares of the series.

ARTICLE FIFTH: The term of existence of the Corporation is to be perpetual.

ARTICLE SIXTH: The number of its directors shall be determined in the manner provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

2


ARTICLE SEVENTH: Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. To the extent practicable, the Board of Directors shall assign an equal number of directors to Class I, Class II and Class III. At the first annual meeting of stockholders after the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation, the terms of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. At the second annual meeting of stockholders, the terms of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. At the third annual meeting of stockholders, the terms of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such meeting shall be elected for a full term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article Seventh, each director shall serve until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

ARTICLE EIGHTH: Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of record of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation authorized by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation to vote on such action, and such writing or writings are filed with the permanent records of the Corporation.

ARTICLE NINTH: Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of stockholders for the transaction of such business as may properly come before the meeting may only be called by order of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors (pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies) or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and shall be held at such date and time, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be specified by such order. If such order fails to fix such place, the meeting shall be held at the principal executive offices of the Corporation.

 

3


ARTICLE TENTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter and repeal the By-laws of the Corporation, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to alter or repeal the By-laws under applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended. Stockholders of the Corporation are authorized to make, alter and repeal the By-laws of the Corporation only pursuant to Article XIV of the By-laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE ELEVENTH: A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable either to the Corporation or to any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Any amendment or modification or repeal of the foregoing sentence shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, modification or repeal.

ARTICLE TWELFTH:

(a) Right to Indemnification . The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), any person (a “Covered Person”) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such Covered Person, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was, at any time during which this Section (a) of Article Twelfth is in effect (whether or not such Covered Person continues to serve in such capacity at the time any indemnification or payment of expenses pursuant hereto is sought or at the time any proceeding relating thereto exists or is brought), a director or officer of the Corporation, or has or had agreed to become a director of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, nonprofit entity or other enterprise, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent, against all liability and loss suffered (including, without limitation, any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), actually and reasonably incurred by such Covered Person in connection with such proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by law, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided however, that, except as provided in Section (b) of this Article Twelfth, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors. The right to indemnification conferred in this

 

4


Section (a) of Article Twelfth and such rights as may be conferred in the By-laws of the Corporation shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition, in accordance with the By-laws of the Corporation. The rights conferred upon Covered Persons in this Section (a) of Article Twelfth shall be contract rights that vest at the time of such person’s service to or at the request of the Corporation and such rights shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to be a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Corporation may, by action of the Board of Directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Corporation with the same (or lesser) scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

(b) Right of Claimant to Bring Suit . In accordance with the By-laws of the Corporation, if a claim for indemnification under Section (a) of this Article Twelfth is not paid in full within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the Covered Person making such claim may at any time thereafter file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim.

(c) Non-Exclusivity of Rights . In accordance with the By-laws of the Corporation, the right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred any Covered Person by Section (a) of this Article Twelfth (i) shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise and (ii) cannot be terminated by the Corporation, the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation with respect to a Covered Person’s service occurring prior to the date of such termination.

ARTICLE THIRTEENTH: The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability, expense or loss asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability, expense or loss under the provisions of the By-laws of the Corporation or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. To the extent that the Corporation maintains any policy or policies providing such insurance, each such person shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage thereunder for any such person.

ARTICLE FOURTEENTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware as they presently exist or may hereafter be amended, subject to any limitations contained elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation may adopt, amend or repeal this Certificate of Incorporation; provided that

 

5


Articles Sixth, Seventh, Eighth, Ninth Tenth, Twelfth and this Article Fourteenth may only be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of record of no less than 80% of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy.

ARTICLE FIFTEENTH: The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

 

 

Lisa A. McQuen

DLA Piper LLP (US)

4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1100

San Diego, CA 92121

 

 

6


THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Delaware, does make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 12th day of February, 2010.

 

/s/ Lisa A. McQuen

Lisa A. McQuen, Incorporator

 

7

EXHIBIT 3.2

BY-LAWS

OF

GENMARK DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

(a Delaware Corporation)

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 1. Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of stockholders of GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. (the “Corporation”) for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held each fiscal year at such date and time, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall determine.

SECTION 2. Notice of Meetings . Written notice of all meetings of the stockholders, stating the place, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the place at which the list of stockholders may be examined, and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is to be held, shall be mailed or otherwise delivered (including pursuant to electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, except to the extent prohibited by Section 232(e) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the date of the meeting and shall otherwise comply with applicable law. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation. Such further notice shall be given as may be required by law. If notice is given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed to be given at the times provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Such further notice shall be given as may be required by law. Meetings may be held without notice if all stockholders entitled to vote are present, or if notice is waived by those not present in accordance with these By-laws. Any previously scheduled meeting of the stockholders may be postponed, and (unless the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provides) any special meeting of the stockholders may be cancelled, by resolution of the Board of Directors upon public notice given prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.

SECTION 3. Quorum and Adjournment . Except as otherwise provided by law or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of stockholders shall consist of the holders of record of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, present in person or by proxy, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of a majority of the shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business. The Chairman of the meeting or a majority of the shares so


represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time, whether or not there is such a quorum. No notice of the time and place of adjourned meetings need be given except as required by law. The stockholders present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

SECTION 4. Organization . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman, or if none or in the Chairman’s absence the Presiding Director, or if none or in the Presiding Director's absence, the Vice-Chairman, or if none or in the Vice-Chairman’s absence the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence a Vice-President, or, if none of the foregoing is present, by a chairman to be chosen by the stockholders entitled to vote who are present in person or by proxy at the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation, or in the Secretary’s absence an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the presiding officer of the meeting shall appoint any person present to act as secretary of the meeting.

SECTION 5. Voting; Proxies; Required Vote .

(a) At each meeting of stockholders, every stockholder shall be entitled to vote in person or by proxy appointed by instrument in writing, subscribed by such stockholder or by such stockholder’s duly authorized attorney in fact (but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period), and, unless the Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise, shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote registered in the name of such stockholder on the books of the Corporation on the applicable record date fixed pursuant to these By-laws. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, in all matters other than the election of directors, which shall be governed by Section 8 of this Article I, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter shall be the act of the stockholders.

(b) When specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or classes present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class, unless otherwise provided in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION 6. Inspectors . The Board of Directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not so appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the validity and effect of

 

2


proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined by such inspector or inspectors and execute a certificate of any fact found by such inspector or inspectors.

SECTION 7. Notice of Stockholder Nominations and Other Business .

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (i) was a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time the notice provided for in this Section 7 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation and at the time of the annual meeting, (ii) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (iii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 7 as to such business or nomination. Clause (C) of the preceding sentence shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and included in the Corporation’s notice of meeting) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(2) Without qualification or limitation, for any nominations or any other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (C) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 7, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and any such proposed business, other than the nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day nor later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is less than 100 days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation). In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

3


(3) To be in proper form, a stockholder’s notice delivered pursuant to this Section 7 must set forth: (A) as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director (i) all information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in contested election, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, (ii) such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected and (iii) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the stockholder making the nomination and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made, if any, or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; (B) if the notice relates to any business other than a nomination of a director or directors that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the By-laws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, if any, (ii) (a) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (b) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a “Derivative Instrument”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (c) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Company, (d) any short interest in any security of the Company (for purposes of this By-law a person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if such person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding,

 

4


relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security), (e) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (f) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner and (g) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such stockholder is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including without limitation any such interests held by members of such stockholder’s immediate family sharing the same household, (iii) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal between or among such stockholder and such beneficial owner, any of their respective affiliates or associates, and any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing, (iv) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (v) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (a) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee or (b) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, and (vi) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, the stockholder’s notice with respect to the election of directors must include, with respect to each nominee for election or reelection to the Board of Directors, the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 9 of this Article I. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the information required by clauses (a)(3)(C)(ii) and (a)(3)(C)(iii) of this Section 7 shall be updated by such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such information as of the record date.

(4) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (a)(2) of this Section 7 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 7 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

5


(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (2) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (i) is a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time the notice provided for in this Section 7 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation and at the time of the special meeting, (ii) is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election, and (iii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 7 as to such nomination. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (a)(3) hereof with respect to any nomination (including the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by this By-law) shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of such special meeting is less than 100 days prior to the date of such special meeting, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c) General .

(1) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 7 or the Certificate of Incorporation shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only such other business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 7. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, the person presiding at the meeting of stockholders shall have the power and duty (A) to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 7 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by clause (a)(3)(C)(v) of this Section 7) and (B) if any proposed nomination or other business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 7, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed other business shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or other business, such nomination

 

6


shall be disregarded and such proposed other business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 7, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

(2) For purposes of this Section 7, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 7; provided however, that any references in these By-laws to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 7 (including clause (a)(1)(C) and paragraph (b) hereof), and compliance with clause (a)(1)(C) and paragraph (b) of this Section 7 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business, as applicable (other than matters brought properly under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, as may be amended from time to time). Nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to affect any rights (A) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act or (B) of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the common stock of the Corporation as to dividends or upon liquidation (“Preferred Stock”) to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION 8. Required Vote for Directors . At any meeting of stockholders for the election of one or more directors at which a quorum is present, the election shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election.

SECTION 9. Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement . To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, a person must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Article I, Section 7 of these By-laws) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the

 

7


nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person (a) is not and will not become a party to (1) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (2) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, (b) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein, and (c) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.

SECTION 10. Removal of Director . Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, the stockholders holding a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, acting at a duly called annual meeting or a duly called special meeting of the stockholders, at which there is a proper quorum and where notice has been provided in accordance with Section 7 of this Article I, may remove a director or directors of the Corporation only with cause. Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from such removal shall be filled in accordance with Section 12 of Article II.

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 1. General Powers . The business, property and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these By-laws expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

SECTION 2. Qualification; Number; Term; Remuneration .

(a) Each director shall be at least 18 years of age. A director need not be a stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of Delaware. The total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies (the “Whole Board”) shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by action of the Board of Directors, one of whom may be selected by the Board of Directors to be its Chairman.

 

8


(b) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. To the extent practicable, the Board of Directors shall assign an equal number of directors to Class I, Class II and Class III. At the first annual meeting of stockholders after the filing of the Certificate of Incorporation, the terms of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. At the second annual meeting of stockholders, the terms of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. At the third annual meeting of stockholders, the terms of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such meeting shall be elected for a full term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this clause (b), each director shall serve until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(c) Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and Directors who are not employees of the Corporation may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for committee service.

SECTION 3. Quorum and Manner of Voting . Except as otherwise provided by law or in these By-laws, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn a meeting from time to time to another time and place without notice. The vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. The directors present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum.

SECTION 4. Places of Meetings . Meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any place within or without the State of Delaware, as may from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors, or as may be specified in the notice of meeting.

 

9


SECTION 5. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board of Directors shall from time to time by resolution determine. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board of Directors held at times and places fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 6. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, Presiding Director, Chief Executive Officer or by a majority of the directors then in office.

SECTION 7. Notice of Meetings . A notice of the place, date and time and the purpose or purposes of each special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by mail, personal delivery, electronic transmission or telephone at least two (2) days before the day of the meeting. Notice shall be deemed to be given at the time of mailing, but the said two (2) days’ notice need not be given to any director who consents in writing, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to him.

SECTION 8. Chairman of the Board . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or in Section 9 of this Article II, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 9. Presiding Director . If at any time the Chairman of the Board shall be an executive officer or former executive officer of the Corporation or for any reason shall not be an independent director, a Presiding Director shall be selected by the independent directors from among the directors who are not executive officers or former executive officers of the Corporation and are otherwise independent. If the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present, the Presiding Director shall chair meetings of the Board of Directors. The Presiding Director shall chair any meeting of the independent Directors and shall also perform such other duties as may be assigned to the Presiding Director by these By-laws or the Board of Directors.

SECTION 10. Organization . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the Chairman, or if none or in the Chairman’s absence or inability to act the Presiding Director, or if none or in the Presiding Director’s absence or inability to act, the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or inability to act any Vice-President who is a member of the Board of Directors, or if none, or in such Vice-President’s absence or inability to act a chairman chosen by the directors, shall preside. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at all meetings of the Board of Directors when present, and, in the Secretary’s absence, the presiding officer may appoint any person to act as secretary.

SECTION 11. Resignation . Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation and such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Chief Executive Officer or Secretary, unless otherwise specified in the resignation.

 

10


SECTION 12. Vacancies . Subject to applicable law and the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, and unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors will be filled by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, provided that a majority of the Whole Board of Directors, or a quorum, is present and any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause will be filled generally by the majority vote of the remaining directors in office, even if less than a quorum is present.

SECTION 13. Conference Telephone Meetings . Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

SECTION 14. Action by Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all the directors consent thereto in writing (which may be provided by electronic transmission), and such writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE III

COMMITTEES

SECTION 1. Appointment . From time to time the Board of Directors by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board may appoint any committee or committees for any purpose or purposes, to the extent lawful, which shall have powers as shall be determined and specified by the Board of Directors in the resolution of appointment. The Board shall have power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve any such committee. Nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent the Board from appointing one or more committees consisting in whole or in part of persons who are not directors of the Corporation; provided , however , that no such committee shall have or may exercise any authority of the Board.

SECTION 2. Procedures, Quorum and Manner of Acting . Each committee shall fix its own rules of procedure, and shall meet where and as provided by such rules or by resolution of the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the presence of a majority of the then appointed members of a committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that committee, and in every case where a quorum is present the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the committee present shall be the act of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Each committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings, and actions taken by a committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors.

 

11


SECTION 3. Action by Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the committee consent thereto in writing (which may be provided by electronic transmission), and such writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the committee.

SECTION 4. Term; Termination . In the event any person shall cease to be a director of the Corporation, such person shall simultaneously therewith cease to be a member of any committee appointed by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

SECTION 1. Election and Qualifications . The Board of Directors shall elect the officers of the Corporation, which shall include a Chief Executive Officer and a Secretary, and may include, by election or appointment, one or more Vice-Presidents (any one or more of whom may be given an additional designation of rank or function), a Treasurer and such other officers as the Board may from time to time deem proper. Each officer shall have such powers and duties as may be prescribed by these By-laws and as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

SECTION 2. Term of Office and Remuneration . The term of office of all officers shall be one year and until their respective successors have been elected and qualified, but any officer may be removed from office, either with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office arising from any cause may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors. The remuneration of all officers of the Corporation may be fixed by the Board of Directors or in such manner as the Board of Directors shall provide.

SECTION 3. Resignation; Removal . Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation and such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Chief Executive Officer or Secretary, unless otherwise specified in the resignation. Any officer shall be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by vote of a majority of the Whole Board.

SECTION 4. Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall have such duties as customarily pertain to that office. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general management and supervision of the property, business and affairs of the Corporation and over its other officers; may appoint and remove assistant officers and other agents and employees, other than officers referred to in Section 1 of this Article IV; and may execute and deliver in the name of the Corporation powers of attorney, contracts, bonds and other obligations and instruments.

SECTION 5. Vice-President . A Vice-President may execute and deliver in the name of the Corporation contracts and other obligations and instruments pertaining to the regular course of the duties of said office, and shall have such other authority as from time to time may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

12


SECTION 6. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall in general have all duties incident to the position of Treasurer and such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 7. Secretary . The Secretary shall in general have all the duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 8. Assistant Officers . Any assistant officer shall have such powers and duties of the officer such assistant officer assists as such officer or the Board of Directors shall from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE V

BOOKS AND RECORDS

SECTION 1. Location . The books and records of the Corporation may be kept at such place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors or the respective officers in charge thereof may from time to time determine. The record books containing the names and addresses of all stockholders, the number and class of shares of stock held by each and the dates when they respectively became the owners of record thereof shall be kept by the Secretary and by such officer or agent as shall be designated by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 2. Addresses of Stockholders . Notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be delivered (a) personally or mailed to each stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or (b) any other method permitted by applicable law and rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission as they presently exist or may hereafter be amended.

SECTION 3. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record .

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

13


(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in this State, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by this chapter, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK

SECTION 1. Stock; Signatures . Shares of the Corporation’s stock may be evidenced by certificates for shares of stock or may be issued in uncertificated form in accordance with applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution or the issuance of shares in uncertificated form shall not affect shares already represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of shares of stock in the Corporation that is represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation and registered in certificated form. Stock certificates shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the Chief Executive Officer or Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any and all signatures on any such certificate may be

 

14


facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The name of the holder of record of the shares represented by certificated or uncertificated shares, with the number of such shares and the date of issue, shall be entered on the books of the Corporation.

SECTION 2. Transfers of Stock . Transfers of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made on the books of the Corporation after receipt of a request with proper evidence of succession, assignation, or authority to transfer by the record holder of such stock, or by an attorney lawfully constituted in writing, and in the case of stock represented by a certificate, upon surrender of the certificate. Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors may make such rules and regulations as it shall deem necessary or appropriate concerning the issue, transfer and registration of shares of stock of the Corporation, and to appoint and remove transfer agents and registrars of transfers.

SECTION 3. Fractional Shares . The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue certificates for fractions of a share where necessary to effect authorized transactions, or the Corporation may pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or it may issue scrip in registered or bearer form over the manual or facsimile signature of an officer of the Corporation or of its agent, exchangeable as therein provided for full shares, but such scrip shall not entitle the holder to any rights of a stockholder except as therein provided.

SECTION 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate, theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of any lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

ARTICLE VII

DIVIDENDS

Subject always to the provisions of law and the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have full power to determine whether any, and, if any, what part of any, funds legally available for the payment of dividends shall be declared as dividends and paid to stockholders; the division of the whole or any part of such funds of the Corporation shall rest wholly within the lawful discretion of the Board of Directors, and it shall not be required at any time, against such discretion, to divide or pay any part of such funds among or to the stockholders as dividends or otherwise; and before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or

 

15


maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE VIII

RATIFICATION

Any transaction, questioned in any law suit on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of director, officer or stockholder, non disclosure, miscomputation, or the application of improper principles or practices of accounting, may be ratified before or after judgment, by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, and if so ratified shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned transaction had been originally duly authorized. Such ratification shall be binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned transaction.

ARTICLE IX

CORPORATE SEAL

The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the year of its incorporation, and shall be in such form and contain such other words and/or figures as the Board of Directors shall determine. The corporate seal may be used by printing, engraving, lithographing, stamping or otherwise making, placing or affixing, or causing to be printed, engraved, lithographed, stamped or otherwise made, placed or affixed, upon any paper or document, by any process whatsoever, an impression, facsimile or other reproduction of said corporate seal.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given by these By-laws or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, the person or persons entitled to said notice may consent in writing, whether before or after the time stated therein, to waive such notice requirement. Notice shall also be deemed waived by any person who attends a meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to him.

 

16


ARTICLE XII

BANK ACCOUNTS, DRAFTS, CONTRACTS, ETC.

SECTION 1. Bank Accounts and Drafts . In addition to such bank accounts as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, the primary financial officer or any person designated by said primary financial officer, whether or not an employee of the Corporation, may authorize such bank accounts to be opened or maintained in the name and on behalf of the Corporation as he may deem necessary or appropriate, payments from such bank accounts to be made upon and according to the check of the Corporation in accordance with the written instructions of said primary financial officer, or other person so designated by the Treasurer.

SECTION 2. Contracts . The Board of Directors may authorize any person or persons, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

SECTION 3. Proxies; Powers of Attorney; Other Instruments . The Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or any other person designated by either of them shall have the power and authority to execute and deliver proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments on behalf of the Corporation in connection with the rights and powers incident to the ownership of stock by the Corporation. The Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or any other person authorized by proxy or power of attorney executed and delivered by either of them on behalf of the Corporation may attend and vote at any meeting of stockholders of any company in which the Corporation may hold stock, and may exercise on behalf of the Corporation any and all of the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such stock at any such meeting, or otherwise as specified in the proxy or power of attorney so authorizing any such person. The Board of Directors, from time to time, may confer like powers upon any other person.

SECTION 4. Financial Reports . The Board of Directors may appoint the primary financial officer or other fiscal officer or any other officer to cause to be prepared and furnished to stockholders entitled thereto any special financial notice and/or financial statement, as the case may be, which may be required by any provision of law.

ARTICLE XIII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

SECTION 1. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), any person (a “Covered Person”) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or

 

17


investigative in nature (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such Covered Person, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was, at any time during which these By-laws are in effect (whether or not such Covered Person continues to serve in such capacity at the time any indemnification or payment of expenses pursuant hereto is sought or at the time any proceeding relating thereto exists or is brought), a director or officer of the Corporation, or has or had agreed to become a director of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, nonprofit entity or other enterprise, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent, against all liability and loss suffered (including, without limitation, any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), actually and reasonably incurred by such Covered Person in connection with such proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by law, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators, and the Corporation may enter into agreements with any such person for the purpose of providing for such indemnification. Except as provided in Section 3 of this Article XIII, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article XIII shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition, such advances to be paid by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from the claimant requesting such advance or advances from time to time (and subject to filing a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 2 of this Article XIII); provided, however, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right of appeal that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation for such expenses under this Article XIII or otherwise. The rights conferred upon Covered Persons in this Article XIII shall be contract rights that vest at the time of such person’s service to or at the request of the Corporation and such rights shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to be a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

SECTION 2. To obtain indemnification under this Article XIII, a claimant shall submit to the Corporation a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the claimant and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the claimant is entitled to indemnification. Upon written request by a claimant for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 2 of Article XIII, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to the claimant’s entitlement thereto shall be made as follows: (a) if requested by the claimant, by

 

18


Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined), or (b) if no request is made by the claimant for a determination by Independent Counsel, (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), or (2) if a quorum of the Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, such quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the claimant, or (3) if a quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by the stockholders of the Corporation. In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel at the request of the claimant, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors unless there shall have occurred within two (2) years prior to the date of the commencement of the action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification is claimed a “Change of Control” as defined in the GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, in which case the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the claimant unless the claimant shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors. If it is so determined that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, payment to the claimant shall be made within sixty (60) days after such determination.

SECTION 3. If a claim for indemnification under Section 1 of this Article XIII is not paid in full within sixty (60) days after a written claim pursuant to Section 2 of this Article XIII has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct which makes it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

SECTION 4. The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred on any Covered Person by this Article XIII (a) shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of these By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise and (b) cannot be terminated by the Corporation, the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation with respect to a Covered Person’s service occurring prior to the date of such termination. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation’s obligation to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such person has

 

19


collected as indemnification from such other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, nonprofit entity, or other enterprise; and, in the event the Corporation has fully paid such expenses, the Covered Person shall return to the Corporation any amounts subsequently received from such other source of indemnification.

SECTION 5. Any repeal, amendment, alteration or modification of the provisions of this Article XIII that in any way diminishes, limits, restricts, adversely affects or eliminates any right of an indemnitee or his or her successors to indemnification, advancement of expenses or otherwise shall be prospective only and shall not in any way diminish, limit, restrict, adversely affect or eliminate any such right with respect to any actual or alleged state of facts, occurrence, action or omission then or previously existing, or any action, suit or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such actual or alleged state of facts, occurrence, action or omission.

SECTION 6. This Article XIII shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 7. If any provision or provisions of this Article XIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article XIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Article XIII containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article XIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Article XIII containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

SECTION 8. For purposes of this Article XIII:

(1) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to the matter in respect of which indemnification is sought by the claimant.

(2) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, a member of a law firm, or an independent practitioner, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and shall include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would not have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or the claimant in an action to determine the claimant’s rights under this Article XIII.

SECTION 9. Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given to the Corporation under this Article XIII shall be in writing and either delivered in person or sent by telecopy, telex, telegram, overnight mail or courier service, or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Secretary of the Corporation and shall be effective only upon receipt by the Secretary.

 

20


ARTICLE XIV

AMENDMENTS

The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal these By-laws. The stockholders of the Corporation shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal these By-laws at a duly called meeting of the stockholders; provided that notice of the proposed adoption, amendment or repeal was given in the notice of the meeting; provided , further , that , notwithstanding any other provisions of these By-laws or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, Sections 7, 8 and 10 of Article I, Sections 2 and 12 of Article II, Article XIII and this Article XIV of these By-laws may not be amended or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation without the affirmative vote of the holders of no less than 80% of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy.

 

21

EXHIBIT 10.1

LEASE

THE CAMPUS

THE CAMPUS CARLSBAD, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

as Landlord,

and

CLINICAL MICRO SENSORS INC.,

a Delaware corporation

dba

OSMETECH MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS

as Tenant.


THE CAMPUS

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

The undersigned hereby agree to the following terms of this Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “ Summary “). This Summary is hereby incorporated into and made a part of the attached Lease (this Summary and the Lease to be known collectively as the “ Lease ”) which pertains to that certain building located and addressed at 5964 La Place Court, Carlsbad, California 92008 (the “ Building ”) as shown on the site plan attached hereto as Exhibit A. Each reference in the Lease to any term of this Summary shall have the meaning as set forth in this Summary for such term. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Summary and the Lease, the terms of the Lease shall prevail. Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning as set forth in the Lease.

 

 

TERMS OF LEASE

(References are to the Lease)

   DESCRIPTION

1.

 

Date:

  

February 8, 2010.

2.

 

Landlord:

  

THE CAMPUS CARLSBAD, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

3.

 

Address of Landlord (Section 29.19):

  

c/o Newport National Corporation 1525 Faraday Avenue, Suite 100 Carlsbad, California 92008 Attention: Mr. Scott Brusseau

 

with copies of any Landlord default notices to:

 

Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis, LLP 501 West Broadway, 15 th Floor San Diego, California 92101 Attention: Michael Pruter, Esq.

4.

 

Tenant:

  

CLINICAL MICRO SENSORS, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

Tenant’s Trade Name:

  

Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics

5.

 

Address of Tenant (Section 29.19):

  

Prior to the Lease Commencement Date:

 

Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics 757 S. Raymond Avenue

Pasadena, California 91105 Attention: Mr. Steve Kemper, Sr. VP Finance

 

After the Lease Commencement Date:

 

Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics

5964 La Place Court, Suite 100

Carlsbad, California 92008

Attention: Mr. Steve Kemper, Sr. VP Finance

 

with copies of any Tenant default notices to:

 

Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C. 3580 Carmel Mountain Road, Suite 300 San Diego, California 92130 Attention Scott Biel, Esq.

6.

 

Premises (Article 1):

  

Approximately 31,098 square feet of space located in the Building, as set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto, and known as Suite 100.

 

(i)


7.

 

Project

  

That certain 3-building office and research and development project commonly known as “The Campus” located and addressed at 5962, 5964 and 5966 La Place Court, Carlsbad, California, respectively and comprising a total of approximately 158,733 rentable square feet.

8.

 

Building

  

That certain approximately 50,522 rentable square foot office and research and development building located in the Project and addressed at 5964 La Place Court, Carlsbad, California.

9.

 

Term (Article 2).

  
 

9.1 Lease Term:

  

Approximately seven (7) years and seven (7) months.

 

9.2 Lease Commencement Date:

  

The earlier of (i) the date Tenant first commences to conduct business in all or any portion of the Premises and (ii) the date that is the later of: (a) June 25, 2010, and (b) the date of Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises (as such terms are defined in Section 4.3 and 1.3.3 of the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit C, respectively; subject, however, to Section 5.3 of the Tenant Work Letter).

 

9.3 Lease Expiration Date:

  

The date immediately preceding the ninety-first (91 st ) monthly anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date; provided, however, that if the Lease Commencement Date is a date other than the first day of a month, the Lease Expiration Date shall be the last day of the month which is ninety-one (91) months after the month in which the Lease Commencement Date falls.

10.

 

Base Rent (Article 3).

  

 

Months of Lease Term

   Annual Base Rent     Monthly
Installment
of Base Rent
    Approximate
Monthly
Rental Rate
per
Square Foot
 

1-12*

   $ 541,105.20 **    $ 45,092.10 **    $ 1.45 ** 

13-24

   $ 556,032.24      $ 46,336.02      $ 1.49   

25-36

   $ 574,691.04 **    $ 47,890.92 **    $ 1.54 ** 

37-48

   $ 589,618.08      $ 49,134.84      $ 1.58   

49-60

   $ 608,276.88      $ 50,689.74      $ 1.63   

61-72

   $ 626,935.68      $ 52,244.64      $ 1.68   

73-84

   $ 645,594.48      $ 53,799.54      $ 1.73   

85-91

   $ 664,253.28      $ 55,354.44      $ 1.78   

 

 

*       Plus any partial month if the Lease Commencement Date is not the first day of the month.

  
 

**     Subject to abatement as set forth in Section 3.2 of this Lease.

  

11.

 

Additional Rent (Article 4)

     
 

11.1 Tenant’s Share of Project Direct Expenses:

  

Approximately 19.59%.

  
  11.2 Tenant’s Share of Building Direct Expenses:   

Approximately 61.55%.

  

 

(ii)


12.

 

Cash Security Deposit (Section 21.1):

  

$55,354.44.

 

Letter of Credit Initial Stated Amount (Section 21.2):

  

$500,000.00.

13.

 

Parking Pass Ratio (Article 28):

  

Tenant shall have the right to utilize up to four (4) unreserved and non-exclusive parking passes for every 1,000 square feet of the Premises, which equals a total of one hundred twenty four (124) passes (it being agreed that the Parking Area includes handicapped and visitor spaces as same may be designated from time to time by Landlord).

14.

 

Broker (Section 29.24):

  

Newport National Corporation representing Landlord and Irving Hughes representing Tenant.

15.

 

Tenant Improvement Allowance

(Exhibit C, Section 3.1)

  

Up to One Million Eight Hundred Ninety-Eight Thousand Eight Hundred Forty-Three and 00/100 Dollars ($1,898,843.80) (calculated based upon $61.06 per square foot within the Premises), subject to the terms and conditions of Section 3.1 of the Tenant Work Letter (including, without limitation, Tenant’s right to increase the Tenant Improvement Allowance, by the TI Allowance Increase Amount as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Tenant Work Letter).

 

(iii)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE 1

  

REAL PROPERTY, PROJECT AND PREMISES

   1

ARTICLE 2

  

LEASE TERM

   4

ARTICLE 3

  

BASE RENT

   6

ARTICLE 4

  

ADDITIONAL RENT

   7

ARTICLE 5

  

USE OF PREMISES

   14

ARTICLE 6

  

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

   17

ARTICLE 7

  

REPAIRS

   19

ARTICLE 8

  

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

   20

ARTICLE 9

  

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

   22

ARTICLE 10

  

INSURANCE

   23

ARTICLE 11

  

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

   25

ARTICLE 12

  

NONWAIVER

   27

ARTICLE 13

  

CONDEMNATION

   27

ARTICLE 14

  

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

   27

ARTICLE 15

  

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

   31

ARTICLE 16

  

HOLDING OVER

   31

ARTICLE 17

  

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

   31

ARTICLE 18

  

SUBORDINATION

   32

ARTICLE 19

  

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

   32

ARTICLE 20

  

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

   35

ARTICLE 21

  

SECURITY ENHANCEMENTS

   35

ARTICLE 22

  

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

   37

ARTICLE 23

  

SIGNS

   38

ARTICLE 24

  

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

   39

ARTICLE 25

  

LATE CHARGES

   39

ARTICLE 26

  

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT

   40

ARTICLE 27

  

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

   40

ARTICLE 28

  

TENANT PARKING

   40

ARTICLE 29

  

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

   41

 

(i)


INDEX

 

     Page(s)

2010 Cap Amount

   12

Abatement Event

   18

Abatement Notice

   18

Additional Cost

   Exhibit C

Additional Rent

   7

Adjustment Dates

   36

Affiliate

   30

Affiliate Transfer

   30

Affiliated Assignee

   30

Alterations

   20

Arbitration Notice

   5

Base Rent

   6

Brokers

   45

Building

   i

Building Standards

   21

Building Structure

   19

Building Systems

   19

Building’s Share

   8

CC&R’s

   8

Change Order

   Exhibit C

Common Areas

   1

Communication Equipment

   46

Comparable Projects

   1

Contractor

   Exhibit C

Control

   30

Controllable Operating Expenses

   12

Designcorp

   Exhibit C

Direct Competitor

   4

Direct Expenses

   7

Early Access Period

   Exhibit C

Effective Date

   Exhibit C

Election Date

   3

Eligibility Period

   19

Equipment Lienor

   22

Estimate

   13

Estimate Statement

   13

Estimated Construction Cost

   Exhibit C

Estimated Construction Cost Notice

   Exhibit C

Excess Costs

   Exhibit C

Expansion Exercise Notice

   2

Expansion Period

   2

Expansion Space

   2

Expense Year

   7

First Refusal Notice

   2

First Refusal Space

   2

Force Majeure

   44

Haz Mat Documents

   15

Hazardous Material

   15

Hazardous Materials List

   15

HVAC System

   18

Insurance Expenses

   7

Interest Notice

   5

Issuing Bank

   35

Landlord

   1

Landlord Costs

   Exhibit C

Landlord Improvements

   Exhibit C

Landlord Parties

   23

Landlord Replacement Items

   2

Landlord’s Contractor

   Exhibit C

Landlord’s Work

   Exhibit C

Laws

   39

Lease

   1

Lease Commencement Date

   ii

Lease Expiration Date

   ii

Lease Term

   4

Lease Year

   4

Letter of Credit

   35

 

(ii)


     Page(s)

Lienor Requirements

   22

Market Capitalization

   36

materially more favorable

   4

Notices

   44

Offer Space

   3

Operating Expenses

   8

Option Notice

   4

Option Rent

   5

Option Rent Notice

   5

Option Term

   4

Original Landlord

   42

Original LL Requirements

   42

Original Tenant

   2, 4

Outside Agreement Date

   5

Outside Date

   Exhibit C

Outside Date Termination Notice

   Exhibit C

Parking Facilities

   1

Partnership Tenant

   42

Payment

   Exhibit C

Premises

   1

Program

   Exhibit C

Progress Reports

   Exhibit C

Project

   1

Proposition 13

   11

Recapture Notice

   29

Renovations

   46

Rent

   7

Review Period

   14

RF

   47

Right of First Refusal

   2

Rules and Regulations

   14

SDG&E

   Exhibit C

Second Chance Notice

   3

Security Deposit

   35

Security Deposit Laws

   37

Short Term Spaces

   40

Signage

   38

Signage Specifications

   38

SNDA

   48

Space Plan

   Exhibit C

Stated Amount

   35

Statement

   13

Subject Space

   28

Subleasing Costs

   29

Substantial Completion

   Exhibit C

Substantially Completed

   Exhibit C

Summary

   i

Superior Rights

   2

Systems and Equipment

   10

T.I. Construction Drawings

   Exhibit C

T.I. Plans and Specifications

   Exhibit C

Tax Expenses

   11

Tenant

   i

Tenant Delay

   Exhibit C

Tenant Improvement Allowance

   Exhibit C

Tenant Improvements

   Exhibit C

Tenant Party

   16

Tenant Work

   Exhibit C

Tenant Work Letter

   Exhibit C. Exhibit C

Tenant’s Election Notice

   3

Tenant’s Property

   22

Tenant’s Representative

   Exhibit C

Tenant’s Share

   12

Tenant’s Work

   Exhibit C

Termination Notice

   5

Terms

   3

Third Party Proposal

   2

TI Allowance Increase Amount

   4

Transfer Notice

   27

 

(iii)


 

     Page(s)

Transfer Premium

   29

Transferee

   27

Transfers

   27

worth at the time of award

   33

 

(iv)


THE CAMPUS

LEASE

This Lease, which includes the preceding Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “ Summary ”) attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the Lease and Summary to be known sometimes collectively hereafter as the “ Lease “), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary, is made by and between THE CAMPUS CARLSBAD, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord “), and CLINICAL MICRO SENSORS, INC., a Delaware corporation dba Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics (“ Tenant ”).

ARTICLE 1

REAL PROPERTY, PROJECT AND PREMISES

1.1 Project, Building and Premises . Upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth in this Lease, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 6 of the Summary (the “ Premises ”), which Premises are located in the “Building,” as that term is defined in the Summary. The outline of the floor plan of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto. The Building, the parking facilities serving the Building (“ Parking Facilities ”), the outside plaza areas, additional buildings, land and other improvements surrounding the Building which are designated from time to time by Landlord as common areas appurtenant to or servicing the Building, and the land upon which any of the foregoing are situated, are herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Project ”. Commencing as of the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant is hereby granted the right to the nonexclusive use of the common electric room located in the Building and the other public or common areas located in the Building and/or on the Project (“ Common Areas ”); provided, however, that the manner in which such Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be consistent with similar first-class corporate headquarters/research and development buildings located in the Carlsbad submarket of San Diego (“ Comparable Projects ”), as reasonably determined by Landlord, and the use thereof shall be subject to the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit E as the same may be reasonably modified from time to time by Landlord, provided in no event shall such modifications materially increase Tenant’s obligations nor materially diminish Tenant’s rights under this Lease. Subject to all relevant terms and conditions contained elsewhere in this Lease, Landlord reserves the right from time to time, with reasonable advance notice to Tenant, (i) to close temporarily any of the Common Areas; (ii) to make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape, driveways, ramps, entrances, exits, passages, stairways and other ingress and egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, loading and unloading areas, and walkways; (iii) to expand the Building; (iv) to add improvements to the Common Areas; (v) to delete land and improvements from the Project; (vi) to use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Building, the Project, or any portion thereof; and (vii) to do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Building, the Project and Common Areas or the expansion thereof as Landlord may deem to be appropriate; provided, however, in connection with Landlord’s exercise of its rights under this Section 1.1, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize and mitigate any interference with Tenant’s permitted business operations in the Premises.

1.2 Condition of the Premises . Except as specifically set forth in this Lease and in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit C and incorporated herein by this reference, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises. Tenant also acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises or the Project except as specifically set forth in this Lease and the Tenant Work Letter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall, as part of the initial Tenant Improvements consistent with the T.I. Construction Drawings, deliver the Premises to Tenant with the electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler systems and electrical and water meters (or at Landlord’s election electrical and/or water submeters) in good working order. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, good working order of the electrical system shall mean that such system shall supply 1800 amps to the Premises, at  277 / 480 volt, three phase power, in addition to electrical capacity required for the base building equipment. If, upon Landlord’s delivery of the Premises to Tenant, such systems are not in good working order and Tenant notifies Landlord within six (6) months of Landlord’s delivery of the Premises that such systems and/or the roof are not in good working


order and watertight condition, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (and not as a Direct Expense reimbursable by Tenant) and as Tenant’s sole remedy therefor, put such systems in good working order. Additionally, if a qualified and licensed contractor reasonably approved in advance by Landlord determines as a result of an inspection or survey (a copy of which shall be provided by Tenant to Landlord), during the six- (6) month period following the delivery of the Premises that the any of the Systems and Equipment (as defined in Section 4.2.6) of the Building for which Landlord is responsible for repairing and maintaining as set forth in this Lease do not have a remaining useful life in excess of the initial Lease Term, then such components of the Building shall be replaced upon the expiration of their useful life at Landlord’s sole cost and expense and not as a Direct Expense (“ Landlord Replacement Items ”).

1.3 Square Feet of Premises . The parties hereby confirm, stipulate and agree that (i) the square footage of the Premises shall mean the amount set forth in Section 6 of the Summary, and (ii) such square footage amount is not subject to adjustment or remeasurement by Landlord or Tenant for purposes of this Lease.

1.4 Expansion Right . Landlord hereby grants the original Tenant named in this Lease (the “ Original Tenant ”) or an Affiliated Assignee (as defined in Section 14.7) the right, during the first (1 st ) twelve (12) full calendar months of the initial Lease Term only (the “ Expansion Period ”), to lease all of the remaining space in the Building (the “ Expansion Space ”), which right shall be exercised by Tenant by delivering written notice thereof (“ Expansion Exercise Notice ”) to Landlord at any time during the Expansion Period.

1.4.1 Lease of Expansion Space . If Tenant timely delivers the Expansion Exercise Notice, then Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease adding the Expansion Space to this Lease upon the same terms and conditions applicable to the initial Premises, except that (i) improvements in the Expansion Space shall be constructed pursuant to Exhibit C of this Lease (excluding Landlord’s Work) as if all references therein to the Premises were references to the Expansion Space, (ii) the initial Lease Term with respect to the entire Premises (i. e. the initial Premises’ as expanded by the Expansion Space) shall be extended such that the Lease shall terminate on the last day of the ninety-first (91 st ) month after the date that Substantial Completion of the Expansion Space occurs (and Tenant’s lease of the initial Premises shall expire on the last day of the extended initial Lease Term), (iii) Tenant’s Share of Project and Building Direct Expenses shall be increased to reflect the square footage of the Expansion Space and (iv) Landlord may require Tenant to deposit with Landlord an additional Cash Security Deposit and/or replacement Letter of Credit with an increased Stated Amount over the then applicable Stated Amount; provided, however, that that the amount of the additional cash Security Deposit and/or the increased Stated Amount of the replacement Letter of Credit held by Landlord shall at all times bear the same proportion to current Base Rent as the original cash Security Deposit and/or Stated Amount then bears to the original Base Rent.

1.4.2 Termination of Expansion Right . The expansion right granted herein shall terminate upon the failure by Tenant to timely deliver the Expansion Exercise Notice during the Expansion Period. Additionally, at Landlord’s option, if Tenant has timely delivered the Expansion Exercise Notice and, as of the scheduled date of delivery of the Expansion Space to Tenant, Tenant is in default under this Lease after any applicable notice and cure periods, if this Lease has been assigned (other than to an Affiliate) or if any portion of the Premises has been recaptured pursuant to Section 14.4 of this Lease, then Tenant shall not have the right to lease the Expansion Space.

1.5 Continuing Right of First Refusal . Landlord hereby grants to the Original Tenant or an Affiliated Assignee during the initial Lease Term only, a right of first refusal with respect to remaining space in the Building (collectively, the “ First Refusal Space ”). Tenant’s right of first refusal (the “ Right of First Refusal ”) shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.5. Notwithstanding the foregoing if Tenant elects (or is deemed to have elected) the option described in clause (ii) of Section 1.5.2 below, then such Right of First Refusal shall be subordinate and secondary to any rights of expansion, first refusal, first offer or similar rights granted to any third (3 rd ) party tenant leasing the First Refusal Space or any portion thereof (the “ Superior Rights ”), provided such Superior Rights are contained in the Terms (as defined below) set forth in the First Refusal Notice or the Second Chance Notice (as such terms are defined herein).

1.5.1 Procedure . Landlord shall notify Tenant (the “ First Refusal Notice ”) from time to time when Landlord receives a bona fide third-party proposal that Landlord is willing to accept for all or any portion of the First Refusal Space (the “ Third Party

 

-2-


Proposal “). The First Refusal Notice shall include a copy of the Third Party Proposal (which copy may be redacted to exclude any proprietary information or other confidential information that is not material to Tenant’s rights under this Section 1.5), describing the First Refusal Space which is the subject of such Third Party Proposal (the “ Offer Space ”) and shall set forth the terms and conditions (including the proposed lease term and any Superior Rights) set forth in the Third Party Proposal (collectively, the “ Terms ”) except that (without regard to the Terms set forth in the First Refusal Notice), Landlord may require Tenant to deposit with Landlord an additional cash Security Deposit and/or replacement Letter of Credit with an increased Stated Amount over the then applicable Stated Amount; provided, however, that that the amount of the additional cash Security Deposit and/or the increased Stated Amount of the replacement Letter of Credit held by Landlord shall at all times bear the same proportion to current Base Rent as the original cash Security Deposit and/or Stated Amount then bears to the original Base Rent and further provided, however, if Tenant delivers Tenant’s Election Notice (as defined in Section 1.5.2 below) during the first (1 st ) twelve (12) full calendar months of the initial Lease Term, then the Terms shall be the economic terms applicable to the initial Premises, except that (i) improvements in the First Refusal Space shall be constructed pursuant to Exhibit C of this Lease (excluding Landlord’s Work) as if all references therein to the Premises were references to the Offer Space, (ii) the initial Lease Term with respect to the entire Premises (i. e. the initial Premises’ as expanded by the Expansion Space) shall be extended such that this Lease will terminate on the last day of the ninety-first (91 st ) month after the date that Substantial Completion of the Offer Space occurs (and Tenant’s lease of the initial Premises shall expire on the last day of the extended initial Lease Term), (iii) Tenant’s Share of Project and Building Direct Expenses shall be increased to reflect the square footage of the Offer Space and (iv) Landlord may require Tenant to deposit with Landlord an additional cash Security Deposit and/or replacement Letter of Credit with an increased Stated Amount over the then applicable Stated Amount; provided, however, that that the amount of the additional cash Security Deposit and/or the increased Stated Amount of the replacement Letter of Credit held by Landlord shall at all times bear the same proportion to current Base Rent as the original cash Security Deposit and/or Stated Amount then bears to the original Base Rent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s obligation to deliver the First Refusal Notice shall not apply during the last twenty-four (24) months of the initial Lease Term unless Tenant has delivered an Interest Notice pursuant to Section 2.2.2 of this Lease nor during the period following Landlord’s delivery of the Option Rent Notice to Tenant pursuant to Section 2.2.2 unless and until Tenant has delivered to Landlord the Option Notice pursuant to Section 2.2.2. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant may only exercise its Right of First Refusal with respect to all of the space described in the First Refusal Notice, and not a portion thereof.

1.5.2 Procedure for Acceptance . If Tenant wishes to exercise Tenant’s Right of First Refusal with respect to the Offer Space described in the Third Party Proposal, then within five (5) business days after delivery of the First Refusal Notice to Tenant (the “ Election Date ”), Tenant shall deliver written notice to Landlord (“ Tenant’s Election Notice ”) pursuant to which Tenant shall elect either to (i) lease the entire Offer Space upon the Terms set forth in the First Refusal Notice or (ii) refuse to lease such Offer Space, in which event Landlord may lease such Offer Space to any person or entity on terms consistent with the Third Party Proposal, subject to Tenant’s Second Chance Notice set forth below. If Tenant does not so respond in writing to Landlord’s First Refusal Notice by the Election Date, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected the option described in clause (ii) above and Landlord shall be free to lease the Offer Space described in the First Refusal Notice during the six (6) month period following the Election Date to anyone to whom Landlord desires subject to the Second Chance Notice provisions set forth below and Section 1.5.4 below. If Tenant elects (or is deemed to have elected) the option described in clause (ii) above and during the six (6) month period following such election Landlord intends to enter into a lease for the Offer Space either (a) upon Terms which are materially more favorable to a third (3 rd ) party tenant than those Terms set forth in the First Refusal Notice, or (b) to a Direct Competitor of Tenant (as hereinafter defined), Landlord shall first deliver written notice to Tenant (“ Second Chance Notice ”) providing Tenant with the opportunity to lease the Offer Space described in the First Refusal Notice (as the same may have been modified by the materially more favorable Terms) on such materially more favorable Terms. Tenant’s failure to elect to lease the Offer Space upon such materially more favorable Terms by written notice to Landlord within three (3) business days after Tenant’s receipt of such Second Chance Notice from Landlord shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s election not to lease such Offer Space upon such materially more favorable Terms, in which case Landlord shall be entitled to lease such space to any third (3 rd ) party (other than a Direct Competitor of Tenant, unless such Direct Competitor is indicated as the prospective tenant in the Second Chance Notice) on terms no more favorable to the third (3 rd ) party than those set forth in the Second Chance Notice. For purposes of this Section 1.5.2, the Terms shall be considered “ materially

 

-3-


more favorable ” if the financial terms (excluding any additional security required by Landlord from Tenant as set forth in this Section 1.5 above), the size of the Offer Space or the length of the lease term, described in the First Refusal Notice change by more than ten percent (10%) or providing Superior Rights not indicated in the First Refusal Notice. A “ Direct Competitor ” of Tenant shall mean any person or entity whose primary business is the commercial development, marketing and/or sales of molecular diagnostic technologies or equipment. For purposes of Sections 1.5.3 and 1.5.4 below, the Terms for lease of any First Refusal Space offered to Tenant pursuant to a Second Chance Notice shall mean those materially more favorable Terms as set forth in the Second Chance Notice.

1.5.3 Lease of First Refusal Space . If Tenant timely exercises Tenant’s Right of First Refusal to lease the Offer Space described in the First Refusal Notice as set forth herein, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease incorporating into this Lease the Terms applicable to such space.

1.5.4 Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal granted herein shall terminate as to a particular Offer Space upon Landlord’s leasing of such Offer Space to a third party on the Terms offered to Tenant and rejected (or deemed rejected) by Tenant, but shall remain in effect for any subsequent availability of all or any portion of the remaining Offer Space; provided, however, that if, after Tenant’s failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal as to a particular Offer Space Landlord leases such space, then upon the expiration of the term of such lease, Tenant’s Right of First Refusal shall again apply to such Offer Space, subject, however to the Superior Rights and the prior right of the tenant under such lease to renew the term thereof, regardless of whether such renewal is pursuant to an express provision in such lease or pursuant to a lease amendment or new lease. Landlord shall not have any obligation to deliver the First Refusal Notice if, as of the date Landlord would otherwise deliver the First Refusal Notice to Tenant, Tenant is in default under this Lease after any applicable notice and cure periods, or if this Lease has been assigned (other than to an Affiliate) or if any portion of the Premises has been recaptured pursuant to Section 14.4 of this Lease. In addition, at Landlord’s option, if Tenant has previously delivered Tenant’s Election Notice in accordance with Section 1.5.2 and, as of the scheduled date of delivery of such Offer Space to Tenant, Tenant is in default under this Lease after any applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant shall not have the right to lease the Offer Space or any other portion of the First Refusal Space.

ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM

2.1 Initial Term . The terms and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease except for the provisions of this Lease relating to the payment of Rent. The term of this Lease (the “ Lease Term ”) shall be as set forth in Section 9.1 of the Summary and shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date set forth in Section 9.2 of the Summary (subject, however, to the terms of the Tenant Work Letter), and shall terminate on the Lease Expiration Date set forth in Section 9.3 of the Summary, unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Lease Year ” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term; provided, however, that the first (1 st ) Lease Year shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date and end on the last day of the eleventh (11 th ) full calendar month thereafter (unless the Lease Commencement Date occurs on the first (1 st ) day of a calendar month, in which event the first (1 st ) Lease Year shall end on the day immediately preceding the 1 st anniversary of such date), and the second (2 nd ) and each succeeding Lease Year shall commence on the first day of the next calendar month; and further provided that the last Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice of Lease Term dates in the form as set forth in Exhibit D, attached hereto, which notice Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within five (5) days of receipt thereof.

2.2 Option Term . Landlord hereby grants to Original Tenant or an Affiliated Assignee one (1) option to extend the Lease Term for a period of five (5) years (“ Option Term ”), which option shall be exercisable only by written notice (“ Option Notice ”) delivered by Tenant to Landlord as provided in Section 2.2.2 below, provided that, (i) as of the date of delivery of such notice and, at Landlord’s option, as of the last day of the initial Lease Term, Tenant is not in default under this Lease after expiration of applicable cure periods and (ii) Tenant has not previously been in default under this Lease after expiration of applicable cure periods during the 24-month period preceding Tenant’s delivery of the Option Notice. The rights contained in this Section 2.2 shall be personal to the Original Tenant or such Affiliated Assignee

 

-4-


and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or such Affiliated Assignee (and not any other assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if the Original Tenant or the Affiliated Assignee occupies at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the initial Premises as of the date of the Option Notice.

2.2.1 Option Rent . The Rent payable by Tenant during the Option Term (the “ Option Rent ”) shall be equal to the Base Rent plus the Additional Rent, as those terms are defined herein, provided that the Base Rent shall equal the then prevailing fair market rent for the Premises as of the commencement date of the Option Term, plus Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses during the Option Term. The then prevailing fair market rent shall be the rental rate, including all escalations, at which renewal tenants, as of the commencement of the Option Term, are entering into leases for non-sublease, non-encumbered space comparable in size, location and quality to the Premises for a term of approximately the Option Term, which comparable space is located in Comparable Projects, taking into consideration the following concessions and occupancy cost comparisons: (i) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space, (ii) tenant improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for such comparable space, taking into account, and deducting the value of, the existing improvements in the Premises, with such value to be based upon the age, quality and layout of the improvements and the extent to which the same could be utilized by Tenant based upon the fact that the precise tenant improvements existing in the Premises are specifically suitable to Tenant, (iii) brokerage commissions paid for such comparison lease renewals and (iv) the Direct Expenses payable by Tenant under this Lease as compared to operating expenses, taxes and insurance payable for the Comparable Projects, either directly or as a component of gross rent payable for the comparison lease.

2.2.2 Exercise of Option . The option contained in this Section 2.2 shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, only in the following manner: (i) Tenant shall deliver written notice (“ Interest Notice ”) to Landlord on or before the date which is not more than twelve (12) months nor less than nine (9) prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, stating that Tenant is interested in exercising its option; (ii) Landlord, after receipt of Tenant’s notice, shall deliver notice (the “ Option Rent Notice ”) to Tenant not more than ten (10) days after receipt of Tenant’s Interest Notice, nor less than eight (8) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, setting forth the Option Rent; and (iii) if Tenant wishes to exercise such option, Tenant shall, on or before the date occurring ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Option Rent Notice, exercise the option by delivering the Option Notice to Landlord and upon and concurrent with such exercise, Tenant may, at its option, object to the Option Rent contained in the Option Rent Notice. Failure of Tenant to deliver the Interest Notice to Landlord on or before the date specified in (i) above or to deliver the Option Notice to Landlord on or before the date specified in (iii) above shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s failure to exercise its option to extend. Landlord’s failure to timely deliver the Option Rent Notice within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of a second (2 nd ) written notice from Tenant sent no earlier than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term (which second (2 nd ) written notice shall state in UPPERCASED BOLD-FACED type that Landlord’s failure to deliver such Option Rent Notice within such five (5) business day period will permit Tenant to extend the Lease Expiration Date pursuant to this Section 2.2.2), shall, at Tenant’s election, permit Tenant to extend the Lease Expiration Date by one day for each day of Landlord delay, at the same Basic Rent as is payable in the Lease Expiration Month, without holdover premium or penalty. If Tenant timely and properly exercises its option to extend; the Lease Term shall be extended for the Option Term upon all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease, except that the Rent shall be as indicated in the Option Rent Notice, unless Tenant, concurrently with Tenant’s acceptance, objects to the Option Rent contained in the Option Rent Notice, in which case the parties shall follow the procedure and the Option Rent shall be determined as set forth in Section 2.2.3 below.

2.2.3 Determination of Option Rent . If Tenant timely and appropriately objects to the Option Rent in Tenant’s acceptance, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the Option Rent using their best good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within twenty (20) days following Tenant’s acceptance (“ Outside Agreement Date ”), then within three (3) business days following the Outside Agreement Date, Tenant may elect to either (a) rescind the Interest Notice by written notice to Landlord (the “ Termination Notice ”), in which case this Lease shall expire on the Lease Expiration Date, or (b) commit to arbitration of the Option Rent, by delivering written notice to Landlord within such three (3) business day period indicating such election (the “ Arbitration Notice ”, in which case the following procedure shall be used to determine the Option Rent: each party shall make a separate determination of the Option Rent which shall be submitted to each other within three (3) business days following

 

-5-


delivery of, Tenant’s Arbitration Notice, and arbitration shall proceed in accordance with the following items (i) through (vii):

(i) Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint, within ten (10) days of the Outside Agreement Date, one arbitrator who shall by profession be a current real estate broker or appraiser of comparable commercial properties in the area of the Building, and who has been active in such field over the last five (5) years. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent is the closest to the actual Option Rent as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Section 2.2.1, above (i.e., the arbitrators may only select Landlord’s or Tenant’s determination of Option Rent and shall not be entitled to make a compromise determination).

(ii) The two (2) arbitrators so appointed shall within five (5) business days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed arbitrator agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the initial two (2) arbitrators.

(iii) The three (3) arbitrators shall within fifteen (15) days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof.

(iv) The decision of the majority of the three (3) arbitrators shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

(v) If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an arbitrator within ten (10) days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date, the arbitrator appointed by one of them shall reach a decision, notify Landlord and Tenant thereof, and such arbitrator’s decision shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

(vi) If the two (2) arbitrators fail to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator, or both parties fail to appoint an arbitrator, then the appointment of the third arbitrator or any arbitrator shall be dismissed and the matter to be decided shall be forthwith submitted to arbitration under the provisions of the American Arbitration Association, but subject to the instructions set forth in this Section 2.2.3.

(vii) The cost of arbitration shall be paid by the party whose determination of Option Rent is not selected by the arbitrators.

Tenant’s failure to timely deliver either a Termination Notice or Arbitration Notice shall be deemed Tenant’s election to rescind the Option Notice pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 2.2.3.

ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT

3.1 Base Rent . Tenant shall pay, without notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office of the Building, or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, in currency or a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (“ Base Rent ”) as set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 10 of the Summary in advance on or before the first (1 st ) day of each and every month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. The Base Rent for the first (1 st ) full calendar month of the Lease Term shall be deposited into escrow with the escrow holder for the Project Purchase (as defined in Section 29.34 of this Lease) concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, with instructions acknowledged by said escrow holder that such prepaid Base Rent shall be promptly released to Tenant in the event this Lease is terminated by Tenant as a result of the failure of Landlord to provide the SNDA as set forth in Section 29.34 of this Lease (and which prepaid Base Rent shall be released to Landlord upon Tenant’s receipt of the SNDA). If the Lease Commencement Date is not the first (1 st ) day of a month, then Base Rent for the partial month commencing as of the Lease Commencement Date shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days in such month and shall be due and payable upon the Lease Commencement Date and the pre-paid rent shall be applied to the sixth (6 th ) month of the Lease Term. If any rental payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first (1 st ) day of such

 

-6-


month or if any rental payment is for a period which is shorter than one month, then the rental for any such fractional month shall be a proportionate amount of a full calendar month’s rental based on the proportion that the number of days in such fractional month bears to the number of days in the calendar month during which such fractional month occurs. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

3.2 Abatement of Rent . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein and provided that Tenant is not in default under this Lease after any applicable notice and cure periods, Landlord hereby agrees to abate fifty percent (50%) of Tenant’s obligation to pay monthly Base Rent for the second (2 nd ) through fifth (5 th ), twenty-ninth (29 th ) through thirtieth (30 th ) calendar months of the initial Lease Term. During such abatement periods, Tenant shall still be responsible for the payment of all of its other monetary obligations under this Lease including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses and for utilities for the Premises pursuant to Article 6 below. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that for purposes of calculating Landlord’s management fee of 4% of all receipts for Annual Base Rent, Annual Base Rent for the Project shall be calculated without regard to the abatement provided in this Section 3.2. In the event of a default by Tenant under the terms of this Lease that results in early termination pursuant to the provisions of Section 19.2 of this Lease, then as a part of the recovery set forth in Section 19.2 of this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to recover the unamortized balance, as of the date of such termination of this Lease, of the monthly Base Rent that were abated under the provisions of this Section 3.2. Amortization pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be calculated on a straight-line basis, based on a ninety-one (91) month amortization schedule commencing on the Lease Commencement Date.

ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1 Additional Rent . In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Section 3.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay as additional rent “Tenant’s Share” of the annual “Direct Expenses,” as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.8 and 4.2.2 of this Lease, respectively. Such additional rent, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, shall be hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Additional Rent .” The Base Rent and Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as the “ Rent .” All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner, time and place as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent applicable to the Lease Term as provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

4.2 Definitions . As used in this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1 Intentionally Omitted.

4.2.2 “ Direct Expenses ” shall mean “Insurance Expenses,” “Operating Expenses” and “Tax Expenses” as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.4, 4.2.5 and 4.2.7, below, respectively.

4.2.3 “ Expense Year ” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period but no more frequently than one (1) time in any two (2) year period during the Lease Term, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change.

4.2.4 “ Insurance Expenses ” shall mean the cost of insurance carried by Landlord, in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably determine (provided such amounts are then generally required by comparable landlords of Comparable Projects) or as may be required by any mortgagees or the lessor of any underlying or ground lease affecting the Project, including any commercially-reasonable deductibles thereunder that do not constitute co-insurance under any such policy.

 

-7-


4.2.5 “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the management, maintenance, repair or operation of the Building, together with the Building’s Share of all costs and expenses for the management, maintenance, repair, or operation of the Project. “ Building’s Share ” shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which is the rentable square footage of the Building and the denominator of which is the rentable square footage of all of the buildings of the Project. Operating Expenses shall include the following costs by way of illustration but not limitation, amounts paid for (i) the cost of supplying utilities (other than utilities supplied directly to tenants’ premises, which shall be payable separately by each such tenant consistent with Tenant’s obligations under Article 6 below), the cost of operating, maintaining, repairing, and managing the utility systems, mechanical systems, sanitary and storm drainage systems, and elevator systems, and the cost of supplies and equipment and maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of contesting the validity or applicability of any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses; (iii) intentionally omitted; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Building and/or the Project; (v) the cost of parking area repair, and maintenance, including, but not limited to, repaving (excluding the slurry-coat work included in the Landlord’s Work under Exhibit C-1, and otherwise not within four (4) years after the Lease Commencement Date and no more frequently than one (1) time in any consecutive four (4) year period thereafter during the Lease Term), restriping, and cleaning; (vi) fees, charges and other costs, including consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors engaged by Landlord in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Building and Project and Landlord’s management fee in the amount of 4% of all receipts for Annual Base Rent for the Project per year; (vii) any equipment rental agreements; (viii) wages, salaries and other compensation, benefits and employment taxes of all persons engaged in the operation, management, maintenance or security of the Building and/or Project; provided, that if any employees of Landlord provide services for more than one project of Landlord, then a prorated portion of such employees’ wages, benefits and taxes shall be included in Operating Expenses based on the portion of their working time devoted to the Building and/or Project; (ix) payments under any covenants, conditions and restrictions, including, without limitation those certain covenants, conditions, and restrictions recorded in the official records of San Diego County, California on April 22, 1982 as Document No. 82-114942 (and re-recorded on May 12, 1982 as Document No. 82-141190) and any subsequent amendments or modifications thereto (collectively, “ CC&R’s ”), easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, underlying or ground lease (excluding rent), or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Building and/or Project; (x) subject to Section 1.2 above, operation, repair, maintenance and replacement of all “Systems and Equipment,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.6 of this Lease, the Building, and components thereof (other than the HVAC System, which shall be governed by Section 6.3 below) subject to amortization of the cost of capital equipment and components as provided in clause (xiii) below; (xi) the cost of janitorial service, alarm and security service, window cleaning, trash removal, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways; (xii) amortization (including interest on the unamortized cost) of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Building and/or Project; (xiii) notwithstanding clause (x) above, the cost of any capital improvements, repairs or replacements incurred in connection with the Building and/or Project (A) which are reasonably intended as a cost-reduction device or to effect other economies of savings in the operation or maintenance of the Building and/or Project, or (B) that are required under any governmental law or regulation or (C) that are reasonably required in order to replace defective or worn out Systems and Equipment (other than the HVAC System, which shall be governed by Section 6.3 below); provided, however, that if any such cost described in (A), (B), or (C) above is a capital expenditure, such cost shall be amortized (including interest on the unamortized cost) over its useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine; and (xiv) costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services, or other services which do not constitute “Tax Expenses” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.7, below.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Lease, Operating Expenses shall not include:

(A) bad debt expenses and interest, principal, points and fees on debts (except in connection with the financing of items which are expressly included in the definition of Operating Expenses above) or amortization or rent, attorneys’ fees or other transaction costs on any ground lease, mortgage or mortgages or any other debt instrument encumbering the Project or the Building;

 

-8-


(B) marketing costs, including leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments, space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building and Project;

(C) costs, including permit, license, construction and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the Landlord’s Work or the installation of other tenants’ or occupants’ improvements made for tenants or other occupants in the Building and Project or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for Tenant or any other tenants, prospective tenants or other occupants in the Building and Project;

(D) any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease;

(E) costs of any items (including, but not limited to, costs incurred by Landlord for the repair of damage to the Building) to the extent Landlord receives reimbursement from insurance proceeds or from a third party, or which would be covered by Landlord’s policies of insurance required under Section 10.2 but for Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct;

(F) costs of capital improvements, capital replacements, capital repairs, capital restorations and capital additions except those set forth in Sections 4.2.5(xii) and (xiii) above;

(G) depreciation, amortization and interest payments, except as specifically included in Operating Expenses pursuant to the terms of this Lease and except on materials, tools, supplies and vendor-type equipment purchased by Landlord to enable Landlord to supply services Landlord might otherwise contract for with a third party (provided that such depreciation, amortization and interest charged for the purchase of tools and equipment shall not exceed market rates for the rental of such tools and equipment), where such depreciation, amortization and interest payments would otherwise have been included in the charge for such third party’s services, all as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and when depreciation or amortization is permitted or required, the item shall be amortized over its reasonably anticipated useful life;

(H) costs, including attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Landlord relating to disputes with ground lessors, lenders, brokers, tenants or prospective tenants;

(I) Landlord’s general corporate overhead, general and administrative expenses and costs of operation of the business of Landlord as contrasted with operation of the Building and/or Project, including within this exclusion, fees and costs related to the sale, financing or refinancing of the Building and/or Project or any part thereof or interest therein;

(J) advertising and promotional expenditures;

(K) interest and tax penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s negligence, inability or unwillingness to make payments or file returns when due;

(L) costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions or of fine art maintained at the Project;

(M) electric power costs or other utility costs for any tenant’s space;

(N) real estate brokers’ leasing commissions;

(O) rentals and other related expenses for leasing an HVAC system, elevators, or other items (except when needed in connection with normal repairs and maintenance of the Building) to the extent such rentals and related expenses would exceed the monthly amortization of the costs of such items if purchased, rather than rented, or if such items would constitute a capital improvement not included in Operating Expenses pursuant to this Lease;

(P) expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged for directly but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Building without charge;

 

-9-


(Q) any amount paid as ground rental for the Project by Landlord;

(R) costs arising from defects in the Base, Shell and Core of the Building or improvements installed by Landlord;

(S) costs incurred to comply with Applicable Laws with respect to “Hazardous Material,” as that term is defined in Section 5.3 of this Lease, which was in existence in the Project prior to the Lease Commencement Date, and was of such a nature that a federal, state or municipal governmental or quasi-governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous Material, in the state, and under the conditions that it then existed in the Project, would have then required the removal, remediation or other action with respect to such Hazardous Material; and costs incurred with respect to Hazardous Material, which Hazardous Material is brought onto the Project after the date hereof by Landlord or any other tenant of the Project and is of such a nature, at that time, that a federal, state or municipal governmental or quasi-governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous Material, in the state, and under the conditions, that it then exists in the Project, would have then required the removal, remediation or other action with respect to such Hazardous Material;

(T) any finders fees, brokerage commissions, job placement costs or job advertising cost, other than with respect to a receptionist or secretary in the Building office, once per year;

(U) costs to maintain, repair and replace the Building’s structural walls, foundations and concrete subflooring, the structural elements of the Building’s roof and the underground utilities serving the Building and other improvements at the Project;

(V) reserves in excess of $0.15 per square foot of the Premises per annum. Provided that to the extent such reserves are collected and not expended in any Lease Year, Landlord agrees to apply the unexpended amount of reserves to any capital improvements. repairs or replacements as set forth in Sections 4.2.5(xii) and (xiii) before accruing any excess as a Direct Expense in any Lease Year (provided, however, the this clause (V) is not intended nor shall be construed to require Landlord to so expend any reserves held by Landlord as of the date of this Lease);

(W) costs incurred by Landlord (including attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and payments in lieu thereof) due to any violation attributable to Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors of the terms or conditions of the CC&R’s, any applicable law, or any lease, ground lease or mortgage relating to the Project;

(X) costs incurred in connection with disputes with tenants, other occupants or prospective tenant of the Project (including, attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and payments in lieu thereof) other than such claims or disputes respecting any services or equipment used in the Operation of the Project by Landlord except to the extent that it is finally adjudicated (by any judicial decision, binding arbitration, settlement agreement or otherwise), that Landlord breached its obligations under any lease affecting the Project to provide such services;

(Y) legal and other expenses relating to the defense of Landlord’s title to the Building or any other building of the Project, or otherwise pursuant to Landlord’s defense of Tenant’s or any other occupant’s quiet enjoyment rights in the Project;

(Z) management and/or administrative fees to the extent such fees exceed 4% of all receipts for Annual Base Rent for the Project per year;

(AA) costs incurred in connection with the replacement of the Building roof membrane, except to the extent any such repairs are caused by (i) any roof penetrations made by or on behalf of Tenant, (ii) Tenant’s Communication Equipment, (iii) any other equipment installed by or on behalf of Tenant that affects the roof of the Building, or (iv) the breach by Tenant of its obligations set forth in Section 29.32 of this Lease, and in each such event Tenant shall be solely responsible for the costs of such replacement.

4.2.6 “ Systems and Equipment ” shall mean any plant, machinery, transformers, duct work, cable, wires, and other equipment, facilities, and systems designed to supply heat, ventilation, air conditioning and humidity or any other services or utilities, or comprising or serving as any component or portion of the electrical, gas, steam, plumbing,

 

-10-


sprinkler, communications (except for any communications equipment which serves the Premises exclusively), alarm, security, or fire/life safety systems or equipment, or any other mechanical, electrical, electronic, computer or other systems or equipment which serve the Building in whole or in part.

4.2.7 “ Tax Expenses ” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Building and/or Project, or any portion thereof), which shall be paid during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Building and/or Project or any portion thereof.

4.2.7.1 Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation, but subject to Paragraph 4.2.7.5 below:

(i) Any tax on Landlord’s rent, right to rent or other income from the Project or as against Landlord’s business of leasing any of the Project;

(ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election (“ Proposition 13 ”) and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants. It is the intention of Tenant and Landlord that all such new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies, and charges and all similar assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges be included within the definition of Tax Expenses for purposes of this Lease;

(iii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the gross rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any gross income tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof;

(iv) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

4.2.7.2 Intentionally Omitted.

4.2.7.3 Any expenses reasonably incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize any Tax Expenses incurred during the Lease Term shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are paid. Tax refunds shall be deducted from Tax Expenses in the Expense Year they are received, but only to the extent associated with Tax Expenses incurred during the Lease Term.

4.2.7.4 If Tax Expenses for any period during the Lease Term or any extension thereof are increased after payment thereof by Landlord for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant’s Share of such increased Tax Expenses.

4.2.7.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.7, there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and any other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent as set forth in this Section 4.2.7 above),

 

-11-


(ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.4 of this Lease, (iv) documentary or transfer taxes arising out of any financing, transfer or further development or redevelopment of the Building or Project and (vi) Tax Expenses to the extent attributable to improvements made by Landlord or any tenant after the Date of this Lease in any tenant space having a taxable value in excess of the greater of (a) the taxable value for Project-standard tenant space improvements, and (b) the taxable value of the existing improvements in such space as of the Date of this Lease.

4.2.8 “ Tenant’s Share ” shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 11 of the Summary. Tenant’s Share was calculated by dividing the square footage of the Premises by the total square footage of the Building and Project, respectively. In the event the total square footage of the Building is changed, Tenant’s Share shall be appropriately adjusted, and, as to the Expense Year in which such change occurs, Tenant’s Share for such year shall be determined on the basis of the number of days during such Expense Year that each such Tenant’s Share was in effect.

4.2.9 Adjustments to Operating Expenses . It is understood that Operating Expenses shall be reduced by all cash discounts, trade discounts, quantity discounts, rebates or other amounts received by Landlord or Landlord’s managing agent in the purchase of any goods, utilities, or services in connection with the operation of the Building and/or Project. If capital items which are customarily purchased by landlords of Comparable Projects are leased by Landlord, rather than purchased, the decision by Landlord to lease the item in question shall not serve to increase Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses beyond that which would have applied had the item in question been purchased. Similarly, no decision to purchase equipment shall serve to increase Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses beyond that which would have applied had the item in question been leased.

4.2.10 Equitable Allocation . In the event any land, improvements, facilities, services or utilities surrounding, servicing or otherwise used in connection with the Project are a part of, provided from or service another property owned or operated by Landlord or vice versa, the costs incurred by Landlord in connection therewith shall be allocated to Direct Expenses by Landlord on a reasonably equitable basis.

4.3 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent .

4.3.1 Calculation of Tenant’s Share . For each Expense Year ending or commencing within the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.3.2, below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses. Notwithstanding anything contained in Article 4 of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the calendar year 2010 shall not exceed $0.325 per square foot of the Premises per month (the “ 2010 Cap Amount ”); provided, however, that to the extent the cost to design and construct the Tenant Improvements exceeds an amount equal to $1,710,390.00 and to the extent Tax Expenses increase as a result of any reassessment based on such excess costs, then the 2010 Cap Amount shall be increased by in an amount equal to such Tax Expense increase (on a per square foot basis). Notwithstanding anything contained in Article 4 of this Lease to the contrary, commencing with the Expense Year following the 2010 Expense Year and continuing thereafter throughout the initial Lease Term, the aggregate Controllable Operating Expenses, as hereafter defined, shall not increase more than five percent (5%) over the maximum allowable Controllable Operating Expenses for the immediately preceding Expense Year (whether or not such maximum was actually incurred) calculated on a cumulative basis. For purposes of this Lease, the term (the “ Controllable Operating Expenses ”) shall mean all Operating Expenses other than Tax Expenses, all insurance premiums associated with insurance policies maintained by Landlord (provided, that if Landlord does not carry earthquake and/or terrorism insurance for the Project during the 2010 Expense Year but subsequently obtains earthquake and/or terrorism insurance for the Project during the Lease Term, then for purposes of calculating the cumulative five percent (5%) cap set forth in the immediately preceding sentence only, from and after the date upon which Landlord obtains such earthquake and/or terrorism insurance and continuing throughout the period during which Landlord maintains such insurance, the 2010 Cap Amount shall be deemed to be increased by Tenant’s Share of the amount of the premium Landlord reasonably estimates it would have incurred had Landlord maintained such insurance for the same period of time during the 2010 Expense Year as such insurance was maintained by Landlord during such subsequent calendar year), all utility and waste collection costs as billed by the utility provider, costs of services (including, without limitation, day porter service) provided under a union contract, payments under CC&Rs or to an owner’s association, costs resulting from acts of God and all costs

 

-12-


incurred in complying with changes in Applicable Law; provided, however, that for purposes of determining the Controllable Operating Expenses for the 2010 Expense Year, all such Operating Expenses shall be annualized to reflect the cost that Landlord would have incurred therefor had such items of Operating Expenses been maintained by Landlord for the entire 2010 calendar year (and as if the Purchase Contingency had been satisfied on January 1, 2010). In addition, Controllable Operating Expenses shall exclude any capital repair and replacement items, provided, that the cost will be amortized over the useful life of such item.

4.3.2 Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant . Landlord shall endeavor to give to Tenant on or before the first (1 st ) day of April following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “ Statement ”) which shall show in reasonable detail, on a line-item basis, the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year and that portion allocable to Tenant pursuant to Section 4.2 above. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year ending during the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, the full amount thereof, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as the Estimate. Similarly, if such Statement indicates the Direct Expenses paid during such Expense Year as the Estimate exceeded Tenant’s Share set forth in the Statement, such excess shall be credited against Tenant’s next installments of Estimated Direct Expenses. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord from enforcing its rights under this Article 4 for a period of two (2) years after the expiration of the calendar year for which the Statement applies and after such two (2) year period Landlord waives its right to recover all or any portion of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses, except where the failure to timely furnish the Statement as to any particular item includable in the Statement is beyond Landlord’s reasonable control (e.g., tax assessments that are late in arriving from the assessor), in which case such two (2) year limit and the commensurate waiver shall not be applicable. Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of the Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after invoice, pay to Landlord an amount as calculated pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.3.1 of this Lease. Similarly, in the event the Statement shows that Tenant has overpaid its share of Direct Expenses, Landlord shall reimburse such overpayment within thirty (30) days after the Statement is delivered to Tenant less any amounts owed to Landlord. The provisions of this Section 4.3.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

4.3.3 Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses . In addition, Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”) which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “ Estimate ”) of what the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be (subject to the limitations of Section 4.3.1). The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect all or any portion of the Estimate under this Article 4. Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, a fraction of the Estimate for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 4.3.3). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year to the month of such payment, both months inclusive, and shall have twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished, Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (  1 / 12 ) of the total Estimate set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

4.4 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible . Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s written invoice indicating the basis for such reimbursement request, for any and all taxes or assessments required to be paid by Landlord (except to the extent specifically included or excluded from the definition of Tax Expenses in Section 4.2.7 above), excluding state, local and federal personal or corporate income taxes and estate and inheritance taxes, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties hereto, when:

4.4.1 Said taxes are measured by or reasonably attributable to the cost or value of (a) Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in the Premises, or (ii) by the cost or value of any leasehold improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant, (a) to the extent the cost to design and construct the initial Tenant Improvements exceeds an amount equal to $1,710,390.00 as provided in Section 4.3.1 above, and (b) following completion of the Tenant Improvements, to the extent the cost or value of such additional leasehold improvements exceeds the cost or value of Project-standard tenant space improvements.

 

-13-


4.4.2 Said taxes are assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Project (including the Parking Facilities);

4.4.3 Said taxes are assessed upon this transaction or any document requested by Tenant or arising out of any Transfer (as defined in Article 14) of all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in the Premises; or

4.4.4 Said assessments are levied or assessed upon the Project or any part thereof or upon Landlord and/or by any governmental authority or entity, and relate to the construction, operation, management, use, alteration or repair of mass transit improvements.

4.5 Landlord’s Books and Records . Within three (3) months after receipt of a Statement by Tenant (“ Review Period ”), if Tenant (in good faith) questions or disputes the amount of Additional Rent set forth in the Statement (or any of the line-item amounts therein), Tenant’s employees or an independent certified public accountant (which accountant (i) shall have been in business for at least five (5) years; (ii) shall be reputable; and (iii) shall be hired by Tenant on a non-contingency fee basis), designated by Tenant, may, after not less than ten (10) days prior written notice to Landlord and during Landlord’s normal business hours only, inspect Landlord’s records at Landlord’s offices, provided that Tenant is not then in default after expiration of all applicable cure periods of any obligation under this Lease (including, but not limited to, the payment of the amount in dispute) and provided further that Tenant and such accountant or representative shall, and each of them shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause their respective agents and employees to, maintain all information contained in Landlord’s records in strict confidence, except as required to enforce Tenant’s rights under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall only have the right to review Landlord’s records one (1) time during any twelve (12) month period; provided that such 12-month period shall not limit Tenant’s right to review all records relating to the Expense Year covered by the applicable Statement, plus the preceding Expense Year for purposes of comparison and analysis of the Statement amounts. Tenant’s failure to dispute the amounts set forth in any Statement within the Review Period shall be deemed to be Tenant’s approval of such Statement and Tenant, thereafter, waives the right or ability to dispute the amounts set forth in such Statement. If after such inspection, but within thirty (30) days after the Review Period, Tenant notifies Landlord in writing that Tenant still disputes such Additional Rent, a certification as to the proper amount shall be made, at Tenant’s expense, by an independent certified public accountant selected by Landlord and who (a) is a member of a nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm and (b) shall not be providing accounting services to Landlord and shall not have provided accounting services to Landlord in the past five (5) years, which certification shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant. Landlord shall cooperate in good faith with Tenant and the accountant to show Tenant and the accountant the information upon which the certification is to be based. However, if such certification by the accountant proves that the Direct Expenses set forth in the Statement were overstated by more than five percent (5%), then the cost of the accountant and the cost of such certification shall be paid for by Landlord. Promptly following the parties receipt of such certification, the parties shall make such appropriate payments or reimbursements, as the case may be, to each other, as are determined to be owing pursuant to such certification. Tenant agrees that this section shall be the sole method to be used by Tenant to dispute the amount of any Direct Expenses payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and Tenant hereby waives any other rights at law or in equity relating thereto.

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

5.1 Permitted Use . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for general office use, medical device and life science laboratories, research and development and light manufacturing, warehousing and/or other related ancillary uses consistent with the Building’s zoning and the character of the uses then being used in Comparable Projects, and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever.

5.2 Prohibited Uses . Tenant further covenants and agrees that it shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use the Premises, the Parking Facilities or any other Common Areas or any part thereof for any other use or purpose contrary to the provisions of Exhibit E attached hereto (“ Rules and Regulations ”), or in violation of the CC&R’s, the laws of the United States of America, the State of California, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful authorities having

 

-14-


jurisdiction over the Building including, without limitation, any such laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements relating to “Hazardous Material”, as that term is defined in Section 5.3 below (collectively “ Applicable Laws ”), subject, however, to Landlord’s compliance obligations under this Lease and the Tenant Work Letter, which shall remain Landlord’s responsibility notwithstanding the foregoing and shall supersede the foregoing covenant of Tenant. Tenant shall comply with all CC&R’s and the provisions of all superior ground or underlying leases, now or hereafter affecting the Project; provided that Landlord shall not consent to any modifications to the CC&R’s that touch and concern the Project and materially decrease Tenant’s rights or materially increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

5.3 Hazardous Material .

5.3.1 As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Material ” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste which is or becomes regulated by, or is dealt with in, any local governmental authority, the State of California or the United States Government. Accordingly, the term “Hazardous Material” includes, without limitation, any material or substance which is (i) defined as a “hazardous waste,” “extremely hazardous waste” or “restricted hazardous waste” under Sections 25115, 25117 or 25122.7, or listed pursuant to Section 25140 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.5 (Hazardous Waste Control Law), (ii) defined as a “hazardous substance” under Section 25316 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.95 (Hazardous Materials Release Response Plans and Inventory), (iii) defined as a “hazardous substance” under Section 25281 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.7 (Underground Storage of Hazardous Substances), (iv) petroleum, (v) asbestos, (vi) listed under Article 9 or defined as hazardous or extremely hazardous pursuant to Article 11 of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code, Division 4, Chapter 20, (vii) designated as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to Section 311 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1317), (viii) defined as a “hazardous waste” pursuant to Section 1004 of the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6902 et seq. (42 U.S.C. § 6903), or (ix) defined as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to Section 101 of the Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq. (42 U.S.C. § 9601). Tenant shall not (either with or without negligence) cause or permit the escape, disposal or release of any Hazardous Materials in violation of Applicable Laws.

5.3.2 Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Section 5.3 to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the Permitted Use as set forth in Section 5.1 above. Tenant may operate its business according to prudent industry practices of which Tenant is a part so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly in compliance with all Applicable Laws and properly monitored. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date a list identifying each type of Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated on, or released or disposed of from, the Premises and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the presence, use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of such Hazardous Materials on or from the Premises (“ Hazardous Materials List ”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an updated Hazardous Materials List once per calendar year and at any additional time that Tenant is required to deliver a Hazardous Materials List to any governmental authority (e.g., the fire department) in connection with its use or occupancy of the Premises or on or before the date Tenant obtains any additional permits or approvals for Hazardous Materials. The Hazardous Materials List for the initial calendar year of the Term is attached hereto as Exhibit “J” and incorporated herein by this reference. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (the “ Haz Mat Documents ”) relating to the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials prior to the Commencement Date, or if unavailable at that time, concurrent with the receipt from or submission to any governmental authority: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; and notice of violations of any applicable Laws. Tenant is not required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the Haz Mat Documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities. Tenant hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding Landlord’s approval of the Hazardous Materials List, Landlord has made no representations or warranty to Tenant with respect to the probability of obtaining the necessary governmental approvals and permits for the same. In the event Tenant does not receive the necessary permits and approvals for the Hazardous Materials used by Tenant in connection with its business, Tenant’s and Landlord’s rights and obligations under the remaining provisions of this Lease shall not be affected.

 

-15-


5.3.3 Landlord shall have the right to conduct tests of the Premises annually and upon Landlord’s reasonable belief that certain Hazardous tests are advisable to determine whether any contamination of the Premises or the Project in violation of Applicable Laws and/or the terms and conditions of this Lease has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use. Without limiting the foregoing sentence, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense cause an environmental audit of the Premises to be conducted by a certified and experienced environmental engineer or engineering firm (reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and pursuant to a contract approved by Landlord with respect to the scope and timing of such environmental audit and providing that Landlord can rely on the same) within ninety (90) days prior to the scheduled expiration date of this Lease (or as soon as is reasonably possible thereafter, if the Lease is terminated on a date other than the scheduled termination date), the results of which shall be certified to Landlord (the “ Exit Assessment ”). Landlord shall have the right to have a representative present during such testing. Immediately upon its receipt thereof, Tenant shall deliver a copy of the Exit Assessment report to Landlord. If the Exit Assessment reveals that remediation or clean-up is recommended under the Exit Assessment and/or required by any federal, state, or local governmental agency or political subdivision pursuant to any under and Applicable Laws, then Tenant shall submit a remediation plan prepared by a recognized environmental consultant and shall be responsible for all costs of remediation and clean-up, (including, the investigation, monitoring, assessment, repair, closure. remediation and removal) as set forth in this Section 5.3.3 below. With the exception of Tenant’s Exit Assessment, such tests shall be conducted at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (and not included as a Direct Expense), unless such tests reveal that Tenant is in violation of any Applicable Laws and/or the terms and conditions of this Lease relating to the generation, use, storage or disposal of any Hazardous Material, in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the actual out-of-pocket cost of such tests. Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate with one another to schedule such testing at a mutually acceptable time (except in the case of an emergency). Tenant shall have the right to have a representative present during such testing. In connection with Landlord’s environmental testing pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.3.3, upon the reasonable request of Landlord, Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord or its consultant such non-proprietary information concerning the presence, use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s partners, members, affiliates, agents, directors, employees, visitors, invitees and contractors (each, a “ Tenant Party ”). If contamination has occurred for which Tenant is liable under this Section 5.3, Tenant shall pay within thirty (30) days after demand therefor (together with reasonable back-up documentation) all costs to conduct such tests and Tenant shall promptly take the required remediation actions required pursuant to the further provisions of this Section 5.3.3. If no such contamination is found, Landlord shall pay the costs of such tests (which shall not constitute a Direct Expense). Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy of all third party, non-confidential reports and tests of the Premises made by or on behalf of Landlord during the Lease Term pursuant to this Section 5.3.3 without representation or warranty and subject to a confidentiality agreement. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly and satisfactorily take all actions necessary to remediate (including, the investigation, monitoring, assessment, repair, closure. remediation and removal) any environmental conditions identified by such testing or otherwise caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party, for which Tenant is liable under this Section 5.3, in accordance any recommendation set forth in the applicable environmental report and/or work required by any federal, state, or local governmental agency or political subdivision pursuant to any Applicable Laws and the contractors to be used by Tenant for such work must be approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided however, Landlord shall also have the right, by written notice to Tenant, if Tenant does not cure any default hereunder within the applicable cure period set forth in Section 19.1 below, to directly undertake any such remediation efforts with regard to Hazardous Materials in or about the Project due to Tenant’s breach of its obligations pursuant to this Section 5.3, and to charge Tenant, as Additional Rent, for the costs thereof. If any lender or governmental agency shall ever require testing to ascertain whether or not there has been any release of Hazardous Materials as a result of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, then the reasonable cost thereof shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord upon demand as Additional Rent if such requirement applies to the Premises and there is reasonable cause to believe that a release has occurred on the Premises with Tenant’s knowledge or due to the acts of Tenant or any Tenant Party. In addition, Tenant shall execute affidavits, representations and the like from time to time at Landlord’s request concerning Tenant’s best knowledge and belief regarding the presence of Hazardous Materials on the Premises. In all events, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and the Landlord Parties (as defined in Section 10.1) in the manner provided in Section 10.1 below from the presence, use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials on the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party, occurring during the Lease Term. This indemnification of Landlord and the Landlord Parties by Tenant

 

-16-


includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state, or local governmental agency or political subdivision pursuant to any Applicable Law because of Hazardous Material present in the soil or ground water on or under the Project to the extent the same are caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party. The covenants of this Section 5.3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

5.3.4 From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall obtain and maintain at its sole cost and expense, and throughout the Lease Term, Pollution Legal Liability Environmental Insurance (i) from an insurance carrier with a rating of no less than A-X in Best’s Insurance Guide, and (ii) providing commercially reasonable coverage of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) coverage per incident or occurrence and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) aggregate coverage and deductibles (to the extent available) of no more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) with respect to (a) unknown and later discovered conditions in the Premises (excluding pre-existing conditions and conditions caused by any other tenant of the Project or Landlord); (c) on-site and off-site third-party claims for bodily injury or property damage; and (d) legal defense expenses. The form of the Pollution Legal Liability Environmental Insurance policy shall be reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Landlord shall be named as an additional named insured on the Pollution Legal Liability Environmental Insurance policy by endorsement, and an endorsement shall be issued to the Pollution Legal Liability Environmental Insurance policy that provides the policy cannot be amended, modified, terminated or cancelled by the insured without the prior written consent of Landlord. Any new Pollution Legal Liability Environmental Insurance policy that Tenant obtains shall provide coverage for pollution conditions and unknown claims arising prior to the date such policy was issued (e.g., pre-existing conditions shall be covered).

5.4 Landlord’s Obligations . Landlord hereby represents that, to Landlord’s current actual knowledge, without any duty to investigate, there are no Hazardous Materials, nor any mold or asbestos-containing materials, present in the Premises, Building and/or Project in violation of applicable Laws as of the date hereof. Additionally, Landlord shall, at no cost to Tenant (and excluded from Direct Expenses), remove or remediate to the extent required by Applicable Laws any Hazardous Materials introduced to the Project by Landlord after the date of this Lease in violation of applicable Laws at the time of such introduction. Landlord indemnifies Tenant for, from and against any breach by Landlord of the representations, warranties and obligations stated in this Section 5.4, and agrees to defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities, or losses which arise during or after the Lease Term as a result of such breach. Tenant shall not be responsible for and the indemnification and hold harmless obligations set forth in Section 5.3 shall not include any costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state, or local governmental agency or political subdivision pursuant to any Applicable Law because of Hazardous Material present in the soil or ground water on or under the Project arising from known conditions existing on, under or about the Premises, the Building, the Project or adjacent property on or before the Lease Commencement Date as disclosed in that certain Phase 1 Environmental Site Assessment prepared by Geocon, dated January 20, 2010 (the “ Entrance Assessment ”).

ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1 Intentionally Omitted .

6.2 Utility Services . Tenant shall be solely responsible for causing the electrical supply to the Premises to comply with the requirements of Section 1.2 of this Lease, and for contracting with the appropriate utility companies and shall directly pay the costs of any separately-metered gas, electricity or any other utility used, consumed or provided in, furnished to or attributable to the Premises during any Early Occupancy Period and from and after Lease Commencement Date at the rates charged by the supplying utility companies and, within thirty (30) days of the close of each calendar quarter during the Lease Term, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of its electricity bills for the immediately preceding three (3) month period. If the Premises are not separately metered, then water, electrical and gas service shall be sub-metered to the Premises, and reimbursed by Tenant directly to Landlord as Additional Rent. Should Landlord elect to supply any utilities not separately-metered to the Premises (and the parties acknowledge that Landlord will supply water service to the Premises), Tenant agrees to purchase and pay for the same as Additional Rent (or at Landlord’s election, as part of Direct

 

-17-


Expenses) as apportioned by Landlord. The rate to be charged by Landlord to Tenant shall not exceed the rate charged to Landlord by any supplying utility. Landlord will notify Tenant of this charge promptly after it becomes known. This charge will increase or decrease with current charges being levied against Landlord, the Premises or the Project by the local utility company, and will be due as Additional Rent. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days of billing for fixture charges and/or water tariffs, if applicable, which are charged to Landlord by local utility companies or, at Landlord’s option, such charges shall be included in Operating Expenses. Additionally, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, provide janitorial services to the Premises at least five (5) days per week; however, Landlord shall have the right (i) to approve Tenant’s janitorial contractor and the scope of services to be provided by the same (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and (ii) if Tenant fails to provide such janitorial services to the Premises, to provide such janitorial services for Tenant’s benefit and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its costs incurred to provide such janitorial services promptly upon receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor.

6.3 HVAC System . Landlord shall provide the existing equipment servicing the Premises in its “as is” condition in order to provide electric current, heat and air-conditioning therein. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that an independent heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system (“ HVAC System ”) will service the Premises. Landlord shall perform the maintenance and repair of the HVAC System for the account of Tenant. Tenant shall pay the cost of the maintenance contract for the HVAC System in the Premises, as well as for costs of repair, maintenance and reasonable wear and tear thereof as necessary in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, as Additional Rent, within ten (10) days of receipt of billings therefor from Landlord. Alternatively, Landlord may, at its option, elect to have the HVAC System in the Premises maintained and repaired in common with other equipment in the Building. In such event, within ten (10) days after receipt of billings therefor and as Additional Rent, Tenant shall pay its pro rata share of such maintenance and repair costs, which share shall be established in an equitable manner by Landlord based upon the relative tonnage provided to the Premises (with specific reference to any heat generating equipment utilized by Tenant within the Premises), compared to the total tonnage under contract, or some other reasonable means of allocation as selected by Landlord. Landlord’s good faith and judgment as to the allocation of the charges described in this paragraph shall be conclusive. Included in the charges to be allocated to Tenant shall be, without limitation, the maintenance contract for the HVAC System, any repairs and replacements not covered by the maintenance contract or any warranty or insurance and reasonable and wear and tear.

6.4 Interruption of Use . Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 6.5 below, Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service provided or otherwise made available to Tenant pursuant to this Article 6 (including, without limitation, telephone and telecommunication services) or Section 7.1 below, or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof and such failures or delays or diminution shall not be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises nor relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6.

6.5 Abatement Event . An “ Abatement Event ” shall be defined as an event that prevents Tenant from using the Premises or any portion thereof, as a result of any failure to provide services or access to the Premises, where (i) Tenant does not actually use the Premises or such portion thereof, and (ii) such event is not caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors. Tenant shall give Landlord notice (“ Abatement Notice ”) of any such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues beyond the “Eligibility Period” (as that term is defined below), then the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be abated entirely or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable area of the Premises; provided, however, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, a portion of the Premises for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from

 

-18-


effectively conducting its business therein, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the entire Premises shall be abated entirely for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises. If, however, Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises during such period, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date Tenant reoccupies such portion of the Premises. The term “ Eligibility Period ” shall mean a period of three (3) consecutive business days after Landlord’s receipt of any Abatement Notice(s), or five (5) non-consecutive business days in any six (6) month period when services and/or access to the Premises has been interrupted and operation of Tenant’s business in the Premises is materially affected as a result for more than four (4) consecutive normal business hours.

6.6 Tenant’s Self Help Rights . Notwithstanding any provision set forth in this Lease to the contrary, if Tenant provides written notice to Landlord (and any mortgagee of Landlord that has theretofore requested, in writing to Tenant, that it requires notice) of an event or circumstance which requires the action of Landlord with respect to the repair and/or maintenance of items for which Landlord is responsible under this Lease and relating to the Premises and those Building Systems serving the Premises only (and not any other portion of the Project), which event or circumstance materially, adversely affects the conduct of Tenant’s business at the Premises, and Landlord fails to commence corrective action within a reasonable period of time, given the circumstances, after the receipt of such notice, but in any event not later than ten (10) business days after receipt of such notice, then Tenant may proceed to take the required action upon delivery of an additional ten (10) days notice to Landlord which notice contains the following phrase (or substantially similar to the following phrase) on page 1 of the additional notice in all capital letters and 12-point boldface type (or it shall not be deemed validly given) “YOUR FAILURE TO COMMENCE THE CURE OF THE REQUIRED ACTION SET FORTH IN THIS NOTICE WITHIN 10 DAYS SHALL ENTITLE THE UNDERSIGNED TO CURE SUCH DEFAULT AT LANDLORD’S EXPENSE WITHOUT FURTHER NOTICE”, and if such action was required under the terms of the Lease to be taken by Landlord and was not taken by Landlord within such ten (10) day period, then Tenant shall be entitled to reimbursement by Landlord of Tenant’s actual and reasonable costs and expenses in taking such action within 30 days following delivery to Landlord of a copy of the paid invoice therefor detailing the work, the materials used and costs incurred by Tenant. However, if either (a) the work so performed by Tenant pertains to items that would otherwise be includable under Direct Expenses pursuant to Article 4 above, then Landlord may include the amount of such reimbursement in Direct Expenses or (b) Landlord delivers to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s invoice, a written objection to the payment of such invoice, setting forth with reasonable particularity Landlord’s reasons for its claim that such action did not have to be taken by Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease or that the charges are excessive (in which case Landlord shall pay the amount it contends is not excessive), then Tenant’s sole remedy, Tenant may proceed to claim a default by Landlord under this Lease. In the event Tenant takes such action, Tenant shall use only those contractors used or reasonably approved by Landlord in the Project for such work unless Landlord fails to approve any contractor or such contractors are unwilling or unable to perform, or timely and competitively perform, such work, in which event Tenant may utilize the services of any other qualified contractor which normally and regularly perform similar work in Comparable Projects (but not those contractors reasonably disapproved by Landlord).

6.7 24 Hour Access . Tenant shall, subject to Landlord’s reasonable security requirements, Force Majeure, repairs and other de minimus interruptions, have access to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week.

ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

7.1 Landlord Obligations . Landlord shall maintain the structural portions of the Building including the foundation, floor slabs, concrete subflooring, roof, exterior walls, exterior glass and exterior doors, window seals, curtain walls, columns, beams, shafts, stairs, parking areas, stairwells, plazas, pavement, sidewalks, curbs, entrances, landscaping, mechanical, electrical and telephone closets and all Common Areas and public areas and the HVAC System (collectively, “ Building Structure ”) and shall also maintain and repair the basic mechanical, electrical, life-safety and plumbing and sprinkler systems serving the Building (collectively, “ Building Systems ”). Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary,

 

-19-


Tenant shall be required to repair the Building Structure and/or the Building Systems and/or the Building to the extent required because of (i) Tenant’s use of all or a portion of the Premises for other than normal and customary office and research and development operations or (ii) any breach of this Lease by Tenant or its agents, employees or contractors.

7.2 Tenant’s Obligations . Except as provided as Landlord’s responsibility pursuant to this Article 7 above, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures and furnishings therein, in good order, repair and condition and free from all excessive wear and tear (including, without limitation, damage to or stains on floor coverings, damage, tears or marks on any walls or wall coverings, it being agreed that, in the event Tenant fails to do so within 30 days following written notice from Landlord of any necessary repairs, Landlord may elect in its sole discretion to make such necessary repairs in connection with and on Tenant’s behalf in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for costs of same including a percentage of the cost thereof (to be uniformly established for the Project) sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs within 30 days following Landlord’s invoice therefor) at all times during the Lease Term. Tenant’s obligation, under this Section 7.2 shall not include repairs associated with any casualty, which are governed by Article 11 below. Landlord may, but shall not be required to, upon reasonable notice to Tenant (except in the event of an emergency), enter the Premises at all reasonable times to make such repairs, alterations, improvements and additions to the Premises or to the Project or to any equipment located in the Project as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary or as Landlord may be required to do by governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree. Tenant hereby waives and releases its right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations . Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises (collectively, the “ Alterations ”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may install, remove or replace Tenant’s trade fixtures and research and development equipment in the Premises (provided the same does not adversely affect the Building Systems and Equipment or cause damage to the Building), and make strictly cosmetic changes to the finish work in the Premises (e.g., carpet and paint), without Landlord’s consent, provided that the aggregate cost of construction associated with any such change does not exceed $25,000.00 for any individual item, nor $50,000 in the aggregate in any twelve (12) month period, and such changes do not require any structural or other substantial modifications to the Premises, do not require the demolition or construction of demising walls, do not require any changes to, or adversely affect, the Systems and Equipment, and do not affect the exterior appearance of the Building (“ Cosmetic Alterations ”). Tenant shall give Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior notice of such Cosmetic Alterations, which notice shall be accompanied by reasonably adequate evidence that such changes meet the criteria contained in this Section 8.1. The construction of the initial improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Tenant Work Letter and not the terms of this Article 8.

8.2 Manner of Construction . Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord may reasonably require, including, but not limited to, the requirement indicated in Landlord’s consent, that Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, remove such Alterations upon the expiration or any early termination of the Lease Term, and/or the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors, materials, mechanics and materialmen reasonably approved by Landlord. In any event, a contractor of Landlord’s selection shall perform all mechanical, electrical, plumbing, life-safety, sprinkler, structural, and HVAC work and such work shall be performed at Tenant’s sole cost. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in conformance with any and all applicable rules and regulations of any federal, state, county or municipal code or ordinance and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the appropriate governmental authorities, in conformance with Landlord’s reasonable construction rules and regulations (unless such a permit is not a requirement under Applicable Law). In addition, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord has established standard specifications (the

 

-20-


Building Standards ”) for the Building standard components to be used in the construction of the any Alterations (including, the initial Tenant Improvements), which Building Standard are attached hereto as Exhibit I and incorporated herein by this reference. The quality of Alterations (including, the initial Tenant Improvements) shall be equal to or of greater quality than the quality of the Building Standards. Landlord may make reasonable changes to the Building Standards from time to time. Landlord’s approval of the plans, specifications and working drawings for Tenant’s Alterations shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with all laws, rules and regulations of governmental agencies or authorities. All work with respect to any Alterations must be done in a good and workmanlike manner and diligently prosecuted to completion. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner as not to unreasonably obstruct access to the Building or the Common Areas for any other tenant of the Building, and as not to unreasonably obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Building or unreasonably interfere with the labor force working in the Building and/or Project. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County of San Diego in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and Tenant shall deliver to the Building management office a (i) reproducible copy of the “as built” drawings of those Alterations for which “as built” drawings are generally prepared and CAD files, and (ii) copies of any permit cards, contractor or material warranties and/or any maintenance or ownership manuals relating to the Alterations.

8.3 Payment for Improvements . In the event Tenant orders any Alteration or repair work directly from Landlord, and if Landlord elects to perform such work on Tenant’s behalf, the charges for such work shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease, payable within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor, either periodically during construction or upon the substantial completion of such work, at Landlord’s option and Landlord shall receive an amount equal to 5% of the cost of such work to cover Landlord’s general conditions and overhead. Upon completion of work performed by Tenant, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence of payment, contractors’ affidavits and full and final waivers of all liens for labor, services or materials.

8.4 Construction Insurance . In addition to the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, in the event that Tenant makes any Alterations, prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, for any Alterations costing more than $100,000 in the aggregate, Landlord may, in its discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security reasonably satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee.

8.5 Landlord’s Property . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, all Alterations, improvements and fixtures which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises (exclusive of Tenant’s furniture, trade fixtures, signs, equipment and personal property, which shall not become the property of Landlord), and all signs installed in, on or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and (except for Tenant’s signage) shall, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, become the property of Landlord. Furthermore Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant at the time of Tenant’s request for consent to such Alterations (provided Tenant requests the Landlord make such a determination at the time of Tenant request for consent), require Tenant at Tenant’s expense to remove such Alterations and to repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Alterations, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. The foregoing obligation of Tenant to pay Landlord for such costs of removal and/or repair shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

8.6 Security System . Tenant shall be entitled to install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a separate security system for the Premises including, without limitation, an access card system as an Alteration or as a part of the Tenant Improvements; provided, however, that (i) the plans and specifications for any such system shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, (ii) any such system must be compatible with the existing systems of the Building, (iii) Tenant’s obligation to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless as provided in, and subject to, Section 10.1 below shall also apply to Tenant’s use and operation of any such system,

 

-21-


and (iv) the installation of such system shall otherwise be subject to the terms and conditions of the Tenant Work Letter or this Article 8, as applicable. At Landlord’s option, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove such security system and repair any damage to the Premises resulting from such removal. Tenant shall at all times provide Landlord with a contact person who can disarm the security system and who is familiar with the functions of the alarm system in the event of a malfunction, and Tenant shall provide Landlord with the alarm codes, access cards or other necessary information required to disarm the alarm system or otherwise permit Landlord entry into the Premises in the event Landlord must enter the Premises.

ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, if any liens of mechanics or materialmen or others are placed against the Project, the Building or the Premises with respect to work or services claimed to have been performed for or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant or the Premises, and, in case of any such lien attaching or notice of any lien, Tenant covenants and agrees to cause it to be promptly released and removed of record. Landlord shall have the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notice which it deems necessary for protection from such liens. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, in the event that such a lien (other than a lien created in the course of the construction of Tenant Improvements by Landlord which shall be the obligation of Landlord to remove) is not released and removed within twenty (20) days after the date notice of such lien is delivered by Landlord to Tenant, Landlord, at its sole option, may immediately take all action necessary to release and remove such lien, without any duty to investigate the validity thereof, and all sums, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Landlord in connection with such lien shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease and shall immediately be due and payable by Tenant.

Some of Tenant’s furniture, trade fixtures, equipment and other personal property (collectively, “ Tenant’s Property ”) installed and used by Tenant on the Premises may be financed by a third-party lender or lessor (collectively, an “ Equipment Lienor ”), and Landlord hereby agrees to recognize the rights of any such Equipment Lienor to remove Tenant’s Property from the Premises during the Lease Term (or the Option Term, if applicable, or in the event this Lease terminates prior to the Expiration Date, within thirty (30) days following the effective date of termination provided that the Equipment Lienor shall have agreed to pay the Base Rent then payable under this Lease for any period between the termination date and the date requested by the Equipment Lienor to access the Premises for removal of Tenant’s Property pursuant to a Landlord waiver agreement by and among Landlord, Tenant and Equipment Lienor in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord), subject to the Lienor Requirements described below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Equipment Lienor fails to pay the Base Rent payable under this Lease for any period between the termination date and the date requested by the Equipment Lienor to access the Premises for removal of Tenant’s Property, then Tenant shall remain jointly and severally responsible for payment of such Base Rent. The security interest of the Equipment Lienor may be perfected under the Uniform Commercial Code. Landlord agrees that all of Tenant’s Property installed or to be installed on the Premises shall be and remain personal property and not real property. Landlord waives the right of distraint and agrees that it does not have and shall not assert any right, lien or claim in or to the financed or leased Tenant’s Property, and agrees that, subject to the Lienor Requirements, any Equipment Lienor may remove and dispose of such financed or leased Tenant’s Property prior to the expiration of this Lease (or within thirty (30) days following any earlier termination date), without reference to, and free and clear of, any demand of Landlord and provided that any damage from such removal is repaired as aforesaid. Upon Tenant’s request, Landlord shall promptly execute and deliver to Tenant a form of Landlord’s waiver reasonably acceptable to Landlord in favor of any Equipment Lienor; provided, however, that any such document must provide, in addition to any other terms Landlord reasonably deems necessary, the following (collectively, the “ Lienor Requirements ”): (i) such lender shall not have the right to place a lien on, nor remove, any Tenant Improvements, any Alterations, any item which is a part of Landlord’s realty or any other item which has been permanently affixed to the Premises or the Building, (ii) any removal of Tenant’s Property may be accomplished only during the Term of this Lease (or any Option Term, if applicable), upon reasonable prior written notice to Landlord and subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations, or within thirty (30) days following the earlier termination of this lease (provided that the Equipment Lienor shall pay the Base Rent then payable under this Lease for any period between the termination date and the date requested by the Equipment Lienor to access the Premises for removal of Tenant’s Property, but not later than 30 days after the termination date);

 

-22-


(iii) any such Equipment Lienor must agree to repair any damage to the Premises and the Building resulting from such removal and to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) incurred in connection with or arising from such Equipment Lienor’s exercise of its rights under such lien and/or removal of any such items from the Premises, and (iv) no such Equipment Lienor shall be entitled to dispose of, sell or auction any such item at the Premises or the Project.

ARTICLE 10

INSURANCE

10.1 Indemnification and Waiver . To the extent not prohibited by law, Landlord, its members, their partners and all of their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”) shall not be liable for any damage either to person or property or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant. Subject to the terms of Sections 5.4 and 10.5 and except to the extent such matter (i) is not covered by the insurance required to be maintained by Tenant under this Lease or (ii) is attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents or invitees for: (a) any damage to property of Tenant, or of others, located in, on or about the Premises; nor for (b) the loss of or damage to any property of Tenant or of others by theft or otherwise; (c) any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, mold, electricity, water, rain or leaks from any part of the Premises or from the pipes, appliance of plumbing works or from the roof, street or subsurface or from any other places or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever nature; or (d) any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in the Premises, occupants of adjacent property of the Project, or the public, or caused by operations in construction of any private, public or quasi-public work. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from Tenant’s occupancy or use of the Premises, or any breach or default by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, provided that the terms of the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s breach of its obligations under this Lease. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

10.2 Landlord’s Fire and Casualty Insurance/Tenant’s Compliance . Landlord shall (as a cost to be included as part of the Insurance Expenses) maintain causes-of-loss – special form property and, if applicable, sprinkler damage insurance for the Common Areas, covering the full replacement cost of the Project improvements (exclusive of the costs of excavation, foundations and footings) or such lesser coverage amount as Landlord may elect provided such coverage amount is not less than 90% of such full replacement cost of the Project improvements. Landlord shall further procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance with a single loss limit of not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Project. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance, additional coverages and increased amounts as it may reasonably determine to be consistent with prudent insurance practices generally followed by commercial landlords in Comparable Projects, including, but not limited to, rental income insurance, excess liability coverage, flood, environmental hazard and/or earthquake insurance. All such insurance shall be included as part of the Insurance Expenses. The Project may be included in a blanket policy (in which case the cost of such insurance allocable to the Project will be determined by Landlord based upon the insurer’s cost calculations). If Tenant’s conduct or use of the Premises (including the construction of the Tenant Improvements or any Alterations) causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises and all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body.

10.3 Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts.

 

-23-


10.3.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage arising out of Tenant’s operations, assumed liabilities or use of the Premises, including a Broad Form Commercial General Liability endorsement covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreements set forth in Section 10.1 of this Lease, for limits of liability not less than:

 

Bodily Injury and

Property Damage Liability

 

  

$2,000,000 each occurrence

$3,000,000 annual aggregate

Personal Injury Liability

  

$2,000,000 each occurrence

$3,000,000 annual aggregate

0% Insured’s participation

10.3.2 Causes of Loss – Special Form Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, trade fixtures, office equipment, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) any Tenant Work or Alterations, including any such Tenant Work and/or Alterations which Landlord permits to be installed above the ceiling of the Premises or below the floor of the Premises, and (iii) all other improvements, alterations and additions to the Premises, including any improvements, alterations or additions installed at Tenant’s request above the ceiling of the Premises or below the floor of the Premises, other than the Tenant Improvements made at Landlord’s expense, which shall be included in the coverage of Landlord’s insurance on the Building. Such insurance shall be written on an “all risks” of physical loss or damage basis, for the full replacement cost value new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include a vandalism and malicious mischief endorsement, sprinkler leakage coverage and earthquake sprinkler leakage coverage.

10.3.3 Loss of income and extra expense insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent tenants or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises or to the Building as a result of such perils.

10.3.4 Pollution Legal Liability Environmental Insurance as set forth in Section 5.3.4 above.

10.4 Form of Policies . The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. All insurance shall (i) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of not less than A- VII in Best’s Insurance Guide or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of California; (ii) not have a deductible amount exceeding Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00), which deductible amount shall be deemed self-insured with full waiver of subrogation; and (iii) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed without the applicable carrier providing thirty (30) days’ (ten (10) days in the case of cancellation for non-payment of premium) prior written notice to Landlord (and any mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor of Landlord of which Tenant has been notified). In addition, the insurance described in Section 10.3.1 above shall (a) name Landlord, and any other party specified by Landlord, as an additional insured; (b) specifically cover the liability assumed by Tenant under this Lease including, but not limited to, Tenant’s obligations under Section 10.1 of this Lease; (c) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance required by Landlord is excess and is non-contributing with any insurance requirement of Tenant; and (d) contain a cross-liability endorsement or severability of interest clause acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall deliver all policies or certificates thereof to Landlord on or before the Lease Commencement Date and at least ten (10) days before the expiration dates thereof. Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such insurance or furnish Landlord with renewals or binders or certification thereof, and that failure is not cured within five (5) days after written notice from Landlord, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) procure said insurance on Tenant’s behalf and charge Tenant the cost thereof, which amount shall be payable by Tenant upon demand with interest (at the interest rate set forth in Article 25 below) from the date such sums are expended. Tenant’s insurance policy may be in the form of a “blanket policy” with an aggregate per location endorsement which specifically provides that the amount of insurance shall not be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy provided that such policies otherwise comply with all of the terms and conditions contained in this Article 10 and such policies identify the particular address of the Premises as being covered under the blanket policy.

 

-24-


10.5 Subrogation . The property insurance obtained by Landlord and Tenant shall include a waiver of subrogation by the insurers and all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord or Tenant, and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (“Related Parties”), in connection with any loss or damage thereby insured against. Neither party nor its respective Related Parties shall be liable to the other for loss or damage caused by any risk insured against under property insurance required to be maintained hereunder, and each party waives any claims against the other party, and its respective Related Parties, for such loss or damage. The failure of a party to insure its property shall not void this waiver. Landlord and its respective Related Parties shall not be liable for, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for, business interruption and losses occasioned thereby sustained by Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence in or upon the Premises or the Project from any cause whatsoever. If the foregoing waivers shall contravene any law with respect to exculpatory agreements, the liability of Landlord or Tenant shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other’s insurer. The foregoing waiver shall also apply to any deductible amounts or self-insured retentions.

10.6 Additional Insurance Obligations . Landlord may require insurance policy limits to be raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s lender and/or as it may reasonably determine to be consistent with prudent insurance practices; provided, however, that the increased amount of coverage is generally consistent with coverage amounts then being required by owners of Comparable Projects. In addition, Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term (including any option periods, if applicable), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably required by Landlord, so long as such increased amounts and/or other types of insurance coverage are then generally required by comparable landlords of Comparable Projects.

ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1 Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord . Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises or any Common Areas of the Project serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall use good faith efforts, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11, to restore the base, shell, and core of the Premises and the initial Tenant Improvements made by Landlord under the Tenant Work Letter (but specifically excluding any subsequent Alterations made by Tenant which shall be the responsibility of Tenant to restore), and such Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the base, shell, and core, and initial Tenant Improvements (but specifically excluding any subsequent Alterations made by Tenant), of the Premises and Common Areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Project, or the lessor of a ground or underlying lease with respect to the Project and/or the Building, or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord, provided access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Sections 10.3.2(ii) and (iii) of this Lease relating to the initial Tenant Improvements installed by or on behalf of Tenant (but not any proceeds relating to any initial Tenant Improvements funded solely by Tenant without the benefit of any Tenant Improvement Allowance or other contribution by Landlord, which are not generic office or laboratory space improvements, nor to Tenant’s personal property nor any Alterations made by or behalf of Tenant and for which Tenant is responsible to restore as set forth above), which shall be used by Landlord solely for the cost of repairing any damage to the Premises (unless this Lease is terminated pursuant to this Article 11) and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to such Tenant-insured improvements installed in the Premises; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, as assigned by Tenant, the cost of such repairs shall, at Tenant’s election, be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s repair of the damage, and if Tenant elects not to make such repairs in excess of the amount of the insurance proceeds, Landlord and Tenant shall act reasonably to agree upon the repairs covered by Tenant’s insurance. In connection with such repairs and replacements, Tenant shall, prior to the commencement of

 

-25-


construction, submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work. Such submittal of plans and construction of improvements shall be performed in substantial compliance with the terms of the Tenant Work Letter and the Project Building Standards as though such construction of improvements were the initial construction of the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy, Landlord shall allow Tenant a proportionate abatement of Rent to the extent any portion of the Premises are unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease, and during the time and to the extent not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof. However, if the damage is due to the fault or neglect of Tenant or any Tenant Party, there shall be no abatement of rent, unless and to the extent Landlord receives rental income insurance proceeds.

11.2 Landlord’s Option Not to Repair . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises and/or Building and instead terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date Landlord learns of the necessity for repairs as the result of damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant not less than thirty (30) days nor more than ninety (90) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) repairs cannot reasonably be completed within two hundred forty (240) days after the date Landlord learns of the necessity for repairs as the result of damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Building or ground or underlying lessor with respect to the Project and/or the Building shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground or underlying lease, as the case may be; or (iii) the damage is not fully covered, except for deductible amounts, by Landlord’s insurance policies. However, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s termination right as provided above, and the repairs cannot be completed within two hundred forty (240) days the date Landlord learns of the necessity for repairs, Tenant may elect, not later than thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s estimate relating to the timing of such repairs, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in Tenant’s notice but not later than forty-five (45) days after the date of such notice of Tenant’s election to terminate this Lease.

11.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions . The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Project.

11.4 Damage Near End of Term . In the event that the Premises or the Building is destroyed or damaged to any substantial extent during the last twenty-four (24) months of the Lease Term and if such damage shall take longer than sixty (60) days to repair, then notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 11, Landlord and Tenant (provided that such damage is not the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Party), shall each have the option to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to the other party of the exercise of such option within sixty (60) days after the event of casualty, in which event this Lease shall cease and terminate as of the date of such notice, Tenant shall pay the Base Rent and Additional Rent, properly apportioned up to such date of damage, and both parties hereto shall thereafter be freed and discharged of all further obligations hereunder, except as provided for in provisions of this Lease which by their terms survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

 

-26-


ARTICLE 12

NONWAIVER

No waiver of any provision of this Lease shall be implied by any failure of Landlord or Tenant to enforce any remedy on account of the violation of such provision, even if such violation shall continue or be repeated subsequently, any waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any provision of this Lease may only be in writing, and no waiver shall affect any provision other than the one specified in such waiver and that one only for the time and in the manner specifically stated. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder.

ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

13.1 Permanent Taking . If the whole or any part of the Premises or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority, and if Landlord reasonably determines that any such taking will require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises or Building, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon not less than thirty (30) nor more than ninety (90) days’ notice, provided such notice is given no later than sixty (60) days after the date of such taking, condemnation, reconfiguration, vacation, deed or other instrument. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the square feet of the Premises is taken, or if a material portion of the laboratory areas of the Premises are taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days’ notice, provided such notice is given no later than thirty (30) days after the date of such taking. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination, or the date of such taking, whichever shall first occur. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

13.2 Temporary Taking . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13, in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the number of square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total number of square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking except for any award made expressly applicable to interruption of Tenant’s business, or the taking or use of Tenant’s personal property.

ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfers . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent (except as otherwise provided in Section 14.7 below) of Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest hereunder, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use of the Premises by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and visitors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “ Transfers ” and any person or entity to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “ Transferee ”). If Landlord’s consent to a Transfer is required under this Lease, and Tenant shall desire Landlord’s consent to any such Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer

 

-27-


Notice; (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “ Subject Space ”); (iii) all material terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including a calculation of the “Transfer Premium,” as that term is defined in Section 14.3 below, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer; (iv) financial statements of the proposed Transferee (including, without limitation, such Transferee’s most recent three (3) years’ audited financial statements or if audited financial statements are not available, financial statements certified by the Proposed Transferee); and (v) any other information reasonably required by Landlord, which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space. Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord shall grant consent, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s review and processing fees, as well as any reasonable legal fees incurred by Landlord in connection with any proposed Transfer, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord.

14.2 Landlord’s Consent . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. The parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply, without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent:

14.2.1 The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Project;

14.2.2 The proposed Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

14.2.3 The proposed Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof who is not currently an occupant of the Project;

14.2.4 The Transfer will result in more than a reasonable and safe number of occupants within the Subject Space;

14.2.5 In the case of an assignment, the proposed Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities involved under the Transfer on the date consent is requested;

14.2.6 The proposed Transfer would cause Landlord to be in violation of another lease or agreement to which Landlord is a party, or would give an occupant of the Project a right to cancel its lease;

14.2.7 Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, (i) is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Project at such time, or (ii) has negotiated with Landlord during the ninety (90) day period immediately preceding the Transfer Notice to lease space of comparable size and configuration as the Premises in the Project;

14.2.8 The proposed Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for any school or educational purposes (other than incidental training in the use of Transferee’s products); or

14.2.9 The Transferee’s use of the Premises will cause an increase in Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses or Insurance Expenses.

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture right Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within three (3) months after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said three-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14

 

-28-


(including Landlord’s right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease). Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent to a proposed Transfer or otherwise has breached its obligations under this Article 14, Tenant’s and such Transferee’s only remedy shall be to seek a declaratory judgment and/or injunctive relief and/or monetary damages, and Tenant, on behalf of itself and, to the extent permitted by law, such proposed Transferee waives all other remedies against Landlord, including without limitation, the right to terminate this Lease.

14.3 Transfer Premium .

14.3.1 Definition of Transfer Premium . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any “Transfer Premium,” as that term is defined in this Section 14.3, actually received by Tenant from such Transferee. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable (in lieu of or in addition to rent) by such Transferee in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease (plus the unamortized liability of Tenant for abated Rent under Section 3.2), on a per square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) the unamortized amount (amortized over the useful life of the initial Tenant Improvement or subsequent Alteration) of the then-current net book value of any: (a) initial Tenant Improvements paid for by Tenant as an Additional Cost, and (b) subsequent Alterations made and paid for solely by Tenant in the Premises (and without the benefit of any allowance or other contribution by Landlord), including, but not limited to, any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer, as such book-value is shown on Tenant’s records and calculated in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles consistently applied, (ii) any market concessions, such as free rent, relocation allowance, etc., granted by Tenant as consistent with sublease concessions granted by tenants in Comparable Projects, (iii) any brokerage commissions in connection with the Transfer, and (iv) reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Tenant in connection with the Transfer (collectively, the “ Subleasing Costs ”). “ Transfer Premium ” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money and bonus money paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer. If part of the Transfer Premium shall be payable by the Transferee other than in cash, Landlord’s share of such non-cash consideration shall be in such form as is reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

14.3.2 Payment of Transfer Premiums . The determination of the amount of the Transfer Premium shall be made on an annual basis in accordance with the terms of this Section 14.3.2, but an estimate of the amount of the Transfer Premium shall be made each month and one-twelfth of such estimated amount shall be paid to Landlord promptly, but in no event later than the next date for payment of Base Rent hereunder, subject to an annual reconciliation on each anniversary date of the Transfer. For purposes of calculating the Transfer Premium on an annual basis, Tenant’s Subleasing Costs shall be deemed to be offset against the first rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by the Transferee, until such Subleasing Costs are exhausted.

14.4 Landlord’s Option as to Subject Space . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice (the “ Recapture Notice ”) to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of any Transfer Notice relating to an assignment of this Lease or a proposed sublease where such sublease, together with any then existing subleases, would result in twenty percent (20%) or more of the rentable square footage of the Premises to be subject to a sublease, to recapture the Subject Space. However, if Landlord delivers a Recapture Notice to Tenant, Tenant may, within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Recapture Notice, deliver written notice to Landlord indicating that Tenant is rescinding its request for consent to the proposed Transfer, in which case such Transfer shall not be consummated and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises that was the subject of the Transfer. Tenant’s failure to so notify Landlord in writing within said ten (10) day period shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s election to allow the Recapture Notice to be effective. Any such Recapture Notice shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to the Subject Space as of the date stated in the Transfer Notice as the effective date of the proposed Transfer. In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number

 

-29-


of square feet contained in the Premises (including, but not limited to, a proportionate reduction in Tenant’s liability under Section 3.2 of this Lease for unamortized abated rent), and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner to recapture the Subject Space under this Section 14.4, then, provided Landlord has consented to the proposed Transfer, Tenant shall be entitled to proceed to transfer the Subject Space to the proposed Transferee, subject to the other provisions of this Article 14.

14.5 Effect of Transfer . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified; (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee; (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord; (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer; and (v) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from liability under this Lease. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency and Landlord’s costs of such audit.

14.6 Additional Transfers . Subject to the provisions of Section 14.7 below, for purposes of this Lease, the term “Transfer” shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the partners, or transfer of twenty-five percent or more of partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof; and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation (i.e., whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant, (B) the sale or other transfer of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period, or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12) month period.

14.7 Non-Transfers . The term “ Affiliate ” shall mean (i) any entity that is controlled by, controls or is under common control with, Tenant or (ii) any entity that merges with, is acquired by, or acquired Tenant through the purchase of stock or assets and where the net worth of the surviving entity as of the date of such transaction is completed is not less than that of Tenant immediately prior to the transaction calculated under generally accepted accounting principles. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14, an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an Affiliate (an “ Affiliate Transfer ”), shall not be deemed a Transfer under this Article 14 and Landlord shall have no right to consent thereto, nor shall the provisions of Sections 14.3 of 14.4 above apply to such assignment or sublease, provided that Tenant notifies Landlord of any such assignment or sublease and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information requested by Landlord regarding such assignment or sublease or such Affiliate, and further provided that such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease. An assignee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence may be referred to herein as an “ Affiliated Assignee .” “ Control ,” as used in this Section 14.7, shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of greater than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of greater than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in, an entity. Additionally, the following shall be considered an Affiliate Transfer for purposes of this Article 14: (i) any sale or issuance of Tenant’s stock in connection with a public offering, (ii) any transfer of Tenant’s stock traded on a recognized, domestic, national securities exchange or over-the-counter, (iii) a pledge or transfer of Tenant’s stock as security for any bona-fide debt financing of Tenant’s business operations, or (iv) Tenant’s raising of additional operating capital.

 

-30-


ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP

AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

15.1 Surrender of Premises . No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in a writing signed by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises.

15.2 Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant . Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15, quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear, and repairs which are not specifically made the responsibility of Tenant hereunder excepted. Prior to such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, free-standing cabinet work, and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.

ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term hereof, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be at sufferance only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease; provided that if Tenant surrenders the Premises within the first ten (10) days of any such holdover period, the Base Rent shall be a per diem amount of such monthly rate for the number of days of such holdover. Such tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Landlord provides Tenant with at last thirty (30) days prior written notice that Landlord has a signed proposal or lease form a succeeding tenant to lease the Premises and if Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the later of (i) the date of expiration of such thirty (30) day period or (ii) the date of termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and claims made by any succeeding tenant and real estate brokers claims) and liability resulting from such failure.

ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

Within five (5) business days following a request in writing by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee, as the case may be, an estoppel certificate (and if required by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee, have such signature acknowledged), which, as submitted by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee, as the case may be, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit F, attached hereto, (or such other form as may be reasonably required by Landlord’s mortgagee or any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at

 

-31-


that time and shall also contain any other non-proprietary information that is not material to Landlord’s rights and/or Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee relating to this Lease and/or Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. Failure of Tenant to timely execute and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception. Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Article 17 may be relied upon by any mortgagee, beneficiary, purchaser or prospective purchaser of the Building, Project or any interest therein.

ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION

Subject to Tenant’s receipt of an appropriate non-disturbance agreement(s) as set forth below, this Lease is subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Project, the CC&R’s and the lien of any mortgages or trust deeds, now or hereafter in force against the Project and the Building, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages or trust deeds, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement(s) in favor of Tenant from any ground lessors, mortgage holders or lien holders of Landlord who later come into existence at any time prior to the expiration of the Lease Term shall be in consideration of, and a condition precedent to, Tenant’s obligations under this Article 18. Tenant shall, within five (5) business days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases including, without limitation, a Subordination, Nondisturbance and Attornment Agreement in such form as may be required by Landlord’s mortgagee. Subject to Tenant’s receipt of the non-disturbance agreement(s) described above, Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage, or if any ground or underlying lease is terminated, to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure sale, or to the lessor of such ground or underlying lease, as the case may be, if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lessor as the lessor under this Lease. If requested, Tenant shall execute and deliver an instrument or instruments confirming its attornment as provided for herein; provided, however, that no such beneficiary or successor-in-interest shall be bound by any payment of Base Rent for more than one (1) month in advance, or any amendment or modification of this Lease made without the express written consent of such beneficiary where such consent is required under applicable loan documents. Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes Landlord to execute and deliver in the name of Tenant any such instrument or instruments if Tenant fails to timely do so, provided that such authorization shall in no way relieve Tenant from the obligation of executing such instruments of subordination or superiority. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale. Within ten (10) days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord any and all documents or instruments requested by Landlord or necessary or proper to assure the subordination of this Lease to any such mortgages, deed of trust, or leasehold estates. Landlord shall obtain a Subordination, Non-disturbance and Attornment Agreement from the current lender of the Project in substantially the form of Exhibit H as part of the Tenant Contingency requirement (as defined in Section 29.34 below).

ARTICLE 19

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

19.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, within five (5) calendar days after notice that the same is due or payable hereunder; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and

 

-32-


not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar or successor of law; or

19.1.2 Except as provided in Section 19.1.1 above and Section 19.1.3 below, any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar or successor law; and provided further that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure said default as soon as possible (but within ninety (90) days); or

19.1.3 Tenant’s failure to observe or perform any of the provisions specified in Articles 5, 17 or 18 above within three (3) business days after notice from Landlord; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar or successor law; or

19.1.4 Abandonment of the Premises by Tenant. Abandonment is herein defined to include, but is not limited to, any absence by Tenant from the Premises for five (5) business days or longer while in default of any payment obligation under this Lease.

19.2 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

19.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(i) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(ii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iv) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

(v) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “rent” as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Paragraphs 19.2.1(i) and (ii), above, the “ worth at the time of award ” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in Article 25 of this Lease, but in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law. As used in

 

-33-


Paragraph 19.2.1(iii) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

19.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

19.3 Sublessees of Tenant . If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

19.4 Form of Payment After Default . Following the occurrence of an event of default by Tenant which is not timely cured, Landlord shall have the right to require that any or all subsequent amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, whether in the cure of the default in question or otherwise, be paid in the form of cash, money order, cashier’s or certified check or direct electronic deposit drawn on an institution acceptable to Landlord, or by other means approved by Landlord, notwithstanding any prior practice of accepting payments in any different form.

19.5 Waiver of Default . No waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other or later violation or breach of the same or any other of the terms, provisions, and covenants herein contained. Forbearance by Landlord in enforcement of one or more of the remedies herein provided upon an event of default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such default. The acceptance of any Rent hereunder by Landlord following the occurrence of any default, whether or not known to Landlord, shall not be deemed a waiver of any such default, except only a default in the payment of the Rent so accepted.

19.6 Efforts to Relet . For the purposes of this Article 19, Tenant’s right to possession shall not be deemed to have been terminated by efforts of Landlord to relet the Premises, by its acts of maintenance or preservation with respect to the Premises, or by appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder. The foregoing enumeration is not exhaustive, but merely illustrative of acts which may be performed by Landlord without terminating Tenant’s right to possession.

19.7 Landlord Default . Landlord shall not be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord under this Lease unless Landlord acts reasonably to commence such cure within a reasonable period following Tenant’s written notice of such default specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform, and thereafter fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of written notice from Tenant; provided however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be deemed in default if it commences such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion. Upon any such uncured default by Landlord, Tenant may exercise any of its rights provided in law or at equity; provided, however: (a) Tenant shall have no right to offset or abate rent in the event of any default by Landlord under this Lease, except to the extent offset rights are specifically provided to Tenant in this Lease; (b) Tenant shall have no right to terminate this Lease (except to the extent it is that it is finally adjudicated (by any judicial decision by a court with jurisdiction over the Premises, binding arbitration, settlement agreement or otherwise), that Landlord breached the covenant of quiet enjoyment as set forth in Article 20 and as part of such adjudication, either this Lease is found to have been terminated by operation of law, or Tenant is expressly permitted to terminate this Lease as the result of Landlord’s breach of the covenant of quiet enjoyment); (c) Tenant’s rights and remedies hereunder shall be limited to the extent (i) Tenant has expressly waived in this Lease any of such rights or remedies and/or (ii) this Lease

 

-34-


otherwise expressly limits Tenant’s rights or remedies; and (d) Landlord will not be liable for any consequential damages.

ARTICLE 20

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and as long as Tenant is not otherwise in default hereunder following any applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

ARTICLE 21

SECURITY ENHANCEMENTS

21.1 Cash Security Deposit . Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit deposited into escrow with the escrow holder for the Project Purchase, a cash security deposit (the “ Security Deposit ”) in the amount set forth in Section 12 of the Summary, along with instructions acknowledged by said escrow holder that such Security Deposit shall be promptly released to Tenant in the event this Lease is terminated by Tenant as a result of the failure of Landlord to provide the SNDA as set forth in Section 29.34 of this Lease (and which Security Deposit shall be released to Landlord upon Tenant’s receipt of the SNDA). The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the Lease Term. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provisions of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any amount that Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default, or to reimburse Landlord for any other cost or expense incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within five (5) days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a default under this Lease. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform its surrender obligations under this Lease, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof, shall be returned to Tenant, or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder, within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s surrender of the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on the Security Deposit. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in force, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to reimburse Landlord for any other cost or expense incurred by Landlord as a result of the acts or omissions of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent, contractor or invitee of Tenant.

21.2 Letter of Credit . Within five (5) business days after Landlord’s written request therefor but not prior to satisfaction, waiver or deemed waiver of the Tenant Contingency and Landlord Contingency set forth in Section 29.34 of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an unconditional, irrevocable, renewable and transferable letter of credit (“ Letter of Credit ”) in favor of Landlord in a form reasonably approved by Landlord, issued by a bank reasonably satisfactory to Landlord with a branch located in San Diego, California at which Landlord can present and draw upon the Letter of Credit (“ Issuing Bank ”), in the principal amount (“ Stated Amount ”) specified below, to be held by Landlord in accordance with the terms, provisions and conditions of this Section 21.2. Landlord hereby approves Square One Bank as the initial Issuing Bank subject to the further terms and conditions of this Section 21.2. Tenant shall pay all expenses, points and/or fees incurred by Tenant in obtaining the Letter of Credit satisfying all terms, covenants and provisions of this Lease. In no event shall the Issuing Bank have a long term rating of less than “BBB” (as rated by Moody’s Investor Service or Standard & Poor’s). If at any time the Issuing Bank does not satisfy such criteria, Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord a replacement Letter of Credit issued by a bank that satisfies such Issuing Bank criteria. Additionally, if the Issuing Bank is declared to be insolvent by the

 

-35-


Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (or any comparable institution) or becomes a debtor in any case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar law or statute, or ceases to conduct business for any reason, Landlord may so notify Tenant, in which case Tenant shall, within five (5) business days after such notice from Landlord, provide Landlord with a new Letter of Credit which otherwise meets the requirements of this Section 21.2 issued by a substitute financial institution satisfying the Issuing Bank criteria. The Stated Amount shall initially be Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00); provided, however, that, except as hereinafter provided, upon the dates specified below (“ Adjustment Dates ”) and further provided that as of each such Adjustment Date, Tenant has a positive net earnings as evidenced by financial statements reasonably acceptable to Landlord, the Stated Amount may be reduced to the following amounts:

 

Date

   Stated Amount

The second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date

   $ 400,000.00

The third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date

   $ 300,000.00

The fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date

   $ 200,000.00

The fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date

   $ 100,000.00

The sixth(6 th ) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date

   $ 0.00

In addition to the reductions occurring on the Adjustment Dates upon written certification (which certification shall not be delivered prior to the first (1 st ) Adjustment Date set forth above and thereafter not more frequently than one (1) time in any twelve (12) consecutive month period during the Lease Term), from Tenant’s Issuing Bank and certified in writing by Tenant’s Chief Financial Officer or person with equivalent authority that a Material Credit Event has occurred, Tenant shall also be allowed to reduce the then-current Stated Amount by One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), and the Stated Amount on each subsequent Adjustment Date shall be similarly reduced to reflect the Material Credit Event. A “Material Credit Event” shall mean that Tenant has achieved and maintained a minimum Market Capitalization of not less than $35,000,000 as computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied. For purposes of this grammatical paragraph, “ Market Capitalization ”) means the product of (1) the number of outstanding shares of Tenant on the last day of the applicable financial quarter (i.e., the most recently completed quarter), and (2) the average closing share price of Tenant’s stock during the last thirty (30) calendar days of the applicable financial quarter.

21.2.1 However, if (i) a default by Tenant occurs under this Lease, or (ii) circumstances exist that would, with notice or lapse of time, or both, constitute a default by Tenant, and Tenant has failed to cure such default within the time period permitted by Article 19 or such lesser time as may remain before the relevant Adjustment Date as provided above, the Stated Amount shall not thereafter be reduced unless and until such default shall have been fully cured pursuant to the terms of this Lease, at which time the Stated Amount may be reduced as hereinabove described. The Letter of Credit shall state that an authorized officer or other representative of Landlord may make demand on Landlord’s behalf for the Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, from time to time, and that the Issuing Bank must immediately honor such demand, without qualification or satisfaction of any conditions, except the proper identification of the party making such demand (the foregoing requirement will be satisfied with language to the following effect in the Letter of Credit: “Beneficiary is entitled to draw upon the Letter of Credit in accordance with that certain Office Lease dated             , 20     , between Beneficiary and Applicant”). In addition, the Letter of Credit shall indicate that it is transferable in its entirety by Landlord as beneficiary and that upon receiving written notice of transfer, and upon presentation to the Issuing Bank of the original Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank will reissue the Letter of Credit naming such transferee as the beneficiary. Landlord shall be solely responsible for the payment to the Issuing Bank of any transfer costs imposed by the Issuing Bank in connection with any such transfer. If (A) the term of the Letter of Credit held by Landlord will expire prior to thirty (30) days following the last day of the Lease Term and the

 

-36-


Letter of Credit is not extended, or a new Letter of Credit for an extended period of time is not substituted, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit, or (B) Tenant commits a default beyond any applicable notice and cure period, with respect to any provision of this Lease, or (C) Tenant files a voluntary petition under Title 11 of the United States Code (i.e., the bankruptcy Code), or otherwise becomes a debtor in any case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, as now existing or hereinafter amended, or any similar law or statute, or (D) Tenant does not deliver a substitute Letter of Credit as required above within five (5) business days after written notice from Landlord in the event the Issuing Bank fails to satisfy the financial criteria set forth above, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) draw upon all or any portion of the Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit, and the proceeds received from such draw shall constitute Landlord’s property (and not Tenant’s property or the property of the bankruptcy estate of Tenant) and Landlord may then use, apply or retain all or any part of the proceeds for (1) the payment of any sum which is in default, (2) for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default, (3) to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default or (4) as prepaid rent to be applied against Tenant’s Base Rent obligations for the last month of the Lease Term and the immediately preceding month(s) of the Lease Term until the remaining proceeds are exhausted. If any portion of the Letter of Credit proceeds are so used or applied, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, post a replacement Letter of Credit in an amount to cause the aggregate amount of the unused proceeds and such new Letter of Credit to equal the Stated Amount. Landlord shall not be required to keep any proceeds from the Letter of Credit separate from its general funds and Tenant hereby grants and transfers a security interest on such proceeds to and in favor of Landlord to the fullest extent of any present or future interest Tenant may in such proceeds. Should Landlord sell its interest in the Premises during the Lease Term and if Landlord deposits with the purchaser thereof the Letter of Credit or any proceeds of the Letter of Credit, thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to the Letter of Credit and said proceeds and Tenant shall look solely to such transferee for the return of the Letter of Credit or any proceeds therefrom. The Letter of Credit or any remaining proceeds of the Letter of Credit held by Landlord after expiration of the Lease Term, after any deductions described above, shall be returned to Tenant or, at Landlord’s option, surrendered to the Issuing Bank, within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Lease Term.

21.2.2 The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, the proceeds or any portion thereof, shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other rights or remedies provided under this Lease, it being intended that Landlord shall not be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit, and such use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. No trust relationship is created herein between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Letter of Credit.

21.2.3 Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit, any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or the proceeds thereof be (i) deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, (ii) subject to the terms of such Section 1950.7, or (iii) intended to serve as a “security deposit” within the meaning of such Section 1950.7. The parties hereto (A) recite that the Letter of Credit is not intended to serve as a security deposit and such Section 1950.7 and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“ Security Deposit Laws ”) shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (B) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.

21.2.4 The provisions of this Section 21.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 22

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

-37-


ARTICLE 23

SIGNS

23.1 In General . Tenant shall be entitled, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to Building-standard identification signage outside of Tenant’s Premises. The location, quality, design, style, and size of such signage shall subject to Landlord’s prior approval.

23.2 Intentionally Omitted .

23.3 Building Top Signage . Subject to this Section 23.3 and provided that Tenant is not in default hereunder after any applicable notice and cure period, Tenant shall be entitled to install, at its sole cost and expense, one (1) building top sign on the exterior of the Building (the “ Signage ”). Within twelve (12) months of the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall notify Landlord, in writing, as to whether or not Tenant will install the Signage in accordance with the provisions of this Section 23.3. Tenant’s failure to deliver such notice within such twelve (12) month period shall be deemed to be Tenant’s election not to install the Signage. If Tenant elects (or is deemed to have elected) not to install the Signage, the rights described in this Section 23.3 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect. The exact position of the Signage on the Building shall be designated by Landlord. The graphics, materials, size, color, design, lettering, lighting (if any) and specifications of the Signage (collectively, the “ Signage Specifications ”) shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In addition, the Signage and all Signage Specifications therefor shall be subject to Tenant’s receipt of all required governmental permits and approvals, shall be subject to all applicable governmental laws and ordinances and the CC&R’s affecting the Project. Tenant hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding Landlord’s approval of the Signage and/or the Signage Specifications therefor, Landlord has made no representations or warranty to Tenant with respect to the probability of obtaining such approvals and permits; provided that Landlord agrees to reasonably cooperate (at no cost to Landlord) with Tenant’s efforts to obtain such approvals and permits. In the event Tenant does not receive the necessary permits and approvals for the Signage, Tenant’s and Landlord’s rights and obligations under the remaining provisions of this Lease shall not be affected. The cost of installation of the Signage, as well as all costs of design and construction of the Signage and all other costs associated with such the Signage, including, without limitation, permits, maintenance and repair, shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant. The rights to the Signage shall be personal to the Original Tenant, any Affiliated Assignee, or any other Transferee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease in connection with a Transfer of this Lease to which Landlord consents pursuant to Article 14 above and may not otherwise be transferred. Should the Signage require maintenance or repairs as determined in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, Landlord shall have the right to provide written notice thereof to Tenant and Tenant shall cause such repairs and/or maintenance to be performed within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice from Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Should Tenant fail to perform such maintenance and repairs within the period described in the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord shall have the right to cause such work to be performed and to charge Tenant, as Additional Rent, for the cost of such work. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall cause the Signage to be removed and shall cause the exterior of the Building to be restored to the condition existing prior to the placement of the Signage thereon subject to normal wear and tear. If Tenant fails to remove the Signage and to restore the Building as provided in the immediately preceding sentence within thirty (30) days following the expiration or early termination of this Lease, then Landlord may perform such work, and all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in so performing such work shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of invoice therefor. The immediately preceding sentence shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

Should the name of the Original Tenant change, or should this Lease be assigned to an Affiliated Assignee, then the Signage may be modified at Tenant’s sole cost and expense to reflect the new name, provided that the new name is reasonably acceptable to Landlord and, without limiting other reasonable grounds for which Landlord may disapprove the new name, Landlord may disapprove the new name if it (i) relates to an entity that is of a character or reputation, or associate with a political orientation or a faction, that is inconsistent with the quality of the Project or would otherwise reasonably offend a institutional landlord of a Comparable Project, taking into consideration the level and visibility of such signage or (ii) causes Landlord to be in default under restriction of record in any lease or license with another tenant of the Project.

 

-38-


23.4 Prohibited Signage and Other Items . Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been individually approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Building or the common areas of the Building or the Project. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building are subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion.

ARTICLE 24

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

24.1 Tenant’s Obligations . Tenant shall not do anything or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises by any Related Party which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other governmental rule, regulation or requirement (collectively, “ Laws ”) or any provisions set forth in the CC&R’s now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated. At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all such governmental measures; however, the making of structural changes or changes to the Building’s life safety system shall be made in accordance with Section 24.2 below. Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to cause its employees and invitees to comply with Laws.

24.2 Landlord’s Obligations . Landlord warrants that, as of Landlord’s delivery of the Premises to Tenant, (A) the Tenant Improvements shall be in compliance with all laws applicable thereto as of the issuance of the building permits therefor, and (B) the Common Areas located outside of the Building shall be in compliance with all laws applicable thereto as of the date the Lease Commencement Date is satisfied, and Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense (and not as a part of Operating Expenses) and as Tenant’s sole remedy, correct any breach of such warranty promptly following receipt of written notice thereof from Tenant. In addition, Landlord shall be responsible, as part of Operating Expenses to the extent permitted under Article 4 above, for making all alterations to the following portions of the Premises and Building required by Laws: (i) structural portions of the Premises but not including any Alterations installed by or at the request of Tenant, (ii) all Building Systems and Equipment, (iii) all appurtenances located within the Premises, except those serving the Premises exclusively, and (iv) those portions of the Building located outside the Premises; provided, however, Landlord shall not be responsible for the costs incurred to make alterations to any such portions of the Premises and Building described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) above to the extent such alterations are necessary due to the installation of Alterations to the Premises by or at the request of Tenant or as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises for any purpose other than general office, research and development and light manufacturing purposes permitted under the zoning ordinance applicable to the Premises as of the date of this Lease, and Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor, reimburse Landlord for all such costs. Except for Landlord’s obligations described in the immediately preceding sentence, and elsewhere in this Lease and in the Tenant Work Letter, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, be responsible for compliance with all Laws affecting the Premises, including the making of all required alterations thereto.

ARTICLE 25

LATE CHARGES

If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) days after said amount is due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the amount due plus any attorneys’ and processing and service fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid when due shall thereafter bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the prime rate established by Bank of America from time to time, plus four percent (4%), per annum, provided that in no case shall such rate be higher than the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

 

-39-


ARTICLE 26

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT

If Tenant shall fail to perform any of its obligations under this Lease, within a reasonable time after such performance is required by the terms of this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, after reasonable prior notice to Tenant, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its right based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days after the delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statement therefore, an amount equal to expenditures reasonably made by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of this Article 26.

ARTICLE 27

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to the Tenant to enter the Premises subject to Tenant’s reasonable safety and security requirements, to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers or mortgagees, or to the ground or underlying lessors; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building if necessary to comply with current building codes or other applicable laws, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building. Landlord also reserves the right at all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to Tenant to enter the Premises during any time Tenant is in default under the Lease and/or during the last nine (9) months of the Lease Term (as extended by any Option Term) to show the Premises to prospective tenants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 27, Landlord may enter the Premises at any time to (A) perform services required of Landlord; (B) take possession due to any breach of this Lease in the manner provided herein; and (C) perform any covenants of Tenant which Tenant fails to perform. Any such entries shall be subject to Landlord’s covenant of quiet enjoyment, and as long as such covenant is satisfied, shall be without the abatement of Rent and shall include the right to take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes. Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and except to the extent attributable to Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct (but subject to the waivers set forth in Section 10.5 above), any other loss occasioned thereby. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant (in which case Landlord shall not provide janitorial service to such secure areas). In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may reasonably deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises.

ARTICLE 28

TENANT PARKING

Provided Tenant is not in default of its obligations here under and after any applicable notice and cure period and has not previously been in default hereunder after any applicable notice and cure period, Tenant shall be entitled to utilize, at no addition rent, on a monthly basis throughout the Lease Term, the number of parking passes set forth in Section 13 of the Summary to park standard sized vehicles in the Parking Facilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, subject to applicable laws (including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act) and any required approval of the applicable governmental authorities, promptly following the Lease Commencement Date, Landlord agrees to designate approximately ten (10) spaces out of the number of parking passes allocated to Tenant pursuant to Section 13 of the Summary as “Osmetech Visitor” short term spaces (the “ Short Term Spaces ”) in a location in the parking area in front of the front entrance to the Premises designated by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant for the convenience of the invitees of Tenant. The exact number of Short Term Spaces provided, the exact location of such Short Term Spaces, the manner in which such Short Term Spaces are designated for “short term” use shall be determined by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole, but good faith discretion. Throughout the Lease Term, Landlord may in its good faith, commercially reasonable discretion, change the

 

-40-


number, location or designated duration of the Short Term Spaces as required by Applicable Law or any future private or public agreement affecting the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant hereby acknowledges, agrees and understands that if any other tenant(s) or occupant(s) in the Project objects to the designation of the Short Term Spaces pursuant to such other tenant’s or occupant’s lease or occupancy agreement, as the case may be, and Landlord is unable to negotiate a mutually agreeable resolution of such objection despite its good faith, commercially reasonable efforts to do so, then Landlord shall have the right to eliminate the designation of the Short Term Spaces (including, without limitation, removing all signage and pavement/curb markings in connection with the designation of such spaces). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall have no affirmative obligation to monitor and/or enforce any restrictions with respect to any of the aforementioned Short Term Spaces and shall have no liability to Tenant for the existence or non-existence of such Short Term Spaces. Notwithstanding anything further to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall provide all signage and/or curb markings for the Short Term Spaces in accordance with Landlord’s plans and specifications. Landlord’s actual cost for same and the costs incurred by Landlord thereafter to repair, replace and maintain such signage and/or curb markings shall be included in “Direct Expenses.” The right to utilize the Short Term Spaces shall be personal to the Original Tenant named in this Lease or an Affiliated Assignee and may be exercised by the Original Tenant or such Affiliated Assignee (and not any other assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease), as long as this Lease is not assigned by Original Tenant to any Transferee other than an Affiliated Assignee; and provided that in the event of an Affiliate Transfer, the signage indicating such Short Term Spaces as “Osmetech Reserved” may be changed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to reflect the name of the Affiliated Assignee. Tenant shall not be required to pay for such unreserved parking passes during the Lease Term (including, the Option Term if applicable). However, Tenant shall at times during the Lease Term (including any Option Term, if applicable) be responsible for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the renting of such parking passes by Tenant or the use of the parking facility by Tenant. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all Rules And Regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the Parking Facilities and upon Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such Rules and Regulations. Landlord specifically reserves the right to (i) change the size, configuration, design, layout, location and all other aspects of the Parking Facilities and/or (ii) perform repairs to the Parking Facilities, and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, temporarily close-off or restrict access to the Parking Facilities, or relocate Tenant’s parking passes to other parking structures and/or surface parking areas within a reasonable distance of the Premises, for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration, improvements or repairs with respect to the Parking Facilities or to accommodate or facilitate renovation, alteration, construction or other modification of other improvements or structures located on the Project. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord and such owner.

ARTICLE 29

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

29.1 Terms . The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed.

29.2 Binding Effect . Each of the provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

29.3 No Air Rights . No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time the light or view from the Premises is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

-41-


29.4 Modification of Lease . Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Project require a modification or modifications of this Lease, which modification or modifications will not cause any increased cost or expense to Tenant nor in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are required therefor and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following the request therefor.

29.5 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project and Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all remaining liability accruing under this Lease after the date of such transfer, and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Landlord originally named in this Lease (the “ Original Landlord ”) assigns or otherwise transfers its fee interest in the Building prior to (a) substantial completion of the initial Tenant Improvements required to be completed by Landlord pursuant to the Tenant Work Letter and (b) the distribution of the entire remaining balance of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (if any) required to be distributed by Landlord pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Tenant Work Letter and except to the extent that it has been finally adjudicated (by any judicial decision, binding arbitration, settlement agreement or otherwise), that the Tenant Improvement Allowance (or portion thereof) is not due and payable by Original Landlord (collectively, the obligations referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above are referred to in this Section 29.5 as the “ Original LL Requirements ”) and further provided that the transferee of Original Landlord’s fee interest in the Project does not expressly assume Original Landlord’s obligations respecting the Original LL Requirements in writing, then Original Landlord shall within ten (10) business days following such assignment or transfer put into a third party escrow account designated by Original Landlord (which escrow shall be jointly paid for by Landlord and Tenant) for distribution to the Contractor (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter) on a progress payment basis pursuant to Original Landlord’s standard disbursement procedure and upon receipt of the appropriate conditional and/or unconditional lien releases, an amount equal to the lesser of: (i) the remaining balance of the Landlord Costs (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter) and (ii) the balance of any unpaid portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

29.6 Prohibition Against Recording . Neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit nor other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant. Tenant shall not do any act which may encumber the title of Landlord.

29.7 Identification of Tenant .

29.7.1 Multiple Entities . If Tenant constitutes more than one person or entity, (i) each of them shall be jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease to be kept, observed and performed by Tenant, (ii) the term “Tenant” as used in this Lease shall mean and include each of them jointly and severally, and (iii) the act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of them, with respect to the tenancy of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons or entities executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or so given or received such notice or refund or so signed.

29.7.2 Partnership Tenant . If Tenant is a partnership or if Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be assigned to a partnership pursuant to Article 14 above (any such partnership of Tenant or such assignee to be referred to herein as “ Partnership Tenant ”), the following provisions of this Lease shall apply to such Partnership Tenant:

(i) The liability of each of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant shall be joint and several.

(ii) Each of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant hereby consents in advance to, and agrees to be bound by, any written instrument which may hereafter be executed, changing, modifying or discharging this Lease, in whole or in part, or surrendering all or any part of the Premises to Landlord, and by

 

-42-


notices, demands, requests or other communication which may be given by Landlord to Tenant under this Lease.

(iii) Any bills, statements, notices, demands, requests or other communications given to Partnership Tenant or to any of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant shall be deemed given to Partnership Tenant and to all such parties and shall be binding upon Partnership Tenant and all such parties.

(iv) If Partnership Tenant admits new general partners, all of such new partners shall, by their admission to Partnership Tenant, be deemed to have assumed performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed.

(v) Partnership Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord of the admission of any such new general partners, and, upon demand of Landlord, shall cause each such new general partner to execute and deliver to Landlord an agreement in form satisfactory to Landlord, wherein each such new general partner shall assume performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Partnership Tenant’s part to be observed and performed (but neither Landlord’s failure to request any such agreement nor the failure of any such new partner to execute or deliver any such agreement to Landlord shall terminate the provisions of clause (iv) of this Section 29.7.2 above nor relieve any such new partner of its obligations thereunder).

29.8 Captions . The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

29.9 Relationship of Parties . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant, it being expressly understood and agreed that neither the method of computation of Rent nor any act of the parties hereto shall be deemed to create any relationship between Landlord and Tenant other than the relationship of landlord and tenant.

29.10 Application of Payments . Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

29.11 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence of this Lease and each of its provisions.

29.12 Partial Invalidity . If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

29.13 No Warranty . In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representation, including, but not limited to, any representation whatsoever as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, on the same level or on the same basis, except for any representations which are expressly provided in this Lease.

29.14 Landlord Exculpation . It is expressly understood and agreed that except as provided in Section 29.5 nothing to the contrary, the liability of Landlord and the Landlord Parties hereunder (including any successor landlord) and any recourse by Tenant against Landlord or the Landlord Parties shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the lesser of (a) the equity interest of Landlord in the Project or (b) the equity interest Landlord would have in the Project if the Project was encumbered by third-party debt in an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the value of the Project (as such value is determined by Landlord), plus (c) all net rents and proceeds of the Project, including, but not limited to, contractual indemnities of other tenants proceeds of insurance, in eminent domain and warranty rights of Landlord, and neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal

 

-43-


liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant.

29.15 Entire Agreement . It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. This Lease and any side letter or separate agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant in connection with this Lease and dated of even date herewith contain all of the terms, covenants, conditions, warranties and agreements of the parties relating in any manner to the rental, use and occupancy of the Premises, shall be considered to be the only agreement between the parties hereto and their representatives and agents, and none of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto. All negotiations and oral agreements acceptable to both parties have been merged into and are included herein.

29.16 Right to Lease . Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Project.

29.17 Force Majeure . Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, acts of war and terrorist attacks, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform (collectively, the “ Force Majeure ”), except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid pursuant to this Lease, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure.

29.18 Waiver of Redemption By Tenant . Tenant hereby waives for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the premises after any termination of this Lease.

29.19 Notices . All notices, demands, statements or communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing, shall be sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, nationally recognized courier service ( e.g. , Federal Express) for next-day delivery or delivered personally (i) to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 5 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord; or (ii) to Landlord at the addresses set forth in Section 3 of the Summary, or to such other firm or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given on the date mail delivery is made, or attempted and rejected, or upon the date personal delivery is made. If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord’s mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor, Tenant shall give to such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease by registered or certified mail, and such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant’s exercising any remedy available to Tenant.

29.20 Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

29.21 Attorneys’ Fees . If either party commences litigation against the other for the specific performance of this Lease, for damages for the breach hereof or otherwise for enforcement of any remedy hereunder, the parties hereto agree, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party such costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees as may have been incurred, including any and all costs incurred in enforcing, perfecting and executing such judgment.

 

-44-


29.22 Governing Law . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

29.23 Submission of Lease . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or an option for lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

29.24 Brokers . Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 14 of the Summary (the “ Brokers ”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker or agent other than the Brokers in consummating this Lease.

29.25 Intentionally Omitted .

29.26 Building and Project Name and Signage . Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name of the Building and/or the Project and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Building and/or Project as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the name of the Building and/or Project or use pictures or illustrations of the Building and/or Project in advertising or other publicity, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

29.27 Transportation Management . Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Building and/or Project, provided that such programs do not materially prejudice Tenant or its operations.

29.28 Health and Safety . If at any time during the Lease Term it is determined by competent authority of any governmental entity having jurisdiction over the Premises, the Project, or any portion thereof, that any material, substance, equipment or system must be installed in or removed from the Premises, the Project or any portion thereof, in order to protect or maintain the health or safety of those entering upon or working within the Premises, the Project or any portion thereof, then Landlord may make such installation or removal and if so, the cost (amortized over its reasonable life) of such installation or removal shall be included in Operating Expenses, unless such installation or removal requirement is triggered by Tenant’s specific use or alterations of the Premises, and/or the neglect, fault or default of Tenant, its agents, employees, customers or contractors (in which case Tenant shall be solely responsible for same at Tenant’s sole cost and expense).

29.29 Waiver of Jury Trial; Dispute Resolution by Reference . Landlord and Tenant each acknowledges that it is aware of and has had the advice of counsel of its choice with respect to its rights to trial by jury, and, to the extent enforceable under California law, each party does hereby expressly and knowingly waive and release all such rights to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either party hereto against the other on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises and/or any claim of injury or damage.

In the event that the jury waiver provisions of this Section 29.29 are not enforceable under California law, then the following provisions of this Section 29.29 shall apply:

Except as to actions for unlawful or forcible detainer or the prejudgment remedy of attachment, any action, proceeding or counterclaim by either party hereto against the other arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises and/or any claim of injury or damage, shall be heard and resolved by a referee under the provisions of the California Code of Civil Procedure, Sections 638 - 645.1, inclusive (as may be amended, or any successor statute(s) thereto). The venue shall be in the county of the Premises.

Within ten (10) days of receipt by any party of a written request to resolve any dispute or controversy pursuant to this Section 29.29, the parties shall agree upon a single referee. If the

 

-45-


parties are unable to agree upon a referee within such ten (10) day period, then any party may file a lawsuit to obtain appointment of a referee.

The parties shall have all rights to discovery, judicial and appellate review, and application of California laws including rules of evidence, civil procedure and substantive laws, and to present their case, including pre-trial motions, to the same extent as to a trial court judge. However, the parties hereby waive any right to seek or recover punitive damages, and any other damages not permitted by the express provisions of this Lease. A stenographic record of all proceedings and hearings before the referee shall be made unless expressly waived by the parties. The referee’s decision shall, at a minimum, contain findings of fact and conclusions of law.

29.30 Landlord Renovations . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may during the Lease Term renovate, improve, alter, or modify (collectively, the “ Renovations ”) the Building, Premises, and/or Project, including without limitation the Parking Facilities, Common Areas, systems and equipment, roof, and structural portions of the same. In connection with such Renovations, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Building and/or the Project, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Project, including portions of the Common Areas, or perform work in the Building and/or the Project, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Building and/or the Project. In all such Renovations, Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s permitted business operations from the Premises. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations and Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Renovations.

29.31 Financial Statements . Upon ten (10) days prior written request from Landlord (which Landlord may make at any time during the Term but no more often than once in any calendar year except in connection with a proposed financing, re-financing or sale of the Project), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (a) a current financial statement of Tenant and any guarantor of this Lease, and (b) financial statements of Tenant and such guarantor for the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally acceptable accounting principles and certified as true in all material respects by Tenant (if Tenant is an individual) or by an authorized officer or member/manager of Tenant (if Tenant is a corporation or limited liability company) or a general partner of Tenant (if Tenant is a partnership). Landlord agrees that it shall not disclose to any third party the information contained in Tenant’s financial statements; provided, however, that (i) such information was not previously disclosed by Tenant to such third party or to the public generally, and (ii) nothing contained herein shall restrict Landlord from disclosing such information as may be required by law or to its accountants, attorneys, bona-fide prospective purchasers or current or prospective mortgagees. Unless attributable to Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct, Landlord shall incur no liability for the disclosure of any such information.

29.32 Communication Equipment . Subject to all Laws, Tenant and Tenant’s contractors (which shall first be reasonably approved by Landlord) shall have the right and access to install, repair, replace, remove, operate and maintain one (1) satellite dish or other similar device, such as an antenna, together with all cable, wiring, conduits and related equipment (collectively, “ Communication Equipment ”), for the purpose of receiving and sending radio, television, computer, telephone or other communication signals to and from the Premises in connection with Tenant’s use of the Premises, at a location on the roof of the Building designated by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Such use of the roof for Communication Equipment shall be at no additional charge to Tenant during the Lease Term and any extensions thereof. Tenant shall ensure that any Communication Equipment installed by Tenant does not unreasonably interfere with any equipment installed on the roof of the Building prior to Tenant’s installation of its Communication Equipment. Tenant shall retain Landlord’s designated roofing contractor (who shall be reasonably acceptable to Tenant) to make any necessary penetrations and associated repairs to the roof in order to preserve Landlord’s roof warranty. Tenant’s installation and operation of the Communication Equipment shall be governed by the following terms and conditions:

29.32.1 Tenant’s right to install, replace, repair, remove, operate and maintain the Communication Equipment shall be subject to all governmental Laws, rules and regulations and Landlord makes no representation that such Laws, rules and regulations permit such installation and operation. Further, Tenant’s Communication Equipment shall not cause the

 

-46-


Building rooftop to violate any Laws, rules and/or regulations and Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring that its use does not cause such a violation.

29.32.2 All plans and specifications for the Communication Equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

29.32.3 All costs of installation, operation and maintenance of the Communication Equipment and any necessary related equipment (including, without limitation, costs of obtaining any necessary permits and connections to the Building’s electrical system) shall be borne by Tenant. Landlord agrees to cooperate (at no expense to Landlord) with Tenant in obtaining such permits and connections.

29.32.4 It is expressly understood that Landlord retains the right to use the roof of the Building for any purpose whatsoever provided that Landlord shall not unduly interfere with Tenant’s use of the Communication Equipment.

29.32.5 Tenant shall use the Communication Equipment so as not to cause any undue interference or danger to other tenants in the Building or with any other tenant’s or licensee’s communication equipment installed on the roof prior to Tenant’s installation of its Communication Equipment, and not to damage the Building or interfere with the normal operation of the Building.

29.32.6 Landlord shall not have any obligations with respect to the Communication Equipment. Landlord makes no representation that the Communication Equipment will be able to receive or transmit communication signals without interference or disturbance (whether or not by reason of the installation or use of similar equipment by others on the roof of the Building) and Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefor.

29.32.7 Tenant shall (i) be solely responsible for any damage caused as a result of the Communication Equipment, (ii) promptly pay any tax, license or permit fees charged pursuant to any Laws or regulations in connection with the installation, maintenance or use of the Communication Equipment and comply with all precautions and safeguards recommended by all governmental authorities, and (iii) be responsible for any necessary repairs, replacements to or maintenance of the Communication Equipment.

29.32.8 The Communication Equipment shall remain the sole property of Tenant. Tenant shall remove the Communication Equipment and related equipment at Tenant’s sole cost and expense upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease or upon the imposition of any governmental Law or regulation which may require removal, and shall repair the Building upon such removal to the extent required by such work of removal. If Tenant fails to remove the Communication Equipment and repair the Building within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense. The provisions of this Section 29.32.8 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

29.32.9 The area occupied by the Communication Equipment shall be deemed to constitute a portion of the Premises for purposes of Article 10 of this Lease.

29.32.10 Tenant shall be entitled, at no additional charge, to use its pro rata share of the existing risers of the Building to install its Communication Equipment; provided that Landlord makes no representation regarding the capacity of such risers. In the event additional capacity is needed, Tenant shall have the right to provide such additional capacity, subject to Landlord’s prior written approval of the methods and manner of providing such additional capacity, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion.

29.32.11 Tenant hereby agrees to comply with all regulations, Laws and codes applicable to the use of its Communication Equipment, including, without limitation, FCC and OSHA regulations relating to radio frequency (“ RF ”) emissions.

29.33 Hazardous Materials Storage Facility . Subject to (a) Tenant obtaining and maintaining throughout the Lease Term, all necessary governmental permits and approvals for same (b) Tenant’s compliance with Applicable Laws, (c) Landlord’s prior written approval of all plans and specifications (with respect to the exact design, location and screening) which consent may be conditioned on Tenant complying with such reasonable requirements imposed by Landlord, based on the advice of Landlord’s structural and mechanical engineers or other

 

-47-


consultants, so that the Project’s systems and equipment are not adversely affected and/or the Project’s parking ratio or traffic circulation in the common areas is not diminished, (d) Tenant’s compliance with the terms and conditions set forth in Section 5.3 relating to the use and storage of Hazardous Materials and (e) Tenant obtaining all necessary third party approvals (including, without limitation, any approvals required by any CC&Rs recorded against the Project), Tenant shall have the right to erect and maintain as part of the initial Tenant Work (as defined in Section 5 of the Tenant Work Letter and subject to the terms of the Tenant Work Letter relating to the same) or as a subsequent Alteration (subject to the terms of Article 8), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a medical waste and Hazardous Materials storage container, not exceeding the following dimensions ninety (90) square feet, in the Common Areas exterior to the Project in a location reasonably designated by Landlord, provided that any parking spaces encumbered by the Hazardous Materials storage container shall be deemed to reduce Tenant’s parking rights under Section 13 of the Summary. The Hazardous Materials storage container shall be utilized by Tenant in connection with the storage of a commercially reasonable amount of Hazardous Materials permitted to be utilized by Tenant pursuant to Section 5.3 and approved by Landlord. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs and expenses of design, installation and removal of the Hazardous Materials storage container and related improvements. Landlord will cooperate with Tenant (at no cost to Landlord) in Tenant’s efforts to obtain approvals for the Hazardous Material storage container improvements; provided that Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of any governmental approvals required for installation of the Hazardous Materials storage container. Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring that the Hazardous Materials storage container and related improvements does not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Project by other tenants and their employees, agents, contractors, guests and invitees. In the event another tenant of the Project or of a neighboring project complains of problems caused by the Hazardous Materials storage container and related improvements, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense take whatever steps are reasonably necessary to remedy the problem complained of. Landlord and Tenant further agree and acknowledge that any repairs or maintenance of the Hazardous Materials storage container and related improvements shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and Landlord makes no representation or warranty with respect to the Hazardous Materials storage container and related improvements or Tenant’s ability to obtain the necessary permits and approval for same. The rights to erect and maintain Hazardous Materials storage container and related improvements shall be personal to the Original Tenant or an Affiliated Assignee and may not otherwise be transferred. Should the Hazardous Materials storage container and related improvements require maintenance or repairs as determined in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, Landlord shall have the right to provide written notice thereof to Tenant and Tenant shall cause such repairs and/or maintenance to be performed within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice from Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Should Tenant fail to perform such maintenance and repairs within the period described in the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord shall have the right to cause such work to be performed and to charge Tenant, as Additional Rent, for the cost of such work. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, cause the Hazardous Materials storage container and related improvements to be removed from the exterior of the Project and shall cause the Project to be restored to the condition existing prior to the placement of such Hazardous Materials storage container and related improvements. If Tenant fails to remove Hazardous Materials storage container and related improvements and to restore the Project as provided in the immediately preceding sentence within thirty (30) days following the expiration or early termination of this Lease, then Landlord may perform such work, and all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in so performing such work shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of invoice therefor. The immediately preceding sentence shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The Hazardous Materials storage container and related improvements shall be deemed to be a part of the Premises for purposes of Section 5.3, Articles 8 and 10 of this Lease.

29.34 Tenant’s Right to Receive an SNDA . In addition, concurrently with the full execution and delivery of this Lease, Landlord shall obtain a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement (the “ SNDA ”) executed by Landlord and the current lender of the Project in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (it being agreed that Tenant hereby agrees to the form of Exhibit H ). In the event Landlord is unable, despite Landlord’s good faith and diligent efforts, to obtain an SNDA executed by the current lender of the Project within ten (10) days after the date of full execution and delivery of this Lease, then Tenant shall have the right exercisable at anytime within five (5) business days thereafter, to give ten (10) business days’ written notice to Landlord stating Tenant’s intention to terminate this Lease. In the event that Landlord does not provide the SNDA executed by the current lender of the Project to Tenant prior to the expiration of such ten (10) business day period, this Lease shall

 

-48-


terminate and all prepaid rent and security for this Lease previously provided to Landlord shall be immediately refunded and/or returned to Tenant.

29.35 Backup Generator for Premises . Subject to (a) Tenant obtaining and maintaining throughout the Lease Term, all necessary governmental permits and approvals for same (b) Tenant’s compliance with Applicable Laws, (c) Landlord’s prior written approval of all plans and specifications (with respect to the exact design, location and screening) which consent may be conditioned on Tenant complying with such reasonable requirements imposed by Landlord, based on the advice of Landlord’s structural and mechanical engineers or other consultants, so that the Project’s systems and equipment are not adversely affected and/or the Project’s parking ratio or traffic circulation in the common areas is not diminished, (d) Tenant’s compliance with the terms and conditions set forth in Section 5.3 relating to the use and storage of Hazardous Materials and (e) Tenant obtaining all necessary third party approvals (including, without limitation, any approvals required by any CC&Rs recorded against the Project), Tenant shall have the right to install and maintain as part of the initial Tenant Work (subject to the terms of the Tenant Work Letter) or as a subsequent Alteration (subject to the terms of Article 8), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a backup generator for the Premises at a location reasonably designated by Landlord, provided that any parking spaces encumbered by the backup generator shall be deemed to reduce Tenant’s parking rights under Section 13 of the Summary. Such backup generator shall be used by Tenant only during (i) testing and regular maintenance, and (ii) any period of electrical power outage in the Premises. Tenant shall be entitled to operate the generator for testing and regular maintenance only upon notice to Landlord and at times reasonably approved by Landlord, provided that Tenant shall have the right to test the generator no less than one (1) time per month. In addition, Tenant shall ensure that the backup generator does not result in any Hazardous Materials being introduced to the Project (other than diesel fuel and lubricants typically associated with diesel generator operations and maintenance), and Section 5.3 will apply to Tenant’s use of the backup generator. Further, Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring that the backup generator does not interfere with the use of the Project by other tenants. In the event another tenant of the Project or of a neighboring project reasonably complains for legitimate reasons of problems caused by the generator, Tenant shall take whatever steps are reasonably necessary to remedy the problem complained of. Tenant shall ensure that the design and installation of the backup generator is performed in a manner so as to minimize or eliminate any noise or vibration caused by such generator. Any repairs and maintenance of such generator shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant and Landlord makes no representation or warranty with respect to such generator. Tenant may, at any time during the Lease Term (as may be extended) at Tenant’s sole discretion, remove such generator and repair (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) all damage to the Project resulting from such removal. However, if Tenant is so notified by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove such generator upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term and repair all damage to the Project resulting from such removal. Such generator shall be deemed to be a part of the Premises for purposes of Article 10.

 

-49-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”:

THE CAMPUS CARLSBAD, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:

 

NEWPORT NATIONAL / THE CAMPUS CARLSBAD, LLC, a California limited liability company

Its:

 

Managing Member

 

By:

 

Newport National Corporation,

   

a California corporation, Manager

   

By:

 

/s/ Scott R. Brusseau

     

Scott R. Brusseau, President

“TENANT”:

CLINICAL MICRO SENSORS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation dba Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics

By:

 

/s/ Steven Kemper

Its:

 

Sr. VP Finance

By:

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

-50-


EXHIBIT A

THE CAMPUS

SITE PLAN

LOGO

 

EXHIBITA

-1-


EXHIBIT B

OUTLINE OF FLOOR PLAN OF PREMISES AND BUILDING COMMON AREAS

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT B

-1-


EXHIBIT C

TENANT WORK LETTER

THE CAMPUS CARLSBAD, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and CLINICAL MICRO SENSORS, INC., a Delaware corporation dba Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics (“ Tenant ”) as of this      day of         , 2010, are executing simultaneously with this Tenant work letter (“ Tenant Work Letter ”), a written Lease (“ Lease ”) covering the Premises described in the Lease.

This Tenant Work Letter defines the scope of tenant improvements Landlord is to construct at the Premises.

This Tenant Work Letter is part of the Lease and is subject to its terms and conditions. Terms which have initial capital letters and are not otherwise defined in this Tenant Work Letter shall have the meanings given them in the Lease. In consideration of the mutual covenants herein, Landlord and Tenant mutually agree as set forth below.

SECTION 1 — IMPROVEMENTS; PLANNING AND DOCUMENTS

1.1 Construction of Tenant Improvements . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Tenant Work Letter, Landlord agrees to furnish all of the material, labor and equipment as may be reasonably necessary to construct the Tenant Improvements (as such term is defined below) in substantial conformance with the T.I. Plans and Specifications (as such term is defined below). Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to endeavor to achieve Substantial Completion (as such term is defined below) by the Estimated Lease Commencement Date.

1.2 Construction of Tenant Improvements .

1.2.1 Construction of Tenant Work . Tenant Work (defined below) shall be furnished and installed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

1.2.2. Construction of Landlord’s Work . The “ Landlord’s Work ” shall mean and consist of the Landlord Improvements (defined below) and the Tenant Improvements.

1.3 Plans and Specifications .

1.3.1 Landlord Improvements . “ Landlord Improvements ” shall mean and consist of those Building and Project improvements described in Section 1.2 of the Lease and on Schedule C-1 to this Tenant Work Letter which shall be completed by Landlord at Landlord’s sole cost and expense pursuant to Landlord’s plans and specifications relating to the same. The preliminary plans and specifications for any aesthetic modifications and improvements to the landscaping and hardscaping of the Building included in the Landlord Improvements (i.e. the koi pond addition and landscaping improvements) shall be prepared by Landlord’s consultants. Landlord hereby agrees to use its commercially reasonable and diligent efforts to complete the koi pond, make repairs to the sidewalks leading to the Premises, replace landscaping in front of the Building, and complete parking lot slurry coating components of the Landlord Improvements as soon as is reasonably practicable after the mutual execution and delivery of the Lease by Landlord and Tenant, and in any event not later than the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises (or within thirty (30) days after Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises with respect to repairs to installation of the koi pond (except that the excavation for the same shall be completed on or before the date of Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises) and/or any repairs to sidewalks leading to the Premises and replacement of landscaping in front of the Building, only). Additionally, as part of the Landlord Improvements to be completed prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord shall replaced any water-damaged drywall in the Premises, and identify and eliminate the source of water penetration of the Building which caused such damage. All other Landlord Improvements set forth on Schedule C-1 will be completed by Landlord pursuant to Landlord’s reasonable construction schedule.

1.3.2 Intentionally Omitted .

1.3.3 Space Plan . “ Space Plan ” shall mean a layout and designation of all counters, fixtures, demising walls and partitions to be included in the Premises as the Tenant Improvements, as such Space Plan has been prepared by Designcorp (as defined below) and

 

EXHIBIT C

-1-


approved by Landlord and Tenant prior to the Date of this Lease and which is incorporated herein as Exhibit C-2 .

1.3.4 Tenant Improvements . “ Tenant Improvements ” shall mean those portions of the Premises identified in the T.I. Plans and Specifications (as are generally consistent with the Space Plan) which are the responsibility of Contractor (as such term is defined below); provided, however, that the Tenant Improvements shall not include any alterations or improvements made by Landlord to the Building shell as required by Applicable Laws, except as specified in the T.I. Construction Drawings or otherwise triggered as a result of the items specified in the T.I. Construction Drawings (and with specific reference to the backup generator referred to in Section 29.35 of the Lease and/or the hazardous storage container referred to in Section 29.33 of the Lease, if installed by Tenant during the Early Access Period as part of Tenant’s Work), and Landlord’s obligations with Section 1.2 of the Lease. The Tenant Improvements shall be based on the approved T.I. Plans and Specifications utilizing Landlord’s Building Standards (as such term is defined in Section 8.2 of the Lease) described on Exhibit I attached to the Lease and incorporated herein; provided, however, that such improvements may be upgraded subject to Landlord’s prior written consent and the terms of this Tenant Work Letter.

1.3.5 T.I. Construction Drawings . “ T.I. Construction Drawings ” shall mean  1 / 4 or  1 / 8 scale construction drawings for the Tenant Improvements containing all information reasonably necessary to construct the Tenant Improvements, which drawings shall be consistent with the approved Space Plan.

1.3.6 T.I. Plans and Specifications . “ T.I. Plans and Specifications ” shall mean collectively the Space Plan, and T.I. Construction Drawings, and all related plans, drawings, specifications and notes developed or prepared in connection therewith.

1.3.7 Preparation of Tenant Improvement Documents .

1.3.7.1 Architect . Landlord and Tenant have mutually agreed that Landlord shall engage Designcorp (“ Designcorp ”) for the preparation of the Space Plan and the T.I. Construction Drawings.

1.3.7.2 T.I. Construction Drawings . Subject to Tenant Delays, on or before March 23, 2010, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant the proposed T.I. Construction Drawings. The T.I. Construction Drawings shall be subject to the approval of Landlord and Tenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord or Tenant may approve or disapprove the T.I. Construction Drawings in a writing delivered to Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, within five (5) business days of such party’s receipt of the T.I. Construction Drawings. If Landlord or Tenant expressly disapproves the T.I. Construction Drawings, then Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, shall, as part of its disapproval notice, (i) approve those portions which are acceptable, and (ii) disapprove those portions which are not acceptable, specifying the reasons for such disapproval and describing the changes the disapproving party requests for each item disapproved, provided Tenant may only disapprove the T.I. Construction Drawings if same materially deviates from the Space Plan approved by Tenant pursuant to this Tenant Work Letter (as determined by Tenant in its reasonable discretion). Landlord or Tenant’s failure to deliver its approval or disapproval notice within such five (5) business day period shall be deemed such party’s approval of the T.I. Construction Drawings so submitted. Within ten (10) business days following either party’s disapproval of any portion of the T.I. Construction Drawings, Landlord shall have the T.I. Construction Drawings revised to incorporate the changes requested by the disapproving party and deliver the revised T.I. Construction Drawings to both Landlord and Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is relying on Tenant’s timely approval of the T.I. Construction Drawings in order to allow Landlord to attempt to deliver the Premises on the Estimated Commencement Date. Accordingly, for each day which passes after the date due, but before Tenant delivers the approved Space Plan, the approved T.I. Construction Drawings or any approved revisions to T.I. Construction Drawings, shall constitute a Tenant Delay (as such term is defined hereinbelow).

1.3.7.3 Ownership . Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all of Tenant’s present and future right, title and interest in and to the T.I. Plans and Specifications, including, without limitation, the Space Plan and the T.I. Construction Drawings.

1.4 Building Permits . Landlord shall be responsible for seeking governmental approvals necessary for the construction of the Tenant Improvements, including a building permit. Landlord shall pay for such approvals and permits relating to the Tenant Improvements

 

EXHIBIT C

-2-


only out of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. If a change to the approved T.I. Plans and Specifications is required by any governmental authority as a condition to obtaining a building permit or other approval, such change shall be made to the T.I. Plans and Specifications and deemed to have been approved by Tenant. Any increase in construction cost due to such change shall be charged to the Tenant Improvement Allowance, or, if the Estimated Construction Costs exceeds the sum of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, then such excess shall be deemed an Excess Cost (as such term is defined herein) to be paid by Tenant, however, the same shall be due and payable by Tenant within five (5) days of Landlord’s request therefor for purposes of timely obtaining the applicable building permit or other approval(s). The parties shall cooperate with each other as may be reasonably necessary to obtain the building permit and any and all other approvals, as appropriate. Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the necessary building permits and approvals for the approved T.I. Plans and Specifications by the date which is four (4) weeks following Landlord’s approval of the final approved T.I. Construction Drawings. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is relying upon the timely acquisition of the Tenant Improvements building permits and approvals so that Landlord may attempt to Substantially Complete the Tenant Improvements by the Estimated Commencement Date.

1.5 Condition of Premises; Limitation . Except as may be expressly provided in the Lease (with specific reference to Section 1.2 thereof), Landlord makes no express or implied warranties or representations to Tenant with regard to the Premises or the Project. However, Landlord shall deliver the Premises in the condition required by the Lease and this Tenant Work Letter.

1.6 Approvals . After approval of the T.I. Plans and Specifications as provided herein, no changes, modifications or alterations may be made thereto by Tenant without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that if any changes are required (i) by any governmental agency with jurisdiction over the Building, (ii) as a result of field conditions, or (iii) to substitute reasonably equivalent materials to avoid unanticipated delays, strikes or shortages, then Landlord shall be authorized to make such changes if Landlord elects to do so, and Landlord shall not be required to seek or obtain Tenant’s consent thereto as long as such change does not materially deviate from the T.I. Plans and Specifications (as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion). The costs of any such changes to the T.I. Plans and Specifications are to be included within the Landlord Costs (as such term is defined below) with any excess to be paid by Tenant as Excess Costs (defined below). Any changes to the T.I. Plans and Specifications after approval thereof, other than any changes as may be made by Landlord pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) and/or (iii) above in this Section 1.6, shall constitute a Change Order (as such term is defined below).

1.7 Costs . All costs and fees associated with the preparation of the T.I. Plans and Specifications, including, without limitation, all consultant or subcontractor design fees shall be paid for out of the Tenant Improvement Allowance in accordance with Section 3 below, except as may be expressly set forth otherwise herein. The T.I. Construction Drawings shall be prepared by Designcorp (provided that the mechanical and plumbing drawings shall be prepared by McPharlane & Associates and the electrical drawings shall be prepared by G-4 Engineering) or as otherwise agreed in a separate writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

1.8 SDG&E Savings by Design . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord desires to participate in the San Diego Gas and Electric (“ SDG&E ”) Savings by Design program (“ Program ”). Tenant agrees to reasonably cooperate with Landlord in incorporating such applicable Program standards within the design and specifications for the Tenant Improvements (the “ Incorporated Program Items ”). Tenant shall be entitled to a refund of Tenant’s proportionate share of any refund actually received by Landlord in connection with such Program to the extent such refund is awarded in connection with the completion of the initial Tenant Improvements.

SECTION 2 — TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

2.1 Tenant Improvements . The Tenant Improvements are and shall become Landlord’s property and shall be surrendered to Landlord upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease in accordance with the provisions of the Lease.

2.2 Premises Furnishings . It is expressly understood that Landlord’s obligation to construct Tenant Improvements in the Premises is limited to construction of the Tenant Improvements specifically contemplated by the T.I. Plans and Specifications to be constructed

 

EXHIBIT C

-3-


by Landlord. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the performance and expense of the design, layout, provision, delivery, permitting and installation of any furniture, furnishings, equipment, and any other personal property Tenant will use at the Premises.

SECTION 3 — TENANT IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCE - COSTS

3.1 Tenant Improvement Allowance . Landlord has agreed to contribute a one-time tenant improvement allowance for the cost of preparing the T.I. Plans and Specifications related to Tenant Improvements and toward the cost of constructing the Tenant Improvements, (including, but not limited to, any necessary permits and approvals, and any necessary demolition work but excluding any costs of furniture, trade fixtures, equipment or personal property and/or any non-Building Standard improvements, all of which shall be Tenant’s sole responsibility) in an amount up to but not exceeding Sixty-One and  06 / 100 Dollars ($61.06) per square foot of the Premises (“ Tenant Improvement Allowance ”). The Tenant Improvement Allowance is based on the square feet of the Premises, and the calculation of square feet for the Premises shall be as determined by Landlord. Tenant shall have the option, exercisable by written notice to Landlord on or before the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, to cause Landlord to increase the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance by up to One Hundred One Thousand One Hundred Fifty-Six and No/100 Dollars ($101,156.00) (the “ TI Allowance Increase Amount ”) as designated by Tenant in such written notice. If Tenant exercises such option, monthly Base Rent payable by Tenant throughout the initial Lease Term shall be increased by an amount sufficient to fully amortize the TI Allowance Increase Amount throughout the initial Lease Term based upon equal monthly payments of principal and interest, with interest imputed on the outstanding principal balance at the rate of six point five percent (6.5%) per annum. If Tenant makes such election, the parties shall enter into a amendment of this Lease to reflect such increase in Base Rent. Notwithstanding any provisions of the Lease or this Tenant Work Letter to the contrary, Tenant shall be solely responsible for, and shall pay upon billing therefor, any and all costs and expenses relating in any way to the Tenant Improvements (including, but not limited to, the design, permitting and construction thereof) in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance with respect to the work of construction of the Tenant Improvements by Landlord’s Contractor (“ Excess Costs ”). The total of all costs to be incurred by Landlord in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements (including, without limitation, the costs to prepare the T.I. Plans and specifications, the obtainment of permits and completion of other pre-construction work relating to the Tenant Improvements) shall be referred to as “ Landlord Costs ” and Landlord’s contribution toward Landlord’s Costs shall be limited to the Tenant Improvement Allowance (as the same may be increased as set forth in this Section 3.1 above). Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that , any Landlord Costs incurred prior to the date set forth in Section 29.34 for the delivery of the SNDA only are at Landlord’s sole risk and expense and in the event that Landlord fails to deliver the SNDA to Tenant and as a result, Tenant timely terminates the Lease as set forth in Section 29.34, Tenant shall have no liability for any Landlord Costs, nor the cost of designing the Landlord Improvements.

3.2 Intentionally Omitted .

3.3 Cost of Tenant Improvement Work .

3.3.1 Reserved .

3.3.2 Reserved .

3.3.3 Obtaining Estimated Construction Cost . The contractor to be retained by Landlord as the contractor to construct the Tenant Improvements (“ Contractor ” or “ Landlord’s Contractor ”) shall be selected pursuant to the following procedure. Within three (3) business days following Landlord’s approval of the T.I. Construction Drawings, Landlord shall instruct Designcorp to deliver the T.I. Construction Drawings approved by Landlord to the City of Carlsbad for review and to at least five (5) general contractors mutually selected by Landlord and Tenant. Each such contractor shall be invited to submit a bid (on such bid form as Landlord shall designate either as a stipulated sum or a guaranteed maximum price) to construct the Tenant Improvements. Each contractor shall be notified in the bid package of the time schedule for construction of the Tenant Improvements. All of the contractors submitting bids will obtain at least two (2) bids from each trade, provided Landlord shall have the right to designate the subcontractors to be utilized in connection with work affecting the Building Structure and/or the Systems and Equipment. The bids shall be submitted promptly to Landlord and a reconciliation shall be performed by Landlord to adjust inconsistent or incorrect assumptions so that a like-kind

 

EXHIBIT C

-4-


comparison can be made and a low bidder determined. All bids and Landlord’s reconciliation will be “open book” and shared fully with Tenant. Landlord shall select the Contractor, subject to Tenant’s reasonable approval of such Contractor. The estimated cost of the Tenant Improvements set forth in the bid of the Contractor (as selected pursuant to the foregoing procedure), along with all other costs related to the Tenant Improvements shall be referred to herein as the “ Estimated Construction Cost ” and Landlord shall deliver written notice (“ Estimated Construction Cost Notice ”) of the same to Tenant.

3.3.4 Approval of Estimated Construction Cost by Tenant . Tenant shall, within three (3) business days of receipt of the Estimated Construction Cost Notice, either: (i) agree in writing to pay the amount by which the Estimated Construction Cost exceeds the sum of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (“ Additional Cost ”), such payment of the Additional Cost to be made in a cash lump sum within five (5) business days following Tenant’s receipt of the Estimated Construction Cost Notice, or (ii) revise the T.I. Plans and Specifications (in a manner reasonably acceptable to Landlord) so that the Estimated Construction Cost is either (a) no more than the Tenant Improvement Allowance (as the same may be increased by Tenant as set forth in Section 3.1 of this Tenant Work Letter above), or (b) in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (as the same may be increased by Tenant as set forth in Section 3.1 of this Tenant Work Letter above), by no more than the amount of Additional Cost which Tenant agrees to pay, such payment of the Additional Cost to be made in a cash lump sum within five (5) business days following Tenant’s receipt of the Estimated Construction Cost Notice. If Tenant elects to revise the T.I. Plans and Specifications in order to reduce the Estimated Construction Cost, the period of time between the date following Tenant’s election to revise the T.I. Plans and Specifications and the date of the approval of the revised Estimated Construction Cost by Tenant shall constitute a Tenant Delay. The failure of Tenant to so respond within the three (3) business day period following receipt of the Estimated Construction Cost Notice shall be a Tenant Delay as to each day thereafter until Tenant so responds in writing. Upon approval by Tenant, Landlord shall be authorized to proceed with the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the approved T.I. Plans and Specifications. All costs arising out of any changes to T.I. Plans and Specifications and/or the Estimated Construction Cost (except to the extent attributable to any deviation from the T.I. Construction Drawings approved by Tenant or otherwise required by Applicable Law), including, without limitation, any re-engineering, estimating, printing of drawings, costs of any space planner, architect, tenant improvement coordinator, engineering consultants and other consultants, management, and any other incidental expenses made pursuant to such Tenant requests, shall be chargeable against the Tenant Improvement Allowance, with any excess to be paid by Tenant as Excess Costs.

3.4 Landlord Costs for Tenant Improvements . Any and all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the design, construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements, in conformance with the T.I. Plans and Specifications and this Tenant Work Letter, including, but not limited to, any demolition or modification of any existing improvements as may be necessary to accomplish construction of the Tenant Improvements in conformance with the T.I. Plans and Specifications, and any other measures taken by Landlord to accomplish Landlord’s construction of the Tenant Improvements, including but not limited to governmental permits and approvals, shall be chargeable against the Tenant Improvement Allowance, with any excess to be paid by Tenant as Excess Costs. Landlord shall not receive any construction management fee, nor shall Landlord charge any costs or Landlord’s overhead costs, legal fees or any insurance coverage maintained by Landlord as part of the Landlord costs. No bonding costs associated with any contractor proposed by Landlord shall be payable as an Approved Construction Cost or Excess Cost.

3.5 Tenant Costs for Tenant Improvements . Tenant shall be solely responsible for all Additional Costs. Failure by Tenant to timely deliver payment therefor as provided above shall prohibit Landlord from proceeding with the Tenant Improvements, shall constitute a Tenant Delay for each day of delay in delivering the cash lump sum equal to the Additional Costs as provided above and, at Landlord’s sole option, shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Tenant Work Letter and the Lease. Notwithstanding any provision of the Lease or this Tenant Work Letter to the contrary, Tenant shall pay for all Excess Costs. Notwithstanding any Additional Costs payments which may be made by Tenant, if at any time (including, without limitation, whether prior to, upon or after Substantial Completion) Landlord determines that Excess Costs exceed or will exceed that paid by Tenant (or that Excess Costs are otherwise due from Tenant) then Landlord shall have the right from time to time to bill Tenant for such Excess Costs, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord all such amounts so billed within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of billing therefor. Tenant’s failure to timely pay any such amounts shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Tenant Work Letter and the Lease.

 

EXHIBIT C

-5-


SECTION 4 — CONSTRUCTION OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

4.1 Completion of Tenant Improvements . Landlord shall be responsible for the construction of the Tenant Improvements in substantial conformance with the approved T.I. Plans and Specifications, subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease and this Tenant Work Letter. Upon Substantial Completion (as such term is defined below), Landlord and Tenant shall conduct a Premises inspection and thereafter provide a “punchlist” identifying the corrective work of the type commonly found on an architectural punchlist with respect to the Tenant Improvements, which list shall be based on whether such items were required by the approved T.I. Plans and Specifications, as reasonably determined by Landlord. Within five (5) business days after delivery of the punchlist, Landlord shall instruct Contractor to commence the correction of the punchlist items and thereafter pursue such work to completion. The punchlist procedure to be followed by Landlord and Tenant shall in no way limit Tenant’s obligation to occupy the Premises under the Lease nor shall it in any way excuse Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent as provided under the Lease, unless such punchlist items actually preclude Tenant from occupying the Premises, as reasonably determined by Landlord.

4.2 Progress Reports; Site Meetings . Landlord shall conduct weekly construction meetings and provide to Tenant bi-monthly progress reports describing the condition and estimated schedule for completing the Tenant Improvements (“ Progress Reports ”). In no event shall the Progress Reports be deemed to be a representation, warranty or an assurance by Landlord of the date of Substantial Completion or the cost or expense of the Tenant Improvements, and Tenant specifically acknowledges that the Progress Report is only an estimate by Landlord based on information provided to Landlord. Except to the extent attributable to Landlord’s willful misconduct, Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility for any errors or inaccuracies in a progress report. In addition, Landlord shall coordinate on-site meetings of construction personnel as reasonably appropriate in order to implement the construction described in this Tenant Work Letter.

4.3 Substantial Completion . “ Substantial Completion ” or “ Substantially Completed ” as used herein shall mean all of the following have occurred: (i) delivery of a factually correct written notice to Tenant of the completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises substantially in accordance with the approved T.I. Plans and Specifications with the exception of minor details of construction installation, decoration, or mechanical adjustments, punchlist items and any work relating to the backup generator as set forth in Section 29.35 of the Lease and/or Tenant’s Hazardous Materials storage container as set forth in Section 29.33 of the Lease (irrespective of whether such item(s) are installed by Tenant during the Early Access Period as part of Tenant’s Work), such notice to be in substantially the form of Attachment “A” hereto, (ii) expiration of the Early Access Period (as defined in Section 5.1) (iii) the City of Carlsbad has issued a final inspection approval, certificate of occupancy (or equivalent), a temporary certificate of occupancy (or equivalent) or other equivalent authorization, or Tenant has occupied and obtained the beneficial use of the Premises. Tenant agrees that if Landlord shall be delayed in causing such work to be Substantially Completed as a result of any of the events described herein (or elsewhere in the Lease) as a “Tenant Delay,” then such delay shall be the responsibility of Tenant. In any such event, Substantial Completion shall be deemed to have occurred the earlier of: (a) the date of Substantial Completion or (b) the date when Substantial Completion would have occurred if there had been no Tenant Delay. Landlord shall not be required to work on an overtime basis. For the purposes of this Tenant Work Letter, a “ Tenant Delay ” is defined as any delay directly or indirectly resulting from: (1) Tenant’s failure to comply with any time frames set forth herein or in the Lease (including the deadline set forth in Section 3.3.1 for Tenant’s approval of the Space Plan); (2) any changes in any stage of the T.I. Plans and Specifications requested by Tenant after Landlord’s and Tenant’s approval of such stage, including, without limitation, any Change Order or changes made to reduce the Estimated Construction Cost; (3) Tenant’s failure to timely furnish any documents required herein or to timely approve any item or any cost estimates, the Estimated Construction Costs or any Change Orders, as required herein; (4) Tenant’s request for materials, finishes, or installations other than Landlord’s Building Standard items (and with specific reference to any delays resulting from the design and/or installation of the backup generator as set forth in Section 29.35 of the Lease and/or Tenant’s Hazardous Materials storage container as set forth in Section 29.33 of the Lease ); (5) Tenant’s failure to timely perform any act or obligation imposed on Tenant by the Lease or this Tenant Work Letter as and when requested thereunder or hereunder; (5) Tenant’s failure to assemble its systems furniture to satisfy fire and building inspector requirements to procure a certificate of occupancy (or equivalent); or (6) any other delay otherwise caused by Tenant, its officers, directors, owners, agents, invitees, permittees, employees or contractors which operates to delay

 

EXHIBIT C

-6-


Landlord’s Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, as reasonably determined by Landlord.

4.4 Tenant’s Right to Audit . Landlord shall keep detailed and accurate books and records (including financial records) in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and in accordance with customary standards for similar projects. Promptly following Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall provide to Tenant a schedule together with reasonable back-up information requested by Tenant (inclusive of all invoices, payment receipts to the extent the same were actually provided to Contractor and mechanics’ lien releases), showing the calculation of the actual Landlord Cost and Tenant or its architects or other agents shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to inspect and audit Landlord’s books and records relating thereto, so long as Tenant requests such inspection or audit within sixty (60) days after receipt from Landlord of Landlord’s calculation of Landlord Costs. In the event that either Landlord’s calculation of Landlord Costs and/or Tenant’s inspection and/or audit of Landlord’s books and records determines that the Landlord Costs are less than the Estimated Construction Cost and as a result, Tenant has actually overpaid the amount of Additional Costs, then (1) to the extent Tenant has exercised its right to increase the Tenant Improvement Allowance by the TI Allowance Increase Amount, monthly Base Rent payable by Tenant throughout the initial Lease Term shall be decreased by an amount sufficient to fully amortize the actual amount of the TI Allowance Increase Amount exercised by Tenant pursuant to Section 3.1 of this Tenant Work Letter above that is in excess of the amount of the Landlord Costs, throughout the initial Lease Term based upon equal monthly payments of principal and interest, with interest imputed on the outstanding principal balance at the rate of six point five percent (6.5%) per annum and the parties shall enter into a amendment of this Lease to reflect such decrease in monthly Base Rent and (2) Landlord shall promptly refund any remaining balance of the overpayment by Tenant of Additional Costs in excess of the Landlord Costs (after deducting any amounts reimbursed or otherwise credited to Tenant pursuant to clause (1). If the parties are unable to agree upon an adjusted monthly Base Rent, the parties agree that arbitration shall constitute the exclusive remedy for settlement of any such dispute. If either Landlord or Tenant desires to exercise its right pursuant to this Section 4.4, such party shall deliver written demand for arbitration to the other party, setting out the basis for the controversy. Any arbitration proceeding undertaken pursuant to this shall be held in front of a retired judge working with JAMS or another similar group, or if no such groups exists, a single neutral arbitrator shall be chosen by mutual agreement or, if the parties fail to agree, by the presiding judge of the San Diego Superior Court upon ex parte application. The arbitration shall take place in San Diego, California. The decision of the arbitrator shall be conclusive, final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant. Judgment upon the decision of the arbitrator may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. The cost of such arbitration (including reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred therein) shall be borne by the losing party as determined by the arbitrator.

SECTION 5 — TENANT WORK

5.1 Finish Work . All finish work and decoration and other work desired by Tenant and not included within the Tenant Improvements as set forth in the approved T.I. Plans and Specifications, including specifically, without limitation, those items of furniture systems, computer systems, cabling, telephone systems, telecommunications systems audio visual equipment, security systems not depicted as part of the Tenant Improvements on the T.I. Plans and Specifications, the emergency back-up generator and/or the Hazardous Materials storage container (and with respect to the emergency back-up generator and/or the Hazardous Materials storage container, irrespective of whether such items are depicted in the T.I. Plans and Specifications – it being agreed that Tenant shall be solely responsible for the same, including, without limitation obtaining all necessary governmental permits and approvals for the same) (“ Tenant Work ” or “ Tenant’s Work ”) shall be furnished and installed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and shall not be chargeable to Landlord or against the Tenant Improvement Allowance. If any Tenant Work is not set forth on the approved T.I. Plans and Specifications, Tenant must secure Landlord’s prior written consent for such Tenant Work which consent of Landlord shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord’s approval or disapproval of any plans or specifications for Tenant Work may be based on any of the following matters in addition to any other matters reasonably considered by Landlord: (i) matters affecting the efficiency, operation and distribution of heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, electrical and plumbing systems, elevators, structural components, or any other shell building or common area system(s); (ii) matters affecting Landlord’s insurance coverage; (iii) compliance with building codes and other laws, ordinances, regulations, rulings and interpretations; (iv) compliance with Landlord’s Building Standard items; (v) consent or approval rights of lenders; and (vi) entrances on partial floors. Landlord has the right, exercisable in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion,

 

EXHIBIT C

-7-


to require Tenant to remove all or any portion of such Tenant Work upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease upon notice to Tenant of such removal requirement. Tenant shall not commence the construction or installation of any improvements or fixtures whatsoever on the Premises, including, specifically, but without limitation, the Tenant Work, without first securing satisfaction of all conditions thereto in the Lease and obtaining Landlord’s prior written approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of: (a) Tenant’s contractor; (b) detailed plans and specifications for the Tenant Work; and (c) certificate(s) of insurance and/or copies of policies (as Landlord may request) as prescribed below. The required certificates of insurance shall demonstrate that Tenant and Tenant’s contractor(s) maintain insurance coverage in amounts, types, form and with companies required under the Lease and all other insurance reasonably required by Landlord. All such certificates or policies shall be endorsed to show Landlord (and any lender or other party Landlord may request) as an additional insured and the insurance shall be maintained by Tenant and/or Tenant’s contractor, as applicable, at all times during the performance of the Tenant Work. Provided that such certificates of insurance are so furnished to Landlord prior to the commencement of the proposed Tenant Work, Landlord may not unreasonably withhold or condition its consent to the making of an alteration or improvement unless the making or installation of the improvements or alterations would (a) adversely affect the Building Structure, (b) adversely affect the Building Systems and Equipment, (c) not comply with applicable laws, (d) affect the exterior appearance of the Building, or (e) unreasonably interfere with the normal and customary business operations of the other tenants in the Building. Provided that Tenant and its agents do not interfere with Contractor’s work in the Building and the Premises, Contractor shall allow Tenant and Tenant’s vendors access to the Premises at least thirty (30) days prior to the Substantial Completion of the Premises (“Early Access Period”) for the purpose of performing the Tenant’s Work in the Premises; provided that Landlord shall give Tenant written notice (and such Early Access Period shall not commence until Landlord has delivered such notice) at least ten (10) days in advance of such Early Access Period in order for Tenant to schedule performance of such work. Prior to Tenant’s entry into the Premises as permitted by the terms of this Section 5.1, Tenant shall submit a schedule to Landlord and Contractor, for their approval, which schedule shall detail the timing and purpose of Tenant’s entry. Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and indemnify, protect and defend Landlord against any loss or damage to the Building or Premises and against injury to any persons caused by Tenant’s actions pursuant to this Section 5.1.

5.2 Obligations . All of the Tenant Work shall be undertaken and performed in strict accordance with all applicable laws, the provisions of the Lease and the provisions of this Tenant Work Letter.

5.3 Outside Date . In the event that the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises has not occurred by the “ Outside Date ,” which shall be September 30, 2010, as such September 30, 2010 date shall be extended by the number of days of Tenant Delays and by the number of days of “Force Majeure Delays” (as defined in Section 11.7 of this Tenant Work Letter below), each day shall be a “Landlord Delay,” and Tenant may elect to either (i) abate rent payable under the Lease by two (2) days for every day of Landlord Delay, or (ii) deliver a notice to Landlord (the “ Outside Date Termination Notice ”) electing to terminate the Lease effective upon receipt of the Outside Date Termination Notice by Landlord (the “ Effective Date ”). Except as provided hereinbelow, the Outside Date Termination Notice must be delivered by Tenant to Landlord, if at all, not earlier than the Outside Date and not later than five (5) business days after the Outside Date. If Tenant delivers the Outside Date Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the Effective Date for a period ending thirty (30) days after the original Effective Date. In order to suspend the Effective Date, Landlord must deliver to Tenant, within five (5) business days after receipt of the Outside Date Termination Notice, a certificate of the Contractor certifying that it is such Contractor’s best good faith judgment that Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises will occur within thirty (30) days after the original Effective Date. If Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises occurs within said thirty (30) day suspension period, then the Outside Date Termination Notice shall be of no further force and effect; if, however, Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises does not occur within said thirty (30) day suspension period, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date of expiration of such thirty (30) day period. If prior to the Outside Date Landlord determines that Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises will not occur by the Outside Date, Landlord shall have the right to deliver a written notice to Tenant stating Landlord’s opinion as to the date by which Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises shall occur and Tenant shall be required, within five (5) business days after receipt of such notice, to either deliver the Outside Date Termination Notice (which will mean that this Lease shall thereupon terminate and shall be of no further force and effect) or agree to

 

EXHIBIT C

-8-


extend the Outside Date to that date which is set by Landlord subject to Tenant’s Rent abatement rights set forth above. Failure of Tenant to so respond in writing within said five (5) business day period shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s agreement to extend the Outside Date to that date which is set by Landlord subject to Tenant’s Rent abatement rights set forth above. If the Outside Date is so extended, Landlord’s right to request Tenant to elect to either terminate or further extend the Outside Date shall remain and shall continue to remain, with each of the notice periods and response periods set forth above, until the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises or until this Lease is terminated.

SECTION 6 — CHANGE ORDERS

Tenant may request changes in the Tenant Improvements during construction only by written request to Landlord, or its designated representative, in substantially the form of Attachment “B” hereto, and as otherwise approved by Landlord. All such changes will be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Prior to commencing any change, Landlord has the right to prepare and deliver to Tenant, a change order (“ Change Order ”) setting forth the additional time, if any, reasonably needed for such change and the total cost of such change (or reasonable estimated cost of such change if cost information is delayed) which cost or estimated cost will include, but not be limited to, associated architectural, engineering, management and construction contractor’s fees. Within three (3) business days after delivery to Tenant of the Change Order, Tenant shall deliver notice of approval, together with a lump sum cash payment equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the cost or estimated cost of the change set forth in the Change Order (“ Payment ”). If Tenant fails to approve such Change Order and deliver the Payment within two (2) business days after delivery by Landlord, Tenant will be deemed to have withdrawn the proposed Change Order and Landlord will not proceed to perform the change. Upon Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s approval and Payment, Contractor will proceed to perform the change. Any and all delays arising from or in any way in connection with Tenant’s requests for changes or Change Orders shall be deemed Tenant Delays.

SECTION 7 — RESPONSIBILITY FOR FUNCTION

Landlord’s preparation and/or approval of any design or construction documents will not constitute any representation or warranty as to the adequacy, efficiency, performance or desirability of the improvements contemplated therein; provided, however, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the construction of all Tenant Improvements shall be accomplished in a good and workmanlike manner, in substantial conformance with the approved T.I. Plans and Specifications, and in accordance with applicable laws in effect as of the date Landlord obtains permits for such Tenant Improvements.

SECTION 8 — TENANT AND LANDLORD OBLIGATIONS

8.1 Risk of Loss . All materials, work, installations and decorations of any nature brought upon or installed in the Premises before the Lease Commencement Date shall be at the risk of the party who brought such materials or items onto the Premises. Neither Landlord nor any party acting on Landlord’s behalf shall be responsible for any damage or loss or destruction of such items brought to or installed in the Premises by Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors prior to such date.

8.2 Conformance with Laws . All Landlord’s Work and Tenant Work shall be done in conformity with applicable codes and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Building and the Premises and valid building permits and all other authorizations from appropriate governmental agencies when required, shall be obtained by Landlord for the Landlord’s Work, and by Tenant for the Tenant Work.

SECTION 9 — TENANT’S REPRESENTATIVE

Tenant has designated Steve Kemper (“ Tenant’s Representative ”) as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of Tenant as required in this Tenant Work Letter. Tenant may change its representative under this Tenant Work Letter at any time by providing at least five (5) days prior written notice to Landlord. All inquiries, requests, instructions, authorizations and other communications with respect to matters covered by this Tenant Work Letter from Landlord will be made to Tenant’s Representative. Landlord will communicate solely with Tenant’s Representative and will not make any inquiries of or requests

 

EXHIBIT C

-9-


to, and will not give any instructions or authorizations to, any other employee or agent of Tenant with regard to matters covered by this Tenant Work Letter.

SECTION 10 — LANDLORD’S REPRESENTATIVE AND TENANT’S PROJECT MANAGER

Landlord has designated Jeffry A. Brusseau as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of Landlord as required in this Tenant Work Letter, but who shall also reasonably cooperate with Tenant and Tenant’s Representative in good faith with respect to all matters relating to the construction of the Tenant Improvements at no additional cost to Tenant; provided that Tenant shall have the right in its sole discretion to retain its own project manager from time to time (in which case, Landlord’s Representative shall reasonably cooperate with such project manager in good faith with respect to all matters relating to the construction of the Tenant Improvements), provided that the cost of such replacement project manager shall be a cost of Tenant’s Work (and not chargeable to Landlord or against the Tenant Improvement Allowance). Without affecting such representatives obligations to Tenant as its project manager, Landlord may change its representative under this Tenant Work Letter at any time by providing five (5) days prior written notice to Tenant. All inquiries, requests, instructions, authorizations and other communications with respect to the matters covered by this Tenant Work Letter from Landlord will be made to Tenant’s representative. Tenant will communicate solely with Landlord’s Representative and will not make any inquiries of or requests to, and will not give any instructions or authorizations to, any other employee or agent of Landlord, including Landlord’s architect, engineers, and contractors or any of their agents or employees, with regard to matters covered by this Tenant Work Letter.

SECTION 11 — MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Sole Obligations . Except as herein expressly set forth with respect to the Tenant Improvements, Landlord or Tenant has no obligation to do any work with respect to the Premises. Any other work in the Premises which may be permitted by Landlord pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Lease, including any alterations or improvements as contemplated in the Lease, shall be done at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease.

11.2 Applicability . This Tenant Work Letter shall not be deemed applicable to: (a) any additional space added to the original Premises at any time, whether by the exercise of any options under the Lease or otherwise, or (b) any portion of the original Premises or any additions thereto in the event of a renewal or extension of the original Lease Term, whether by the exercise of any options under the Lease or otherwise.

11.3 Authority; Counterparts . Any person signing this Tenant Work Letter on behalf of either Landlord or Tenant warrants and represents that such person has authority to do so. This Tenant Work Letter may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together constitute one instrument.

11.4 Binding on Successors . Subject to the limitations on assignment and subletting contained in the Lease, this Tenant Work Letter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

11.5 Landlord’s Approval Rights . Notwithstanding any provision of the Lease or this Tenant Work Letter to the contrary, Landlord may withhold its approval of the Space Plan, any revisions requested by Tenant to the T.I. Plans and Specifications, Change Orders or any other work requested by Tenant which require work which: (i) exceeds or adversely affects the structural integrity of the Building, or any part of the heating, ventilating, air conditioning, plumbing, mechanical, electrical, communication or other systems of the Project; (ii) is disapproved by the holder of any mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the Project at the time the work is proposed; (iii) would not be approved by a prudent owner of property similar to the Project; (iv) violates the Declarations; (v) Landlord reasonably believes will increase the cost of operation or maintenance of the Project, the Common Area or any systems thereof; (vi) Landlord reasonably believes will reduce the market value of the Premises or Project; (vii) does not conform to applicable building codes or is not approved by any governmental authority with jurisdiction over the Premises; (viii) is not a Building Standard item or an item of equal or higher quality; (ix) in Landlord’s determination detrimentally affects the uniform exterior appearance of

 

EXHIBIT C

-10-


the Building; or (x) is reasonably disapproved by Landlord for any other reason not set forth herein.

11.6 Time of the Essence; Defaults . Time is of the essence as to each and every term and provision of this Tenant Work Letter to be performed by either Landlord or Tenant. Unless otherwise provided herein, in all instances where Tenant is required to approve an item, if no written notice of disapproval is given within the stated time period at the end of said period the item shall automatically be deemed approved and the next succeeding time period shall commence. Any failure of Tenant to timely make any payment or perform any other obligation required of Tenant under this Tenant Work Letter shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Tenant Work Letter and a default under the Lease (regardless of whether any provision of this Tenant Work Letter does or does not expressly state the same). The Tenant Work Letter is incorporated into the Lease by reference and made a part thereof.

11.7 Force Majeure . Force Majeure (as that term is defined in Section 29.17 of this Lease) shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage, except the obligations imposed with regard to rent and other payments and charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the Lease or this Tenant Work Letter; provided that no Force Majeure Delay shall be deemed to have occurred (and the right to claim such a delay shall be waived) if written notice of such event is not delivered by the party claiming a Force Majeure Delay within two (2) business days following its alleged occurrence.

 

EXHIBIT C

-11-


11.8 Incorporation . All schedules and attachments referenced in this Tenant Work Letter and attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference. This Tenant Work Letter is incorporated by reference in the Lease and all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are incorporated herein for all purposes.

 

“LANDLORD”:

THE CAMPUS CARLSBAD, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   NEWPORT NATIONAL / THE CAMPUS
  CARLSBAD, LLC, a California limited liability
  company
Its:   Managing Member
  By:   Newport National Corporation,
    a California corporation, Manager
    By:  

 

      Scott R. Brusseau, President
“TENANT”:

CLINICAL MICRO SENSORS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation dba Osmetech Molecular

Diagnostics

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

I have read and understand the Tenant Work Letter to which this Acknowledgment is attached and agree to act as Tenant’s representative pursuant to Section 9 of the Tenant Work Letter.

 

Dated:  

 

    TENANT’S REPRESENTATIVE:
     

 

      Steve Kemper

I have read and understand the Tenant Work Letter to which this acknowledgment is attached and agree to act as Landlord’s representative pursuant to Section 10 of the Tenant Work Letter.

 

Dated:  

 

    LANDLORD’S REPRESENTATIVE:
     

 

      Jeffry A. Brusseau

 

EXHIBIT C

-12-


EXHIBIT C-1

LANDLORD IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION

 

1.

Landlord shall repair (or to the extent reasonably determined by Landlord to be necessary, replace) any damaged roof joist hangars existing as of the date of this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s plans and specifications.

 

3.

Landlord shall slurry coat and restripe the parking areas of the Building in a good and workmanlike manner and otherwise consistent with parking areas in Comparable Projects.

 

4.

Landlord shall renovate/replace the landscaping of the Building and repair and/or replace any damaged sidewalks, curbs and ramps associated with Building access.

 

5.

Landlord shall construct and stock a koi pond in a location near the entrance to the Building.

 

EXHIBIT C-1

-1-


ATTACHMENT A

NOTICE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

 

(Date)  

                             

  

 

  

 

  

 

  
RE:  

 

  

 

  

This letter shall constitute notification that the Tenant Improvement(s) specified in the Lease dated                      by and between                              (“Landlord”) and                              (“Tenant”) are “Substantially Complete” (as defined in paragraph          of the Tenant Work Letter      as of             , 20    .

Sincerely,

 

 

a

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C-1

-2-


ATTACHMENT B

REQUEST FOR CHANGE ORDER

 

TO:

 

Jeffry A. Brusseau

Newport National Corporation

1525 Faraday Avenue, Suite 100

Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

PROJECT: The Campus
REQUEST NO:  

 

REQUEST DATE:  

 

LEASE:  

 

LANDLORD: [ TBD ], LLC.
TENANT:  

 

LEASE DATE:  

 

CONTRACT NO:  

 

JOB NO:  

 

DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE(S):

[Proposed changes to be described]

 

In accordance with the terms and provisions of the Lease between Tenant and Landlord, Tenant

hereby requests the following change(s):

 

 

 

 

.

 

TENANT:

                                                              ,

a                                                  

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C-1

-3-


EXHIBIT C-2

APPROVED SPACE PLAN

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT C-2

-1-


LOGO

 

EXHIBIT C-2

-2-


EXHIBIT D

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 

To:   

 

  
  

 

  
  

 

  
  

 

  

 

 

Re:

  

Lease dated             , 20    , between [TBD], LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and                             , a                              (“Tenant”) concerning Suite              on floor(s)              of the Building located at 5964 La Place Court, Carlsbad, California 92008.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In accordance with the Lease (the “Lease”), we wish to advise you and/or confirm as follows:

1. That Substantial Completion of the Landlord’s Work in the Premises has occurred, and that the Lease Term shall commence as of                      for a term of                      ending on                     .

2. That in accordance with the Lease, Rent commenced to accrue on                             .

3. Rent is due and payable in advance on the first day of each and every month during the Lease Term, subject to application of any prepaid rent delivered prior to the Commencement Date. Your rent checks should be made payable to                              at                             .

4. The exact number of square feet within the Premises is             square feet.

5. Tenant’s Share as adjusted based upon the exact number of square feet within the Premises is             %.

All capitalized terms when used herein shall have the same meaning as is given such terms in the Lease.

 

“Landlord”:

THE CAMPUS CARLSBAD, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   NEWPORT NATIONAL / THE CAMPUS CARLSBAD, LLC, a California limited liability company
Its:   Managing Member
  By:   Newport National Corporation,
    a California corporation, Manager
    By:  

 

      Scott R. Brusseau, President

 

Agreed to and Accepted as

of             , 20    .

“Tenant”:

 

  ,
a  

 

By:  

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

EXHIBIT D

-1-


EXHIBIT E

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Building or the Project.

1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Ten keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord.

2. All doors opening to the exterior corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.

3. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign a Building register when so doing. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. The Landlord and its agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of same by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

4. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of any safe or other heavy property brought into the Building which exceeds the design load capacity of the Building floors. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. All damage done to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant and any expense of said damage or injury shall be borne solely by Tenant.

5. No bulky furniture, freight, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be brought into or removed from the Building, except upon prior notice to Landlord, and in such manner and between such hours as shall be designated by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all damage or injury to the Building or to the Premises, fixtures, appurtenances and/or equipment caused by the Tenant moving property in or out of the Building or the Premises or by Tenant’s installation or removal of furniture, fixtures, or other property, or from any other cause of any kind or nature whatsoever due to carelessness, omission, neglect, improper conduct, or other cause of the Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees, contractors or subcontractors shall be repaired, restored, or replaced promptly by the Tenant at its sole cost and expense to the satisfaction of the Landlord.

6. Landlord shall have the right to control and operate the public portions of the Building, the public facilities, the heating and air conditioning, and any other facilities furnished for the common use of tenants, in such manner as is customary for Comparable Projects (as defined in Section 1.1 of the Lease).

7. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at such office location designated by Landlord in San Diego, California. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

8. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, or canvass any occupant of the Building or Project and shall cooperate with Landlord or Landlord’s agents to prevent same.

9. The toilet rooms, showers, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no solid foreign

 

EXHIBIT E

-1-


substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant.

10. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, nor mark, drive nails or screws, or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof (other than hanging normal artwork) without Landlord’s prior written consent first had and obtained.

11. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine or machines of any description other than normal office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

12. Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises or the Building any kerosene, gasoline or other inflammable or combustible fluid or material, except as are incidental to Tenant’s Permitted Uses.

13. Intentionally Omitted.

14. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises (except as otherwise expressly permitted pursuant to Section 5.4 of the Lease and disclosed to Landlord as part of the most current Hazardous Materials List), or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner reasonably offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building or Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other Tenants or those having business therein.

15. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Building or the Premises any animals (other than physical assistance animals, or animals utilized by Tenant for the Permitted Uses) or birds.

16. No cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any illegal or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations, and does not cause odors which are objectionable to Landlord and other Tenants.

17. Landlord will approve where and how wires and cables are to be introduced to the Premises. No boring or cutting for wires shall be allowed without the prior written consent of Landlord. The location of telephone, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord.

18. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building or Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

19. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in the Building, nor in any way obstruct the sidewalks, driveways or parking areas, and shall use the same only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

20. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate reasonably with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system. This includes the closing of exterior blinds, preventing the sun rays to shine directly into areas adjacent to exterior windows.

21. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in the Carlsbad area without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate.

22. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

 

EXHIBIT E

-2-


23. Tenant shall assume any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, when the Premises are not occupied.

24. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant or tenants, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Building or Project.

25. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved by Landlord in writing.

26. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the Project shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills.

27. The washing and/or detailing of or, the installation of windshields, radios, telephones in or general work on, automobiles shall not be allowed on the Building.

28. Food vendors shall be allowed in the Building upon receipt of a written request from the Tenant. The food vendor shall service only the tenants that have a written request on file in the Building Management Office. Under no circumstance shall the food vendor display their products in a public or common area. Any failure to comply with this rule shall result in immediate permanent withdrawal of the vendor from the Building.

29. Tenant must comply with requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.

30. Tenant shall comply with any non-smoking ordinance adopted by Landlord and/or any applicable governmental authority.

31. Tenant and Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors and other invitees shall not be permitted to bring firearms or weapons of any other type into the Building, Premises or surrounding areas at any time.

32. Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises and Building, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein, provided that no such changes shall contradict any terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease, nor impose upon Tenant any material additional cost of use or occupancy of the Premises.

33. Parking.

(a) Automobiles must be parked entirely within the stall lines on the floor.

(b) All directional signs and arrows must be observed.

(c) The speed limit shall be 5 miles per hour.

(d) Parking is prohibited in areas not striped for parking.

(e) Parking cards and/or access cards or and/or any other device or form of identification supplied by Landlord (or its operator) shall remain the property of Landlord (or its operator). Such parking identification and/or access card devices must be displayed as requested and may not be mutilated in any manner. The serial number of the parking identification and/or access card devices may not be obliterated. Devices are not transferable or assignable and any device in the possession of an unauthorized holder will be void. There will be a replacement charge to the Tenant or person designated by Tenant of $50.00 for loss of any parking card

 

EXHIBIT E

-3-


and/or access card, as the case may be. Tenant’s visitor parking will be validated by Landlord at no additional cost to Tenant.

(f) Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as the Landlord may approve, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking, but at no additional cost to Tenant or its visitors.

(g) Landlord (and its operator) may refuse to permit any person who violates the rules to park in the Building parking facility, and any violation of the rules shall subject the automobile to removal from the Building parking facility at the parker’s expense. In either of said events, Landlord (or its operator) shall refund a prorata portion of the current monthly parking rate and the sticker or any other form of identification supplied by Landlord (or its operator) will be returned to Landlord (or its operator).

(h) Building parking facility managers or attendants are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these Rules and Regulations.

(i) All responsibility for any loss or damage to automobiles or any personal property therein is assumed by the parker.

(j) Loss or theft of parking identification devices from automobiles must be reported to the Building parking facility manager immediately, and a lost or stolen report must be filed by the parker at that time.

(k) The parking facilities are for the sole purpose of parking one automobile per space. Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of any vehicles by the parker or his agents is prohibited.

(l) Landlord (and its operator) reserves the right to refuse the issuance of monthly stickers or other parking identification devices to any Tenant and/or its employees who refuse to comply with the above Rules and Regulations and all City, State or Federal ordinances, laws or agreements.

(m) Tenant agrees to acquaint all employees with these Rules and Regulations.

(n) No vehicle shall be stored in the Building parking facility for a period of more than one (1) day, except for periods not to exceed 72 hours for employee travel purposes.

 

EXHIBIT E

-4-


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Lender”)

   Date: {DATE OF DOCUMENTS}

{OFFICE STREET ADDRESS}

{CITY, STATE, ZIP}

Attn: {LOAN ADMINISTRATOR}

 

RE:

Lease dated {DATE OF LEASE} , and amended on {LEASE AMENDMENT DATES} , (the “Lease”) by and between {BORROWER NAME, a general partnership} , as lessor (“Lessor”) and {LESSEE’S NAME} , as lessee (“Lessee”) with respect to certain premises (“Leased Premises”) located at {LEASED PREMISES LOCATION} (“Property”). The Leased Premises are comprised of {SQUARE FOOTAGE LEASED} square feet.

Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby acknowledges that Lessor intends to encumber the Property with a deed of trust in favor of Lender. The undersigned further acknowledges the right of Lessor, Lender and any and all of Lessor’s present and future lenders to rely upon the statements and representations of the undersigned contained in this Certificate and further acknowledges that any loan secured by any such deed of trust or further deeds of trust will be made and entered into in material reliance on this Certificate.

Given the foregoing, the undersigned Lessee hereby certifies and represents unto Lender, its successors and assigns, with respect to the above described Lease, a true and correct copy of which is attached as Exhibit A hereto, as follows:

 

1.

All space and improvements covered by the Lease have been completed and furnished to the satisfaction of Lessee, all conditions required under the Lease have been met, and Lessee has accepted and taken possession of and presently occupies the Leased Premises, consisting of approximately              square feet.

 

2.

The Lease is for a total term of              years,              months commencing             ,             , and ending             ,             , and has not been modified, altered or amended in any respect and contains the entire agreement between Lessor and Lessee, except as follows:                                                   (list amendments and modifications other than those, if any, attached to and forming a part of the Lease as well as any verbal agreements, or write “None”).

 

3.

As of the date hereof, the annual minimum rent under the Lease is $            , subject to any escalation and/or percentage rent and/or common area maintenance charges, in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Lease. The “Base Year” for any escalation is                     .

 

4.

No rent has been paid by Lessee in advance under the Lease except for $            , which amount represents rent for the period beginning             ,             , and ending             ,             , and Lessee has no charge or claim of offset under said Lease or otherwise, against rents or other amounts due or to become due thereunder. No “discounts”, “free rent” or “discounted rent” have been agreed to or are in effect except for             .

 

5.

A Security Deposit of $             has been made and is currently being held by Lessor.

 

6.

Lessee has no claim against Lessor for any deposit or prepaid rent except as provided in Paragraphs 4 and 5 above.

 

7.

The Lessor has satisfied all commitments, arrangements or understandings made to induce Lessee to enter into the Lease, and the Lessor is not in any respect in default in the performance of the terms and provisions of the Lease, nor is there now any fact or condition which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become such a default.

 

8.

Lessee is not in any respect in default under the terms and provisions of the Lease (nor is there now any fact or condition which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would

 

EXHIBIT F

-1-


 

become such a default) and has not assigned, transferred or hypothecated its interest under the Lease, except as follows:                             .

 

9.

Except as expressly provided in the Lease or in any amendment or supplement to the Lease, Lessee: (i) does not have any right to renew or extend the term of the Lease; (ii) does not have any option or preferential right to purchase all or any part of the Leased Premises or all or any part of the building or premises of which the Leased Premises are a part; and (iii) does not have right, title, or interest with respect to the Leased Premises other than as lessee under the Lease. There are no understandings, contracts, agreements, subleases, assignments, or commitments of any kind whatsoever with respect to the Lease or the Leased Premises except as expressly provided in the Lease or in any amendment or supplement to the Lease set forth in Paragraph 2 above, copies of which are attached hereto.

 

10.

The Lease is in full force and effect and Lessee has no defenses, setoffs, or counterclaims against Lessor arising out of the Lease or in any way relating thereto or arising out of any other transactions between Lessee and Lessor.

 

11.

The current address to which all notices to Lessee as required under the Lease should be sent is:                             .

 

12.

If a Merchant’s Association exists, Lessee has no claims, liens or offsets with regard to any amounts due or to become due thereunder except for:                                                      .

 

Dated: {DATE OF DOCUMENTS}     “LESSEE”
    {LESSEE SIGNATURE BLOCK HERE}

 

EXHIBIT F

-2-


EXHIBIT G

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

EXHIBIT G

-1-


EXHIBIT H

FORM OF SNDA

RECORDING REQUESTED BY

AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

REAL ESTATE BANKING GROUP (AU 2014)

11601 Wilshire Boulevard, 17th Floor

LOS ANGELES, CA 90025

Attn: Judy Zombek

Loan No. 1001507

 

 

SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT; ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF LEASE ASSIGNMENT,

ATTORNMENT AND NON-DISTURBANCE AGREEMENT

(Lease To Deeds of Trust)

 

NOTICE:

  

THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT RESULTS IN YOUR SECURITY INTEREST IN THE PROPERTY BECOMING SUBJECT TO AND OF LOWER PRIORITY THAN THE LIEN OF SOME OTHER OR LATER SECURITY INSTRUMENT.

THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT; ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF LEASE ASSIGNMENT, ATTORNMENT AND NON-DISTURBANCE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made             , 2010 by and between             , a              limited liability company (“Owner”),              (“Lessee”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, (“Lender”).

R E C I T A L S

 

A.

Pursuant to the terms and provisions of a lease dated                      (“Lease”), Owner, as “Lessor”, granted to Lessee a leasehold estate in and to the property described on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (which property, together with all improvements now or hereafter located on the property, is defined as the “Property”).

 

B.

Said Lease does not contain any provisions and terms granting Lessee an option to purchase the Property (the “Option To Purchase”).

 

C.

Owner has executed deeds of trust with absolute assignment of leases and rents, security agreement and fixture filing (“Deeds of Trust”), each dated on or about the date hereof, securing, among other things, Owner’s obligations under one or more promissory notes in favor of one or more lenders (as the same may be amended, increased, modified, supplemented or otherwise changed from time to time, individually and collectively, as applicable, the “Note”) in the original aggregate principal sum of Twelve Million and 00/100ths Dollars ($12,000,000.00), in favor of the lenders now or hereafter a party to that certain Loan Agreement by and among Borrower, and Lender, dated on or about the date hereof, which Note is payable with interest and upon the terms and conditions described therein (“Loan”). The Deeds of Trust have previously been recorded or will substantially simultaneous herewith be recorded and made of record in their applicable county and state on or about the date hereof.

 

D.

As a condition to making the Loan secured by the Deeds of Trust, Lender requires that the Deeds of Trust be unconditionally and at all times remain a lien on the Property, prior and superior to all the rights of Lessee under the Lease and that the Lessee specifically and unconditionally subordinate the Lease to the lien of the Deeds of Trust.

 

E.

Owner and Lessee have agreed to the subordination, attornment and other agreements herein in favor of Lender for the benefit of lenders.

NOW THEREFORE, for valuable consideration and to induce Lender to make the Loan, Owner and Lessee hereby agree for the benefit of Lender as follows:

 

EXHIBIT H

-1-


Loan No. 1001507

 

 

1 .

SUBORDINATION . Owner and Lessee hereby agree that:

 

  1.1

Prior Lien . The Deeds of Trust securing the Note in favor of Lenders, and any modifications, renewals or extensions thereof (including, without limitation, any modifications, renewals or extensions with respect to any additional advances made subject to the Deeds of Trust), shall unconditionally be and at all times remain a lien on the Property prior and superior to the Lease;

 

  1.2

Subordination . Lender would not make the Loan without this agreement to subordinate; and

 

  1.3

Whole Agreement . This Agreement shall be the whole agreement and only agreement with regard to the subordination of the Lease to the lien of the Deeds of Trust and shall supersede and cancel, but only insofar as would affect the priority between the Deeds of Trust and the Lease, any prior agreements as to such subordination, including, without limitation, those provisions, if any, contained in the Lease which provide for the subordination of the Lease to a Deed or Deeds of trust or to a mortgage or mortgages.

AND FURTHER, Lessee individually declares, agrees and acknowledges for the benefit of Lender, that:

 

  1.4

Use of Proceeds . Lender, in making disbursements pursuant to the Note, the Deeds of Trust or any loan agreements with respect to the Property, is under no obligation or duty to, nor has Lender represented that it will, see to the application of such proceeds by the person or persons to whom Lender disburses such proceeds, and any application or use of such proceeds for purposes other than those provided for in such agreement or agreements shall not defeat this agreement to subordinate in whole or in part;

 

  1.5

Waiver, Relinquishment and Subordination . Lessee intentionally and unconditionally waives, relinquishes and subordinates all of Lessee’s right, title and interest in and to the Property to the lien of the Deeds of Trust and understands that in reliance upon, and in consideration of, this waiver, relinquishment and subordination, specific loans and advances are being and will be made by Lender and, as part and parcel thereof, specific monetary and other obligations are being and will be entered into which would not be made or entered into but for said reliance upon this waiver, relinquishment and subordination.

 

2.

ASSIGNMENT . Lessee acknowledges and consents to the assignment of the Lease by Lessor in favor of Lender.

 

3.

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS . Lessee covenants and agrees that, during all such times as Lender is the Beneficiary under the Deeds of Trust:

 

  3.1

Modification, Termination and Cancellation . Lessee will not consent to any modification, amendment, termination or cancellation of the Lease (in whole or in part) without Lender’s prior written consent and will not make any payment to Lessor in consideration of any modification, termination or cancellation of the Lease (in whole or in part) without Lender’s prior written consent;

 

  3.2

Notice of Default . Lessee will notify Lender in writing concurrently with any notice given to Lessor of any default by Lessor under the Lease, and Lessee agrees that Lender has the right (but not the obligation) to cure any breach or default specified in such notice within the time periods set forth below and Lessee will not declare a default of the Lease, as to Lender, if Lender cures such default within fifteen (15) days from and after the expiration of the time period provided in the Lease for the cure thereof by Lessor; provided , however , that if such default cannot with diligence be cured by Lender within such fifteen (15) day period, the commencement of action by Lender within such fifteen (15) day period to remedy the same shall be deemed sufficient so long as Lender pursues such cure with diligence;

 

  3.3

No Advance Rents . Lessee will make no payments or prepayments of rent more than one (1) month in advance of the time when the same become due under the Lease; and

 

  3.4

Assignment of Rents . Upon receipt by Lessee of written notice from Lender that Lender has elected to terminate the license granted to Lessor to collect rents, as provided in the Deeds of Trust, and directing the payment of rents by Lessee to Lender, Lessee shall comply with such direction to pay and shall not be required to determine whether Lessor is in default under the Loan and/or the Deeds of Trust.

 

4.

ATTORNMENT . In the event of a foreclosure under the Deeds of Trust, Lessee agrees for the benefit of Lender (including for this purpose any transferee of Lender or any transferee of Lessor’s title in and to

 

EXHIBIT H

-2-


Loan No. 1001507

 

 

 

the Property by Lender’s exercise of the remedy of sale by foreclosure under the Deeds of Trust) as follows:

 

  4.1

Payment of Rent . Lessee shall pay to Lender all rental payments required to be made by Lessee pursuant to the terms of the Lease for the duration of the term of the Lease;

 

  4.2

Continuation of Performance . Lessee shall be bound to Lender in accordance with all of the provisions of the Lease for the balance of the term thereof, and Lessee hereby attorns to Lender as its landlord, such attornment to be effective and self-operative without the execution of any further instrument immediately upon Lender succeeding to Lessor’s interest in the Lease and giving written notice thereof to Lessee;

 

  4.3

No Offset . Lender shall not be liable for, nor subject to, any offsets or defenses which Lessee may have by reason of any act or omission of Lessor under the Lease, nor for the return of any sums which Lessee may have paid to Lessor under the Lease as and for security deposits, advance rentals or otherwise, except to the extent that such sums are actually delivered by Lessor to Lender; and

 

  4.4

Subsequent Transfer . If Lender, by succeeding to the interest of Lessor under the Lease, should become obligated to perform the covenants of Lessor thereunder, then, upon any further transfer of the Property by Lender, all of such obligations shall cease to accrue as to Lender.

 

5.

NON-DISTURBANCE . In the event of a foreclosure under the Deeds of Trust, so long as there shall then exist no breach, default, or event of default on the part of Lessee under the Lease which remains uncured following notice and the expiration of the applicable cure period, if any, Lender agrees for itself and its successors and assigns that the leasehold interest of Lessee under the Lease shall not be extinguished or terminated by reason of such foreclosure, nor shall any other right of Lessee under the Lease or any appurtenant interests of Lessee in the Property be disturbed, but rather the Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Lender and any successor to Lender shall recognize and accept Lessee as tenant under the Lease subject to the terms and provisions of the Lease except as modified by this Agreement; provided , however , that Lessee and Lender agree that the following provisions of the Lease (if any) shall not be binding on Lender: any option to purchase with respect to the Property; any right of first refusal with respect to any prospective purchaser of the Property; any provision regarding the Landlord’s use of insurance proceeds or Landlord’s condemnation proceeds with respect to the Property which is inconsistent with the terms of the Deeds of Trust; provided that Lender’s failure to promptly apply the proceeds of insurance to make repairs to the Property in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease, as required for Lessee’s quiet use and enjoyment of the Property, shall not be permitted so long as there shall then exist no breach, default, or event of default on the part of Lessee under the Lease which remains uncured following the delivery of any notice required pursuant to the Lease, if any and the expiration of the applicable cure period, if any.

 

6.

MISCELLANEOUS .

 

  6.1

Heirs, Successors, Assigns and Transferees . The covenants herein shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto; and

 

  6.2

Notices . All notices or other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to the provisions hereof shall be deemed served upon delivery or, if mailed, upon the first to occur of receipt or the expiration of three (3) days after deposit in United States Postal Service, certified mail, postage prepaid and addressed to the address of Lessee or Lender appearing below:

 

 

“OWNER”

 

                     , LLC, a             

 

c/o             

 

                

 

Carlsbad, California             

 

Attn: Mr. Scott Brusseau

 

EXHIBIT H

-3-


Loan No. 1001507

 

 

   “LENDER”
   WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
   REAL ESTATE BANKING GROUP (AU 2014)
   11601 Wilshire Boulevard, 17th Floor
   LOS ANGELES, CA 90025
   Attn: Judy Zombek
   Loan No. 1001507
   “LESSEE”
  

 

  
  

 

  
  

 

  
   Attn:   

 

  

provided , however , any party shall have the right to change its address for notice hereunder by the giving of written notice thereof to the other party in the manner set forth in this Agreement; and

 

  6.3

Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute and be construed as one and the same instrument; and

 

  6.4

Remedies Cumulative . All rights of Lender herein to collect rents on behalf of Lessor under the Lease are cumulative and shall be in addition to any and all other rights and remedies provided by law and by other agreements between Lender and Lessor or others; and

 

  6.5

Paragraph Headings . Paragraph headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be construed as part of this Agreement or in any way limiting or applying the provisions hereof.

INCORPORATION . Exhibit A and to the extent applicable, Lease Guarantor’s Consent are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

EXHIBIT H

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

NOTICE:

  

THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT CONTAINS A PROVISION WHICH ALLOWS THE PERSON OBLIGATED ON YOUR REAL PROPERTY SECURITY TO OBTAIN A LOAN A PORTION OF WHICH MAY BE EXPENDED FOR OTHER PURPOSES THAN IMPROVEMENT OF THE LAND.

IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT, PRIOR TO THE EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES CONSULT WITH THEIR ATTORNEYS WITH RESPECT HERETO.

 

   

“OWNER”

                                                      , LLC, a             

By:

                      , a                     , (Sole) Member
 

By:

                  , LLC, a                 ,  Manager
   

By:

 

 

     

Scott Brusseau,                                     

 

“LENDER”

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:

 

 

 

Sean Mahon

Its:

 

Managing Director

 

“LESSEE”

By:

 

 

(ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED)

 

EXHIBIT H

-5-


LEASE GUARANTOR’S CONSENT

The undersigned (“Lease Guarantor”) consents to the foregoing Subordination Agreement; Acknowledgment of Lease Assignment, Attornment and Non-Disturbance Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby and reaffirms its obligations under the lease guaranty (“Lease Guaranty”) dated                     . Lease Guarantor further reaffirms that its obligations under the Lease Guaranty are separate and distinct from Lessee’s obligations.

 

AGREED :

   

Dated as of:                      , 2010

 

“LEASE GUARANTOR”

 
 

 

 
 

By:

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT H

-6-


DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

EXHIBIT A to Subordination Agreement; Acknowledgment of Lease Assignment, Attornment and Non-Disturbance Agreement dated as of                     , executed by                      LLC, a                      limited liability company as “Owner”,                                         , as “Lessee”, and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as “Lender”.

All that certain real property located in the County of San Diego, State of California, described as follows:

[See Attached]

 

EXHIBIT H

-7-


STATE OF CALIFORNIA

COUNTY OF                          ss.

On                                               before me,                                         , personally appeared                                              , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal

 

Signature

 

 

 

My commission expires

 

 

 

.

 

EXHIBIT H

-8-


EXHIBIT I

BUILDING STANDARDS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARTITIONS

  A.

One-Hour tunnel Corridor

  1.

Walls

  2.

Ceilings

  3.

General

  B.

Demising Partitions

  C.

Typical Interior partition

  D.

Perimeter Drywall

  E.

Column furring

DOORS, FRAMES AND HARDWARE

  A.

corridor Door Assemblies

  B.

Interior Tenant Door Assembly

INTERIOR GLAZING

SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING

FLOOR COVERING

  A.

Tenant Area Carpet

  B.

Shell Carpet

  C.

Resilient Flooring

  D.

Base

CABINETRY

PAINT

WINDOW COVERING

SIGNAGE

HVAC

  A.

General

  B.

Ceiling Diffusers

  C.

Controls

  D.

Submittals

  E.

Ductwork

  F.

Ductwork Insulation

  G.

HVAC Units

  H.

Test and Balance

  I.

Structural Calculations

ELECTRICAL

  A.

General

  B.

Raceways

  C.

Wiring Devices/Cover plates

  D.

Telephone/Data Outlets

  E.

Circuit and Motor Disconnects

  F.

Transformers

  G.

Panel Boards

  H.

Light fixtures

  I.

Lighting Control Panel

  J.

Exit Signs

FIRE PROTECTION

SECURITY SYSTEM

PLUMBING

FINAL CLEAN

ALLOWANCES

 

EXHIBIT I

-1-


SCHEDULE 1

THE CAMPUS – 5964 LA PLACE COURT

BUILDING STANDARD TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

AND MINIMUM QUALITY STANDARDS

DECEMBER 21, 2009

PARTITIONS

 

A.

ONE-HOUR TUNNEL CORRIDOR as per ICBO number

 

  1.

WALLS

 

  a.

3  5 / 8 ”, 25 gauge metal studs – 24” on center maximum, to underside of roof structure with fire caulking.

 

  b.

 5 / 8 ” thick type “X” gypsum wallboard – one layer each side of studs to underside of roof structure.

 

  c.

Provide 3  5 / 8 ” 25 gauge metal studs at 16” on center with two layers of  5 / 8 ” Type “x” gypsum wall board to form a rated tunnel.

 

  d.

Partition taped smooth to level 4 and sanded smooth to receive paint or level 4 for vinyl wallcovering per plans.

 

  e.

R-11 batt type fiberglass insulation between studs.

 

  f.

Wallcovering – See Wall Covering below.

 

  2.

CEILINGS

 

  a.

Grid: 2’ x 2’ suspended ceiling system Armstrong Suprafine USG Interaig, Inc. Int9/16” grid width at 9’-0” above finish floor.

 

  b.

Tile: Armstrong Optima square cut tegular Color: flat white.

 

  c.

Seismic bracing and compression struts per code. Seismic wires for lighting and electrical to be provided by Acoustical Ceiling Contractor.

 

  3.

GENERAL

 

  g.

All exterior corners with corner beads. Termination of corridor wall at window wall to include break metal end cap to match window mullions.

 

  h.

Width to be 6’-0” clear, unless noted otherwise.

 

  i.

If applicable provide box out of light fixtures and provide fire dampers at HVAC supply and return air grilles.

B. DEMISING PARTITIONS

 

  1.

3  5 / 8 ”, 20 gauge metal studs 24” on center maximum to underside of structure above (16” o.c. when supporting wall mounted cabinets or equipment) with slip track attached to underside of structure.

 

  2.

 5 / 8 ” type “X” gypsum wallboard, one layer each side of studs to under side of roof structure.

 

  3.

Minimum height from floor to underside of 2 nd floor deck above - +/- 13’-0” or to roof structure approximately 24’ 0”.

 

  4.

Seismic bracing per code.

 

  5.

R-11 batt type fiberglass insulation between studs and above the ceiling grid extended 2’-0” on each side of partition.

 

  6.

Partition taped smooth to level 4 and sanded smooth to receive paint or level 4 for wall covering.

C. TYPICAL INTERIOR PARTITION (Non-rated)

 

  1.

3  5 / 8 ”, 25 gauge metal studs 24” on center maximum to ceiling grid (16” o.c. when supporting wall mounted cabinets or equipment).

 

  2.

 5 / 8 ” gypsum wallboard, one layer each side of studs.

 

  3.

Height from floor to 6” above ceiling grid – approximately 9’-6” at all floors.

 

  4.

Seismic bracing per code.

 

  5.

R-8 batt type fiberglass insulation between studs and acoustical sealant at bottom track at acoustic barrier walls only.

 

  6.

Partition taped smooth to level 4 and sanded smooth to receive paint or level 4 for wall covering.

 

  7.

All exterior corners with corner beads. All exposed edges finished with metal trim.

 

  8.

Walls perpendicular to the window wall are to intersect at window mullions and indicate a metal end cap to match window mullions with neoprene seal between

 

EXHIBIT I

-2-


 

the window and break metal end cap. Walls which cannot intersect at exterior window mullions are to include a  1 / 2 size window mullion at the window with matching break metal closure end cap on the end of the partition wall.

D. PERIMETER DRYWALL

 

  1.

 5 / 8 ” type “X” gypsum wallboard on existing perimeter framing or where no framing is provided in the shell, install 2  1 / 2 ”, 25 gauge metal stud framing.

 

  2.

Height – floor slab to 6” above ceiling grid.

 

  3.

R-7 batt type fiberglass insulation between studs to 6” above ceiling.

 

  4.

Gypsum wallboard taped smooth to level 4 and sanded smooth to receive paint or level 4 for wall covering. “L” metal at all exposed edges of gypsum wallboard. Gypsum board adaptors at window sills.

COLUMN AND MISCELLANEOUS FURRING

 

  1.

 5 / 8 ” type “X” gypsum wallboard, one layer on 2  1 / 2 ” - 25 gauge metal studs.

 

  2.

Height – floor slab to 6” above ceiling grid.

 

  3.

Gypsum wallboard taped smooth to level 4 and sanded smooth to receive paint or level 4 for wallcovering.

 

  4.

All exterior corners with “L” metal corner beads.

DOORS, FRAMES AND HARDWARE

 

A.

CORRIDOR DOOR ASSEMBLIES

 

  1.

Doors are to be Marshfield Signature Series, Finish #42-95 (five-ply construction). Veneer Grade “A” plain sliced, flat cut Cherry Prefinished Espresso with solid 1  3 / 8 ” stiles to match face veneer. Top and bottom rail 1  3 / 8 ” structural composite lumber (SCL). Solid particle core 20 minute rated 3’-0” x 8’-0” x 1  3 / 4 ” doors to conform to A.W.I, standards and have a lifetime guarantee. All applicable ratings to be provided and securely fastened to doors. Doors shall be pre-finished and match existing core doors in finish, material and appearance. Finish all edges. Note: MFG. Standards – top and bottom rails to be factory sealed.

 

  2.

Steel door frames into exit stairs, etc. to be Timely Commercial Series TA-8, 60 minute rated. Frame door opening with pair of back to back 20 Ga. metal studs at jambs and head as per details. All frames to be Timely TA-8, Pre-matched custom finish color “Alumatone (SC108)”.

 

  3.

Tenant door frames from corridor into tenant suites to be prefinished cold rolled sheet steel knock-down type by Timely TA-8, 20 minute or 60 minute rated: Timely, color “Alumatone (SC108)”.

 

  4.

Hardware:

 

  (a)

Single Door

 

QTY.    SUBTYPE                 ITEM DESCRIPTION
4    Hinge:   

3CB1 – 4  1 / 2 ” x 4  1 / 2 ” IVES - 626

1    Lockset:   

Schlage “L” Series L9453  Lever :

Series 17 (Matches Sparta) Finish :

Brushed Aluminum

1    Stop Wall:   

WS407CCV, 626, IVES

1    Smokeseal/Mute:   

Pemko S88C-25’, clear

1    Closer:   

LCN P1461PA – DEL X FC, 689

 

  (b)

Pair of Doors

 

QTY.    SUBTYPE                 ITEM DESCRIPTION
8   

Hinge:

  

3CB1 – 4  1 / 2 ” x 4  1 / 2 ” IVES - 626

1   

Lockset:

  

Schlage “L” Series Sparta L9453P

17A x 613

2   

Closers:

  

LCN P1461PA – DEL X FC, 689

1   

Auto Flush Bolts:

  

Ives PR. FB42, 626

1   

Dust Proof Strike:

  

Ives DP2, 626

1   

Coordinator:

  

Ives COR52 X FL20, 628

1   

Astrigal:

  

Pemko 355CS-96, 628

1   

Smokeseal/Mute:

  

S88C-25’ Pemco, clear

 

  5.

All locksets are to be specified to receive Schlage Everest keyways provided by owner.

 

EXHIBIT I

-3-


B.

INTERIOR TENANT DOOR ASSEMBLY (non-rated doors within office suites)

 

  1.

Doors are to be Marshfield Signature Series, Finish #42-95 (five-ply construction). Veneer Grade “A” plain sliced, flat cut Cherry Prefinished Espresso with solid 1  3 / 8 ” stiles to match face veneer. Top and bottom rail 1  3 / 8 ” structural composite lumber (SCL). Solid core 3’-0” x 8’- 0” x 1  3 / 4 ” doors to conform to A.W.I. standards and have a lifetime guarantee. All applicable labels to be provided and securely fastened to doors. Doors to be pre-finished. Doors shall match existing core doors in finish, material and appearance. Undercut doors 1” and finish all edges. Note Only: MFG. Standards – top and bottom rails to be factory sealed.

 

  2.

Tenant door frames from corridor into tenant suites to be prefinished cold rolled sheet steel knock-down type by Timely TA-8, 20 minute or 60 minute rated: Timely, color “Alumatone (SC108)”.

 

  3.

Hardware: (Manufacturers shall match building shell)

(a) Single Door – Passage Non Locking

 

QTY.    SUBTYPE                 ITEM DESCRIPTION     
4   

Butts:

  

BB1279 4  1 / 2 ” x 4  1 / 2 ” – 613 Hager 10-025

  
1   

Latchset:

  

Schlage “D” Series ND10S Lever : Sparta SPA Finish : Brushed Aluminum

  
1   

Stop:

  

Hager 236 W Brushed Aluminum

  

(b) Single Door – Entrance/Office Locking

 

QTY.    SUBTYPE                 ITEM DESCRIPTION     
4   

Butts:

  

BB1279 4  1 / 2 ” x 4  1 / 2 ” – 613 Hager 10-025

  
1   

Latchset:

  

Schlage “D” Series Sparta ND50PD Lever : Sparta SPA Finish : Brushed Aluminum

  
1   

Stop:

  

Hager 236 W Brushed Aluminum

  

(c) Single Door – Storeroom Lock for Storage and Similar Functions

 

QTY.    SUBTYPE                 ITEM DESCRIPTION     
4   

Butts:

  

BB1279 4  1 / 2 ” x 4  1 / 2 ” – 613 Hager 10-025

  
1   

Latchset:

  

Schlage “D” Series Sparta ND80PD Lever : Sparta SPA Finish: Brushed Aluminum

  
1   

Stop:

  

Hager 236 W, Brushed Aluminum

  

 

  4.

All locksets are to be specified to receive Schlage Everest keyways provided by owner.

INTERIOR GLAZING (Not included as Building Standard Tenant Improvement; these design criteria represent minimum quality standards should tenant elect to include Interior Glazing in Tenant Improvements)

 

A.

 1 / 4 ” thick tempered glazing in frameless installation with concealed aluminum “U” channel top and bottom. Top to align with top of door frame.

 

B.

 1 / 4 ” thick tempered safety glass where required per code.

 

C.

Return gypsum board into opening at both sides, provide metal corner bead all around opening. Finish to match wall.

 

D.

Provide two 20 Ga. metal studs fastened at 12” o.c. back-to-back at jambs and head (minimum). Seismic brace per code.

 

E.

 1 / 4 ” Celestory glass openings may be framed by S-10 Sash Metal System in prefinished color matching Timely “Alumatone (SC108)” or in U-Channel flush with gypsum board.

SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING

 

A.

Grid: 2’ x 2’ suspended ceiling system Armstrong Suprafine  9 / 16 ” grid width.

 

EXHIBIT I

-4-


B.

Tile: Armstrong Ultima #1912 beveled tegular Color: flat white.

 

C.

Ceiling height to be a minimum of 9’-0” at all floors U.N.O.

 

D.

Seismic bracing and compression struts per code.

 

E.

Seismic wires for lighting and electrical to be provided by Acoustical Ceiling Contractor.

FLOORCOVERING

 

A.

TENANT AREA CARPET

 

1.

  

Manufacturer:

  

Patcraft Commercial Carpet

2.

  

Pattern:

  

“Night Moves”

3.

  

Tufted Yarn Weight:

  

26 oz.

4.

  

Type yarn:

  

100% EcoSolution Q Nylon

5.

  

Width:

  

12’-0”

6.

  

Pad:

  

Glue down, without pad

7.

  

Color(s):

  

To be selected by Tenant

8.

  

Dye Method:

  

79% Solution Dyed/ 21% Yarn Dyed

9.

  

Secondary Backing:

  

Everbond EX

10.

  

Primary Backing:

  

Woven Poly Propylene

 

B.

SHELL CARPET (Corridors, Elevator, Lobbies) FIELD

 

C.

SHELL RESILIENT FLOORING

 

D.

SHELL BASE

TENANT IMPROVEMENT BASE

 

1.

  

Manufacturer:

  

Burke or Roppe

2.

  

Style Name:

  

Rubber

3.

  

Color:

  

Varies from tenant to tenant (see finish plan).

4.

  

Size:

  

4” roll base (continuous with no seams).

5.

  

Note:

  

Cove base at resilient flooring and carpet. Rubber transition strip between carpet and resilient flooring. Color to match carpet.

WALL COVERING

 

  A.

SHELL WALL COVERINGS

CABINETRY (Not included as Building Standard Tenant Improvement; these design criteria represent minimum quality standards should tenant elect to include cabinetry in Tenant Improvements)

 

A.

Plastic laminate horizontal and vertical surfaces.

 

B.

Color: varies from tenant to tenant (see finish plan).

 

C.

Cabinetry Construction: Designation, APA C-D plugged with exterior glue,  3 / 4 ” thick or  3 / 4 ” high pressure particle board.

 

D.

Cabinetry: Plastic laminate finish, countertops and splashes shall be constructed in accordance with WIC Manual of Millwork, “Custom” grade.

 

E.

Hardware:

 

  1.

Hinges: Self-closing type, fully concealed when the doors are closed, designed to open at least 175 degrees. Hinges shall have independent vertical, horizontal and depth adjustment. Hinges shall be steel with nickel plated finish. Hinges shall be one of the following products:

Brass America, Inc. Nos.  1200 / 1201

Julius Blum, Inc. No. 91.650

Stanley Hardware Nos. 1511-2/1511-9x or equal.

 

  2.

Pulls:  5 / 16 ” diameter wire pulls with 4” c. to c. spacing and brushed chrome finish.

 

  3.

Adjustable Shelf Standards: Aluminum standards and zinc plated steel shelf supports designed to provide adjustment at  1 / 2 ” centers. Adjustable shelf supports shall be one of the following products:

Grand Hardware Company Nos.  120 / 21

Knapp and Vogt Nos. 255AI/256

Stanley Hardware No. 1805/CD 1806 or equal.

 

  4.

Drawers: Provide heavy duty  3 / 4 extension drawer slides.

 

EXHIBIT I

-5-


  5.

Fasteners and Anchorages: Provide nails, screws or other anchoring devices of type, size, material and finish suitable for intended use and required to provide secure attachment, concealed where possible.

 

  6.

Casework:

 

  (a)

Drawer Boxes: Provide sub-front and applied finish fronts securely fastened, with square corners and self-edges. Provide drawers with metal studs.

 

  (b)

Doors: Flush and overlay type, hinged to swing flat against the fact of adjoining cabinet or the side of the cabinet, with square corners and self-edged. Do not notch door or cabinet ends or divisions to receive hinges.

 

  (c)

Shelves:  3 / 4 ” thick for spans up to 35” and 1” thick for spans over 35” up to 48” and adjustable to 1” centers. Do not recess metal shelf standards into the end panels; notch shelving to clear standards.

***Note: All cabinetry to finish to floor surface – no vinyl or carpet base.

PAINT

 

A.

One coat Aqua Seal waterbase acrylic primer, two coats (or enough to cover) Mirro Glide lo-sheen water base acrylic finish coat. Uniform smooth finish. Paint by Frazee or equivalent.

 

B.

One neutral color throughout.

 

C.

One accent color.

 

D.

Color(s): Varies per tenant (see finish plan). Building core colors are: P-1 – DEC781 - Cochise White- Decoval Flat; P-2 – DE6198 – Cream Wave – Decoval Flat; P-3 – DE6207 – Egyptian Sand – Decoval Flat; P-4 – DE6216 – Barrel Stove – Permasheen; P-5 – DEW337 – Gardenia – Decoval Flat; P-6 – DEW326 – Birch White - Upper level, Decoval Flat / Shower Walls, Permasheen; P-7 – SW7046 – Anonymous – High Gloss

 

E.

Kitchens to be semi-gloss enamel, U.N.O.

***Note: Use low knap roller to provide a smooth, non-orange peel finish.

WINDOWCOVERING (not included in Building Standard Tenant Improvements) These design criteria represent minimum quality standards should tenant elect to include window coverings.

 

A.

Mini-blinds: Levelor Riviera, 8 gauge metal blinds, 1” slats, inside-frame mounting; color: match mullions.

SIGNAGE (Not included as Building Standard Tenant Improvement) – These design criteria represent minimum quality standards should tenant elect to include signage pursuant to the Tenant Signage Program Exhibit G.

 

A.

Building standard ground floor directory tenant identification/suite number strip.

 

B.

Building standard tenant identification/suite number or sign adjacent to suite entry door.

 

C.

Refer to project specific sign program –Exhibit G.

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

 

A.

GENERAL (FOR OFFICE)

The HVAC system will be a split system with condenser units on the roof and heat pumps above the ceiling. All split system units be high SEER units minimum 15 SEER. Programmable thermostats will be utilized as the control system. Provide outside air supply ducts. A ducted exhaust system has been provided for each floor with the building shell. A ducted return air system must be designed/installed for all tenant improvements. General design of the HVAC system shall be approximately 1 ton per 325 square feet and approximately 1200 square feet per zone, some zones may need to be smaller or larger depending on their location. Requirements shall be in accordance with Title 24 and all other applicable codes. Tenant to connect all units/condensers to its own electrical meter. Contractor shall furnish and install all materials and equipment necessary to provide a complete and usable air conditioning systems in the tenant space including but not limited to the following:

 

B.

CEILING DIFFUSER SPECIFICATION

 

  1.

Ceiling diffusers shall have perforated face with frame style compatible with the type of ceiling used. Surface mounted diffusers shall have gaskets to prevent leakage. Diffuser faceplate shall have concealed hinges and latches. Faceplates shall be easily removable from the frame.

 

  2.

Diffusers core shall have curved, adjustable blades and shall be capable of delivering 1-way, 2-way, 3-way or 360 degree horizontal ceiling pattern and be

 

EXHIBIT I

-6-


 

adjustable to obtain a down air pattern. Diffuser must have high anti-smudge characteristics with center aspiration.

 

  3.

Material shall be steel. Finish shall be Standard British White baked enamel.

 

  4.

Supply diffusers shall be Krueger  6500 / 56500 series perforated module face-size 24’X 24” for lay-in ceiling tile. Frame-23, deflection pattern option 6504

 

  5.

Return/Exhaust diffusers shall be Titus-PMR. Krueger  6590 / 56590 Series. Frame-23

 

  6.

Perforated Ceiling Diffusers shall be tested in accordance with Air Diffusion Council (ADC) code 1062R4. Sound data for diffusers shall be calculated in accordance with International Standard ISO 3741 Comparison Method.

 

  7.

The following manufacturers shall be considered equal, providing corresponding models meet specified requirements. Equivalent substituted equipment named herein shall be submitted for the Owner’s review. Submit alternate selections at time of bid listing major equipment.

 

ITEM

 

MANUFACTURER

Air Filters

 

AAF, Air Guard

Diffusers, Registers, Grilles

 

EH Price, Titus

 

C.

CONTROLS

Programmable thermostats shall be utilized for all HVAC units. (Carrier 7 day programmable thermostat with four hour override.)

 

D.

SUBMITTALS

Within 5 days of contract award, and prior to ordering any materials or equipment, submit for Owner’s review complete material list including catalogue data of all materials and products for work in this section.

 

E.

DUCTWORK

 

  1.

Supply ducts, return ducts, and exhaust ducts plenum chambers, housing, and panels shall be fabricated from zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheets conforming to the latest ASTM Specs A-525. Zinc coating shall be of the “Commercial” class.

 

  a.

Insulated low-pressure flexible duct shall be a factory fabricated assembly consisting of a zinc-coated spring steel helix, non-perforated inner liner, consisting of a zinc-coated wrapped with a nominal 1  1 / 2 ” thick fiberglass insulation. The assembly shall be sheathed in vapor barrier jacket. The composite assembly, including insulation and vapor barrier, shall meet the Class 1 requirements of flame spread of 25 or less, smoke development of 50 or less as set forth in NFPA Bulletin No.90-A and be labeled by Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc.

 

  b.

Flexible ducts shall be installed in a fully extended condition free of sags and kinks, using only the minimum length required to make the connection. Where horizontal support is required, flexible duct shall be suspended on 36” centers with a minimum of  3 / 4 ” wide flat banding material. All joints and connections shall be made in accordance with the recommendations of Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. for jointing material. Connections to rigid sheet metal shall be made with minimum  1 / 2 ” wide collar positively clamped and secured with screws or other approved fastening.

 

  c.

Flexible ducts shall be supported with 2” wide, 29 gauge steel collar attached to the structure with an approved duct hanger. Installation shall minimize sharp radius turns or offsets.

 

  d.

Maximum length of flexible duct shall be 8’-0”.

 

F.

DUCTWORK INSULATION

 

  1.

As per Shell/Core Standards

 

  2.

All insulation shall meet Title 24 requirements.

 

G.

HVAC UNITS

 

  1.

Carrier or Trane or an approved equal high SEER/high-efficiency.

 

  2.

Size and location per Mechanical Engineering plans.

 

EXHIBIT I

-7-


H.

TEST AND BALANCE

At the completion of each tenant improvement, the HVAC subcontractor or an independent test and balance agency, certified by AABC or NEEB, shall provide a complete test and balance document verifying that the specified performance is being achieved.

 

I.

STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS

Any mechanical unit greater than 400 pounds will require submittal of approved structural engineering calculations and installation design for City and Owner’s approval.

ELECTRICAL

 

  A.

GENERAL

 

  1.

All work, material or equipment shall comply with the codes, ordinances and regulations of the local government having jurisdiction, including Title 24 and any participating government agencies having jurisdiction.

 

  2.

All electrical work shall coordinate with existing electrical systems including lighting control, metering, and switchgear locations.

 

  3.

In accordance with Section 1.8 of the Work Letter, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord desires to participate in the San Diego Gas and Electric (“ SDG&E ”) Savings by Design program (“ Program ”). If Landlord complies with certain energy efficient design and building standards under the Program, such compliance will result in an energy cost savings with respect to the Project (such cost savings may be in the form of reduced utility charges, utility charge reimbursements and/or direct payments from SDG&E to Landlord). As a material part of the consideration to Landlord for entering into the Lease, Tenant agrees that all applicable Program standards will be included within the design and specifications for the Tenant Improvements. However, if Tenant requests a Premises design which does not conform with all applicable Program standards (whether due to the unique nature of the Premises design concept, space planning or any other reason), Landlord shall promptly advise Tenant in writing of the same and if Tenant still desires to retain such non-conforming design, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord that amount equal to the aggregate of the cost savings and SDG&E payments which would have been realized by and/or payable to Landlord but for such noncompliance. Landlord’s failure to advise Tenant in writing of any noncompliance with the Program prior to Tenant’s approval of the T.I. Plans and Specifications shall be deemed to be Landlord’s acknowledgment that Tenant’s design complies with the Program and shall irrevocably waiver Landlord’s right to seek any damages under this Section 1.8. Tenant acknowledges that the noncompliance of the Premises with the Program standards may result in a noncompliance of the entire Project, and thus, may result in a significant diminution in cost savings to Landlord and/or payments from SDG&E to Landlord relative to the cost savings and payments Landlord otherwise would have realized or received pursuant to the Program. Landlord shall have the right to bill Tenant for such amounts (or estimate thereof), which billings shall include reasonable detail as to Landlord’s calculation of such amounts. Within thirty (30) business days of Tenant’s receipt of each such billing, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the full amount set forth in such billing. Landlord’s determination of such amounts may be calculated or estimated by Landlord in any commercially reasonable manner and may include amounts of future cost savings diminution and future payments for SDG&E whether or not the same has accrued or occurred at the time of such billing. Absence manifest material error, such billings shall be conclusive as to Tenant. This payment obligation of Tenant is in addition to, and not in lieu of (or in any way in diminution of) Tenant’s other payment obligations hereunder including, without limitation, Tenant’s payment obligations as to Excess Costs.

 

  4.

Interruption of power shall be coordinated with the building Owner’s representative. All shutdowns shall be scheduled and approved specifically in accordance with the Owner’s requirements.

 

  5.

The electrical engineer shall verify existing building loads prior to designing the new Tenant loads. The Contractors electrical subcontractor shall verify the actual building loads and new loads and bring any discrepancies to the Owners attention.

 

  6.

The building shell electrical system is 3000 amp  277 / 480 volt 3 phase 4 wire. Space for Tenant metering equipment is provided in the main electrical room. In the course of the tenant improvements, metering switchgear compatible with existing shell building switchgear shall be installed. New switchgear shall allow

 

EXHIBIT I

-8-


 

for future connection/expansion capability. The tenant improvement scope of work shall include all necessary metering switchgear, conduit, wire, transformers, panels, etc.. The Tenant power feeder shall be routed from the SDG&E electrical room to the Tenant’s premises. All Tenant electrical equipment shall be located within Tenant’s premises.

 

  7.

The shell main telephone room is located on the first floor. Subcontractor shall provide telephone conduit and cabling from the main telephone room to Tenant’s premises.

 

  8.

Tenant electrical or telephone equipment shall not be located in the main telephone or electrical room unless specifically approved by the Owner.

 

  9.

Power capacity of approximately 20 watts per USF is generally available to each tenant. The power capacity is anticipated to be utilized as follows:

 

  a.

Lighting systems (277V).81 watts per USF.

 

  b.

Heat pumps (480V) 5 watts per USF.

 

  c.

Outlets (120V) 8 watts per USF

 

  d.

Specialty power (208Y/120V) 5.5 watts per USF.

 

  9.

All electrical work shall comply with UL NEC and ANSI Standards as a minimum

 

  10.

Contactor shall provide submittals for all new electrical equipment

 

  B.

RACEWAYS

 

  1.

Conduit shall be rigid galvanized steel (RGS), electrical metallic tubing (EMT), metal clad (MC) cable, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), and flexible or liquid tight flexible conduit; installation shall be per NEC requirements.

 

  2.

Type “AC” and “NM” cable are not acceptable.

 

  3.

Support per seismic zone 4 requirements.

 

  4.

All raceways shall be concealed.

 

  5.

Home runs from panel shall be in EMT conduit.

 

D.

WIRING DEVICES/COVERPLATES

 

  1.

Receptacles, toggle switches, slide dimmers and cover plates shall be Decora, White (dedicated circuits will be Gray). Wall switches with motion sensor, shall be Wall – Leviton Single Pole 277V 20A White 5649-2-W. Wall – 3 Way 277V 20A White 5639-2-W. Ceiling – Leviton ODC20U0-W. Load off. Acceptable manufacturer shall be Leviton, or as approved by Owner.

 

  2.

Floor power in-feed (Not included as Building Standard Tenant Improvement; these design criteria represent minimum quality standards should tenant elect to include resilient flooring in Tenant Improvements.)

For Systems Furniture

Manufacturer: Wiremold

Style: Furniture Feed Style Poke Through Devices

Model #: RC7AFFTCBK

Color: Black U.N.O.

Floor Mounted Receptacle & Data Outlets

Manufacturer: Wiremold

Style: Furniture Feed Style Poke Through Devices

Model #: RC9A15TCBK

Color: Black U.N.O.

 

  3.

Floor data in-feed (Not included as Building Standard Tenant Improvement; these design criteria represent minimum quality standards should tenant elect to include resilient flooring in Tenant Improvements.)

For Systems Furniture

Manufacturer: Wiremold

Style: Furniture Feed Style Poke Through Devices

Model #: RC9AM2TCBK

Color: Black U.N.O.

 

E.

TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLETS

 

  1.

Telephone outlets shall be installed with a mud ring and a pull string to accessible ceiling space, white coverplates shall be provided.

 

  2.

Cabling, devices, and coverplates shall be telephone/data supplier/installer per Tenant requirements.

 

EXHIBIT I

-9-


  3.

All cabling shall be installed above the ceiling grid and supported by its own support system.

 

F.

CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS

 

  1.

Disconnects shall be UL listed and suitable for the application – NEMA 1 or 3R.

 

  2.

Install and fuse all disconnects in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements.

 

  3.

Acceptable manufacturer shall be General Electric, Cutler-Hammer, Siemens, or SquareD

 

  4.

Fuses shall be Gould-Shawmut or Bussman.

 

G.

TRANSFORMERS

 

  1.

Transformers shall be UL listed and are designed in accordance with ANSI C89.2 and NEMA ST-20 Standards.

 

  2.

Transformers shall be provided as required to supply Tenant loads, 30KVA 480V (primary) – 208Y/120V (secondary), rated for 150 C rise over an ambient temperature of 40C. Contractor shall field verify with Owner the location of all transformers prior to installation.

 

  3.

Support per seismic zone 4 requirements.

 

  4.

Acceptable manufacturers shall be General Electric, Eaton Cutler-Hammer Products, Siemens, Square D, Siemens is Building Standards.

 

  5.

All transformers shall be located in Tenant premises and shall be reviewed by a structural engineer if hanging type.

 

  6.

Provide sound rating of not less than 3 dB below ANSI standard.

 

  7.

If located in or near the server room shielding may be required.

 

H.

PANEL BOARDS

 

  1.

Panel boards shall be UL listed and suitable for the application – NEMA Standards PB-1 250

 

  2.

All circuit breakers shall be molded case, bolt-on-type.

 

  3.

Support per seismic zone 4 requirements.

 

  4.

Acceptable manufacturers shall be General Electric, Cutler-Hammer, Siemens, Square D, or Westinghouse. Siemens is Building Standards.

 

  5.

Provide printed panel schedule/directory for each panelboard upon completion of the work. The panel schedule/directory shall be affixed in a clear plastic cover inside each panel door

 

I.

LIGHT FIXTURES

 

  1.

The standard light fixture for tenant improvements shall be a 2’x4’ Focal Point “Luna” indirect recessed luminare with 4100k fluorescent lamps, model FLU- 24BT8E277GPSL. Tenants lighting design shall not exceed .81 watts average per square foot.

 

  2.

In large open plan offices, the electrical design may require ceiling mounted lineal diffusers, if required the diffusers shall be as approved by Owner.

 

  3.

The building common area corridors shall utilize the 2’x2’ Focal Point indirect recessed luminare with 4100k fluorescent lamps, model FLU-22B2T8E277GPS.

 

  4.

Support per seismic zone 4 requirements.

 

  5.

All fixtures requiring a test switch shall have integral test switches.

 

  6.

The standard downlight for tenant improvements shall be a 6” Lensed Recessed Fluorescent fixture.

Mfg: Cooper

Style: Portfolio 6” Fluorescent Downlight

Model #: C6142 6181 LI 1 WF

 

J.

LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL (LCP)

 

  1.

The standard LCP shall be approximately 30”Hx24”Wx7”D, capable of housing at least 32-20A  120 / 277 VAC relays. Relays to be individually replaceable. Manufacturer shall be LC&D or equal.

 

  2.

The standard LCP shall support maintained or monetary low voltage override switches, with or without pilot lights.

 

  3.

The standard LCP shall have the means to manually control the relays from the LCP, and shall have an indication of whether or not the relay is open or closed.

 

  4.

The standard LCP shall have a built-in time clock and be approved per Title 24 standards.

 

EXHIBIT I

-10-


  5.

Provide illumination level of 1fc in path of egress, including access and discharge to egress with 90-minute battery per fixture schedule.

 

K.

EXIT SIGNS

 

  1.

The corridor/common area standard exit sign shall be a LRP-LED, double face, EL-N (Nickel cadmium battery) end mount, green on mirror edge-lit green, ceiling mount, recessed, housing with arrows as required, powered by long life light emitting diodes (LED’s) with a 90 min. emergency battery pack. Model Lithonia LRP-EL-N .

 

  2.

The tenant suite standard exit sign shall be a LRP-LED, double face, EL-N (Nickel cadmium battery) end mount, green on mirror edge-lit green, ceiling mount, recessed, housing with arrows as required, powered by long life light emitting diodes (LED’s) with a 90 min. emergency battery pack. Model Cooper Lighting – Sure-Lites EUR-70-A-G 120-277V.

 

  3.

Quantities and locations per exiting and lighting plans; single, double face and directional arrows per lighting plans.

 

L.

FIRE PROTECTION

 

  1.

Fire sprinkler coverage in the shell is light hazard .33 gpm/3,000 SF and shall be modified per tenant improvement requirements.

 

  2.

Semi-recessed chrome sprinkler head centered on ceiling tile.

 

  3.

Fire extinguisher cabinets shall be recessed in the wall, door style F-10 JL Industries Ambassador Series, white epoxy polymer finish, full glass, double strength model # 1816, 1  1 / 2 ” return trim style

 

  4.

Extinguishers in the building common area shall be JL Industries Ambassador model White epoxy primer finish door swing (full glass w/SAF-T-low) 10 (double strength glass) model #1015 (FX for fire rated walls), flat trim, to match existing.

 

  5.

Sentry dry chemical extinguisher model #AD5, 3-A, 10-B:C.

 

M.

SECURITY SYSTEM

 

  1.

Tenants may add a security system to their Premises as part of the tenant improvement project with Owner’s approval.

PLUMBING & EQUIPMENT (Not included as Building Standard Tenant Improvement; these design criteria represent minimum quality standards should tenant elect to include plumbing and equipment in Tenant Improvements)

 

A.

SINK

 

  1.

Elkay “Pacemaker” model no. PSMR – 3322-R, 20 gauge, type 302

 

  2.

Tenant may specify an insta-hot water heater under the sink, Chronomite model SR20L.

 

B.

FAUCET

 

  1.

Moen “Sani-Stream,” Model No. 8798, 8” centers, commercial washerless ceramic cartridge.

 

C.

GARBAGE DISPOSAL

 

1.

In-Sink-Erator, Badger 5,  1 / 2 horsepower, 1725 rpm, 120V.

 

D.

DISHWASHER

 

  1.

General Electric “Clean Design” Model No. GSD 1180 TWW or ASKO Model No. D3112

FINAL CLEAN

TI contractor shall be responsible for a thorough final clean up ready for Tenant occupancy.

 

EXHIBIT I

-11-


EXHIBIT J

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS LIST

1,2 Dichloroethane, anhydrous

2-Morpholincethanesulphonic acid hydrate

6-Mercapto-1-hexanol

70% Isopropyl Alcohol Solution

Acetone

Acetonitrile

Ammonium Acetate

Argon

Betaine, Anhydrous

Buffer Solution (ph. 4.0)

Buffer solution, ph 10.0

Buffer solution, ph 7.0

Calcium Hypochlorite

Chloreform

Dichloromethane

Ethanol

Ethyl Acetate

Guanidine Hydrochloride

Helium

Hexane

Hot Star 10X Buffer

Hydrochloric Acid 1N Solution

Isopropanol

Methanol

Methylene Chloride

N,N-Diisopropylethylamine

N,N-Dimethylformamide

Phenolphthalein

Pyridine

Silver/Silver Chloride Ink

Sodium Bicarbonate

Sodium Chloride

Sodium Chloride Solution 5M

Sodium Hydroxide

Sodium Hydroxide 1%

Sodium Hydroxide 32%

Sodium Perchlorate

Triethylamine

Triethylamine

TRIS-EDTA Buffer solution

Tris-EDTA Buffer solution ph 8.0

Trizma Pre-set crystals (ph 7.4)

 

EXHIBIT J

-1-

Exhibit 10.2

LOGO AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL SINGLE-TENANT LEASE — NET

(DO NOT USE THIS FORM FOR MULTI-TENANT BUILDINGS)

1. Basic Provisions (“ Basic Provisions ”).

1.1 Parties: This Lease (“ Lease ”), dated for reference purposes only                                                               is made by and between the COLLIS P. AND HOWARD HUNTINGTON MEMORIAL HOSPITAL TRUST (“ Lessor ”) and OSMETECH TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Lessee ”), (collectively the “ Parties ,” or individually a “ Party ”).

1.2 Premises: That certain real property, including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, and commonly known as 757 S. Raymond Avenue, Pasadena, CA 91105 located in the County of Los Angeles, State of California and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the property and, if applicable, the “ Project ”, if the property is located within a Project) A single story industrial office building comprising approximately 24,800 rentable square feet (the “Building”), and parking adjacent to the south side of the Building (see Addendum Paragraph 52) (“ Premises ”). (See also Paragraph 2)

1.3 Term: three (3) years and No months (“ Original Term ”) commencing July 1, 2008 (“ Commencement Date ”) and ending June 30, 2011 (“ Expiration Date ”). (See also Paragraph 3)

1.4 Early Possession: N/A (“ Early Possession Date ”). (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

1.5 Base Rent: $65,137.20 per month (“ Base Rent ”), payable on the first day of each month commencing July 1, 2008. (See also Paragraph 4)

þ If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted. See Addendum Paragraph 60.

1.6 Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution: See Addendum Paragraph 53.

 

  (a)

Base Rent: $             for the period                                              .

 

  (b)

Security Deposit: $             (“ Security Deposit ”). (See also Paragraph 5)

 

  (c)

Association Fees: $             for the period                                              

 

  (d)

Other: $             for                                              .

 

  (e)

Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease: $            .

1.7 Agreed Use: light manufacturing of electrical components, and affiliated research and development and office uses. (See also Paragraph 6)

1.8 Insuring Party: Lessor is the “ Insuring Party ” unless otherwise stated herein. (See also Paragraph 8)

1.9 Real Estate Brokers: (See also Paragraph 15)

(a) Representation: The following real estate brokers (the “ Brokers ”) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

 

¨

N/A represents Lessor exclusively (“ Lessor’s Broker ”);

 

¨

N/A represents Lessee exclusively (“ Lessee’s Broker ”); or

 

¨

N/A represents both Lessor and Lessee (“ Dual Agency ”)

(b) Payment to Brokers: Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Broker the fee agreed to in their separate written agreement (or if there is no such agreement, the sum of N/A or     % of the total Base Rent) for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers.

 

LOGO   PAGE 1 OF 23  

LOGO

        
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


1.10 Guarantor. The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by N/A (“ Guarantor ”). (See also Paragraph 37)

1.11 Attachments. Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

 

þ

an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs 51 through 61;

 

¨

a plot plan depicting the Premises;

 

¨

a current set of the Rules and Regulations;

 

¨

a Work Letter;

 

þ

other (specify): Exhibits A and B

2. Premises.

2.1 Letting. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of size set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating Rent, is an approximation which the Parties agree is reasonable and any payments based thereon are not subject to revision whether or not the actual size is more or less. Note: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

2.2 Condition. SEE ADDENDUM PARAGRAPH 53 Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs (“ Start Date ”), and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) below are obtained by Lessee and in effect within thirty days following the Start Date, warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (“ HVAC ”), loading doors, sump pumps, if any, and all other such elements in the Premises, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of any buildings on the Premises (the “ Building ”) shall be free of material defects, and that the Premises do not contain hazardous levels of any mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law. If a non-compliance with said warranty exists as of the Start Date, or if one of such systems or elements should malfunction or fail within the appropriate warranty period, Lessor shall, as Lessor’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, malfunction or failure, rectify same at Lessor’s expense. The warranty periods shall be as follows: (i) 6 months as to the HVAC systems, and (ii) 30 days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Building. If Lessee does not give Lessor the required notice within the appropriate warranty period, correction of any such non-compliance, malfunction or failure shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense.

2.3 Compliance. SEE ADDENDUM PARAGRAPH 53 Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements on the Premises comply with the building codes, applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances (“ Applicable Requirements ”) that were in effect at the time that each improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed. Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee’s use (see Paragraph 50), or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the Applicable Requirements, and especially the zoning, are appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor’s expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within 6 months following the Start Date; correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Premises and/or Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Unit, Premises and/or Building (“ Capital Expenditure ”), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and an amount equal to 6 months’ Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease

 

LOGO   PAGE 2 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor shall pay for such Capital Expenditure and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date that on which the Base Rent is due, an amount equal to 144th of the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises. Lessee shall pay Interest on the balance but may prepay its obligation at any time. If, however, such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not, however, have any right to terminate this Lease.

2.4 Acknowledgements. Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (b) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, and (c) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant. The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

3. Term.

3.1 Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2 Early Possession. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such early possession. All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall be in effect during such period. Any such early possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

3.3 Delay In Possession. Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

3.4 Lessee Compliance. Lessor shall not be required to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

 

LOGO   PAGE 3 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


4. Rent.

4.1. Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent (“ Rent ”).

4.2 Payment. Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. All monetary amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar. In the event that any invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier’s check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney’s fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent and Common Area Operating Expenses, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

4.3 Association Fees. In addition to the Base Rent, Lessee shall pay to Lessor each month an amount equal to any owner’s association or condominium fees levied or assessed against the Premises. Said monies shall be paid at the same time and in the same manner as the Base Rent.

5. Security Deposit. SEE ADDENDUM PARAGRAPH 53. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount due already due Lessor, for Rents which will be due in the future, and/ or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 90 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

6. Use.

6.1 Use. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements on the Premises or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, and/or is not significantly more burdensome to the Premises. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in the Agreed Use.

6.2 Hazardous Substances. SEE ADDENDUM PARAGRAPH 55

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term “ Hazardous Substance ” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated

 

LOGO   PAGE 4 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements. “ Reportable Use ” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete-encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

(c) Lessee Remediation. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease or the Preceding Lease (as defined in Addendum Paragraph 51), by or for Lessee, or any third party.

(d) Lessee Indemnification. Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from adjacent properties not caused or contributed to by Lessee). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

(e) Lessor Indemnification. Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which result from Hazardous Substances which existed on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy the commencement of the Preceding Lease or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(f) Investigations and Remediations. Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy the commencement of the Preceding Lease, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

(g) Lessor Termination Option. If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease or the Preceding Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and

 

LOGO   PAGE 5 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

6.3 Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the such Requirements, without regard to whether such Requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall immediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises.

6.4 Inspection; Compliance. Lessor and Lessor’s “ Lender ” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable notice, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see paragraph 9.1) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets (MSDS) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of a written request therefor.

7. Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

7.1 Lessee’s Obligations. SEE ADDENDUM PARAGRAPH 56

(a) In General. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility Installations (intended for Lessee’s exclusive use, no matter where located), and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, HVAC equipment, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fire protection system, fixtures, walls (interior and exterior), foundations, ceilings, roofs, roof drainage systems, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, skylights, landscaping, driveways, parking lots, fences, retaining walls, signs, sidewalks and parkways located in, on, or adjacent to the Premises. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below. Lessee’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair. Lessee shall, during the term of this Lease, keep the exterior appearance of the Building in a first-class condition (including, e.g. graffiti removal) consistent with the exterior appearance of other similar facilities of comparable age and size in the vicinity, including, when necessary, the exterior repainting of the Building.

(b) Service Contracts. Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, procure and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of the following equipment and improvements, if any, if and when installed on the Premises: (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler, and pressure vessels, (iii) fire extinguishing systems, including fire alarm and/or smoke detection, (iv) landscaping and irrigation systems, (v) roof covering and drains, (vi) clarifiers, and (vii) basic utility feed to the perimeter of the Building. However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to procure and maintain any or all of such service contracts, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

 

LOGO   PAGE 6 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


(c) Failure to Perform. If Lessee fails to perform Lessee’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after 10 days’ prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, and Lessee shall promptly pay to Lessor a sum equal to 115% of the cost thereof.

(d) Replacement. Subject to Lessee’s indemnification of Lessor as set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee’s failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if an item described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such item, then such item shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is 144 (ie. 1/144th of the cost per month). Lessee shall pay Interest on the unamortized balance but may prepay its obligation at any time.

7.2 Lessor’s Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), it is intended by the Parties hereto that Lessor have no obligation, in any manner whatsoever, to repair and maintain the Premises, or the equipment therein, all of which obligations are intended to be that of the Lessee. It is the intention of the Parties that the terms of this Lease govern the respective obligations of the Parties as to maintenance and repair of the Premises, and they expressly waive the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease. SEE ADDENDUM PARAGRAPH 57

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

(a) Definitions. The term “ Utility Installations ” refers to all floor and window coverings, air and/or vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fencing in or on the Premises. The term “ Trade Fixtures ” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “ Alterations ” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “ Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations ” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

(b) Consent. Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed a sum equal to 3 month’s Base Rent $60,000 in the aggregate or a sum equal to one month’s Base Rent $20,000 in any one year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month’s Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor. See Addendum Paragraph 58

(c) Liens; Bonds. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs.

7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.

(a) Ownership. Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility

 

LOGO   PAGE 7 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


Installations made by Lessee shall be the properly of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

(b) Removal. By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

(c) Surrender; Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall completely remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Premises, or if applicable, the Premises) even if such removal would require Lessee to perform or pay for work that exceeds statutory requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

8.1 Payment For Insurance. Lessee shall pay for all insurance required under Paragraph 8 except to the extent of the cost attributable to liability insurance carried by Lessor under Paragraph 8.2(b) in excess of $2,000,000 per occurrence Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to or extending beyond the Lease term shall be prorated to correspond to the Lease term. Payment shall be made by Lessee to Lessor within 10 days following receipt of an invoice.

8.2 Liability Insurance.

(a) Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by means of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization’s “Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises” Endorsement. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(b) Carried by Lessor. Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

8.3 Property Insurance - Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

(a) Building and Improvements. The Insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. If Lessor is the Insuring Party, however, Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee under Paragraph 8.4 rather than by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said

 

LOGO   PAGE 8 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $1,000 per occurrence, and Lessee shall be liable for such deductible amount in the event of an Insured Loss.

(b) Rental Value. The Insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“Rental Value insurance”). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period. Lessee shall be liable for any deductible amount in the event of such loss.

(c) Adjacent Premises. If the Premises are part of a larger building, or of a group of buildings owned by Lessor which are adjacent to the Premises, the Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of such building or buildings if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

8.4 Lessee’s Property; Business Interruption Insurance.

(a) Property Damage. Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Lessee shall provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in force.

(b) Business Interruption. Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

(c) No Representation of Adequate Coverage. Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

8.5 Insurance Policies. Insurance required herein shall be by companies duly licensed or admitted to transact business in the state where the Premises are located, and maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-, VI, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least 10 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 Indemnity. Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

8.8 Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability. Notwithstanding the negligence or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the building of which the Premises are a part, or from other

 

LOGO   PAGE 9 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


sources or places, (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project, or (iii) injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee’s sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.

8.9 Failure to Provide Insurance. Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.

9. Damage or Destruction.

9.1 Definitions.

(a) “ Premises Partial Damage ” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 6 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Premises Partial Damage shall not include damage to windows, doors, and/or other similar items which Lessee has the responsibility to repair or replace pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 7.1.

(b) “ Premises Total Destruction ” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 6 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(c) “ Insured Loss ” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(d) “ Replacement Cost ” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

(e) “ Hazardous Substance Condition ” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on, or under the Premises which requires repair, remediation, or restoration.

9.2 Partial Damage - Insured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds (except as to the deductible which is Lessee’s responsibility) as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

 

LOGO   PAGE 10 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


9.3 Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss . If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

9.4 Total Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

9.5 Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

(a) Abatement. In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

(b) Remedies. If Lessor is obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

9.7 Termination; Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

10. Real Property Taxes.

10.1 Definition. As used herein, the term “ Real Property Taxes ” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Premises or the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Building address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Premises are located. Real Property Taxes shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Premises, and (ii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease.

 

LOGO   PAGE 11 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


10.2 Payment of Taxes. In addition to Base Rent, Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to the Real Property Tax installment due at least 20 days prior to the applicable delinquency date. If any such installment shall cover any period of time prior to or after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessee’s share of such installment shall be prorated. In the event Lessee incurs a late charge on any Rent payment, Lessor may estimate the current Real Property Taxes, and require that such taxes be paid in advance to Lessor by Lessee monthly in advance with the payment of the Base Rent. Such monthly payments shall be an amount equal to the amount of the estimated installment of taxes divided by the number of months remaining before the month in which said installment becomes delinquent. When the actual amount of the applicable tax bill is known, the amount of such equal monthly advance payments shall be adjusted as required to provide the funds needed to pay the applicable taxes. If the amount collected by Lessor is insufficient to pay such Real Property Taxes when due, Lessee shall pay Lessor, upon demand, such additional sum as is necessary. Advance payments may be intermingled with other moneys of Lessor and shall not bear interest. In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, then any such advance payments may be treated by Lessor as an additional Security Deposit.

10.3 Joint Assessment. If the Premises are not separately assessed, Lessee’s liability shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be conclusively determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available.

10.4 Personal Property Taxes. Lessee shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

11. Utilities and Services. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. If any such services are not separately metered or billed to Lessee, Lessee shall pay a reasonable proportion, to be determined by Lessor, of all charges jointly metered or billed. There shall be no abatement of rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions.

12. Assignment and Subletting.

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required.

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “ assign or assignment ”) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. SEE ADDENDUM PARAGRAPH 59

(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange, a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 25% 50% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 25% of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. “ Net Worth of Lessee ” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

(f) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is requested.

 

LOGO   PAGE 12 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a de minimis portion of the Premises, ie. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.

(c) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

(g) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13. Default; Breach; Remedies.

13.1 Default; Breach. A “ Default ” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A “ Breach ” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure or Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

 

LOGO   PAGE 13 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surely bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee.

(c) The commission of waste act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee.

(d) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 42, (viii) material safety data sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.

(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(f) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “ debtor ” as defined in 11 U.S.C. §101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

(h) If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

13.2 Remedies. If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover damages

 

LOGO   PAGE 14 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


under Paragraph 12. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

13.3 Inducement Recapture. Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “ Inducement Provisions, ” shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

13.4 Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The Parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 Interest. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due as to scheduled payments (such as Base Rent) or within 30 days following the date on which it was due for non-scheduled payment, shall bear interest from the date when due, as to scheduled payments, or the 31st day after it was due as to non-scheduled payments. The interest (“ Interest ”) charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

13.6 Breach by Lessor.

(a) Notice of Breach. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor. In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided, however, that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee’s right to seek reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise

 

LOGO   PAGE 15 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


of said power (collectively “ Condemnation ”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the Building, or more than 25% of that portion of the Premises not occupied by any building, is taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation paid by the condemnor for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

15. Brokerage Fees.

15.1 Additional Commission. In addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.9 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing, Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the same Project, if any, within which the Premises is located, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the schedule of the Brokers in effect at the time of the execution of this Lease.

15.2 Assumption of Obligations. Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.9, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue Interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.

15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

16. Estoppel Certificates.

(a) Each Party (as “ Responding Party ”) shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the “ Requesting Party ”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “ Estoppel Certificate ” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate.

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

 

LOGO   PAGE 16 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


17. Definition of Lessor. The term “ Lessor ” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. Days. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

20. Limitation on Liability. The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Premises, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor’s partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

21. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.

23. Notices.

23.1 Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission or by receipted overnight delivery service, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

23.2 Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantee next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24. Waivers.

(a) No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.

 

LOGO   PAGE 17 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


(b) The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

(c) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL GOVERN WITH REGARD TO ALL MATTERS RELATED THERETO AND HEREBY WAIVE THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH STATUTE IS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE.

25. Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship.

(a) When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:

(i) Lessor’s Agent . A Lessor’s agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor’s agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: To the Lessor : A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor : a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(ii) Lessee’s Agent . An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Lessor’s agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee : A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor : a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(iii) Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee . A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: a. A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee. b. Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an amount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests. Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional.

(b) Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

(c) Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as “Confidential” any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

26. No Right To Holdover. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

 

LOGO   PAGE 18 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

30.1 Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “ Security Device ”), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “ Lender ”) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and / or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2 Attornment. In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Devise to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor which was not paid or credited to such new owner.

30.3 Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “ Non-Disturbance Agreement ”) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall, if requested by Lessee, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

30.4 Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

31. Attorneys’ Fees. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, “ Prevailing Party ” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees awards shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

32. Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers,

 

LOGO   PAGE 19 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect to Lessee’s use of the Premises. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

33. Auctions. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

34. Signs. Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “ For Sale ” signs at any time and ordinary “ For Lease ” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Except for ordinary “for sublease” signs, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

35. Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.

37. Guarantor.

37.1 Execution. The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, and each such Guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this Lease.

37.2 Default. It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. Quiet Possession. Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

39. Options. If Lessee is granted an Option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply:

39.1 Definition. Option ” shall mean: (a) the right to extend the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee. Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

 

LOGO   PAGE 20 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase. (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40. Multiple Buildings. If the Premises are a part of a group of buildings controlled by Lessor, Lessee agrees that it will abide by and conform to all reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from time to time for the management, safety, and care of said properties, including the care and cleanliness of the grounds and including the parking, loading and unloading of vehicles, and to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessee also agrees to pay its fair share of common expenses incurred in connection with such rules and regulations.

41. Security Measures. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

42. Reservations. Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

43. Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid “under protest” with 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.

44. Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution.

(a) If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

(b) If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “ Lessee ”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

(c) This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

45. Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

46. Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either Party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to Lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

 

LOGO   PAGE 21 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


47. Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

48. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

49. Mediation and Arbitration of Disputes. An Addendum requiring the Mediation and/or the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease   ¨   is   ¨   is not attached to this Lease.

50. Americans with Disabilities Act. Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

ATTENTION : NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE PREMISES IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES IS LOCATED.

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at:

 

 

  

Executed at:

 

Pasadena Cal. 91105

On:

 

 

  

On:

 

3/24/08

By LESSOR:

  

By LESSEE:

 

  

OSMETECH TECHNOLOGIES INC., a Delaware corporation

 

  

 

By:

                 LOGO

  

By:

 

LOGO

  

Name Printed:

 

Bruce A. Huebner

Name Printed:

 

James S. Noble

  

Title:

 

President

Title:

 

Agent of the COLLIS P. AND HOWARD

  

By:

 

 

 

LOGO   PAGE 22 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


HUNTINGTON MEMORIAL HOSPITAL TRUST

  

Name Printed:

 

 

By:

 

LOGO

  

Title:

 

 

Name Printed:

 

Jeffrey P. Weigand

  

Address:

 

 

Title:

 

Agent of the COLLIS P. AND HOWARD

  

 

HUNTINGTON MEMORIAL HOSPITAL TRUST

  

Telephone:(      )

 

 

    

Facsimile:(      )

 

 

Address:

 

 

  

Federal ID No.

 

 

 

  

Telephone:(      )

 

 

    

Facsimile:(      )

 

 

    

Federal ID No.

 

 

    
BROKER:      BROKER:  

 

  

 

 

  

 

Attn:

 

 

  

Attn:

 

 

Title:

 

 

  

Title:

 

 

Address:

 

 

  

Address:

 

 

 

  

 

Telephone:(      )

 

 

  

Telephone:(      )

 

 

Facsimile:(      )

 

 

  

Facsimile:(      )

 

 

Federal ID No. (      )

 

 

  

Federal ID No.

 

 

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 800 W 6 th Street, Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90017. Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

© Copyright 2001 – By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association. All rights reserved.

No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

LOGO   PAGE 23 OF 23   LOGO
          
INITIALS        INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM STN-9-3/06E


ADDENDUM TO STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL

SINGLE-TENANT LEASE – NET

This Addendum is attached to and made a part of that certain AIR Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease- Net dated as of March 24, 2008 (the “AIR Lease”), by and between COLLIS P. AND HOWARD HUNTINGTON MEMORIAL HOSPITAL TRUST, as Lessor, and OSMETECH TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Lessee. In the event any term or provision of this Addendum conflicts with the terms of the AIR Lease, this Addendum shall govern. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined are used with the meanings set forth in the AIR Lease. The AIR Lease and this Addendum are collectively referred to as the “Lease”.

51. PRECEDING LEASE . Lessee is the current lessee and Lessor is the current lessor under that certain Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease – Net, dated as of November 10, 1999, by and between Southern California Clinical Laboratories, LLC, and SoCal Clini Lab, as lessors, and Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc., as lessee, as amended and assigned (the “Preceding Lease”), for the Premises. The term of the Preceding Lease ends on June 30, 2008 and the term of this Lease shall commence on July 1, 2008. Lessee represents and agrees that as of the date of this Lease and as of the Commencement Date, Lessor has complied with all of its obligations under the Preceding Lease, and that no default, or event which with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, could become a default, has occurred and remains uncured under the Preceding Lease.

52. PARKING . The Premises include 26 parking spaces in the parking lot adjacent to the south side of the Building. Lessee shall make other arrangements for additional parking if and as needed for Lessee’s business and as required by the City of Pasadena, whether on other properties owned by Lessor and leased to Lessee, or otherwise. Lessor makes no representation or warranty as to the adequacy of parking within the Premises.

53. SECURITY DEPOSIT . Lessor is currently holding a security deposit under the Preceding Lease in the amount of $65,720. From and after the Commencement Date, Lessor shall continue to hold such security deposit as the security deposit under and pursuant to this Lease.

54. CONDITION . Lessee has been in possession of the Premises since July of 2005, and has full knowledge and understanding of the condition of the Premises. Lessee accepts the Premises in its current condition, AS IS WHERE IS. Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, Lessor makes no representation or warranty as to the condition of the Premises or the improvements or fixtures thereon, the existence of Hazardous Substances on, about, under or near the Premises, or the compliance of the Premises, improvements thereon or Lessee’s use thereof with any laws, rules, regulations, codes, covenants, restrictions and ordinances.

55. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES . Lessee may use the solvents for the particular activities identified on Exhibit A , so long as Lessee otherwise complies with the terms and conditions of Paragraph 6 of the Lease.

56. LESSEE’S OBLIGATIONS; SERVICE CONTRACTS . In addition to Lessee’s maintenance obligations set forth in the Lease (including without limitation under Paragraph 7.1 ), Lessee shall maintain the grounds, diesel generator and all equipment in the penthouse and on the roof of the Building, including without limitation two (2) hot water boilers, three (3) hot

 

   1    LOGO


water tanks, two (2) vacuum pumps, one (1) air compressor and one (1) 3300 gallon water tank including filter tanks. Notwithstanding the requirements of Paragraph 7.1(b) of the Lease, the service contracts which are currently in place and which the Lessee shall maintain are those listed on Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

57. LESSOR’S OBLIGATIONS . Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraphs 7.1 and 7.2 of the Lease, Lessor shall maintain the structural integrity of the Building, including the foundation, the walls, the roof and the roof membrane, if and as needed. Lessee shall be responsible for ordinary course maintenance of the Building, including without limitation the roof and its component parts (provided that any roof repairs necessitated by virtue of Lessee’s activities at the Premises or Lessee’s failure to perform annual ordinary course inspection and maintenance of the roof, shall be paid for by Lessee). Lessor shall not be obligated to perform repairs due to Lessee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

58. CONSENT TO ALTERATIONS, UTILITY INSTALLATIONS . In the event Lessor consents to any alterations or utility installations pursuant to Paragraph 7.3(b) of the Lease, Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing, at the time such consent is given, whether such alteration or utility installation must be removed at the expiration of the Lease. In addition, at the request of Lessor in Lessor’s sole and absolute discretion, upon the termination of the Lease and surrender of the Premises to Lessor, Lessee shall remove any and all tenant alterations, improvements and installations made or installed from or after the commencement of the Preceding Lease, and return the Premises to Lessor in the condition the Premises were delivered to the original lessee at the commencement of the Preceding Lease.

59. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING . Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 12 of the Lease, Lessor’s consent shall not be required in connection with an assignment or this Lease or a sublease of all or any portion of the Premises to an entity or individual which controls, is under common control with, or is controlled by Lessee, nor shall any private or public offering of all or any portion of an ownership interest in Lessee, including without limitation an initial public stock offering, constitute or be deemed to constitute an assignment or subletting requiring Lessor’s consent. Any such assignment or subletting shall be subject to the other terms and conditions of Paragraph 12 .

60. BASE RENT INCREASE : The monthly Base Rent payable by Lessee during the term of the Lease shall be increased annually. On each anniversary date of the Commencement Date during the Lease term, the Base Rent shall increase by an amount equal to three percent (3.0%) of the Base Rent in effect immediately preceding such anniversary.

61. OPTION TO EXTEND : Lessor grants to Lessee the option to extend the term of this Lease (the “Extension Option”) for one (1) additional period of three (3) years commencing when the Original Term expires (the “Extension Term”), subject to each and all of the following terms and conditions.

a. Exercise of Extension Option . To exercise the Extension Option, Lessee shall deliver to Lessor a written notice of Lesses’s exercise of the Extension Option (“Exercise Notice”) and Lessor must receive the same at least six (6) months but no more than nine (9) months prior to the date that the Extension Term would commence, time being of the essence. If Lessor does not receive the Exercise Notice within such time period, Lessee shall be deemed to have elected not to exercise the Extension Option, and the Extension Option shall automatically terminate.

 

   2    LOGO


b. Option Rent . The monthly Base Rent payable by Lessee during the Extension Term shall equal the amount of the Base Rent for the period immediately preceding the Extension Term, increased (and subject to further increases) pursuant to Paragraph 60 above (“Option Rent”).

c. Option on Same Terms and Conditions . Except for the Extension Option (which is only effective to extend the Original Term), all of the terms and conditions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect during the Extension Term.

 

LESSOR:     LESSEE:

LOGO

    OSMETECH TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a
James S. Noble, Agent of the COLLIS P. AND     Delaware corporation
HOWARD HUNTINGTON MEMORIAL      
HOSPITAL TRUST     By:  

LOGO

LOGO

    Its:  

President

      3/24/08

Jeffrey P. Weigand, Agent of the COLLIS P.

AND HOWARD HUNTINGTON

MEMORIAL HOSPITAL TRUST

     

 

3

EXHIBIT 10.7

2/8/95

MK:dcr

CMS.Agr

LICENSE AGREEMENT

This AGREEMENT is effective as of the 8th day of February 1995, between California Institute of Technology, 1201 East California Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91125 (“CALTECH”) and Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc., 428 South Sierra Bonita Avenue, Pasadena, CA 91106 (“CMS”), a corporation of the State of California:

WHEREAS, CALTECH, has been engaged in basic research relating to nucleic acid mediated electron transfer and cell and tissue-specific MRI contrast agents;

WHEREAS, CALTECH owns full right, title and interest in United States Patent Application Number 08/166,036 filed December 10, 1993 entitled “Nucleic Acid Mediated Electron Transfer” (CIT 2222) and to an invention entitled “Cell and Tissue-Specific MRI Contrast Agents” (CIT 2223) which will be the subject of a United States Patent Application and has the requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to convey to CMS the interests herein;

WHEREAS, currently herewith CALTECH is receiving a *** equity interest in CMS;

WHEREAS, CMS, is desirous of an exclusive license to the aforementioned United

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.


States Patent Application and invention, and to certain divisions, continuations and continuation-in-part applications of the aforementioned application.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1. “Subject Technology” means any, product or process covered by any claim in a Licensed Patent.

2. “Licensed Method” means any process or method, the use or practice of which would constitute an infringement of a valid claim of a Licensed Patent in that country in which the Licensed Method is used or practiced.

3. “Licensed Product” means (a) any product which cannot be manufactured, used or sold without infringing a valid claim of a Licensed Patent or (b) the practice of the Licensed Method.

4. “Licensed Patent” means any patent issued from the aforementioned United States Patent Application and invention and any continuation, continuation-in-part, divisions, reissues, re-examinations, and any foreign counterparts thereof.

5. “Deductible Expenses” means all costs incurred in connection with sales of Licensed Products to the extent paid or allowed by CMS and included in accordance with recognized principles of accounting in the gross sales price billed: (i) sales, use or turnover taxes; (ii) excise taxes, custom duties or consular fees; (iii) transportation, freight, and handling charges, and insurance on shipments to customers; (iv) trade or quantity discounts to the extent

 

2


actually granted; (v) agent fees or commissions and (vi) rebates, refunds, and credits for any returned Licensed Products.

6. “Related Company” means any company directly or indirectly controlled by, controlling, or under common control with CMS.

ARTICLE II

PATENT LICENSE GRANT

7. CALTECH hereby grants to CMS and any Related Company an exclusive license to make, have made, use, distribute and sell Licensed Products throughout the world, subject to the reservation of CALTECH’s right, on the part of itself and the Jet Propulsion Laboratory, to make, have made, and use Licensed Products solely for educational and research purposes. This license is not transferable by CMS, but CMS shall have the right to grant sublicenses provided that:

(A) In the event CMS receives any licensing fees or royalty payments from the sublicensing by CMS of this Agreement including running royalty payments from its sublicensees, CALTECH shall receive *** of all such fees or payments.

(B) CMS shall furnish CALTECH within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, a true and complete copy of each sublicense and any changes or additions thereto.

(C) In the event that CALTECH terminates this License Agreement because of a material breach by CMS which is not cured by CMS within the time specified in Article VI

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

3


then CALTECH shall offer Molecular Dynamics a license ssubstantially identical to the sublicense to be negotiated between CMS and Molecular Dynamics.

8. The exclusive patent license shall continue until the last of the Licensed Patents expires.

ARTICLE III

CMS PAYMENTS

9. (A) Starting from the issue date of the Licensed Patent and for the full term of the exclusive patent license granted under Article II, CMS shall pay to CALTECH patent royalty payments of *** of the gross sale of Licensed Products. The above royalty percentage is to be applied to gross sales after Deductible Expenses for any Licensed Products sold by CMS, its agents, its distributors, or Related Companies.

(B) CMS agrees that provided a patent has issued it will pay a minimum *** .

(C) CMS shall reimburse CALTECH for all expenses associated with the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of any foreign equivalents of the Licensed Patent that CMS directs CALTECH to file. With respect to all costs paid through Chapter II of PCT, CMS will reimburse CALTECH within *** years of the effective date of this Agreement. All subsequent costs shall be reimbursed within thirty days of the receipt of a CALTECH statement by CMS.

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

4


ARTICLE IV

UNLICENSED MANUFACTURE, USE OR SALE BY INFRINGERS

10. In the event either CMS or CALTECH discovers any unlicensed manufacture, use or sale of Licensed Products, the other party shall be promptly notified of such infringement. CMS may, at its own option and at its own expense, through attorneys of its own election, take appropriate action to terminate or prevent the infringement provided, however, that CMS may not bring an action nor enter into any settlement agreement with an accused infringer without prior written approval of CALTECH, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld. CALTECH agrees to be joined as a party plaintiff to any such action. If CMS takes no action within ninety (90) days of the discovery of the infringement, then CALTECH at its option, may take such action as it deems appropriate including but not limited to the right to license others to make, use and sell the Licensed Products.

11. CALTECH shall not be obligated to bring suit for infringement nor have any responsibility for taking or defending any action whatsoever against or by infringers or alleged infringers; provided, however, that CALTECH shall have the right and option upon giving of written notice to CMS, to participate in any such action, to contribute funds to the prosecution of such action, and to be represented by counsel. Furthermore, CALTECH shall not be obligated to defend the Licensed patents or any claim thereof against challenge or attack by any third party in the United States Patent & Trademark Office or the courts or elsewhere.

12. If CMS engages in litigation or otherwise incurs expense in order to terminate infringement and receives any money by way of damages, license or otherwise as a result of

 

5


such action, then to the extent that such money exceeds the expense involved, *** of the excess shall be shared with CALTECH.

13. If any claim that CMS’s practice of the Licensed Patent, in connection with the manufacture and/or sale of Licensed Product, infringes any patents or proprietary rights of any third party, is brought against CMS or its sublicensees, prompt notice of the claim asserted shall be given by CMS to CALTECH. The defense against any such claim will be conducted by CMS at its expense, but CALTECH may have counsel present at its own expense and shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any such claim. No settlement of any such matter, where CALTECH is party to the claim or a defendant, shall be made without the written approval of CALTECH, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. During the pendency of any such claim brought against CMS or its sublicensee, royalties due under this Agreement with respect to manufacture and/or sale of Licensed Product in the country of the disputed Patent Rights shall accrue, but not be paid. Such accrued royalties, less all expenses incurred by CMS as a result of such claims, shall be paid to CALTECH upon its successful defense of such claims or upon the settlement thereof with the approval of CMS, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

ARTICLE V

RECORDS, REPORTS AND PAYMENTS

14. CMS shall keep records and books of account in respect of all Licensed Products made and sold by CMS under this agreement, and CMS shall require the same in respect to sales by its distributors, agents, and related companies. CALTECH shall have the right at its expense,

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

6


during business hours, to examine, or to have its designated auditors examine, such records and books of account, and CMS shall keep the same for at least three years after it pays CALTECH the royalties due for such Licensed Products and require Related Buyers to do the same.

15. On or before the forty-fifth day after the close of each calendar quarter after the first commercial sale, CMS shall render to CALTECH a report in writing, setting forth the number of units of Licensed Products manufactured and the number of units sold during the preceding calendar quarter by CMS and its distributors, agents and related companies, and also setting forth all information necessary to determine the royalties payable hereunder, such report to be accompanied by payment of the royalties shown by said report to be due CALTECH. Royalties and royalty reports for sales by sublicensees are due in the quarter after receipt of such payments and reports by CMS from its sublicensees.

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION

16. If either party breaches in any material respect any of its obligations hereunder, the other party shall have the right to terminate this agreement and the license granted hereunder by giving the breaching party ninety (90) days written notice thereof, provided, however, that if the breaching party cures the breach within such ninety (90) day period, this agreement shall continue in full force and effect. CMS shall have the right to terminate this agreement at any time after it makes all payments and submits all reports to CALTECH due hereunder by giving CALTECH sixty (60) days written notice. CMS shall have the right to sell inventory on hand at the time of termination.

17. No termination of this agreement shall relieve CMS of the liability for payment of

 

7


any royalty due for Licensed Products made prior to the effective date of such termination.

ARTICLE VII

NEGATION OF WARRANTIES, IMPLIED LICENSES, AND AGENCY

18. Nothing in this agreement shall be construed as:

(A) a warranty or representation by CALTECH as to the validity or scope of Subject Technology or any claim thereof; or

(B) a warranty or representation that anything made, used, sold, or otherwise disposed of hereunder is or will be free from infringement of rights of third parties; or

(C) an obligation to bring or prosecute actions or suits against third parties for infringement, except to the extent provided in ARTICLE IV; or

(D) conferring by implication, estoppel or otherwise, any license or rights under any patents of CALTECH other than Licensed Patent, regardless of whether such other patents are dominant or subordinate to Licensed Patent.

19. NEITHER CALTECH NOR CMS MAKES ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

20. CALTECH and CMS are independent parties in this agreement. Accordingly, there is no agency relationship between CALTECH and CMS under this agreement with respect to any products made or sold, or any methods used, by CMS under this agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

21. CMS agrees that it will not use the name of CALTECH, or California Institute of

 

8


Technology, in any advertising or publicity material, or make any form of representation or statement which would constitute an express or implied endorsement by CALTECH of any commercial product or services, and that it will not authorize others to do so, without first having obtained written approval from CALTECH. CMS further agrees that the name of any inventor or employee of CALTECH will not be used by CMS in any such advertising or publicity material without the prior written consent of such inventor or employee.

22. CMS agrees to mark when reasonably possible the appropriate U.S. patent number or numbers on all Licensed Products made under this agreement and to require its sublicensees to do the same.

23. CMS agrees that CALTECH shall have no liability to CMS or to any purchasers or users of Licensed Products made or sold by CMS for any claims, demands, losses, costs, or damages suffered by CMS, or purchasers or users of Licensed Products, or any other party, which may arise out of the manufacture, use, or sale of such Licensed Products, and CMS agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless CALTECH, its trustees, officers, agents, and employees from any such claims, demands, losses, costs, or damages.

24. This contract includes all the agreements of the parties in respect to the subject matter hereof. No claimed oral agreement in respect thereto shall be considered as any part hereof. No waiver of or change in any of the terms hereof subsequent to the execution hereof claimed to have been made by any representative of either party shall have any force or effect unless in writing, signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties.

25. This agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or assignee of CALTECH. This Agreement is not assignable by CMS or by operation of law

 

9


without the prior written consent of CALTECH, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, except that CMS may assign the agreement to any successor of its business, or purchaser of substantially all of the assets of its business, to which this agreement pertains. Should CMS be declared bankrupt following the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, be declared insolvent or execute an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or should a receiver or trustee be appointed by any court or government agency to administer the affairs and assets of CMS, then, in that event, this agreement shall become terminated, unless the receiver, or trustee, or other assignee, at the time of the assumption of this agreement: (a) cures defaults, if any, or gives reasonable assurance that any such defaults will be timely cured; and (b) provides adequate assurance of future performance under this agreement.

26. This agreement shall be deemed to have been entered into in California and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with California law.

27. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this contract, or the breach thereof, including any dispute relating to patent validity or infringement arising under this contract, shall be settled by arbitration in Los Angeles, California or other site of CMS headquarters in accordance with the Patent Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the Arbitrator may be entered in any Court having jurisdiction thereof.

28. Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given or made under this agreement shall be addressed as follows:

 

10


CALTECH:

    

Office of Patents & Licensing

    

California Institute of Technology

    

1201 East California Boulevard, MC 305-6

    

Pasadena, California 91125

    

Fax No. (818) 577-2528

CMS:

    

Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc.

    

428 South Sierra Bonita Avenue

    

Pasadena, CA 91106

    

Fax No. (818) 584-9150

All communications relative to this agreement shall be deemed to be duly received seven days after mailing or upon actual receipt, whichever is earlier, if sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the above address, and shall be deemed received the day after transmission if sent by a graphic scanning process (FAX) to the above number, unless either party is notified by the other in writing of a change of address or FAX number, in which event any subsequent communication relative to this agreement shall be sent to the last said notified address or number.

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers.

 

CALIFORNIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY (CALTECH)

By:

 

/s/ Brian K. Jenkins

Name:

 

Brian K. Jenkins

Title:

 

Assistant Director of Finance

Date:

 

February 8, 1995

CLINICAL MICRO SENSORS, INC. (CMS)

By:

 

/s/ Jon Faiz Kayyem

Name:

 

Jon Faiz Kayyem

Title:

 

President, C.E.O.

Date:

 

February 8, 1995

 

12

EXHIBIT 10.8

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LICENSE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

PRESIDENT AND FELLOWS OF HARVARD COLLEGE

AND

CLINICAL MICRO SENSORS, INC

Effective as of July 14, 1997

Re: Harvard Case No(s). 1063 and 1339

In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

BACKGROUND

HARVARD has entered into an agreement, effective July 14, 1997 (“the License Agreement”), with LICENSEE granting LICENSEE certain rights under PATENT RIGHTS. The parties hereto agree that this Amended and Restated License Agreement supercedes and replaces the July 14, 1997 License Agreement.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

2.1

AFFILIATE: any company, corporation, or business (a) which owns or controls at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock or other ownership of LICENSEE; or (b) of which LICENSEE owns or controls at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock or other ownership. Unless otherwise specified, the term LICENSEE includes AFFILIATES.

 

2.2

EFFECTIVE DATE: shall mean July 14, 1997

 

2.3

FIELD: shall mean all fields of use

 

2.4

HARVARD: President and Fellows of Harvard College, a nonprofit Massachusetts educational corporation having offices at the Office for Technology and Trademark Licensing, 124 Mt. Auburn Street, Suite 410 South, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138.


2.5

LICENSED PROCESSES: the processes covered by PATENT RIGHTS.

 

2.6

LICENSED PRODUCTS: products covered by PATENT RIGHTS or products made or services provided in accordance with or by means of LICENSED PROCESSES.

 

2.7

LICENSEE: Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc a corporation organized under the laws of California having its principal offices at 101 Waverly Drive, Pasadena, CA 91105.

 

2.8

NET SALES: the amount billed, invoiced, or received (whichever occurs first) for sales, leases, or other transfers of LICENSED PRODUCTS, less:

 

  (a)

customary trade, quantity or cash discounts and non-affiliated brokers’ or agents’ commissions actually allowed and taken;

 

  (b)

amounts repaid or credited by reason of rejection or return; and

 

  (c)

to the extent separately stated on purchase orders, invoices, or other documents of sale, taxes levied on and/or other governmental charges made as to production, sale, transportation, delivery or use and paid by or on behalf of LICENSEE or sublicensees.

 

  (d)

reasonable charges for delivery or transportation provided by third parties, if separately stated.

NET SALES also includes the fair market value of any non-cash consideration received by LICENSEE or sublicensees for the sale, lease, or transfer of LICENSED PRODUCTS.

 

2.9

NON-COMMERCIAL RESEARCH PURPOSES: use of PATENT RIGHTS for academic research or other not-for-profit scholarly purposes which are undertaken at a non-profit or governmental institution that does not use the PATENT RIGHTS in the production or manufacture of products for sale or the performance of services for a fee.

 

2.10

NON-ROYALTY SUBLICENSE INCOME: Sublicense issue fees, sublicense maintenance fees, sublicense milestone payments, and similar non-royalty payments made by sublicensees to LICENSEE on account of sublicenses pursuant to this Agreement.

 

2.11

PATENT RIGHTS: United States patents and patent applications listed in Appendix A, including USSN Serial No. 08/312,388 filed 9/26/94, entitled “Molecular Recognition at Surfaces Derivatized with Self Assembled Monolayers” and United States patent application entitled “Surface-Immobilized Nucleic Acid and Electron-Transfer Devices and Methods”, filed on 1/21/97, the inventions described and claimed therein, and any divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part to the extent the claims are directed to subject matter


 

specifically described and dominated by the claims of the existing PATENT RIGHTS, patents issuing thereon or reissues thereof, and any and all foreign patents and patent applications corresponding thereto, all to the extent owned or controlled by HARVARD.

 

2.12

TERRITORY: Any and all countries for which PATENT RIGHTS exist.

 

2.13

The terms “Public Law 96-517” and “Public Law 98-620” include all amendments to those statutes.

 

2.14

The terms “sold” and “sell” include, without limitation, leases and other transfers and similar transactions.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS

 

3.1

HARVARD is sole owner by assignment from Drs. C. Bamdad, J. Strominger, G. Sigal and G. Whitesides of their entire right, title and interest in United States Patent Application Serial No. 08/312,388 filed 9/26/94 entitled ‘Molecular Recognition at Surfaces Derivatized with Self Assembled Monolayers’ (H.U. Case #1063) and from Dr. C. Bamdad of her entire right title and interest in United States Patent Application entitled ‘Surface-Immobilized Nucleic Acid and Electron Transfer Devices or Methods filed 1/21/97 (HU Case #1339) in the foreign patent applications corresponding thereto, and in the inventions described and claimed therein.

 

3.2

HARVARD has the authority to issue licenses under PATENT RIGHTS.

 

3.3

HARVARD warrants that all intellectual property rights to HU Case nos. 1063 and 1339 are included in PATENT RIGHTS.

 

3.4

HARVARD is committed to the policy that ideas or creative works produced at HARVARD should be used for the greatest possible public benefit, and believes that every reasonable incentive should be provided for the prompt introduction of such ideas into public use, all in a manner consistent with the public interest.

 

3.5

LICENSEE is prepared and intends to diligently develop the invention and to bring products to market which are subject to this Agreement.

 

3.6

LICENSEE is desirous of obtaining an exclusive license in the TERRITORY and in the FIELD in order to practice the above-referenced invention covered by PATENT RIGHTS in the United States and in certain foreign countries, and to manufacture, use and sell in the commercial market the products made in accordance therewith, and HARVARD is desirous of granting such a license to LICENSEE in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.


ARTICLE IV

GRANT OF RIGHTS

 

4.1

HARVARD hereby grants to LICENSEE and LICENSEE accepts, subject to the terms and conditions hereof an exclusive commercial license in the TERRITORY and in the FIELD under PATENT RIGHTS to make and have made, to use and have used, to sell and have sold the LICENSED PRODUCTS, and to practice the LICENSED PROCESSES, for the life of the PATENT RIGHTS. Such licenses shall include the right to grant sublicenses, subject to HARVARD’s review. In order to provide LICENSEE with commercial exclusivity for so long as the license under PATENT RIGHTS remains exclusive, HARVARD agrees that it will not grant licenses under PATENT RIGHTS to others except as required by HARVARD’s obligations in paragraph 3.2(a)or as permitted in paragraph 3.2(b).

 

4.2

The granting and exercise of this license is subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a)

HARVARD’s “Statement of Policy in Regard to Inventions, Patents and Copyrights,” dated March 17, 1986, Public Law 96-517, Public Law 98-620, and HARVARD’s obligations under agreements with other sponsors of research. To the best of HARVARD’s knowledge, the only sponsor of the research from which PATENT RIGHTS arise is the federal government. Any right granted in this Agreement greater than that permitted under Public Law 96-517, or Public Law 98-620, shall be subject to modification as may be required to conform to the provisions of those statutes.

 

  (b)

HARVARD reserves the right to make and use, and grant to others non-exclusive licenses to make and use for NON-COMMERCIAL RESEARCH PURPOSES the subject matter described and claimed in PATENT RIGHTS.

 

  (c)

LICENSEE shall use diligent efforts to effect introduction of the LICENSED PRODUCTS into the commercial market as soon as practicable, consistent with sound and reasonable business practice and judgment; thereafter, until the expiration of this Agreement, LICENSEE shall endeavor to keep LICENSED PRODUCTS reasonably available to the public.

 

  (d)

At any time after five (5) years from the EFFECTIVE DATE, HARVARD may terminate or render this license non-exclusive if, in HARVARD’s reasonable judgment, the Progress Reports furnished by LICENSEE do not demonstrate that LICENSEE:

 

  (i)

has put the licensed subject matter into commercial use in the country or countries hereby licensed, directly or through a

 

4


 

sublicense, and is not keeping the licensed subject matter reasonably available to the public, or

 

  (ii)

is engaged in research, development, manufacturing, marketing or sublicensing activity appropriate to achieving 3.3(d)(1), and

 

  (iii)

has adhered directly or through a sublicensee to the following performance milestones:

1. Within five (5) years from the effective date, LICENSEE shall have designed and built at least one prototype device based on PATENT RIGHTS and shall provide HARVARD with documentation of such.

2. Within seven (7) years from the effective date, LICENSEE shall be manufacturing at least one device based on PATENT RIGHTS and shall provide HARVARD with documentation of such.

3. Within eight (8) years from the effective date, LICENSEE shall provide HARVARD with documentation of the commercial sale of at least one device or service based on PATENT RIGHTS.

LICENSEE will inform HARVARD promptly in writing about any material problem, delay or requirement in connection with the commercial, development and/or manufacture, use, sale or marketing of LICENSED PRODUCTS. LICENSEE and HARVARD may modify the above performance milestones accordingly and as mutually agreed.

 

  (e)

In all sublicenses granted by LICENSEE hereunder, LICENSEE shall include a requirement that the sublicensee use its best efforts to bring the subject matter of the sublicense into commercial use as quickly as is reasonably possible. LICENSEE shall further provide in such sublicenses that such sublicenses are subject and subordinate to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, except the sublicensee may not further sublicense. Copies of all sublicense agreements shall be provided promptly to HARVARD.

 

  (f)

During the period of exclusivity of this license in the United States, LICENSEE shall cause any LICENSED PRODUCT produced for sale in the United States to be manufactured substantially in the United States.

 

4.3

All rights reserved to the United States Government and others under Public Law 96-517, and Public Law 98-620, shall remain and shall in no way be affected by this Agreement.


ARTICLE V

ROYALTIES

 

5.1

LICENSEE has paid to HARVARD a non-refundable license royalty fee in the sum of    ***    .

 

5.2

(a) Sales/Sublicenses in the Nucleic Acid Sensor Market : LICENSEE shall pay to HARVARD during the term of this Agreement a royalty of    ***    of NET SALES by LICENSEE and sublicensees. In the case of sublicenses that are based solely on PATENT RIGHTS, LICENSEE shall also pay to HARVARD    ***    of any NON-ROYALTY SUBLICENSE INCOME. Such additional payments shall only be due for sublicenses executed prior to the four year anniversary of the EFFECTIVE DATE. For any sublicense agreement concluded after the four year anniversary of the EFFECTIVE DATE, and for any sublicense agreement that is not based solely on PATENT RIGHTS, there shall be no payments due based on NON-ROYALTY SUBLICENSE INCOME; however LICENSEE shall pay to HARVARD a    ***    royalty on sublicensee NET SALES.

(b) Sales/Sublicenses in the Protein Sensor Market : LICENSEE shall pay to HARVARD during the term of this Agreement a royalty of    ***    of NET SALES by LICENSEE and a royalty of    ***    of NET SALES by sublicensees. In the case of sublicenses that are based solely on PATENT RIGHTS or sublicenses which include both the Nucleic Acid Sensor Field and the Protein Sensor Field, LICENSEE shall also pay to HARVARD    ***    of any NON-ROYALTY SUBLICENSE INCOME. In the case of sublicenses that are not based solely on PATENT RIGHTS, LICENSEE shall pay to HARVARD    ***    of any NON-ROYALTY SUBLICENSE INCOME. Such additional payments shall only be due for sublicenses executed prior to the five year anniversary of the EFFECTIVE DATE. For sublicense agreement executed after the five year anniversary of the EFFECTIVE DATE, there will be no payments based on NON-ROYALTY SUBLICENSE INCOME; however LICENSEE shall pay to HARVARD a    ***    royalty on sublicensee NET SALES.

(i) If LICENSEE’s cumulative NET SALES on any one LICENSED PRODUCT reach    ***    , LICENSEE may reduce the royalty due to HARVARD under this Section 5.2(b) from NET SALES of such LICENSED PRODUCT by    ***    to a final royalty of    ***    .

(ii) If LICENSEE is required to obtain license(s)/sublicense(s) for third party patents infringed as a result of practising the subject matter of PATENT RIGHTS, then royalties due HARVARD under this Section 5.2(b) will be reduced by an amount equivalent to the royalty payable to such third party(s) (“Infringing Royalty”); however, the royalty due HARVARD will not be reduced by more than    ***    .

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.


(iii) If royalties are paid by LICENSEE to an entity (other than an AFFILIATE) for LICENSED PRODUCT OR LICENSED PROCESSES for which royalties are also due to HARVARD under this Section 5.2(b) (“Other Royalties”) and total royalties excluding Infringing Royalty for a LICENSED PRODUCT or LICENSED PROCESS exceed    ***    of NET SALES, then the royalties due to HARVARD shall be reduced by    ***     for each    ***    , but only to the extent that the Other Royalties, which are equal to or greater than the royalty due to HARVARD, are reduced in a like manner. The royalty due HARVARD shall never be reduced by more than    ***    in any one year. These reductions may not be accumulated and carried over into future years.

(iv) In no event may the royalty payable to HARVARD under this Section 5.2(b) be reduced below    ***    as a result of all the reductions of Sections 5.2(b) (i)-(iii).

(c) Only one royalty for each specific sale of a LICENSED PRODUCT shall be payable irrespective of the number of patents or patent applications in PATENT RIGHTS covering the manufacture, use or sale of such LICENSED PRODUCTS.

(d) If the license pursuant to this Agreement is converted to a non-exclusive one and if other non-exclusive licenses in the same field and territory are granted, the above royalties shall not exceed the royalty rate to be paid by other licensees in the same field and territory during the term of the non-exclusive license.

(e) On sales between LICENSEE and its AFFILIATES or sublicensees for resale, the royalty shall be paid on the NET SALES of the AFFILIATE or sublicensee.

 

5.3

No later than sixty (60) days from January 1 of each calendar year after the effective date of this Agreement, LICENSEE shall pay to HARVARD the following non-refundable license maintenance royalty and/or advance on royalties. Such payments may be credited against running royalties due for that calendar year and Royalty Reports shall reflect such a credit. Such payments shall not be credited against milestone payments (if any) nor against royalties due for any subsequent calendar year.

 

 

February 28,1998

  ***      
 

February 28,1999

  ***      
 

February 28,2000 and each year thereafter

  ***      

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.


ARTICLE VI

REPORTING

 

6.1

Prior to signing this Agreement, LICENSEE has provided to HARVARD a written research and development plan under which LICENSEE intends to bring the subject matter of the licenses granted hereunder into commercial use upon execution of this Agreement.

 

6.2

No later than February 28 of each calendar year, LICENSEE shall provide to HARVARD a written annual Progress Report describing progress on research and development, regulatory approvals, manufacturing, sublicensing, marketing and sales during the preceeding calendar year and plans for the forthcoming year. If multiple technologies are covered by the license granted hereunder, the Progress Report shall provide the information set forth above for each technology. LICENSEE shall also provide any reasonable additional data HARVARD requires to evaluate LICENSEE’s performance.

 

6.3

LICENSEE shall report to HARVARD the date of first sale of LICENSED PRODUCTS (or results of LICENSED PROCESSES) in each country within thirty (30) days of occurrence.

 

6.4

(a) LICENSEE shall submit to HARVARD on or before February 28 of each calendar year, a Royalty Report setting forth for such preceeding year at least the following information:

 

  (i)

the number of LICENSED PRODUCTS sold by LICENSEE, its AFFILIATES and sublicensees in each country;

 

  (ii)

total billings for such LICENSED PRODUCTS;

 

  (iii)

an accounting for all LICENSED PROCESSES used or sold;

 

  (iv)

deductions applicable to determine the NET SALES thereof;

 

  (v)

the amount of NON-ROYALTY SUBLICENSE INCOME received by LICENSEE; and

 

  (vi)

the amount of royalty due thereon, or, if no royalties are due to HARVARD for any reporting period, the statement that no royalties are due.

Such report shall be certified as correct by an officer of LICENSEE and shall include a detailed listing of all deductions from royalties.

 

(b)

LICENSEE shall pay to HARVARD with each such Royalty Report the amount of royalty due with respect to such year. If multiple technologies are covered by the license granted hereunder, LICENSEE shall specify which PATENT RIGHTS


 

are utilized for each LICENSED PRODUCT and LICENSED PROCESS included in the Royalty Report.

 

(c)

All payments due hereunder shall be deemed received when funds are credited to Harvard’s bank account and shall be payable by check or wire transfer in United States dollars. Conversion of foreign currency to U.S. dollars shall be made at the conversion rate existing in the United States (as reported in the New York Times or the Wall Street Journal) on the last working day of each royalty period. No transfer, exchange, collection or other charges shall be deducted from such payments.

 

(d)

All such reports shall be maintained in confidence by HARVARD except as required by law; however, HARVARD may include in its usual reports annual amounts of royalties paid.

 

(e)

Late payments shall be subject to a charge of    ***    whichever is greater.

ARTICLE VII

RECORD KEEPING

 

7.1

LICENSEE shall keep, and shall require its AFFILIATES and sublicensees to keep, accurate records (together with supporting documentation) of LICENSED PRODUCTS made, used or sold under this Agreement, appropriate to determine the amount of royalties due to HARVARD hereunder. Such records shall be retained for at least three (3) years following the end of the reporting period to which they relate. They shall be available during normal business hours for examination by an accountant selected by HARVARD, for the sole purpose of verifying reports and payments hereunder. In conducting examinations pursuant to this paragraph, HARVARD’s accountant shall have access to all records which HARVARD reasonably believes to be relevant to the calculation of royalties under Article IV.

 

7.2

HARVARD’s accountant shall not disclose to HARVARD any information other than information relating to the accuracy of reports and payments made hereunder.

 

7.3

Such examination by HARVARD’s accountant shall be at HARVARD’S expense, except that if such examination shows an underreporting or underpayment in excess of five percent (5%) for any twelve (12) month period, then LICENSEE shall pay the cost of such examination as well as any additional sum that would have been payable to HARVARD had the LICENSEE reported correctly, plus interest on said sum at the rate of one and one half per cent (11/2%) per month.

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.


ARTICLE VIII

DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN PATENT FILING AND MAINTENANCE

 

8.1

Within sixty (60) days of the execution of this Agreement, LICENSEE shall reimburse HARVARD for all reasonable expenses HARVARD has incurred for the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of PATENT RIGHTS. Thereafter, LICENSEE shall reimburse HARVARD for all such future expenses upon receipt of invoices from HARVARD. Late payment of these invoices shall be subject to interest charges of    ***    per month. HARVARD shall, in its sole discretion, be responsible for the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of any and all patent applications and patents included in PATENT RIGHTS. HARVARD shall consult with LICENSEE as to the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of such patent applications and patents and shall furnish to LICENSEE copies of documents relevant to any such preparation, filing, prosecution or maintenance.

 

8.2

Upon receipt of LICENSEE’s payment of expenses incurred for the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of PATENT RIGHTS according to 8.1, HARVARD shall provide to LICENSEE copies of the complete file history for all patents and patent applications in PATENT RIGHTS.

 

8.3

HARVARD and LICENSEE shall cooperate fully in the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of PATENT RIGHTS and of all patents and patent applications licensed to LICENSEE hereunder, executing all papers and instruments or requiring members of HARVARD to execute such papers and instruments so as to enable HARVARD to apply for, to prosecute and to maintain patent applications and patents in HARVARD’s name in any country. Each party shall provide to the other prompt notice as to all matters which come to its attention and which may affect the preparation, filing, prosecution or maintenance of any such patent applications or patents.

 

8.4

LICENSEE may elect to surrender its PATENT RIGHTS in any country upon sixty (60) days written notice to HARVARD. Such notice shall not relieve LICENSEE from responsibility to reimburse HARVARD for patent-related expenses incurred prior to the expiration of the (60)-day notice period (or such longer period specified in LICENSEE’S notice).

ARTICLE IX

INFRINGEMENT

 

9.1

With respect to any PATENT RIGHTS that are exclusively licensed to LICENSEE pursuant to this Agreement, LICENSEE shall have the right to prosecute in its own name and at its own expense any infringement in the FIELD

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.


 

of such patent, so long as such license is exclusive in the FIELD at the time of the commencement of such action. HARVARD agrees to notify LICENSEE promptly of each infringement of such patents of which HARVARD is or becomes aware. Before LICENSEE commences an action with respect to any infringement of such patents, LICENSEE shall give careful consideration to the views of HARVARD and to potential effects on the public interest in making its decision whether or not to sue.

 

9.2

(a) If LICENSEE elects to commence an action as described above, Harvard may, to the extent permitted bylaw, elect to join as a party in that action. Regardless of whether HARVARD elects to join as a party, HARVARD shall cooperate fully with LICENSEE in connection with any such action.

 

  (b)

If HARVARD elects to join as a party pursuant to subparagraph (a), HARVARD shall jointly control the action with LICENSEE.

 

  (c)

LICENSEE shall reimburse HARVARD for any costs HARVARD incurs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, as part of an action brought by LICENSEE, irrespective of whether HARVARD becomes a co-plaintiff.

 

9.3

If LICENSEE elects to commence an action as described above, LICENSEE may deduct from its royalty payments to HARVARD with respect to the patent(s) subject to suit an amount not exceeding     ***     of LICENSEE’s expenses and costs of such action, including reasonable attorneys’ fees; provided, however, that such reduction shall not exceed    ***    of the total royalty due to HARVARD with respect to the patent(s) subject to suit for each calendar year. If such    ***    of LICENSEE’s expenses and costs exceeds the amount of royalties deducted by LICENSEE for any calendar year, LICENSEE may to that extent reduce the royalties due to HARVARD from LICENSEE in succeeding calendar years, but never by more than    ***    of the total royalty due in any one year with respect to the patent(s) subject to suit.

 

9.4

No settlement, consent judgment or other voluntary final disposition of the suit may be entered into without the prior written consent of HARVARD, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

9.5

Recoveries or reimbursements from actions commenced pursuant to this Article shall first be applied to reimburse LICENSEE and HARVARD for litigation costs not paid from royalties and then to reimburse HARVARD for royalties deducted by LICENSEE pursuant to paragraph 8.3. Any remaining recoveries or reimbursements shall be shared as follows:

(i) If the amount is lost profits, LICENSEE shall receive an amount equal to the damages the court determines LICENSEE has suffered as a result of the infringement less the amount of any royalties that would have been due HARVARD on sales of LICENSED PRODUCTS lost by LICENSEE as a result

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.


of the infringement had LICENSEE made such sales and HARVARD shall receive    ***    have received if such sales had been made by LICENSEE; or

(ii) As to awards other than lost profits,    ***    to LICENSEE and    ***    to HARVARD.

 

9.6

If LICENSEE elects not to exercise its right to prosecute an infringement of the PATENT RIGHTS pursuant to this Article, HARVARD may do so at its own expense, controlling such action and retaining all recoveries therefrom. LICENSEE shall cooperate fully with HARVARD in connection with any such action. Any reasonable legal expenses incurred by LICENSEE as a direct result of such cooperation shall be reimbursed from HARVARD’s recoveries.

 

9.7

Without limiting the generality of paragraph 9.6, HARVARD may, at its election and by notice to LICENSEE, establish a time limit of sixty (60) days for LICENSEE to decide whether to prosecute any infringement of which HARVARD is or becomes aware. If, by the end of such sixty (60)-day period, LICENSEE has not commenced such an action, HARVARD may prosecute such an infringement at its own expense, controlling such action and retaining all recoveries therefrom. With respect to any such infringement action prosecuted by HARVARD in good faith, LICENSEE shall pay over to Harvard any payments (whether or not designated as “royalties”) made by the alleged infringer to LICENSEE under any existing or future sublicense authorizing LICENSED PRODUCTS, up to the amount of HARVARD’s unreimbursed litigation expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees).

 

9.8

If a declaratory judgment action is brought naming LICENSEE as a defendant and alleging invalidity of any of the PATENT RIGHTS, HARVARD may elect to take over the sole defense of the action at its own expense. LICENSEE shall cooperate fully with HARVARD in connection with any such action.

 

9.9

In the event that an action is brought against LICENSEE or any of its sublicensees alleging direct infringement of a patent right due to the manufacture, use, offer for sale or sale of LICENSED PRODUCTS, LICENSEE may terminate this Agreement upon giving HARVARD written notice of termination. In the event LICENSEE chooses not to terminate this Agreement, LICENSEE and HARVARD shall consult and decide uon an appropriate course of action regarding defence of the action and payment of royalties.

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.


ARTICLE X

TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

 

10.1

This Agreement, unless terminated as provided herein, shall remain in effect until the last patent or patent application in PATENT RIGHTS has expired or been abandoned.

 

10.2

HARVARD may terminate this Agreement as follows:

 

  (a)

If LICENSEE does not make a payment due hereunder and fails to cure such non-payment (including the payment of interest in accordance with paragraph 6.4(e)) within forty-five (45) days after the date of notice in writing of such non-payment by HARVARD.

 

  (b)

If LICENSEE defaults in its obligations under paragraph 11.3(c)and(d) to procure and maintain insurance.

 

  (c)

If, at any time after five years from the date of this Agreement, HARVARD determines that the Agreement should be terminated pursuant to paragraph 4.2(d).

 

  (d)

If LICENSEE shall become insolvent, shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall have a petition in bankruptcy filed for or against it. Such termination shall be effective immediately upon HARVARD giving written to LICENSEE.

 

  (e)

If an examination by Harvard’s accountant pursuant to Article VII shows a repeated pattern of fraudulent underreporting or underpayment by LICENSEE in excess of    ***    for any twelve (12) month period.

 

  (f)

If LICENSEE is convicted of a felony and has exhausted its appeals to such conviction relating to the manufacture, use, or sale of LICENSED PRODUCTS.

 

  (g)

Except as provided in subparagraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) above, if LICENSEE defaults in the performance of any obligations under this Agreement and the default has not been remedied within ninety (90) days after the date of notice in writing of such default by HARVARD.

 

10.3

LICENSEE shall provide, in all sublicenses granted by it under this Agreement, that LICENSEE’s interest in such sublicenses shall at HARVARD’s option terminate or be assigned to HARVARD upon termination of this Agreement.

 

10.4

LICENSEE may terminate this Agreement by giving ninety (90) days advance written notice of termination to HARVARD. Upon termination, LICENSEE shall

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.


 

submit a final Royalty Report to HARVARD and any royalty payments and unreimbursed patent expenses invoiced by HARVARD shall become immediately payable.

 

10.5

Paragraphs 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 8.1, 9.5, 10.4, 10.5, 11.2, 11.3, 11.4, 11.5, 11.8 and 11.9 of this Agreement shall survive termination.

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL

 

11.1

HARVARD does not warrant the validity of the PATENT RIGHTS licensed hereunder and makes no representations whatsoever with regard to the scope of the licensed PATENT RIGHTS or that such PATENT RIGHTS may be exploited by LICENSEE, an AFFILIATE, or sublicensee without infringing other patents.

 

11.2

HARVARD EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL IMPLIED OR EXPRESS WARRANTIES AND MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PATENT RIGHTS, OR INFORMATION SUPPLIED BY HARVARD, LICENSED PROCESSES OR LICENSED PRODUCTS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

 

11.3

(a) LICENSEE shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless HARVARD and its current or former directors, governing board members, trustees, officers, faculty, medical and professional staff, employees, students, and agents and their respective successors, heirs and assigns (collectively, the “Indemnitees”), against any liability, damage, loss or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of litigation) incurred by or imposed upon the Indemnitees or any of them in connection with any claims, suits, actions, demands or judgments arising out of any theory of product liability (including, but not limited to, actions in the form of tort, warranty, or strict liability) concerning any product, process or service made, used or sold pursuant to any right or license granted under this Agreement.

 

(b)

LICENSEE shall, at its own expense, provide attorneys reasonably acceptable to HARVARD to defend against any actions brought or filed against any Indemnitee hereunder with respect to the subject of indemnity contained herein, whether or not such actions are rightfully brought.

 

(c)

Beginning at the time any such product, process or service is being commercially distributed or sold (other than for the purpose of obtaining regulatory approvals) by LICENSEE or by a sublicensee, AFFILIATE or agent of LICENSEE, LICENSEE shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance in amounts not less than     ***    annual aggregate and naming the Indemnitees as additional insureds. During clinical

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.


 

trials of any such product, process or service, LICENSEE shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance in such equal or lesser amount as HARVARD shall require, naming the Indemnitees as additional insureds. Such commercial general liability insurance shall provide (i) product liability coverage and (ii) broad form contractual liability coverage for LICENSEE’S indemnification under this Agreement. If LICENSEE elects to self-insure all or part of the limits described above (including deductibles or retentions which are in excess of    ***    ) such self-insurance program must be acceptable to HARVARD and the Risk Management Foundation of the Harvard Medical Institutions, Inc. in their sole discretion. The minimum amounts of insurance coverage required shall not be construed to create a limit of LICENSEE’s liability with respect to its indemnification under this Agreement.

 

(d)

LICENSEE shall provide HARVARD with written evidence of such insurance upon request of HARVARD. LICENSEE shall provide HARVARD with written notice at least fifteen (15) days prior to the cancellation, non-renewal or material change in such insurance; if LICENSEE does not obtain replacement insurance providing comparable coverage within such fifteen (15) day period, HARVARD shall have the right to terminate this Agreement effective at the end of such fifteen (15) day period without notice or any additional waiting periods.

 

(e)

LICENSEE shall maintain such commercial general liability insurance beyond the expiration or termination of this Agreement during (i) the period that any product, process, or service, relating to, or developed pursuant to, this Agreement is being commercially distributed or sold by LICENSEE or by a sublicensee, AFFILIATE or agent of LICENSEE and (ii) a reasonable period after the period referred to in (e)(i) above which in no event shall be less than fifteen (15) years.

 

11.4

LICENSEE shall not use HARVARD’s name or insignia, or any adaptation of them, or the name of any of HARVARD’s inventors in any advertising, promotional or sales literature without the prior written approval of HARVARD.

 

11.5

HARVARD shall not use LICENSEE’s name or logos in any advertising or promotional literature without the prior written approval of LICENSEE, nor may HARVARD disclose the financial terms of this Agreement without LICENSEE’s prior written approval, except as required by law. HARVARD may use LICENSEE’s name and royalty information in its own internal confidential reports.

 

11.6

Without the prior written approval of HARVARD in each instance, neither this Agreement nor the rights granted hereunder shall be transferred or assigned in whole or in part by LICENSEE to any person whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise. This Agreement shall be binding upon the respective successors, legal representatives and assignees of HARVARD and LICENSEE.

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.


11.7

The interpretation and application of the provisions of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

11.8

LICENSEE shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations. In particular, it is understood and acknowledged that the transfer of certain commodities and technical data is subject to United States laws and regulations controlling the export of such commodities and technical data, including all Export Administration Regulations of the United States Department of Commerce. These laws and regulations among other things, prohibit or require a license for the export of certain types of technical data to certain specified countries. LICENSEE hereby agrees and gives written assurance that it will comply with all United States laws and regulations controlling the export of commodities and technical data, that it will be solely responsible for any violation of such by LICENSEE or its AFFILIATES or sublicensees, and that it will defend and hold HARVARD harmless in the event of any legal action of any nature occasioned by such violation.

 

11.9

LICENSEE agrees (i) to obtain all regulatory approvals required for the manufacture and sale of LICENSED PRODUCTS and LICENSED PROCESSES and (ii) to utilize appropriate patent marking on such LICENSED PRODUCTS. LICENSEE also agrees to register or record this Agreement as is required by law or regulation in any country where the license is in effect.

 

11.10

Any notices to be given hereunder shall be sufficient if signed by the party (or party’s attorney) giving same and either (a) delivered in person, or (b) mailed certified mail return receipt requested, or (c) faxed to other party if the sender has evidence of successful transmission and if the sender promptly sends the original by ordinary mail, in any event to the following addresses:

If to LICENSEE:

Jon Faiz Kayyem, PhD

President and CEO

Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc

101 Waverly Drive

Pasadena, CA 91105

Fax: 818-584-5900

If to Harvard to:

Office for Technology and

Trademark Licensing

Harvard University

124 Mt. Auburn Street, Suite 410 South

Cambridge, MA 02138

Fax No.: 617-495-9568

By such notice either party may change their address for future notices.


Notices delivered in person shall be deemed given on the date delivered. Notices sent by fax shall be deemed given on the date faxed. Notices mailed shall be deemed given on the date postmarked on the envelope.

 

11.11

Should a court of competent jurisdiction later hold any provision of this Agreement to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, and such holding is not reversed on appeal, it shall be considered severed from this Agreement. All other provisions, rights and obligations shall continue without regard to the severed provision, provided that the remaining provisions of this Agreement are in accordance with the intention of the parties.

 

11.12

This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the parties and neither party shall be obligated by any condition or representation other than those expressly stated herein or as may be subsequently agreed to by the parties hereto in writing.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

PRESIDENT AND FELLOWS OF

HARVARD COLLEGE

    LICENSEE

/s/ Joyce Brinton

   

/s/ Jon Faiz Kayyem

Joyce Brinton, Director

Office for Technology and Trademark Licensing

    Signature
   

Jon Faiz Kayyem, Ph.D.

    Name
   

President & CEO

    Title

1/7/98

   

January 13, 1998

Date     Date


Appendix A

The following comprise PATENT RIGHTS:

US patent application serial no. 08/312,388, filed 9/26/94, entitled “Molecular Recognition at Surfaces Derivatized with Self Assembled Monolayers”

Continuation-in-part of USSN 08/312,388 filed 1/21/97, serial no. 08/786,187

US patent application entitled “Immobilized Nucleic Acid and Electron Transfer Devices or Methods”, filed 1/21/97, serial no. 08/786,153 (abd)

Continuation-in-part of US patent application filed 1/21/97 entitled “Immobilized Nucleic Acid and Electron Transfer Devices or Methods”, such CIP was filed on 2/24/97 and is entitled “Electronic-Property Probing of Biological Molecules at Surfaces”, serial no. 08/804,883 (abd)

Continuation-in-part of US patent application filed 1/21/97 entitled “Immobilized Nucleic Acid and Electron Transfer Devices or Methods”, such CIP was filed on 4/10/97 and is entitled “Electronic-Property Probing of Biological Molecules at Surfaces”, serial no. 08/843,623

EXHIBIT 10.9

Agreement No. 07-M0001

This draft is dated October 18, 2007, and is solely for purposes of negotiation. No contract shall exist until a final, written agreement is signed by MARSHFIELD CLINIC and an authorized representative of Licensee. This draft shall expire on November 10, 2007.

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made effective the 15 th day of October, 2007, by and between Marshfield Clinic (hereinafter called “MARSHFIELD CLINIC”), a nonstock, nonprofit Wisconsin corporation, and Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics (hereinafter called “Licensee”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware;

WHEREAS , MARSHFIELD CLINIC owns certain intellectual property rights to the inventions described in the “Licensed Patents” defined below, and MARSHFIELD CLINIC is willing to grant a license to Licensee under any one or all of the Licensed Patents and Licensee desires a license under all of them;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, the parties covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1: Definitions .

For the purpose of this Agreement, the Appendix A definitions shall apply.

Section 2: Grant .

A. License and Option .

(i) MARSHFIELD CLINIC hereby grants to Licensee under the Licensed Patents an exclusive license to make, use and sell Products in the Licensed Field and Licensed Territory.

(ii) MARSHFIELD CLINIC grants to Licensee an exclusive option to license any warfarin molecular markers identified by inventors of MARSHFIELD CLINIC and solely owned by MARSHFIELD CLINIC that are identified before January 1, 2011. MARSHFIELD CLINIC also grants a non-exclusive option to non-exclusively license warfarin molecular markers jointly owned by MARSHFIELD CLINIC, provided MARSHFIELD CLINIC is not restricted from doing so by agreement with joint owner. Such offer is conditional on Licensee’s satisfactory progress towards market launch of Licensed Products, including receiving FDA approval (Appendix E), as determined by MARSHFIELD CLINIC. MARSHFIELD CLINIC shall notify Licensee in writing of any such markers in a timely manner, after such markers are disclosed by the inventors to MARSHFIELD CLINIC. Upon receipt of notification, Licensee shall have thirty (30) days to provide written notice to MARSHFIELD CLINIC that Licensee desires to exercise such option. Upon MARSHFIELD CLINIC’S receipt of such notice, MARSHFIELD CLINIC and Licensee shall enter into good faith negotiations regarding the terms of a license agreement and shall have ninety (90) days from the date of notice to negotiate such a license. If MARSHFIELD CLINIC and Licensee fail to enter a license within such time period, the option granted shall terminate, unless extended by a written agreement signed by both parties, but only with respect to the specific warfarin molecular marker disclosed.

(iii) In consideration of establishing a long-term collaboration, Licensee agrees to place an Osmetech eSensor XT-8 instrument at MARSHFIELD CLINIC and provide necessary training on or before March 31, 2008. The Licensee retains all rights to the equipment and may terminate the arrangement after a six (6) month advance notice.

 

Osmetech Marshfield Exclusive License 07-M0001

   1 of 15   


B. Sublicenses .

(i) Licensee may grant written, nonexclusive sublicenses to third parties. Any agreement granting a sublicense shall state that the sublicense is subject to the termination of this Agreement. Licensee shall have the same responsibility for the activities of any sublicensee as if the activities were directly those of Licensee. Licensee shall provide MARSHFIELD CLINIC with the name, contact information and address of each sublicensee, as well as information regarding the number of full-time employees of any such sublicensee to allow MARSHFIELD CLINIC to determine whether it can maintain its small entity filing status for patent prosecution and maintenance purposes.

(ii) With respect to sublicenses granted by Licensee under this Section 2B, Licensee shall pay to MARSHFIELD CLINIC an amount equal to what Licensee would have been required to pay to MARSHFIELD CLINIC had Licensee sold the amount of Products sold by such sublicensee. In addition, Licensee shall pay to MARSHFIELD CLINIC    ***    of all upfronts, milestone payments, penalties, or other payments in consideration of the sublicense, exclusive of royalties owed. Licensee shall not receive from its sublicensees anything of value in lieu of cash payments in consideration for any sublicense granted under this Agreement without the express prior written consent of MARSHFIELD CLINIC.

C. Reservation of Rights .

MARSHFIELD CLINIC hereby reserves the right to grant non-profit research institutions and governmental agencies non-exclusive licenses to practice and use the inventions of the Licensed Patents for Non-Commercial Research Purposes. Marshfield Clinic and the inventors of the Licensed Patents shall have the right to publish any information included in the Licensed Patents.

D. License to MARSHFIELD CLINIC .

(i) Licensee hereby grants, and shall require its sublicensee(s) to grant, to MARSHFIELD CLINIC a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, paid-up license, with the right to grant sublicenses to non-profit research institutions and governmental agencies, to practice and use of the Licensed Patents and “Improvements” for Non-Commercial Research Purposes. “Improvements” shall mean any patented modification of an invention described in the Licensed Patents that (1) would be infringed by the practice of an invention claimed in the Licensed Patents; or (2) if not for the license granted under this Agreement, would infringe one or more claims of the Licensed Patents. Licensee shall provide MARSHFIELD CLINIC with a written, enabling disclosure of each such invention, unambiguously identifying it as an invention governed by this paragraph, within six (6) months of the issuance of a patent thereon.

(ii) In the event that Licensee and its sublicensee(s) discontinue the use or commercialization of the Licensed Patents or any Improvements provided for under this Agreement, Licensee shall grant, and shall require its sublicensee(s) to grant, to MARSHFIELD CLINIC an option to obtain a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license, with the right to grant sublicenses, to practice and use said Improvements for commercial purposes. Licensee shall provide to MARSHFIELD CLINIC written notice that Licensee and its sublicensee(s) intend to discontinue such use or commercialization immediately upon making such a decision. Marshfield Clinic’s option with respect to each Improvement shall expire sixty (60) days after Marshfield Clinic’s receipt of said written notice from Licensee. The failure of MARSHFIELD CLINIC to timely exercise its option under this paragraph shall be deemed a waiver of Marshfield Clinic’s option, but only with respect to the Improvement so disclosed.

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

Osmetech Marshfield Exclusive License 07-M0001

   2 of 15   


Section 3: Development .

A. Licensee shall diligently develop, manufacture, market and sell Products in each Licensed Field and Licensed Territory throughout the term of this Agreement. Such activities shall include, without limitation, those activities listed in the Development Plan attached hereto as Appendix E. Licensee agrees that said Development Plan is reasonable and that it shall take all reasonable steps to meet the development program as set forth therein.

B. Beginning in calendar year 2008 and until the Date of First Commercial Sale, Licensee shall provide MARSHFIELD CLINIC with a written Development Report summarizing Licensee’s development activities since the last Development Report and any necessary adjustments to the Development Plan. Licensee agrees to provide each Development Report to MARSHFIELD CLINIC on or before thirty (30) days from the end of each semi-annual period ending June 30 and December 31 for which a report is due, and shall set forth in each Development Report sufficient detail to enable MARSHFIELD CLINIC to ascertain Licensee’s progress toward the requirements of the Development Plan. MARSHFIELD CLINIC reserves the right to audit Licensee’s records relating to the development activities required hereunder. Such record keeping and audit procedures shall be subject to the procedures and restrictions set forth in Section 6 for auditing the financial records of Licensee.

C. Licensee agrees to and warrants that it has, or will obtain, the expertise necessary to independently evaluate the inventions of the Licensed Patents and to develop Products for sale in the commercial market and that it so intends to develop Products for the commercial market. Licensee acknowledges that any failure by Licensee to reasonably implement the Development Plan, or to make timely submission to MARSHFIELD CLINIC of any Development Report, or the providing of any false information to MARSHFIELD CLINIC regarding Licensee’s development activities hereunder, shall be a material breach of this Agreement.

Section 4: Consideration .

 

  A.

License Fee .

    ***    

 

  B.

Royalty .

In addition to the Section 4A license fee, Licensee agrees to pay to MARSHFIELD CLINIC as “earned royalties” a royalty calculated as a percentage of the Selling Price of Products in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The royalty is deemed earned as of the earlier of the date the Product is actually sold, leased or otherwise transferred for consideration, the date an invoice is sent by Licensee, or the date a Product is transferred to a third party for any promotional reasons. The royalty shall remain fixed while this Agreement is in effect at a rate of     ***     of the Selling Price of Products.

 

  C.

Minimum Royalty .

Licensee further agrees to pay to MARSHFIELD CLINIC a minimum royalty of    ***    per calendar year or part thereof during which this Agreement is in effect starting in calendar year 2009, against which any earned royalty paid for the same calendar year will be credited provided that MARSHFIELD CLINIC proves clinical utility for its SNP rs2108622 in the gene CYP4F2 through

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

Osmetech Marshfield Exclusive License 07-M0001

   3 of 15   


clinical validation studies. Such validation studies are being conducted at MARSHFIELD CLINIC now in partnership with external collaborators. Positive results of such studies will be considered as proof of clinical validation. Unless and until Marshfield Clinic secures such validation, no obligation will exist for Licensee to pay such minimum royalty. The minimum royalty for a given year shall be due at the time payments are due for the calendar quarter ending on December 31. It is understood that the minimum royalties will apply on a calendar year basis, and that sales of Products requiring the payment of earned royalties made during a prior or subsequent calendar year shall have no effect on the annual minimum royalty due MARSHFIELD CLINIC for any other given calendar year.

D. Patent Fees and Costs .

MARSHFIELD CLINIC has authorized    ***    to file, prosecute and maintain patent coverage of the Licensed Patent or patent application on its behalf. Therefore,    ***    shall be the contact agency for Licensee regarding all matters described in this Section 4D.

(i) Licensee also agrees to reimburse MARSHFIELD CLINIC for    ***    of all reasonable costs incurred by MARSHFIELD CLINIC in filing, prosecuting and maintaining the Licensed Patents in US, EU and Japan. All such costs for each Licensed Patent shall come due only after the applicable patent office has issued a notification of allowance (or its equivalent), and shall be paid by Licensee within thirty (30) days of receipt of an invoice from MARSHFIELD CLINIC, or    ***    , acting on behalf of MARSHFIELD CLINIC.

(ii) MARSHFIELD CLINIC is not obligated to make or maintain any foreign filing of the Licensed Patents other than agreeing that it shall make and maintain US, EU (7 selected countries in Europe) and Japan filings of the Licensed Patents. If Licensee desires MARSHFIELD CLINIC to make or maintain other foreign filings, Licensee must notify MARSHFIELD CLINIC in writing three (3) months prior to the expiration of the deadline for making such foreign filings, indicating those countries in which Licensee desires MARSHFIELD CLINIC to pursue foreign patent protection. Licensee agrees to pay all reasonable patenting costs for additional countries within thirty (30) days of receiving an invoice from MARSHFIELD CLINIC. Any country for which MARSHFIELD CLINIC files for such patent protection at Licensee’s request shall be included in the Licensed Territory under this Agreement. MARSHFIELD CLINIC reserves the right to file a patent application, at its own expense, in any countries not requested by Licensee pursuant to this Section 4D. Licensee acknowledges that if the United States Government (through any of its agencies or otherwise) has funded research, during the course of or under which any of the inventions of the Licensed Patents were conceived or made, the United States Government is entitled, as a right, under the provisions of 35 U.S.C. § 200-212 and applicable regulations of Chapter 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations, to make and maintain foreign filings in those countries not selected by Licensee and/or MARSHFIELD CLINIC.

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

Osmetech Marshfield Exclusive License 07-M0001

   4 of 15   


(iii) MARSHFIELD CLINIC will prosecute all national applications it files at Licensee’s request pursuant to this Section 4D until MARSHFIELD CLINIC determines that continued prosecution is unlikely to result in the issuance of a patent in that country. If MARSHFIELD CLINIC decides to abandon prosecution or maintenance of any patent or patent application under the Licensed Patents in a country in which Licensee has requested MARSHFIELD CLINIC to make and maintain such filing, MARSHFIELD CLINIC shall provide Licensee notice of Marshfield Clinic’s intent to abandon such application. In such event, Licensee shall have the right to continue prosecution of said application, at its own expense, on behalf of MARSHFIELD CLINIC and Licensee, to the extent allowed under applicable law.

E. Accounting; Payments .

(i) Amounts owing to MARSHFIELD CLINIC under Sections 2B and 4B shall be paid on a quarterly basis, with such amounts due and received by MARSHFIELD CLINIC on or before the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the end of the calendar quarter ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31 in which such amounts were earned. The balance of any amounts which remain unpaid more than thirty (30) days after they are due to MARSHFIELD CLINIC shall accrue interest until paid at the rate of the lesser of    ***    per month or the maximum amount allowed under applicable law. However, in no event shall this interest provision be construed as a grant of permission for any payment delays.

(ii) Except as otherwise directed, all amounts owing to MARSHFIELD CLINIC under this Agreement shall be paid in U.S. dollars to MARSHFIELD CLINIC at the address provided in Section 16(a). All royalties owing with respect to Selling Prices stated in currencies other than U.S. dollars shall be converted at the rate shown in the Federal Reserve Noon Valuation - Value of Foreign Currencies on the day preceding the payment. MARSHFIELD CLINIC is exempt from paying income taxes under U.S. law. Therefore, all payments due under this Agreement shall be made without deduction for taxes, assessments, or other charges of any kind which may be imposed on MARSHFIELD CLINIC by any government outside of the United States or any political subdivision of such government with respect to any amounts payable to MARSHFIELD CLINIC pursuant to this Agreement. All such taxes, assessments, or other charges shall be assumed by Licensee.

(iii) A full accounting showing how any amounts owing to MARSHFIELD CLINIC under Sections 2B and 4B have been calculated shall be submitted to MARSHFIELD CLINIC on the date of each such payment. Such accounting shall be on a per-country and product line, model or trade name basis and shall be summarized on the form shown in Appendix C of this Agreement. In the event no payment is owed to MARSHFIELD CLINIC, a statement setting forth that fact shall be supplied to MARSHFIELD CLINIC.

Section 5: Certain Warranties .

A. MARSHFIELD CLINIC warrants that except as otherwise provided under Section 14 of this Agreement with respect to U.S. Government interests, it is the owner of the Licensed Patents or otherwise has the right to grant the licenses granted to Licensee in this Agreement. However, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as:

(i) a warranty or representation by MARSHFIELD CLINIC as to the validity or scope of any of the Licensed Patents;

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

Osmetech Marshfield Exclusive License 07-M0001

   5 of 15   


(ii) a warranty or representation that anything made, used, sold or otherwise disposed of under the license granted in this Agreement will or will not infringe patents of third parties; or

(iii) an obligation to furnish any know-how not provided in the Licensed Patents or any services other than those specified in this Agreement.

B. MARSHFIELD CLINIC MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS, EXTENDS NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE USE, SALE, OR OTHER DISPOSITION BY LICENSEE, ITS SUBLICENSEE(S), OR THEIR VENDEES OR OTHER TRANSFEREES, OF PRODUCTS INCORPORATING OR MADE BY USE OF INVENTIONS LICENSED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

C. Licensee represents and warrants that Products produced under the license granted herein shall be manufactured substantially in the United States as required by 35 U.S.C. § 204 and applicable regulations of Chapter 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

Section 6: Recordkeeping .

A. Licensee and its sublicensee(s) shall keep books and records sufficient to verify the accuracy and completeness of Licensee’s and its sublicensee(s)’s accounting referred to above, including, without limitation, inventory, purchase and invoice records relating to the Products or their manufacture. In addition, Licensee shall maintain documentation evidencing that Licensee is in fact pursuing the development of Products as required herein. Such documentation may include, but is not limited to, invoices for studies advancing the development of Products, laboratory notebooks, internal job cost records, and filings made to the Internal Revenue Department to obtain tax credit, if available, for research and development of Products. Such books and records shall be preserved for a period not less than six (6) years after they are created during and after the term of this Agreement.

B. Licensee and its sublicensee(s) shall take all steps necessary so that MARSHFIELD CLINIC may within thirty (30) days of its request review and copy all the books and records at a single U.S. location to allow MARSHFIELD CLINIC to verify the accuracy of Licensee’s royalty reports and Development Reports and the royalty reports of its sublicensee(s). Such review may be performed by any employee of MARSHFIELD CLINIC as well as by any attorney or registered CPA designated by MARSHFIELD CLINIC, upon reasonable notice and during regular business hours.

C. If a royalty payment deficiency is determined, Licensee and its sublicensee(s), as applicable, shall pay the royalty deficiency outstanding within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice thereof, plus interest on outstanding amounts as described in Section 4E(i).

D. If a royalty payment deficiency for a calendar year exceeds the lesser of    ***    of the royalties paid for that year or    ***    then Licensee or its sublicensee(s) shall be responsible for paying Marshfield Clinic’s out-of-pocket expenses incurred with respect to such review.

Section 7: Term and Termination .

A. The term of this license shall begin on the effective date of this Agreement and continue until this Agreement is terminated as provided herein or until the earlier of the date that no

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

Osmetech Marshfield Exclusive License 07-M0001

   6 of 15   


Licensed Patent remains an enforceable patent or the payment of earned royalties under Sections 2B and 4B, once begun, ceases for more than eight (8) calendar quarters.

B. Licensee may terminate this Agreement at any time by giving at least ninety (90) days written and unambiguous notice of such termination to MARSHFIELD CLINIC. Such a notice shall be accompanied by a statement of the reasons for termination.

C. MARSHFIELD CLINIC shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if Licensee fails to offer for sale to the retail market a diagnostic Product (APPENDIX A) by January 1, 2011 by giving Licensee at least ninety (90) days written notice.

D. If Licensee at any time defaults in the timely payment of any monies due to MARSHFIELD CLINIC or the timely submission to MARSHFIELD CLINIC of any Development Report, fails to actively pursue the development plan, or commits any breach of any other covenant herein contained, and Licensee fails to remedy any such breach or default within ninety (90) days after written notice thereof by MARSHFIELD CLINIC, or if Licensee commits any act of bankruptcy, becomes insolvent, is unable to pay its debts as they become due, files a petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency act, or has any such petition filed against it which is not dismissed within sixty (60) days, or if Licensee or its sublicensee(s) offer any component of the Licensed Patents to their creditors, MARSHFIELD CLINIC may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by giving notice of termination to Licensee.

E. Upon the termination of this Agreement, Licensee and its sublicensee(s) shall remain obligated to provide an accounting for and to pay royalties earned up to the date of the termination, and any minimum royalties shall be prorated as of the date of termination by the number of days elapsed in the applicable calendar year.

F. Waiver by either party of a single breach or default, or a succession of breaches or defaults, shall not deprive such party of any right to terminate this Agreement in the event of any subsequent breach or default.

Section 8: Assignability .

This Agreement may not be transferred or assigned by Licensee without the prior written consent of MARSHFIELD CLINIC, except upon the sale of substantially all of the Licensee’s assets, in which case no consent for such assignment is required.

Section 9: Contest of Validity .

In the event Licensee or its sublicensee(s) contest the validity or enforceability of any Licensed Patent, Licensee and its sublicensee(s) shall continue to pay royalties with respect to that patent as if such contest were not underway until the patent is adjudicated invalid or unenforceable by a court of last resort.

Section 10: Enforcement .

MARSHFIELD CLINIC intends to protect the Licensed Patents against infringers or otherwise act to eliminate infringement when, in Marshfield Clinic’s sole judgment, such action may be necessary, proper, justified and makes reasonable business sense considering all factors. In the event that Licensee or its sublicensee(s) believe there is infringement of any Licensed Patent under this Agreement which is to its substantial detriment, Licensee shall provide MARSHFIELD CLINIC with notification and reasonable evidence of such infringement.

 

Osmetech Marshfield Exclusive License 07-M0001

   7 of 15   


Section 11: Patent Marking .

Licensee and its sublicensee(s) shall mark all Products or Product packaging with the appropriate patent number reference in compliance with the requirements of U.S. law, 35 U.S.C. § 287.

Section 12: Product Liability; Conduct of Business .

A. Licensee shall, at all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, indemnify, defend and hold MARSHFIELD CLINIC and the inventors of the Licensed Patents harmless against all claims and expenses, including legal expenses and reasonable attorneys fees, arising out of the death of or injury to any person or persons or out of any damage to property and against any other claim, proceeding, demand, expense and liability of any kind whatsoever resulting from the production, manufacture, sale, use, lease, consumption or advertisement of Products arising from any right or obligation of Licensee or its sublicensee(s) hereunder. MARSHFIELD CLINIC at all times reserves the right to select and retain counsel of its own to defend Marshfield Clinic’s interests.

B. Licensee warrants that it now maintains and will continue to maintain liability insurance coverage appropriate to the risk involved in marketing the products subject to this Agreement and that such insurance coverage lists MARSHFIELD CLINIC and the inventors of the Licensed Patents as additional insureds. Within ninety (90) days after the execution of this Agreement and thereafter annually between January 1 and January 31 of each year, Licensee will present evidence to MARSHFIELD CLINIC that the coverage is being maintained with MARSHFIELD CLINIC and its inventors listed as additional insureds. In addition, Licensee shall provide MARSHFIELD CLINIC with at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of any change in or cancellation of the insurance coverage.

Section 13: Use of Names .

Neither Licensee nor its sublicensee(s) shall use Marshfield Clinic’s name, the name of any inventor of inventions governed by this Agreement, in sales promotion, advertising, or any other form of publicity without the prior written approval of the entity or person whose name is being used; except that one or more press releases evidencing the existence of this Agreement may be undertaken by the parties, said releases to be jointly-approved between them prior to release.

Section 14: United States Government Interests .

It is understood that if the United States Government (through any of its agencies or otherwise) has funded research, during the course of or under which any of the inventions of the Licensed Patents were conceived or made, the United States Government is entitled, as a right, under the provisions of 35 U.S.C. §§ 200-212 and applicable regulations of Chapter 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations, to a nonexclusive, nontransferable, irrevocable, paid-up license to practice or have practiced the invention of such Licensed Patents for governmental purposes. Any license granted under this Agreement to Licensee or any of its sublicensee shall be subject to such right.

Section 15: Miscellaneous .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin. If any provisions of this Agreement are or shall come into conflict with the laws or regulations of any jurisdiction or any governmental entity having jurisdiction over the parties or this Agreement, those provisions shall be deemed automatically deleted, if such deletion is allowed by relevant law, and the remaining terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. If such a deletion is not so allowed or if such a deletion leaves terms thereby made clearly illogical

 

Osmetech Marshfield Exclusive License 07-M0001

   8 of 15   


or inappropriate in effect, the parties agree to substitute new terms as similar in effect to the present terms of this Agreement as may be allowed under the applicable laws and regulations. The parties hereto are independent contractors and not joint venturers or partners.

Section 16: Notices .

Any notice required to be given pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given at the earlier of the time when actually received as a consequence of any effective method of delivery, including but not limited to hand delivery, transmission by telecopier, or delivery by a professional courier service or the time when sent by certified or registered mail addressed to the party for whom intended at the address below or at such changed address as the party shall have specified by written notice, provided that any notice of change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt.

 

(a)

  

***

  

***

  

***

  

***

(b)    Licensee Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics Inc.
   Attn: Legal Department
   757 S. Raymond Ave
   Pasadena, CA 91105

Section 17: Integration .

This Agreement constitutes the full understanding between the parties with reference to the subject matter hereof, and no statements or agreements by or between the parties, whether orally or in writing, except as provided for elsewhere in this Section 17, made prior to or at the signing hereof, shall vary or modify the written terms of this Agreement. Neither party shall claim any amendment, modification, or release from any provisions of this Agreement by mutual agreement, acknowledgment, or otherwise, unless such mutual agreement is in writing, signed by the other party, and specifically states that it is an amendment to this Agreement.

Section 18: Confidentiality .

The parties hereto agree to keep any information identified as confidential by the disclosing party confidential using methods at least as stringent as each party uses to protect its own confidential information. “Confidential Information” shall include Licensee’s development plan and development reports, the Licensed Patents and all information concerning them and any other information marked confidential or accompanied by correspondence indicating such information is exchanged in confidence between the parties. Except as may be authorized in advance in writing by MARSHFIELD CLINIC, Licensee shall only grant access to Marshfield Clinic’s Confidential Information to its sublicensee(s) and those employees of Licensee and its sublicensee(s) involved in research relating to the Licensed Patents. Licensee shall require its sublicensee(s) and all such employees to be bound by terms of confidentiality no less restrictive than those set forth in this Section 18. Licensee and its sublicensee(s) shall not use any Confidential Information to Marshfield Clinic’s detriment, including, but not limited to, claiming priority to the Licensed Patents in any patent prosecution. The confidentiality and use obligations set forth above apply to all or any part of the Confidential Information disclosed hereunder except to the extent that:

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

Osmetech Marshfield Exclusive License 07-M0001

   9 of 15   


(i) MARSHFIELD CLINIC, Licensee or its sublicensee(s) can show by written record that it possessed the information prior to its receipt from the other party;

(ii) the information was already available to the public or became so through no fault of MARSHFIELD CLINIC, Licensee or its sublicensee(s);

(iii) the information is subsequently disclosed to MARSHFIELD CLINIC, Licensee or its sublicensee(s) by a third party that has the right to disclose it free of any obligations of confidentiality; or

(iv) five (5) years have elapsed from the expiration of this Agreement.

Section 19: Authority .

The persons signing on behalf of MARSHFIELD CLINIC and Licensee hereby warrant and represent that they have authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of the party for whom they have signed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement on the dates indicated below.

 

MARSHFIELD CLINIC

By:

 

/s/ Robert A. Carlson

 

Date: Oct 20, 2007

 

Name and Office:  

/s/ Robert A. Carlson, MD – Director

Applied Sciences

 

 

OSMETECH MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS

By:

 

/s/ James White

 

Date: 23 rd  October, 2007

 

Name and Office:  

James White C.E.O.

 

 

 

 

Reviewed by Marshfield Clinic’s Attorney:

/s/ illegible

 

Oct. 22, 2007

(Marshfield Clinic’s attorney shall not be deemed a signatory to this Agreement.)

Marshfield Clinic Ref: Caldwell - M07015US

 

Osmetech Marshfield Exclusive License 07-M0001

   10 of 15   


APPENDIX A

A. “Licensed Patents” shall refer to and mean those patents and patent applications listed on Appendix B attached hereto in countries in the Licensed Territory and any subsequent patent application owned by MARSHFIELD CLINIC in a country in the Licensed Territory but only to the extent it claims priority to an invention claimed in a patent application listed on Appendix B. This includes but is not limited to continuation applications, continuation-in-part applications to the extent they relate back to a parent Licensed Patent, divisional applications, reissue applications, utility model applications or registrations,

B. “Products” shall refer to and mean any and all products that employ or are in any way produced by the practice of an invention claimed in the Licensed Patents or that would otherwise constitute infringement of any claims of the Licensed Patents.

C. “Selling Price” shall mean, in the case of Products that are sold or leased, the invoice price to the end user of Products (regardless of uncollectible accounts) less any shipping costs, allowances because of returned Products, or sales taxes. The “Selling Price” for a Product that is transferred to a third party for promotional purposes without charge or at a discount shall be the average invoice price to the end user of that type of Product during the applicable calendar quarter.

D. “Development Report” shall mean a written account of Licensee’s progress under the development plan having at least the information specified on Appendix D to this Agreement, and shall be sent to the address specified on Appendix D.

E. “Licensed Field” shall be limited to the field of human diagnostic and research applications, expressly excluding any pharmaceutical drug development and therapeutic uses .

F. “Licensed Territory” shall be Worldwide

G. “Non-Commercial Research Purposes” shall mean the use of the inventions of the Licensed Patents and/or Improvements for academic research purposes or other not-for-profit or scholarly purposes not involving the use of the inventions of the Licensed Patents or Improvements to perform services for a fee or for the production or manufacture of products for sale to third parties.

 

Osmetech Marshfield Exclusive License 07-M0001

   11 of 15   


APPENDIX B

LICENSED PATENTS

 

REFERENCE NUMBER

   COUNTRY    PATENT
NUMBER
   ISSUE
DATE
   APPLICATION
SERIAL NUMBER
Technology Title (Inventors...)            

*** “Test of rs2108622 in the gene CYP4F2 for predicting a patient’s starting dose of warfarin and subsequent dose adjustments”

This invention provides a method for improving warfarin dosing and dose adjustment models by adding data from a genetic test about single nucleotide polymorphism rs2108622 in the gene CYP4F2 (Cytochrome P450 4F2.

***

  

UNITED STATES

        

A provisional US application will be filed by October 22, 2007. Licensee has instructed    ***    to file in US, Europe and Japan. US, Europe and Japan applications are included in the “Licensed Patents”

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

Osmetech Marshfield Exclusive License 07-M0001

   12 of 15   


APPENDIX C

MARSHFIELD CLINIC ROYALTY REPORT

 

Licensee:                    Agreement No:          
Inventor:                    P#:      
Period Covered: From:               /            /               

        Through

               /            /            
Prepared By:                    Date:                         
Approved By:                    Date:                         

If license covers several major product lines, please prepare a separate report for each line. Then combine all product lines into a summary report.

 

Report Type:   

¨

 

Single Product Line Report:

    
  

¨

 

Multiproduct Summary Report.      Page 1 of

      

Pages

  
  

¨

 

Product Line Detail. Line:

      

Tradename:

     

    Page:

   
Report Currency:   

¨

 

U.S. Dollars

  

¨ Other

   

 

                         Period Royalty
Amount

Country

   Gross
Sales
   * Less:
Allowances
   Net
Sales
   Royalty
Rate
   This Year    Last Year

U.S.A.

                 

Canada

                 

Europe :

                 

Japan

                 

Other :

                 

TOTAL:

                 

 

Total Royalty:

 

 

 

Conversion Rate:

 

 

  

Royalty in U.S. Dollars:

  

$

The following royalty forecast is non-binding and for Marshfield Clinic’s internal planning purposes only:

 

Royalty Forecast Under This Agreement:

  

Next Quarter:

       

Q2:

       

Q3:

    

Q4:

                   

 

*

On a separate page, please indicate the reasons for returns or other adjustments if significant.

Also note any unusual occurrences that affected royalty amounts during this period.

To assist Marshfield Clinic’s forecasting, please comment on any significant expected trends in sales volume.

 

Osmetech Marshfield Exclusive License 07-M0001

   13 of 15   


APPENDIX D

DEVELOPMENT REPORT

 

A.

Date development plan initiated and time period covered by this report.

 

B.

Development Report (4-8 paragraphs).

 

  1.

Activities completed since last report including the object and parameters of the development, when initiated, when completed and the results.

 

  2.

Activities currently under investigation, i.e., ongoing activities including object and parameters of such activities, when initiated, and projected date of completion.

 

C.

Future Development Activities (4-8 paragraphs).

 

  1.

Activities to be undertaken before next report including, but not limited to, the type and object of any studies conducted and their projected starting and completion dates.

 

  2.

Estimated total development time remaining before a product will be commercialized.

 

D.

Changes to initial development plan (2-4 paragraphs).

 

  1.

Reasons for change.

 

  2.

Variables that may cause additional changes.

 

E.

Items to be provided if applicable:

 

  1.

Information relating to Product that has become publicly available, e.g., published articles, competing products, patents, etc.

 

  2.

Development work being performed by third parties other than Licensee to include name of third party, reasons for use of third party, planned future uses of third parties including reasons why and type of work.

 

  3.

Update of competitive information trends in industry, government compliance (if applicable) and market plan.

PLEASE SEND DEVELOPMENT REPORTS TO:

***

***

***

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

Osmetech Marshfield Exclusive License 07-M0001

   14 of 15   


APPENDIX E

DEVELOPMENT PLAN

 

4F2 Development Plan Activities

   Timing    Status
     

***

***

***

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

Osmetech Marshfield Exclusive License 07-M0001

   15 of 15   

EXHIBIT 10.10

N ON -E XCLUSIVE P ATENT L ICENSE A GREEMENT

BETWEEN

OSMETECH

AND

T HE U NIVERSITY OF W ASHINGTON

UW R EFERENCE : 7063-18921A

UW T ECH T RANSFER , I NVENTION L ICENSING

N EGOTIATED BY C HRISTINE H AN , P H .D., M.P.H.

 

UW/Osmetech Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement

UW Reference 7063-18921A

Original Two of Two

Page 1 of 18


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
1.0   

Definitions

   1
2.0   

Term

   2
3.0   

Grant of License

   2
4.0   

Applications and Patents

   3
5.0   

Commercialization

   4
6.0   

Payments, Reimbursements, Reports, and Records

   5
7.0   

Third Party Infringement of Licensed Patent

   6
8.0   

Termination

   7
9.0   

Release, Indemnification, and Insurance

   7
10.0   

Warranties

   8
11.0   

Damages

   9
12.0   

Amendment and Waiver

   9
13.0   

Assignment

   9
14.0   

Applicable Law

   10
15.0   

Confidentiality

   10
16.0   

Consent and Approvals

   11
17.0   

Construction

   11
18.0   

Enforceability

   11
19.0   

Entire Agreement; No Third-Party Beneficiaries

   11
20.0   

Language and Currency

   11
21.0   

Notices

   11
22.0   

Publicity

   12
23.0   

Relationship of Parties

   12
24.0   

Security Interest

   12
25.0   

Survival

   13
26.0   

Collection Costs and Attorneys’ Fees

   13
27.0   

Forum Selection

   13
28.0   

Patent Marking

   13
  

Signatures

   13
  

Exhibit A

   14
  

Exhibit B

   16

UW/Osmetech Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement

UW Reference 7063-18921A

Original Two of Two


NON-EXCLUSIVE PATENT LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“Agreement”) is dated and effective as of the date of last signature (the “Effective Date”), and is made by and between the University of Washington, a public institution of higher education and an agency of the state of Washington (the “University”), and Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, an entity consisting solely of Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. and Osmetech, Inc., both Delaware Corporations (the “Company”), (individually a “Party” or collectively the “Parties”).

Purpose

The University owns the right to license to others certain rights to the Licensed Patents, as that term is defined and used in this Agreement. The Company desires that the University grant it a license to use, develop, and commercialize the inventions claimed in the Licensed Patents. The University is willing to grant such a license on the terms set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE , the Parties agree that:

1. Definitions . For purposes of interpreting this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them below in this Article 1:

 

1.1

“Affiliate” means (i) a Third Party that owns fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting capital stock, or like equity security, of the Company, or (ii) a Third Party in which the Company owns fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting capital stock, or like equity security.

 

1.2

“Confidential Information” means any information or materials (biological, chemical, or otherwise) of the Parties not generally known to the public, including any information comprised by those materials and including without limitation, Licensed Technology.

 

1.3

“Field of Use” means the fields of use described in section Al of attached Exhibit A.

 

1.4

“Licensed Patent” means the patents and patent applications listed in section A2 of attached Exhibit A along with any further related patent issued during the term of this Agreement by the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any like foreign body with respect to patent applications. The term “Licensed Patent” also includes any divisionals, continuations, reissues, renewals, substitutions, re-examinations or extensions and foreign equivalents thereof or substitute therefore of a Licensed Patent.

 

1.5

“Licensed Product” means any product, good or service in the Field of Use that is used, made by, made for, sold, transferred, offered for sale, or otherwise disposed of by the Company during the term of this Agreement that, but for the granting of the rights set forth in this Agreement, would infringe (including under the doctrine of equivalents) one or more Valid Claims of a Licensed Patent in the country where such product, good or service is sold or provided, or any product or good that is made using a process or

 

   1   

UW/Osmetech Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement

UW Reference 7063-18921A

Original Two of Two

Page 1 of 16


 

machine that is covered by a Valid Claim of a Licensed Patent in the country where such product or good is sold or manufactured.

 

1.6

“Licensed Technology” means collectively the inventions claimed in each Licensed Patent.

 

1.7

“Net Sales Price” means the gross amount invoiced for sales, leases, services, and other dispositions of Licensed Products less (i) all trade, quantity, and cash discounts actually allowed, including (ii) all credits and allowances actually granted due to rejections, returns, billing errors, and retroactive price reductions, (iii) duties, and (iv) excise, sale and use taxes, and equivalent taxes. In the event the Company sells, leases, or disposes of a Licensed Product to an Affiliate, the “Net Sales Price” for that transaction for purposes of this Agreement shall be equal to the price the Company charges non-Affiliate Third Parties for the Licensed Product or if the Company does not offer to sell the Licensed Product to the public, the price charged by the Company for a product of similar kind, quality, and quantity.

 

1.8

“Payment” means a payment to be made by the Company to the University specified in section 6.1 of this Agreement and described in section A3 of attached Exhibit A.

 

1.9

“Territory” means worldwide.

 

1.10

“Third Party” means any individual or entity other than the University or the Company.

 

1.11

“Valid Claim” means (a) a claim in an issued and unexpired patent included in the Licensed Patents that: (i) has not been held unenforceable, unpatentable or invalid by a decision of a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction, and not subject to appeal, (ii) has not been admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue or disclaimer or otherwise, (iii) has not been lost through an interference, reexamination or reissue proceeding; or (b) a claim of a pending patent application included in the Licensed Patents.

2. Term . The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless terminated earlier as provided below in Article 8, this Agreement shall expire on the date on which no Valid Claim in a Licensed Patent is pending or subsisting in any country in the Territory.

3. Grant of License.

 

3.1

The Company’s Rights .

3.1.1. Grant . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the University hereby grants to the Company, and the Company hereby accepts, a nonexclusive license to make, have made on its behalf, use, offer to sell or sell, offer to lease or lease, import, or otherwise offer to dispose or dispose of Licensed Products in the Territory. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the license granted in this Agreement

 

   2   

UW/Osmetech Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement

UW Reference 7063-18921A

Original Two of Two

Page 2 of 16


shall be limited to the inventions in the Field of Use that are expressly claimed in each Licensed Patent. No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to grant the Company, by implication, estoppel or otherwise, any rights other than the rights expressly granted it in this Agreement to the Licensed Technology, a Licensed Patent, or to any other University-owned technology, patent applications, or patents.

3.1.2. Sublicensing . Notwithstanding any term of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not, and shall not have the right to, sublicense its rights under this Agreement.

 

3.2

The United States Government’s Rights . The Parties acknowledge and agree that the federal government of the United States of America has certain rights in and to any government-funded Licensed Technology as those rights are described in Chapter 18, Title 35 of the United States Code and accompanying regulations, including Part 401, Chapter 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations, and that the Parties’ rights and obligations under this Agreement to any government-funded Licensed Technology, including the grant of license set forth above in subsection 3.1.1, are subject to the applicable terms of the aforementioned United States laws.

 

3.3

The University’s Rights . The University retains an irrevocable, nonexclusive license to make, have made, and use products, processes, and other subject matter covered by the Licensed Patents or the Licensed Technology for research, medical, instructional, or any other academic purpose, including publications.

4. Applications and Patents.

 

4.1

Cost Reimbursement . The Company shall pay, or shall reimburse the University for paying, reasonable and necessary costs (including attorneys’ and application fees) incurred prior to, on, or after the Effective Date to apply for, prosecute, enforce, and maintain each Licensed Patent in those countries where the Company intends to commercialize Licensed Product, as provided for in section A3.6 of attached Exhibit A. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall pay, or shall reimburse the University for paying, costs related to Licensed Patents unless and until the Company notifies the University in writing of its decision to opt-out of patent protection for a specific country in the Territory. In this event, the Company shall not be responsible for reimbursing those costs and lose rights in that country.

 

4.2

Pre-Agreement Licensed Product Sales . The Company agrees to pay royalties in the amounts set forth in this Agreement for any Licensed Products it has sold in the Territory prior to the Effective Date.

 

4.3

Patent Application Filings during the Term of this Agreement .

4.3.1. The University retains the sole and exclusive right to file or otherwise prosecute patent applications with respect to the Licensed Technology. In no event shall

 

   3   

UW/Osmetech Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement

UW Reference 7063-18921A

Original Two of Two

Page 3 of 16


the Company file a patent application with respect to the Licensed Technology if a University employee is an inventor on the patent application.

4.3.2. The University shall determine in which countries the University will file, or cause to be filed, a patent application with respect to the Licensed Technology. The Company may request patent prosecution to be pursued in any given country. The Company will specify in writing which of these countries it wishes to receive license from and shall pay pro-rata share of patent costs as specified in section A3.6 of attached Exhibit A. For the avoidance of doubt, Company shall pay, or shall reimburse the University for paying costs related to Licensed Patents in all countries until the Company notifies the University in writing of its decision to opt-out of said cost reimbursement for any specific country.

4.3.3. For each patent application with respect to the Licensed Technology filed in a particular country, the University shall retain counsel of its choice to file and prosecute such patent application; the University shall take all commercially reasonable steps to cause a patent application to be filed and a patent to be issued in that country. The Company promptly shall reimburse the University for the University’s out-of-pocket costs, including application and attorneys’ fees, to file, prosecute and maintain such patent application and issued patent during the term of this Agreement as provided for in section A3.4 of attached Exhibit A.

4.3.4. No provision of this Agreement limits, conditions, or otherwise affects the University’s right to prosecute a patent application with respect to the Licensed Technology in any country.

 

4.4

Maintenance of Licensed Patents . The University shall take all commercially reasonable steps to cause each Licensed Patent to remain or be valid and subsisting.

 

4.5

Ownership of the Licensed Patents . No provision of this Agreement grants the Company any rights, titles, or interests (except for the grant of license in subsection 3.1.1 of this Agreement) in the Licensed Patents, notwithstanding the Company’s payment of all or any portion of the patent prosecution, maintenance, and related costs.

5. Commercialization.

 

5.1

Commercialization Efforts . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts, consistent with sound and reasonable business practices and judgment, to commercialize the Licensed Technology and to manufacture and offer to make and sell Licensed Products as soon as practicable and to maximize sales thereof.

 

5.2

Covenants Regarding the Manufacture of Licensed Products . The Company hereby covenants and agrees that the manufacture, use, sale, or transfer of Licensed Products shall comply with all applicable federal and state laws, including all federal export laws and regulations. The Company hereby further covenants and agrees that, to the extent required by 35 United States Code Section 204, it shall substantially manufacture in the

 

   4   

UW/Osmetech Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement

UW Reference 7063-18921A

Original Two of Two

Page 4 of 16


 

United States of America all products embodying or produced through the use of an invention that is subject to the rights of the federal government of the United States of America.

 

5.3

Commercialization Reports . Throughout the term of this Agreement, the Company shall deliver to the University written reports of the Company’s efforts and plans to commercialize the Licensed Technology and to manufacture, offer to sell, or sell Licensed Products, including a projected timeline of development and sales. Prior to product introduction, these reports will be delivered to the University every six (6) months from the first anniversary of the Effective Date, and then annually, within thirty (30) days of the anniversary of the Effective Date, after first product sale.

 

5.4

Use of the University’s Name and Trademarks or the Names of University Faculty, Staff, or Students . No provision of this Agreement grants the Company any right or license to use the name or trademarks of the University or the names, or identities of any member of the faculty, staff, or student body of the University. The Company shall not use any such trademarks, names, or identities without the University’s and, as the case may be, such member’s prior written approval.

6. Payments, Reimbursements, Reports, and Records.

 

6.1

Payments . The Company shall deliver to the University the payment or payments specified in section A3 of attached Exhibit A. The Company shall make such payments by check, wire transfer, or any other mutually agreed-upon and generally accepted method of payment. All checks to the University shall be made payable to “University of Washington” and shall be mailed to the address specified in Article 21 of this Agreement and shall include the University agreement number l8921A. Upon request, the University shall deliver to the Company written wire transfer instructions.

 

6.2

Late Payments . Company agrees to pay a late fee for all amounts owed to the University that are overdue by thirty (30) days or more. The late fee shall be computed as the United States prime rate plus Two Percent (2%), compounded monthly, as set forth by The Wall Street Journal (Western edition) on the date on which such payment is due, of the outstanding, unpaid balance. The payment of such a late fee shall not foreclose or limit University from exercising any other rights it may have as a consequence of the lateness of any payment.

 

6.3

Sales Reports . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of a calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement, the Company shall deliver to the University a written sales report (a copy of the form of which is attached as Exhibit B) recounting the number and Net Sales Price amount (expressed in U.S. dollars) of all sales, leases, or other dispositions of Licensed Products made by the Company during such calendar quarter. The Company shall deliver such written report to the University even if the Company is not required hereunder to pay to the University a payment for sales, leases, or other dispositions of Licensed Products during the calendar quarter.

 

   5   

UW/Osmetech Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement

UW Reference 7063-18921A

Original Two of Two

Page 5 of 16


6.4

Records Retention and Audit Rights .

6.4.1. Throughout the term of this Agreement and for five (5) years thereafter, the Company, at its expense, shall keep and maintain complete and accurate records of all sales, leases, and other dispositions of Licensed Products during the term of this Agreement and all other records related to this Agreement.

6.4.2. The University, at its expense except as set forth below in this subsection, shall have the right to inspect and audit the Company’s records referred to in subsection 6.4.1 hereof at the Company’s address as set forth in Article 21 of this Agreement or such other locations as the Parties shall mutually agree during the Company’s normal business hours. The University shall have the right to determine the Company’s compliance with the terms of this Agreement. The Company shall reimburse the University for all its out-of-pocket expenses to inspect and audit such records if the University, in accordance with the results of such inspection and audit, determines that the Company has underpaid amounts owed to the University by at least *** , in a reporting period. In connection with, and prior to the commencement of, an audit, if the Company so requests in writing to the University, the Company, the University and the auditor shall enter into an agreement prohibiting the auditor and the University from disclosing the Company’s nonpublic, proprietary information to any Third Party without the Company’s prior written consent; provided, however, that consistent with generally accepted auditing standards and the auditor’s professional judgment, the auditor may disclose such information to the University and its agents, counsel, or consultants. The Company acknowledges that such an agreement is adequate to protect its legitimate interests, and the Parties agree that there shall be no additional nondisclosure agreement demanded as a condition to the commencement of an audit and the University’s exercising its rights under this subsection.

 

6.5

Currency and Checks . All computations and payments made under this Agreement shall be in United States dollars. The exchange rate for the currency into dollars as reported in the Wall Street Journal as the New York foreign exchange mid-range rate on the last business day of the month in which the transaction was entered into shall be used for determining the dollar value of transactions conducted in non-United States dollar currencies.

7. Third Party Infringement of Licensed Patent.

 

7.1

Notice of Third Party’s Infringement . In the event the Company learns of substantial, credible evidence that a Third Party is making, using, or selling a product in a Field of Use in the Territory that infringes a Licensed Patent, the Company promptly thereafter shall deliver written notice of the possible infringement to the University, describing the information suggesting infringement of the Licensed Patent.

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

   6   

UW/Osmetech Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement

UW Reference 7063-18921A

Original Two of Two

Page 6 of 16


7.2

Legal Action to Enforce a Licensed Patent . The University shall have no obligation under this Agreement to commence or maintain a suit against any alleged infringer of Licensed Patents. The University reserves the right to grant a license to the infringer to settle a University-initiated action. No provision of this Agreement shall limit, condition, or otherwise affect the University’s statutory and common-law rights to commence an action to enforce a Licensed Patent.

8. Termination.

 

8.1

By the University .

8.1.1. If the Company breaches or fails to perform one or more of its duties under this Agreement, the University may deliver to the Company a written notice of default. The University may terminate this Agreement by delivering to the Company a written notice of termination if the default has not cured in full within sixty (60) days of the delivery to the Company of the notice of default.

8.1.2. The University may terminate this Agreement by delivering to the Company a written notice of termination at least ten (10) days prior to the date of termination if the Company (i) becomes insolvent; (ii) voluntarily files or has filed against it a petition under applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws that the Company fails to have released within thirty (30) days after filing; (iii) proposes any dissolution, composition, or financial reorganization with creditors or if a receiver, trustee, custodian, or similar agent is appointed; or (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

8.2

By the Company . The Company may terminate this Agreement at any time by delivering to the University a written notice of termination at least sixty (60) days prior to the effective date of termination.

 

8.3

Post-termination Period . The Company shall not use, or permit others to use, the Licensed Technology or manufacture or have manufactured Licensed Products after the termination of this Agreement under section 8.1 or 8.2. After the termination of this Agreement under section 8.1 or 8.2, the Company shall not offer to sell and sell, offer to lease and lease, and otherwise offer to dispose of or dispose of Licensed Products in the Territory that were manufactured prior to the of this Agreement.

9. Release, Indemnification, and Insurance.

 

9.1

The Company’s Release . For itself and its employees, the Company hereby releases the University and its regents, employees, and agents forever from any and all suits, actions, claims, liabilities, demands, damages, losses, or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and investigative expenses) relating to or arising out of (i) the manufacture, use, lease, sale, or other disposition of a Licensed Product; (ii) the assigning or licensing of the Company’s rights under this Agreement; or (iii) with the exception of the

 

   7   

UW/Osmetech Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement

UW Reference 7063-18921A

Original Two of Two

Page 7 of 16


 

warranties set forth in section 10.1 of this Agreement, the University’s performance of its obligations hereunder.

 

9.2

Indemnification . Throughout the term of this Agreement and thereafter, the Company shall indemnify, defend, and hold the University and its regents, employees, and agents harmless from all suits, actions, claims, liabilities, demands, damages, losses, or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and investigative expenses), relating to or arising out of any default in the performance of any material term or provision herein. In addition, throughout the term of this Agreement and thereafter, the Company shall indemnify, defend, and hold the University and its regents, employees, and agents harmless from all suits, actions, claims, liabilities, demands, damages, losses, or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and investigative expenses), relating to or arising out of the manufacture, use, lease, sale, or other disposition of a Licensed Product, including, without limitation, breach of contract and warranty and products-liability claims relating to a Licensed Product.

 

9.3

The Company’s Insurance . Throughout the term of this Agreement, or during such period as the Parties shall agree in writing, the Company shall maintain in full force and effect comprehensive general liability (CGL) insurance, consistent with sound business practices. Such insurance policy shall include coverage for claims that may be asserted by the University against the Company under section 9.2 of this Agreement and for claims by a Third Party against the Company or the University arising out of the purchase or use of a Licensed Product. Such insurance policy shall name the University as an additional insured. Such insurance policy shall require the insurer to deliver written notice to the University at the address set forth in Article 21 of this Agreement, at least forty-five (45) days prior to the termination of the policy. The Company shall deliver to the University a copy of the certificate of insurance for such policy.

10. Warranties.

 

10.1

Authority . Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that it has full corporate power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform this Agreement, and that no other corporate proceedings by such Party are necessary to authorize the Party’s execution or delivery of this Agreement.

 

10.2

Disclaimers .

10.2.1. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN SECTION 10.1 OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE UNIVERSITY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS AND IMPLIED, CONCERNING THE LICENSED TECHNOLOGY, EACH LICENSED PATENT, EACH PATENT APPLICATION, AND EACH LICENSED PRODUCT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, NONINTERFERENCE AND THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

   8   

UW/Osmetech Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement

UW Reference 7063-18921A

Original Two of Two

Page 8 of 16


10.2.2. The University expressly disclaims any warranties concerning and makes no representations:

10.2.2.1. that the Licensed Patents will be approved or will issue;

10.2.2.2. concerning the validity or scope of any Licensed Patent; or

10.2.2.3. that the manufacture, use, sale, lease or other disposition of a Licensed Product will not infringe a Third Party’s patent or violate its intellectual property rights.

10.2.3. The Company specifically acknowledges the existence of possibly interfering patent rights of Third Parties, including, without limitation, certain patent rights of University of North Carolina (Patent Application Number WO2005030039A2) and Academica Sinica (Patent Application Number WO2006069339A2).

 

11.

Damages.

 

11.1

Remedy Limitation . EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR (A) PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THE ACTIVITIES CONTEMPLATED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR (B) LOST PROFITS, LOST BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY, INVENTORY LOSS, WORK STOPPAGE, LOST DATA OR ANY OTHER RELIANCE OR EXPECTANCY, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OF ANY KIND.

 

11.2

Damage Cap . IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY’S TOTAL LIABILITY FOR THE BREACH OR NONPERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF PAYMENTS PAID TO THE UNIVERSITY UNDER SECTION 6.1 OF THIS AGREEMENT. THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY TO CONTRACT, TORT, AND ANY OTHER CLAIM OF WHATEVER NATURE.

12. Amendment and Waiver . This Agreement may be amended from time to time only by a written instrument signed by the Parties. No term or provision of this Agreement shall be waived and no breach excused unless such waiver or consent shall be in writing and signed by the Party claimed to have waived or consented. No waiver of a breach shall be deemed to be a waiver of a different or subsequent breach.

13. Assignment . The Company, without the prior approval of the University, may assign all, but no less than all, its rights and delegate all, but no less than all, its duties under this Agreement to another if (i) the Company or its successors delivers to the University written notice of the actual assignment at least ninety (90) days prior to the effective date of the event described below in part (ii) of this paragraph, and (ii) the assignment is made as a part of and in connection with (A) the sale by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets to a single purchaser, (B) the sale, transfer, or exchange by the shareholders, partners, or equity owners of the Company of

 

   9   

UW/Osmetech Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement

UW Reference 7063-18921A

Original Two of Two

Page 9 of 16


a majority interest in the Company to a single purchaser, or (C) the merger of the Company into another corporation or other business entity. Any assignment made in violation of this subsection shall be void and shall, without further act, cause the immediate termination of this Agreement.

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company and the University and trustees.

14. Applicable Law . The internal laws of the state of Washington shall govern the validity, construction, and enforceability of this Agreement, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

15. Confidentiality.

 

15.1

Form of transfer . Confidential Information may be conveyed in written, graphic, oral, physical, or electronic form. Confidential Information shall include, without limitation, Licensed Technology as well as Company’s business plan or reports. Company and University must clearly mark its Confidential Information “confidential.” If a disclosing Party communicates Confidential Information orally, the disclosing Party shall reduce such oral communications to writing of disclosure to the receiving Party and clearly mark it “confidential” and provide a copy to the receiving Party within thirty (30) days at the address in Article 21.

 

15.2

Exceptions . Confidential Information does not include: any information that: is required by law to be disclosed; is or becomes part of the public domain through no fault of recipient; is known to recipient prior to the disclosure by the disclosing Party, as evidenced by documentation; is publicly released as authorized under this Agreement by the University, its employees or agents; is subsequently obtained by a Party from a Third Party who is authorized to have such information; or is independently developed by a Party without reliance on any portion of the Confidential Information received from the disclosing Party and without any breach of this Agreement as evidenced by documentation.

 

15.3

No Unauthorized Disclosure of Confidential Information . Beginning on the Effective Date and continuing throughout the term of this Agreement and thereafter for a period of five (5) years (“Confidentiality Period”), neither Party shall disclose or otherwise make known or available to any Third Party or Affiliate any Confidential Information, without the express prior written consent of the other. In no event shall either Party incorporate or otherwise use Confidential Information in connection with any patent application filed by or on behalf of the other. Both Parties shall utilize reasonable procedures to safeguard the Confidential Information.

 

15.4

Access to University Information . The University is an agency of the State of Washington and is subject to the Washington Public Records Act, RCW 42.56 et seq., (“Act”), and no obligation assumed by the University under this Agreement shall be deemed to be inconsistent with the University’s obligations as defined under the Act and as interpreted by the University in its sole discretion. In the event the University receives

 

   10   

UW/Osmetech Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement

UW Reference 7063-18921A

Original Two of Two

Page 10 of 16


 

a request for public records under the Act for documents containing Confidential Information, and if the University concludes that the documents are not otherwise exempt from public disclosure, the University will provide the Company notice of the request before releasing such documents. Such notice shall be provided in a timely manner to afford the Company sufficient time to review such documents and/or seek a protective order, at the Company’s expense utilizing the procedures described in RCW 42.56.540. The University shall have no obligation to protect the Confidential Information from disclosure in response to a request for public records.

16. Consent and Approvals . Except as otherwise expressly provided, all consents or approvals required under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

17. Construction . The headings preceding and labeling the sections of this Agreement are for the purpose of identification only and shall not in any event be employed or used for the purpose of construction or interpretation of any portion of this Agreement. As used herein and where necessary, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and masculine, feminine, and neuter expressions shall be interchangeable.

18. Enforceability . If a court of competent jurisdiction adjudges a provision of this Agreement unenforceable, invalid, or void, such determination shall not impair the enforceability of any of the remaining provisions hereof and such provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

19. Entire Agreement; No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement (including all attachments, exhibits, and amendments hereto) is intended by the Parties as the final and binding expression of their contract and agreement and as the complete and exclusive statement of the terms thereof. This Agreement cancels, supersedes, and revokes all prior negotiations, representations and agreements among the Parties, whether oral or written, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

Company has evaluated the Licensed Technology under a Confidentiality Agreement (“Confidentiality Agreement”) with University (UWIL # 18127A) with an effective date of August 2, 2006. Confidentiality Agreement is hereby supplanted entirely by this Agreement.

No provision of this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person other than the Parties to this Agreement any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities hereunder.

20. Language and Currency . Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all notices, reports, and other documents and instruments that a Party hereto elects or is required by the terms of this Agreement to deliver to the other Party hereto shall be in English, and all notices, reports, and other documents and instruments detailing revenues and earned under this Agreement or expenses chargeable to a Party hereto shall be United States dollar denominated.

21. Notices . All notices, requests, and other communications that a Party is required or elects to deliver shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, or by facsimile or

 

   11   

UW/Osmetech Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement

UW Reference 7063-18921A

Original Two of Two

Page 11 of 16


electronic mail (provided such delivery is confirmed), or by a recognized overnight courier service or by United States mail, first-class, certified or registered, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the other Party at its address set forth below or to such other address as such Party may designate by notice given pursuant to this article:

 

If to the University:

  

UW TechTransfer Invention Licensing

ATTN: Director

4311 11 th Avenue NE, Suite 500

Seattle, WA 98105-4608

Facsimile No.: 206-685-4767

For notices sent pursuant to Article 8, with a copy to:   

University of Washington

Office of the Attorney General

101 Gerberding Hall

Seattle, WA 98105

Facsimile No: 206-543-0779

If to the Company:

  

Osmetech

ATTN: Legal Department

757 S. Raymond Ave.

Pasadena, CA 91105

Facsimile: 626 463 2012

22. Publicity . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as conferring any right to use in advertising, publicity or other promotional activities any name, trade name, trademark, or other designation of the University without the express written permission of the University, unless such listing is required under local laws or regulations, provided that the Company may state the existence of this Agreement and the fact that both Parties entered into it. For any use other than the foregoing, the Company hereby expressly agrees not to use the name “University of Washington” or any contraction, abbreviation, or simulation thereof without prior written approval from an authorized representative of the University. The University shall have the right to report in its customary publications and presentations that the University and the Company have entered into a license agreement for the Licensed Technology and the University may use the Company logos in such publications and presentations provided that the University does not modify the Company’s logos and does not through such use imply any endorsement by the Company of the University.

23. Relationship of Parties . In entering into, and performing their duties under, this Agreement, the Parties are acting as independent contractors and independent employers. No provision of this Agreement shall create or be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, or agency relationship between the Parties. No Party shall have the authority to act for or bind the other Party in any respect.

24. Security Interest . In no event shall the Company grant, or permit any person to assert or perfect, a security interest in the Company’s rights under this Agreement.

 

   12   

UW/Osmetech Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement

UW Reference 7063-18921A

Original Two of Two

Page 12 of 16


25. Survival . Immediately upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement, all the Company’s rights under this Agreement shall terminate; provided, however, the Company’s obligations that have accrued prior to the effective date of termination or expiration of this Agreement ( e.g ., the obligation to report and make payments on sales, leases, or dispositions of Licensed Products and to reimburse the University for costs) and the obligations specified in sections 6.1, 6.2, and A3.1 of the Agreement shall survive. The obligations and rights set forth in sections 6.4 and 8.3 and articles 9, 10, and 11 of this Agreement shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

26. Collection Costs and Attorneys’ Fees . If a Party shall fail to perform an obligation or otherwise breaches one or more of the terms of this Agreement, the other Party may recover from the non-performing breaching Party all its costs (including actual attorneys’ and investigative fees) to enforce the terms of this Agreement.

27. Forum Selection . A suit, claim, or other action to enforce the terms of this Agreement shall be brought exclusively in the state courts of King County, Washington. The Company hereby submits to the jurisdiction of that court and waives any objections it may have to that court asserting jurisdiction over the Company or its assets and property.

28. Patent Marking . Company shall mark any and all material forms of Licensed Product or packaging pertaining thereto made and sold by Company in the Territory with patent marking confirming to 35 U.S.C. §287(a), as amended from time to time. Such marking shall further identify the pendency of any U.S. patent application and/or any issued U.S. or foreign patent forming any part of the University rights. All Licensed Product shipped to or sold in other countries shall be marked in such a manner as to provide notice to potential infringers pursuant to the patent law and practice of the country of manufacture or sale.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives.

 

University of Washington

   

Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics

By:

 

/s/ Fiona Wills

   

By:

 

/s/ Edward O. Kreusser

Name:

 

Fiona Wills

   

Name:

 

Edward O. Kreusser, Esq.

Title:

 

Interim Director

   

Title:

 

VP, IP and Legal Affairs

Date:

 

February 22, 2007

   

Date:

 

2/28/2007

 

   13   

UW/Osmetech Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement

UW Reference 7063-18921A

Original Two of Two

Page 13 of 16


Exhibit A

Non-Exclusive Patent License Schedule

 

A1.

Fields of Use (sections 1.2 and 3.1.1):

Fields of Use: Human clinical diagnostics field, including Research Use Only (RUO), Investigational Use Only, (IUO), Analyte Specific Reagents (ASR), and In Vitro Diagnostic (IVD) fields of use for anticoagulant dosing. IVD field of use expressly excludes market for tests performed in the home. Any reagents or kits sold under this Agreement are not for remanufacture, re-kitting, or resale to any Third Party, in whole or part.

 

A2.

Licensed Patents (section 1.4):

 

Patent Application No.:

  

UW Reference #

  

Inventors

  

Assignee

   Application
Date

US 10/967,879

  

7063P.1US

  

Mark Rieder Allan Rettie

  

University of Washington

   10/18/2004

PCT/US2005/037058

  

7063P.IPCT

  

Mark Rieder Allan Rettie

  

University of Washington

   10/17/2005

US 11/141,288

  

7063P.1USCIP1

  

Mark Rieder Allan Rettie

  

University of Washington

   05/31/2005

 

A3.

Payments (section 6.1):

 

A3.1

Up-front Payment . The Company shall pay to the University    ***    as an up-front payment. This up-front payment shall be due as of the Effective Date and payable in    ***    . The first installment shall be payable within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date. The next installment shall be payable within thirty (30) days of the first anniversary of the Effective Date and the last installment shall be payable within thirty (30) days of the second anniversary of the Effective Date. This up-front payment shall be non-refundable and not creditable against future royalty obligations and shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

A3.2

Running Royalty Payments . The Company shall pay to the University within thirty (30) days after the last day of each calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement an amount equal to    ***    of the Net Sales Price of all sales, leases, or dispositions of Licensed Products made by the Company during such quarter as a running royalty payment. In the event that Company is required to pay royalties to one or more Third Parties as necessary to avoid infringement thereof by the manufacture, use, or sale of any Licensed Products, or to avoid infringement-related litigation with respect to such patents, then the running royalty rate specified shall be reduced by an amount equal to one-half of the royalties actually paid to the Third Party, provided that in no event shall the royalties otherwise due to the University be less than    ***    of the royalties that

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

   14   

UW/Osmetech Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement

UW Reference 7063-18921A

Original Two of Two

Page 14 of 16


 

would be payable to the University were the University the sole licensor with respect to such Licensed Products. For the avoidance of doubt, under no circumstance shall the royalty to the University be less than    ***    of Net Sales Price following such reduction.

 

A3.3

Combination Products . If a Licensed Product is sold in combination with one or more other products or components that is not a Licensed Product, Net Sales Price shall be calculated by multiplying Net Sales Price for such combination product by the fraction    ***    where A is the invoice price if the Licensed Product is sold separately, and B is the aggregate invoice price of any other active component or components, or devices, in the combination if sold separately, or if either of the products are not sold separately, than the allocation shall be commercially reasonable and determined by good faith negotiation between the University and the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the royalties due the University be less than *** of what would otherwise be due if the Licensed Product was sold as an individual product.

 

A3.4

Annual Minimum Royalty Payments . The Company shall pay to the University within thirty (30) days after each anniversary of the Effective Date, annual minimum royalties, to be creditable against running royalties for the preceding year on a non-cumulative basis, as set forth in the following table:

 

Due on Anniversary Date of Year #:

   $ Amount in USD

1

   ***

2

   ***

3

   ***

4

   ***

5 and each year thereafter

   ***

 

A3.6

Patent Prosecution Reimbursements : The Company shall pay to the University within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date,     ***    in full satisfaction of costs (including attorneys’ and application fees) incurred prior to the Effective Date to apply for, prosecute, enforce, and maintain each Licensed Patent in those countries where Company intends to commercialize Licensed Product pursuant to section 4.1 of this Agreement. This payment shall be non-refundable and not creditable against the Company’s other patent prosecution payment obligations. The Company shall be responsible for its pro-rata share of ongoing patent costs, determined by the number of other licensees at the time such fees and costs were incurred, for such patent or patent application. Pro-rata share shall be calculated for each country the Company requests a license.

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

   15   

UW/Osmetech Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement

UW Reference 7063-18921A

Original Two of Two

Page 15 of 16


Exhibit B

Royalty Report Form

Date

Company Name & Address

 

License Number   

 

  

 

Reporting Period:

  

Report Due Date:

This report must be submitted regardless of whether royalties are owed. Please do not leave any column blank. State all information requested below.

 

Product Description

   Royalty Rate    Quantity/
Net Sales
   Royalty Due
        

 

Report Completed by:

         

Total Royalties Due:

      

Telephone Number:

              

If you have questions please contact:

Please make check payable to: University of Washington

 

   16   

UW/Osmetech Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement

UW Reference 7063-18921A

Original Two of Two

Page 16 of 16

EXHIBIT 10.11

AMENDED AND RESTATED CHEMICALLY MODIFIED

ENZYMES KIT PATENT LICENSE AGREEMENT

This License Agreement (“Agreement”) is made by and between Roche Molecular Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation having an office at 4300 Hacienda Drive, Pleasanton, California 94588, USA and F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd., Grenzacherstrasse 124, CH-4070 Basel, Switzerland (hereinafter jointly referred to as “ROCHE”) and Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, 757 S. Raymond Avenue, Pasadena, CA 91105 (hereinafter referred to as “LCE”) hereafter collectively referred to as “The Parties”.

PREAMBLE

A. ROCHE owns or controls certain Licensed Patents relating to chemically modified thermostable DNA polymerases, also known as “Hot Start Enzymes,” for use in polymerase chain reaction (“PCR”) technology.

B. LCE wants to incorporate Licensed Products into LCE’s Complete Diagnostic Kits for sale into the Licensed Field.

C. LCE wants to convey to End Users with the sale of LCE’s Complete Diagnostic Kits the right to use the Complete Diagnostic Kits in the Licensed Field.

D. ROCHE is willing to grant to LCE a non-exclusive, world-wide license under its Licensed Patents in order to allow LCE to incorporate Licensed Products into LCE’s Complete Diagnostic Kits for the Licensed Field, and to convey with the sale of such Complete Diagnostic Kits the right to use the Complete Diagnostic Kits in the Licensed Field.

E. ROCHE and LCE previously entered into two Roche Chemically Modified Enzymes Patent License Agreements effective as of May 14 and June 1, 2007 (the “Prior Agreements”) which Prior Agreements are each hereby amended, restated and superseded in their entirety by this Agreement.

 

1.

Definitions

For the purpose of this Agreement, and solely for that purpose, the terms set forth herein shall be defined as follows:

 

1.1.

Affiliate ” means with respect to a Party: (i) an organization, which directly or indirectly controls such Party; or (ii) an organization, which is directly or indirectly controlled by such Party; or (iii) an organization, which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the ultimate parent company of such Party. For purposes of this Section, control is defined as owning fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting stock of a company or having otherwise the power to govern the financial and the operating policies or to appoint the management of an organization. The term “Affiliate” of ROCHE shall not include Genentech, Inc., 1 DNA Way, South San Francisco, California 94080-4990, U.S.A. or Chugai Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd, 1-1, Nihonbasshi-Muromachi 2-chome, Chuo-ku Tokyo, 103- 8324, Japan, or the respective subsidiaries of said companies.

 

Osmetech – Contract No. 17852

   1   


The term “Affiliate” includes organizations that meet any of the above criteria at any time during the term of this Agreement and excludes organizations that cease to meet any of the above criteria at any time during the term of this Agreement.

 

1.2.

Complete Diagnostic Kit ” means a LCE manufactured and trademarked kit covered by one or more Valid Claims of the Licensed Patents, not covered by any ROCHE patents (including, but not limited to, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,210,015; 5,487,972; 5,804,375; 6,214,979; 5,994,056; 6,171,785 and their foreign counterparts) other than the Licensed Patents and dedicated for use for PCR in the Licensed Field, and which LCE manufactured and trademarked kit is comprised of, at a minimum, the essential active reagents used in the practice of PCR for nucleic acid testing in the Licensed Field. For the avoidance of doubt and for the sake of clarification, ASRs (Analyte Specific Reagents) are not Complete Diagnostic Kits.

 

1.3.

Effective Date ” means the date on which the last signatory to this Agreement executes the Agreement.

 

1.4.

End User ” means the customers, such as but not limited to doctors, hospitals, testing and research institutions, clinical or other testing laboratories which perform diagnostic services or diagnostic testing using a Complete Diagnostic Kit.

 

1.5.

Licensed Field ” means the field of use consisting of products or processes for the measurement, observation or determination of a disease, disease state or genetic predisposition to a disease, by detecting, quantitating, distinguishing and/or monitoring nucleic acids in samples of material originating from a human being for the medical management for that human being, but excluding (i) human identity testing, and (ii) the following human disease targets: Hepatitis A Virus, Hepatitis B Virus, Hepatitis C Virus, Human Immunodeficiency Virus, Human Papilloma Virus and Parvovirus B19; provided, however, that the said exclusions for the Human Papilloma Virus and Parvovirus B19 disease targets shall be limited to three (3) years from the Effective Date after which time the Human Papilloma Virus and Parvovirus B19 disease targets shall be included within the Licensed Field subject to the royalty and other terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

1.6.

Licensed Patents ” means only the United States patents listed in Schedule A to this Agreement, and any patent issuing from any divisional, continuation, or continuation-in- part application (but specifically excluding any patent issuing from any continuation-in- part application that has claims directed to subject matter patentably distinct from that disclosed or claimed in the parent patent or application) of a listed patent; and any reissue, re-examination, extension, and corresponding foreign patents of any of the foregoing.

 

1.7.

Licensed Product ” means a chemically modified thermostable DNA polymerase, the manufacture, use or sale of which is covered by one or more Valid Claims of the Licensed Patents, sold by ROCHE (directly or through its distributor) or made and sold by a supplier licensed to make and sell the same.

 

Osmetech – Contract No. 17852

   2   


1.8.

Net Sales ” means the gross invoice price for sales or transfers by LCE or its Affiliates to End Users of all Complete Diagnostic Kits less deductions for returns (including withdrawals and recalls), sales rebates (i.e. price reduction), volume (i.e. quantity) discounts, sales taxes and other taxes directly linked to the sales in the countries concerned. In addition to this above computed adjusted gross invoice price, all other expenses which may occur like custom duties, transportation costs and other direct expenses shall be covered by a lump deduction of             ***             of the above computed adjusted gross invoice price.

In the event LCE or its Affiliates are unable to account for the gross invoice price for sales or transfers of Complete Diagnostic Kits to End Users, the Net Sales shall be calculated as the gross invoice price for sales or transfers by LCE or its Affiliates to distributors, agents or wholesalers multiplied by 1.35.

In the event that (i) a Complete Diagnostic Kit is sold or transferred by LCE in such a way that the gross invoice price for the sale or transfer of such Complete Diagnostic Kit is less than fair market value or does not fairly represent an actual independent arm’s- length transaction price for such Complete Diagnostic Kit, (ii) LCE transfers any Complete Diagnostic Kit to an Affiliate which becomes an End User, or (iii) LCE uses any Complete Diagnostic Kit as an End User, then Net Sales shall be determined by reference to the gross invoice price for the Complete Diagnostic Kit sold or transferred which would be applicable in an arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party by applying the average transaction price for Complete Diagnostic Kits in arms-length transactions for the previous twelve (12) month period or, if no average transaction price of such Complete Diagnostic Kit is available for such period, at a reasonable value based upon the average transaction prices of other products available in the marketplace similar to such Complete Diagnostic Kit.

 

1.9.

Territory ” means world-wide.

 

1.10.

Valid Claim ” means, in any country, the claim of an issued patent which (a) has not expired, (b) has not been disclaimed, or (c) has not been revoked, held invalid or otherwise declared unenforceable by a tribunal of competent jurisdiction over such claim in such country from which no further appeal has or may be taken. Whether a patent claim is a Valid Claim shall be determined on a country-by-country basis.

 

2.

License

 

2.1.

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, ROCHE hereby grants to LCE and its Affiliates a non-exclusive and non-transferable royalty bearing license, without the right to sublicense, under the Licensed Patents in the Territory with the rights to: a) incorporate Licensed Products into LCE’s Complete Diagnostic Kits, b) make, offer to sell and sell such Complete Diagnostic Kits in the Licensed Field, and c) convey with the sale of such Complete Diagnostic Kits the right to use the Complete Diagnostic Kits under the Licensed Patents in the Licensed Field. LCE and its Affiliate’s right to use

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

Osmetech – Contract No. 17852

   3   


 

Complete Diagnostic Kits includes the right to perform evaluations and validations of Complete Diagnostic Kits, but specifically does not include the right to use Complete Diagnostic Kits for the performance of diagnostic services or testing, except that LCE and its Affiliates may use Complete Diagnostic Kits as End Users provided that royalties are paid thereon in accordance with Section 3.2.

 

2.2.

The license granted by ROCHE herein to LCE and its Affiliates may be used solely for the purposes expressed above in Section 2.1. Except for such grants, no further licenses or rights under the Licensed Patents or other patents owned or controlled by ROCHE are granted or given to LCE, its Affiliates or an End User in or under this Agreement, either expressly or by implication.

 

3.

Fees & Royalties

 

3.1.

In consideration of the license granted in Article 2 of this Agreement, LCE has paid to ROCHE a non-creditable, non-refundable license issuance fee of             ***            , which fee was paid pursuant to the Prior Agreements, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged.

The payment required above was made to ROCHE pursuant to the Prior Agreements to the following account:

***

***

***

 

3.2.

As additional consideration for the rights and license granted herein, LCE shall pay to ROCHE royalties equal to             ***             of its Net Sales during the term of this Agreement commencing as of the Effective Date of this Agreement.

No royalties shall be paid on sales of Complete Diagnostic Kits between LCE and its Affiliates, when the Affiliate is not the End User of such Complete Diagnostic Kit, but acts as LCE’s distributor. In such event royalties shall be due and payable on the Net Sales of such Complete Diagnostic Kit by such Affiliates to third parties.

 

4.

Reports, Payments, and Taxes

 

4.1.

LCE shall, within sixty (60) days after December 31 and June 30 of each year, provide to the trustee mentioned in Schedule B or another trustee as provided to LCE by ROCHE, a true and accurate royalty report. This report shall be in accordance with the royalty report form attached hereto as Attachment I . This report shall be on a U.S./ex-U.S. basis and shall give such particulars of the business conducted by LCE during the preceding six (6) calendar months as are pertinent to an accounting for any royalty due under this Agreement, and shall include at least the following:

 

  a)

Separately itemized quantities of Complete Diagnostic Kits sold or otherwise transferred by LCE and its Affiliates during those six (6) months;

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

Osmetech – Contract No. 17852

   4   


  b)

the cumulative gross invoice price of sales of each Complete Diagnostic Kit;

 

  c)

the Net Sales of each Complete Diagnostic Kit; and

 

  d)

the calculation of royalties due to ROCHE. If no royalties are due, it shall be so reported.

The correctness and completeness of each such report shall be attested to in writing by a responsible financial officer of LCE.

Simultaneously with the delivery of each such royalty report to the trustee, LCE shall pay to the trustee the royalty due for the period covered by such a report. Royalties due to ROCHE shall be paid on or before the due date to the address stated in Schedule B or to any address that ROCHE may advise LCE in writing. Each royalty report of LCE will be released by the trustee to ROCHE after one (1) calendar year following the royalty reporting period.

 

4.2.

Royalties payable hereunder shall be made without any deductions, except for withholding tax or any other fiscal deductions from time to time required by the government of any country. All such payments shall be made in US Dollars, or in such other currency as ROCHE may from time to time direct (so far as legally permissible). Any necessary currency conversion shall be at the rate for buying funds as quoted by the Wall Street Journal for the last business day of the period to which such payments relate.

 

4.3.

Withholding tax, if any, levied by a government of any country of the Territory on payments made by LCE to ROCHE hereunder shall be borne by ROCHE. LCE will pay such withholding tax to the respective taxing authorities and will deduct such amount from the royalty due to ROCHE. LCE shall use its best efforts to enable ROCHE to claim exception therefrom under any double taxation or similar agreement in force and shall produce to ROCHE proper evidence of payments of all withholding taxes.

 

4.4.

LCE shall keep a complete and accurate set of books and records relating to the quantity of Complete Diagnostic Kits shipped by or for LCE and its Affiliates and the sales of Complete Diagnostic Kits by LCE and its Affiliates. Such books and records shall contain sufficient detail to substantiate the computation of the Net Sales of Complete Diagnostic Kits and the amount of royalties payable under this Article 4 as well as all other information in the statement of account provided for herein, and shall be maintained by LCE for a period of not less than three (3) years from the date of such sales.

 

4.5.

ROCHE shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice to LCE, to have such books and records inspected by an independent certified public accounting firm retained by ROCHE and reasonably acceptable to LCE (which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld), provided that any such inspection occurs during LCE’s normal business hours not more than once in any calendar year. ROCHE also shall be entitled to have the books and records of each of LCE’s Affiliates relating to the quantity of Complete Diagnostic Kits

 

Osmetech – Contract No. 17852

   5   


 

shipped by or for such Affiliate and such Affiliate’s sales of Complete Diagnostic Kits inspected, upon reasonable notice to such Affiliate, by an independent certified public accounting firm retained by ROCHE and reasonably acceptable to such Affiliate, provided that any such inspection occurs during such Affiliate’s normal business hours not more than once in any calendar year. ROCHE agrees that all inspected information shall be confidential to LCE and LCE’s Affiliates.

 

4.6.

Any person conducting an inspection on behalf of ROCHE will be required to protect the confidentiality of such information and shall provide to ROCHE a report only of the ultimate conclusions resulting from such inspection. Except as provided below, LCE shall pay promptly to ROCHE the amount of any royalties determined by such an inspection to be outstanding, along with interest accrued up to and including the date of payment as provided in this Article 4. The costs of such an inspection shall be borne by ROCHE; provided, however, that, if such inspection determines that the royalties paid by LCE for any period were at least             ***             less than the royalties otherwise due and payable, then LCE shall reimburse ROCHE for the costs of such inspection. If such inspection determines that LCE has overpaid the amount of royalties otherwise due and payable for the inspected period, then ROCHE shall credit the amount of such overpayment to LCE against future royalties payable by LCE.

 

4.7.

If LCE fails to pay any amount specified under this Agreement after the due date thereof, the amount owed shall bear interest of             ***             per month from the due date until paid, provided, however, that if this interest rate is held to be unenforceable for any reason, the interest rate shall be the maximum rate allowed by law at the time the payment is due.

 

5.

Term and Termination

 

5.1.

Upon the execution of this Agreement by The Parties, the license under this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless terminated sooner as provided herein below or by mutual agreement, shall remain in effect until the last Licensed Patent having a Valid Claim will have expired.

 

5.2.

Failure by either Party to this Agreement to comply with any of its obligations and conditions contained herein shall entitle the other Party to give the Party in default written notice requiring it to cure such default. If the default is not cured within sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice, the notifying Party shall be entitled, without prejudice to any of its other rights conferred on it by this Agreement, to terminate the entire Agreement by giving notice to take effect immediately.

 

5.3.

Either Party may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days written notice if, at any time, the other Party shall file a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency before the courts or apply for an arrangement or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee for all of its assets or any part thereof, or if the other Party proposes a written agreement of composition or extension of its debts or if the other Party shall be served with an

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

Osmetech – Contract No. 17852

   6   


 

involuntary petition against it, filed in any insolvency proceeding, and such petition shall not be dismissed within sixty (60) days after its filing, or if the other Party shall propose or be a Party to any dissolution or liquidation, or if the other Party shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

5.4.

LCE shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time for any reason upon ninety (90) days prior written notice.

 

5.5.

Termination of this Agreement for any reason shall be without prejudice to any other remedies to which either Party is or thereafter becomes entitled hereunder and shall not affect any obligations or rights accrued before termination hereunder, provided however, that LCE shall be obligated to make all payments required by Section 3.1 regardless of the date of any such termination.

 

5.6.

Upon early termination of this Agreement, LCE shall notify ROCHE of the stock of Complete Diagnostic Kits LCE and its Affiliates have on hand at the date of any such termination and LCE shall pay the royalty thereon, upon which LCE shall be entitled to sell the said stock in a period of three (3) months and in accordance with the requirements of Articles 4 and 6.

 

5.7.

The following provisions shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement: Article 3, Article 4, Section 5.5, and Articles 7, 8, 10, 11 and 12.

 

6.

Labeling

LCE agrees that it shall mark conspicuously all Complete Diagnostic Kits made by or for it, and shall cause each of its Affiliates to mark or have marked conspicuously all Complete Diagnostic Kits with the following legend or such alternative legend as shall be mutually agreed to by The Parties. LCE shall include the following notices or labels on all Complete Diagnostic Kits:

THE PURCHASE OF THIS PRODUCT GRANTS THE PURCHASER RIGHTS UNDER CERTAIN ROCHE PATENTS TO USE IT SOLELY FOR PROVIDING HUMAN IN VITRO DIAGNOSTIC SERVICES. NO GENERAL PATENT OR OTHER LICENSE OF ANY KIND OTHER THAN THIS SPECIFIC RIGHT OF USE FROM PURCHASE IS GRANTED HEREBY.

 

7.

Negation of Warranties and Indemnity

Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as:

 

  a)

a warranty or representation by ROCHE as to the validity or scope of any Licensed Patent;

 

  b)

a warranty or representation that the sale of Complete Diagnostic Kits by LCE or its Affiliates and/or the use of such Complete Diagnostic Kits (including Licensed Products) by LCE’s or its Affiliate’s customers is or will be free from infringement of patents not licensed hereunder;

 

Osmetech – Contract No. 17852

   7   


  c)

an obligation to bring or prosecute actions or suits against third parties for infringement of Licensed Patents; or

 

  d)

conferring by implication or otherwise any license or rights under any patents, know-how or other industrial property rights of ROCHE other than expressly granted hereunder.

 

8.

Confidentiality-Publicity

 

8.1.

Information disclosed in the royalty reports to ROCHE by LCE in connection with this Agreement shall be considered confidential and proprietary and ROCHE shall not disclose the same to any third party, and shall hold them in confidence for a period of five (5) years and will not use them other than as permitted under this Agreement, provided, however, that any information which is orally disclosed to ROCHE shall not be considered confidential and proprietary.

 

8.2.

The above obligations of confidentiality shall not be applicable to the extent:

 

  a)

such information is general public knowledge or, after disclosure hereunder, becomes general or public knowledge through no fault of ROCHE;

 

  b)

such information can be shown by ROCHE by its written records to have been in its possession prior to receipt thereof hereunder;

 

  c)

such information is received by ROCHE from any third party for use or disclosure by ROCHE without any obligation to LCE, provided, however, that information received by ROCHE from any third party funded by LCE (e.g. consultants, subcontractors, etc.) shall not be released from confidentiality under this exception; or

 

  d)

the disclosure of such information is required or desirable to comply with or fulfill governmental requirements, submissions to governmental bodies, or the securing of regulatory approvals.

 

9.

Most Favored Licensee

If after the Effective Date of this Agreement, ROCHE grants to any unrelated third party, a license of substantially the same scope as granted to LCE herein but under more favorable royalty rates than those given to LCE under this Agreement, ROCHE shall promptly notify LCE of said more favorable royalty rates, and LCE shall have the right and option to substitute such more favorable royalty rates for the royalty rates contained herein. LCE’s right to elect said more favorable royalty rates shall extend only for so long as and shall be conditioned on LCE’s acceptance of all the same conditions, favorable or unfavorable, under which such more favorable royalty rates shall be available to such other third party. Upon LCE’s acceptance of all such terms of said third-party agreement, the more favorable royalty rates shall be effective as to LCE on the effective date of such other third party license agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that ROCHE shall receive substantial other nonmonetary consideration, for example, such as intellectual property rights, as a part of the consideration for its granting of

 

Osmetech – Contract No. 17852

   8   


such license to a third party, then such consideration shall be taken into account for determining whether or not the third party has been granted more favorable royalty rates.

 

10.

Miscellaneous

 

10.1.

This Agreement and the license herein granted are personal to LCE and shall not be assignable or transferable by LCE unless LCE assigns or transfers its rights or delegates its duties and obligations (in whole and not in part) under this Agreement to any third person which acquires all, or substantially all, of its assets and/or business relating to molecular diagnostics, provided that such assignee or transferee duly and effectively assumes all of the obligations of LCE by an instrument reasonably satisfactory to ROCHE, and provided further, that in the case of LCE’s assignee or transferee, such assignee or transferee shall be approved in writing by ROCHE prior to such assignment or transfer, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any assignment or transfer in violation of the provisions of this section shall be void and shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement.

 

10.2.

Effective as of the Effective Date, this Agreement amends, restates and supersedes the Prior Agreements in their entirety, provided however, that any royalties that may have accrued under the Prior Agreements prior to the Effective Date shall be paid by LCE to ROCHE as provided in the Prior Agreements. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties concerning its subject matter and supersedes all previous agreements or understandings, whether written or oral, with respect to such subject matter.

 

10.3.

No amendments or alterations of this Agreement shall be binding upon either Party unless in writing and duly signed by The Parties.

 

10.4.

All titles and captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be interpreted as having any substantive meaning.

 

10.5.

If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in a final, unappealable order or judgment or under any present or future law (such provision to be hereinafter referred to as an “ Invalid Provision ”), then such Invalid Provision shall be severed from this Agreement and shall be rendered inoperative. The Parties shall promptly negotiate in good faith a lawful, valid and enforceable provision that is as similar in terms to such Invalid Provision as may be possible while giving effect to the future benefits and burdens accruing to The Parties hereunder; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain binding on The Parties hereto. In the event that The Parties cannot agree on a provision to replace an Invalid Provision, then The Parties shall submit such disagreement for resolution in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article 12 below. It is expressly agreed by The Parties that amounts previously paid by one Party to the other Party under this Agreement shall not be recoverable to the paying Party as part of the replacement of an Invalid Provision unless this Agreement is invalidated within one (1) year from the Effective Date.

 

Osmetech – Contract No. 17852

   9   


10.6.

No failure or delay on the part of either Party in the exercise of any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right or power.

The waiver by any Party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach hereunder.

 

10.7.

Wherever any provision of this Agreement uses the term “including” (or “includes”), such term shall be deemed to mean “including without limitation” and “including but not limited to” (or “includes without limitation” and “includes but is not limited to”) regardless of whether the words “without limitation” or “but not limited to” actually follow the term “including” (or “includes”).

 

10.8.

Except where the context otherwise requires, wherever used, the singular shall include the plural and the word “or” is used in the inclusive sense.

 

11.

Notices

 

11.1.

Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be considered properly given, upon receipt, if sent by registered mail or personal courier delivery to the respective address of each Party as follows:

 

If to LCE:   

Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics

757 S. Raymond Avenue

Pasadena, California 91105

USA

Attention: General Counsel

If to ROCHE:   

F. Hoffman-La Roche Ltd

Grenzacherstrasse 124

CH-4070 Basel

Switzerland

Attention: Diagnostic Division Licensing

With a copy to:   

Roche Molecular Systems, Inc.

4300 Hacienda Drive

Pleasanton, California 94588

USA

Attention: Legal Department

And a copy to:   

Roche Molecular Systems, Inc.

4300 Hacienda Drive

Pleasanton, California 94588

USA

Attention: Licensing Department

 

Osmetech – Contract No. 17852

   10   


12.

Arbitration and Governing Law

 

12.1.

This Agreement shall be governed by and enforced in accordance with the laws of Switzerland.

 

12.2.

In the event of any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to any provision of this Agreement or the breach thereof, The Parties shall try to settle those conflicts amicably between themselves.

 

12.3.

Should The Parties fail to agree, any controversy, dispute or claim which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement or the breach, termination or validity thereof shall be settled by final and binding arbitration pursuant to the Rules of Conciliation and Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce (Paris) as hereinafter provided:

 

  a)

The arbitration tribunal shall consist of one (1) or three (3) arbitrators. If The Parties cannot agree on one arbitrator each Party shall nominate in the request for arbitration and the answer thereto one arbitrator, and the two (2) arbitrators so named will then jointly appoint a third arbitrator as chairman of the arbitration tribunal. If one Party fails to nominate an arbitrator or, if The Parties’ arbitrators cannot agree on the person to be named as chairman within sixty (60) days, the court of arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the necessary appointments for arbitrator or chairman;

 

  b)

The arbitration proceedings shall be held in the English language. The place of arbitration shall be Zürich (Switzerland).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

F. HOFFMAN-LA ROCHE LTD

     

By:

 

/s/ illegible

   

By:

 

/s/ illegible

Title:

 

Licensing Manager

   

Title:

 

Legal Counsel

Date:

 

02/26/08

   

Date:

 

02/27/08

ROCHE MOLECULAR SYSTEMS, INC.

   

OSMETECH MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS

By:

 

/s/ illegible

   

By:

 

/s/ Bruce A. Huebner

Title:

 

S.V.P. Business

   

Title:

 

President

Date:

 

2/20/08

   

Date:

 

2/18/08

 

Apprv’d As To Form

RMS LAW DEPT.

/s/ LG

 

Osmetech – Contract No. 17852

   11   


SCHEDULE A

U.S. Patent No. 5,677,152 — Issued October 14, 1997 ( process and kit claims only ) Nucleic Acid Amplification Using a Reversibly Inactivated Thermostable Enzyme

U.S. Patent No. 5,773,258 — Issued June 30, 1998 ( process and kit claims only ) Nucleic Acid Amplification Using a Reversibly Inactivated Thermostable Enzyme

U.S. Patent No. 6,127,155—Issued: October 3, 2000 ( reaction mixture claims only ) Stabilized Thermostable Nucleic Acid Polymerase Compositions Containing Non-Ionic Polymeric Detergents

 

Osmetech – Contract No. 17852

   12   


SCHEDULE B

At present Treureva AG, Zürich, Switzerland is the appointed trustee. All royalty reports due are to be sent either via mail or fax to the following address:

Treureva AG

Mühlebachstrasse 25

P.O. Box 131

CH-8024 Zürich

Switzerland

To the attention of: Mr. Reto Kuhl

Tel: +41 44 267 1717

Fax: +41 44 267 1711

E-mail: rkuhl@treureva.ch

All royalty payments due to ROCHE shall be wire transferred to the bank account as shown below:

***

***

***

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

Osmetech – Contract No. 17852

   13   

EXHIBIT 10.12

FINAL

NON-EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY

&

CLINICAL MICRO SENSORS

DBA OSMETECH MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS

JHU Ref: 9328

 

LAP-JHU Ref. 9328       12/20/2006


FINAL-JHU-OSMETECH    CONFIDENTIAL

 

NON-EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Non-exclusive License Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”) is by and between The Johns Hopkins University (hereinafter referred to as “JHU”), a corporation of the State of Maryland, having a principal place of business at 3400 N. Charles Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21218-2695, and Clinical Micro Sensors (hereinafter referred to as “Company”), Doing Business As Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, a corporation incorporated in the State of California, located at 757 South Raymond Avenue., Pasadena, CA 91105.

 

1.

BACKGROUND

 

  1.1

In the course of a fundamental research program at JHU, a valuable invention entitled “CF Mutations in the CFTR Gene” (JHU Ref. 9328) was developed by Drs. Haig H. Kazazian, Stylianos E. Antonarakis and Garry R. Cutting (hereinafter referred to as “Inventors”).

 

  1.2

JHU has acquired all right, title and interest, with the exception of certain retained rights by the United States Government, in said invention but is without the capacity to commercially develop, manufacture and distribute products and methods which embody the invention.

 

  1.3

Company is interested in providing such commercial products and methods to third parties on a non-exclusive basis and agrees to comply with the terms and conditions in this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises and covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

2.

DEFINITIONS

All references to particular Exhibits and Paragraphs shall mean the Exhibits to, and Paragraphs of, this Agreement, unless otherwise specified. For the purposes of this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

 

  2.1

EFFECTIVE DATE ” of this License Agreement shall mean April 11, 2006.

 

  2.2

EXECUTION DATE ” of this License Agreement shall mean the date the last party has executed this Agreement.

 

  2.3

JHU MARKER(S) ” shall mean as used herein in either singular or plural form, cystic fibrosis genetic markers covered by PATENT RIGHT(S).

 

  2.4

LICENSED FIELD ” shall mean bio-electric-microfluidic instrumentation/biochip cartridge for cystic fibrosis molecular diagnostic market.

 

LAP-JHU Ref. 9328    2 of 14    12/20/2006


FINAL-JHU-OSMETECH    CONFIDENTIAL

 

  2.5

LICENSED PRODUCT(S) ” as used herein in either singular or plural shall mean any material, composition, JHU MARKER(S), nucleic acid sequence, nucleic acid probe, nucleic acid primer, in vitro diagnostic test, and kit containing any or all of the above, or any other product, process or method, the manufacture, use or sale of which would constitute, but for the license granted to Company pursuant to this Agreement, an infringement of a claim of PATENT RIGHT(S) (infringement shall include, but is not limited to, direct, contributory, or inducement to infringe).

 

  2.6

LICENSED SERVICE(S) ” as used herein in either singular or plural shall mean the performance on behalf of a third party of any method or the manufacture of any product or the use of any product or composition which would constitute, but for the license granted to Company pursuant to this Agreement, an infringement of a claim of the PATENT RIGHT(S) (infringement shall include, but not be limited to, direct, contributory or inducement to infringe).

 

  2.7

NET SALES ” shall mean gross sales revenues and fees billed by Company from the sale of LICENSED PRODUCT(S) less trade discounts allowed, refunds, returns and recalls, and sales taxes In the event that Company sells a LICENSED PRODUCT(S) in combination with OTHER MARKER(S), the royalty rate for purposes of royalty payments on the combination shall be calculated by multiplying the royalty rate as defined in Paragraph 4.3 by the fraction A/A+B where A is the number of JHU MARKER(S) and B is the number of OTHER MARKERS. In no event shall the royalty rate used to calculate royalty payments on the combination fall below             ***            . In the event that Company sells a LICENSED PRODUCT(S) that does not combine OTHER MARKER(S) with JHU MARKER(S), the royalty rate for purposes of royalty payments under Paragraph 4.3 is as provided in Exhibit A.

 

  2.8

OTHER MARKER(S) ” shall mean patented cystic fibrosis genetic markers licensed by Company from THIRD PARTY or THIRD PARTIES, and on which Company must pay a royalty.

 

  2.9

NET SERVICE REVENUES ” shall mean gross service revenues and fees billed by Company for the performance of LICENSED SERVICE(S) less sales and/or use taxes imposed upon and with specific reference to the LICENSED SERVICE(S) in combination with OTHER MARKER(S). In the event that Company sells a LICENSED SERVICE(S) in combination with OTHER MARKERS, the royalty rate for purposes of royalty payments on the combination shall be calculated by multiplying the royalty rate as defined in Paragraph 4.3 by                 ***            . In no event shall the royalty rate used to calculate the royalty payment on the combination fall below             ***            . In the event that Company sells a LICENSED SERVICE that does not combine OTHER MARKER(S) with JHU MARKER(S), the royalty rate for purposes of royalty payments under Paragraph 4.3 is as provided in Exhibit A

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

LAP-JHU Ref. 9328    3 of 14    12/20/2006


FINAL-JHU-OSMETECH    CONFIDENTIAL

 

  2.10

PATENT RIGHT(S) ” shall mean the U.S. Patent No. 5,407,796, issued April 18, 1995 for Cystic Fibrosis Mutation Cluster to Cutting et al. and any reissues based thereof.

 

  2.11

NON-EXCLUSIVE LICENSE ” shall mean a grant by JHU to Company of its entire right and interest in the PATENT RIGHT(S) subject to rights retained by the United States Government, if any, in accordance with the Bayh-Dole Act of 1980 (established by P.L. 96-517 and amended by P.L. 98-620, codified at 35 USC § 200 et. seq. and implemented according to 37 CFR Part 401), and subject to the retained right of JHU to make, have made, provide and use for its and The Johns Hopkins Health Systems’ purposes LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and LICENSED SERVICE(S), including the ability to distribute any biological material disclosed and/or claimed in PATENT RIGHT(S) for nonprofit academic research use to non-commercial entities as is customary in the scientific community.

 

3.

GRANT

 

  3.1

License Granted : Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, JHU hereby grants to Company a non-transferable NON-EXCLUSIVE LICENSE to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale and sell the LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and the LICENSED SERVICE(S) in the United States under the PATENT RIGHT(S) in the LICENSED FIELD from the EFFECTIVE DATE of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to preclude the export or the sale for export of LICENSED PRODUCT(S) to be made, used and sold in countries where no subsisting and unexpired claims of PATENT RIGHT(S) exist, and on which royalties shall be paid as provided in Paragraph 4.3 of this Agreement due to the manufacture of LICENSED PRODUCT(S) under any subsisting and unexpired claims of PATENT RIGHT(S).

 

  3.2

No Sublicensing : Company shall not sublicense to others under this Agreement, nor extend the rights granted hereunder to any affiliated company.

 

  3.3

Bulk Sales : Company may make bulk sales of LICENSED PRODUCT(S) only upon written authorization of JHU. Company may not transfer the LICENSED PRODUCT(S) to third parties, except to a contract party making LICENSED PRODUCT(S) solely for Company’s benefit.

 

4.

PAYMENTS, ROYALTY AND REPORTING

 

  4.1

Licensing Fee : Company shall pay JHU within thirty (30) days of the EXECUTION DATE a license fee as set forth in Exhibit A . JHU shall not submit an invoice for the license fee, which is non-refundable and shall not be credited against royalties or other fees.

 

  4.2

Minimum Annual Royalties : Company shall pay to JHU minimum annual royalties as set forth in Exhibit A . These minimum annual royalties shall be due, without invoice from JHU, within thirty (30) days of each anniversary of the

 

LAP-JHU Ref. 9328    4 of 14    12/20/2006


FINAL-JHU-OSMETECH    CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

EFFECTIVE DATE beginning with the first anniversary. Running royalties accrued under Paragraph 4.3 and paid to JHU during the one year period preceding an anniversary of the EFFECTIVE DATE shall be credited against the minimum annual royalties due on that anniversary date.

 

  4.3

Initial Running Royalties : Company shall pay to JHU initial running royalties accrued for each LICENSED PRODUCT(S) sold and each LICENSED SERVICE(S) provided based on NET SALES and NET SERVICE REVENUES respectively, on and after the EFFECTIVE DATE by Company to the EXECUTION DATE, as set forth in Exhibit A . These initial running royalties shall be due within thirty (30) days of the EXECUTION DATE and will represent sales of LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or LICENSED SERVICE(S) occurring between the EFFECTIVE DATE to the EXECUTION DATE. All non-US taxes related to LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and LICENSED SERVICE(S) sold under this Agreement shall be paid by Company and shall not be deducted from royalty or other payments due to JHU.

 

  4.4

Royalties : Company shall pay to JHU, a running royalty as set forth in Exhibit A , for each LICENSED PRODUCT(S) manufactured or sold under any subsisting or unexpired claims of PATENT RIGHT(S) on EXECUTION DATE if not previously paid by Company to JHU under Paragraph 4.3 and subsequent to the EXECUTION DATE, such royalty that is based upon NET SALES for the term of this Agreement and for each LICENSED SERVICE(S) provided by Company based on LICENSED PRODUCT(S) manufactured or sold under any subsisting or unexpired claims of PATENT RIGHT(S), such royalty that is based upon NET-SERVICE REVENUES for the term of this Agreement. Such payments shall be made quarterly. All non-US taxes related to LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and LICENSED SERVICE(S) sold under this Agreement shall be paid by Company and shall not be deducted from royalty or other payments due to JHU.

 

  4.5

Reporting and Payments : Company shall provide to JHU within thirty (30) days of the EXECUTION DATE of this Agreement, an initial written report of the amount of LICENSED PRODUCT(S) sold and LICENSED SERVICE(S) provided, the total NET SALES and NET SERVICE REVENUES of such LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and LICENSED SERVICE(S), and the running royalties due to JHU as a result of NET SALES and NET SERVICE REVENUES by Company after the EFFECTIVE DATE and on and before the EXECUTION DATE of this Agreement. Thereafter, Company shall provide to JHU within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar quarter after the EFFECTIVE DATE of this Agreement, a written report to JHU of the amount of LICENSED PRODUCT(S) sold and LICENSED SERVICE(S) provided, the total NET SALES and NET SERVICE REVENUES of such LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and LICENSED SERVICE(S), and the running royalties due to JHU as a result of NET SALES and NET SERVICE REVENUES by Company. Payment of any such royalties due shall accompany such report. The report of sales and royalties due shall be substantially in the format of the sales and royalty report form given in Exhibit B .

 

LAP-JHU Ref. 9328    5 of 14    12/20/2006


FINAL-JHU-OSMETECH    CONFIDENTIAL

 

  4.6

Late Payments : In the event that any payment due hereunder is not made when due, the payment shall accrue interest beginning on the tenth (10 th ) day following the due date thereof, calculated at the annual rate of the sum of (a)***             plus (b) the prime interest rate quoted by The Wall Street Journal on the date said payment is due, the interest being compounded on the last day of each calendar quarter, provided, however, that in no event shall said annual interest rate exceed the maximum legal interest rate for corporations. Each such royalty payment when made shall be accompanied by all interest so accrued. Said interest and the payment and acceptance thereof shall not negate or waive the right of JHU to seek any other remedy, legal or equitable, to which it may be entitled because of the delinquency of any payment.

 

  4.7

Records : The Company shall make and retain, for a period of three (3) years following the period of each report required by Paragraph 4.5, true and accurate records, files and books of account containing all the data reasonably required for the full computation and verification of sales and other information required in Paragraph 4.5. Such books and records shall be in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. The Company shall permit the inspection and copying of such records, files and books of account by JHU or its agents during regular business hours upon ten (10) business days’ written notice to the Company. Such inspection shall not be made more than once each calendar year. All costs of such inspection and copying shall be paid by JHU, provided that if any such inspection shall reveal that an error has been made in the amount equal to             ***             or more of such payment, such costs shall be borne by the Company.

 

  4.8

Non-Arms Length Transactions : In order to insure JHU the full royalty payments contemplated hereunder, the Company agrees that in the event any LICENSED PRODUCT(S) shall be sold to an affiliated company or to a corporation, firm or association with which Company shall have any agreement, understanding or arrangement with respect to consideration (such as, among other things, an option to purchase stock or actual stock ownership, or an arrangement involving division of profits or special rebates or allowances) the royalties to be paid hereunder for such LICENSED PRODUCT(S) shall be based upon the greater of: 1) the net selling price at which the purchaser of LICENSED PRODUCT(S) resells such product to the end user, 2) the NET SERVICE REVENUES received from using the LICENSED PRODUCT(S) in providing a service, 3) the fair market value of the LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or 4) the net selling price of LICENSED PRODUCT(S) paid by the purchaser.

 

  4.9

Method of Payment : All payments under this Agreement shall be made in U.S. Dollars by either check or wire transfer.

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

LAP-JHU Ref. 9328    6 of 14    12/20/2006


FINAL-JHU-OSMETECH    CONFIDENTIAL

 

  4.10

Payment Information : All payments from Company to JHU shall be sent to:

Director

Johns Hopkins Technology Transfer

The Johns Hopkins University

100 N. Charles Street

5 th Floor Baltimore, MD 21201

***

or such other addressee which JHU may designate in writing from time to time. Checks are to be made payable to “The Johns Hopkins University”. Wire transfers may be made through:

Bank of America

NY, NY

Wire info:

***

***

***

Company shall be responsible for any and all costs associated with wire transfers.

 

5.

PATENT MATTERS

 

  5.1

Prosecution & Maintenance : JHU, at its sole option and discretion, shall file, prosecute and maintain all patents specified under PATENT RIGHT(S). Title to all such patents and patent applications shall reside in JHU. JHU shall have full and complete control over all patent matters in connection therewith under the PATENT RIGHT(S).

 

6.

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

  6.1

Expiration : The term of this Agreement shall commence on the EFFECTIVE DATE and shall continue until the date of expiration of the last to expire patent within PATENT RIGHT(S).

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

LAP-JHU Ref. 9328    7 of 14    12/20/2006


FINAL-JHU-OSMETECH    CONFIDENTIAL

 

  6.2

Termination by Company : Company may terminate this Agreement and the license granted herein, for any reason, upon giving JHU ninety (90) days written notice.

 

  6.3

Termination by JHU : JHU, at its option, may terminate this Agreement and the license granted herein if Company 1) has not advertised LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or LICENSED SERVICE(S) by catalog or on its website as part of a nationwide sales effort in any period of four consecutive quarters or 2) has not made any sales of LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or provided a LICENSED SERVICE in any period of four consecutive quarters.

 

  6.4

Unpaid Royalty/Reversion of Rights : Termination or expiration shall not affect JHU’s right to recover unpaid royalties prior to termination or expiration. Upon termination or expiration, all rights in and to the licensed technology shall revert to JHU at no cost to JHU.

 

  6.5

Survival : All applicable provisions, including but not limited to Paragraphs 4.1 (Licensing Fee), 6.4 (Unpaid Royalty/Reversion of Rights), 9.3 (Severability), 9.4 (Use of Name), 9.5 (Disclaimer of Warranties), 9.6 (Indemnification), 9.7 (Product Liability), 9.12 (Binding Effect) and 9.13 (Governing Law) shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

7.

DEFAULT

 

  7.1

Default & Termination : Upon breach or default of any term or condition of this Agreement by either party, the defaulting party shall be given written notice of such default in writing by the party not in default. The defaulting party shall have a period of sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice to correct the default or breach. If the default or breach is not corrected within said sixty (60) day period, the party not in default shall have the right to terminate this Agreement.

 

8.

NOTICES

 

8.1

Notice Information : All notices and/or other communications pertaining to this Agreement shall be in writing and sent certified mail, return receipt requested, to the parties at the following addresses or such other address as such party shall have furnished in writing to the other party in accordance with this Paragraph 8.1:

FOR JHU:

Director

Johns Hopkins Technology Transfer

The Johns Hopkins University

100 N. Charles Street

5th Floor

Baltimore, MD 21201

Attn: JHU Ref.: 9328

 

LAP-JHU Ref. 9328    8 of 14    12/20/2006


FINAL-JHU-OSMETECH    CONFIDENTIAL

 

FOR Company:

Edward O. Kreusser, Esq.

VP, Intellectual Property and Legal Affairs

Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics

757 South Raymond Avenue,

Pasadena, CA 91105

Phone: (626) 463-2000 ext. 8017

Email: ed.kreusser@osmetech.com

 

9.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

  9.1

Audit : JHU shall have the right to audit any Company records related to this Agreement.

 

  9.2

Assignment : This Agreement is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of JHU, its successors and assignees and shall not be assignable to another party, except that the Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement to another party in the case of the sale or transfer by the Company of all, or substantially all, of its assets relating to the LICENSED PRODUCT(S), LICENSED SERVICE(S) or PATENT RIGHT(S), to that party.

 

  9.3

Severability : In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should for any reason be held by any court or authority having jurisdiction over this Agreement, or over any of the parties hereto to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such provision or provisions shall be reformed to approximate as nearly as possible the intent of the parties, and if unreformable, shall be divisible and deleted in such jurisdictions; elsewhere, this Agreement shall not be affected.

 

  9.4

Use of Name : The Company shall not use the name of The Johns Hopkins University or The Johns Hopkins Health System or any of its constituent parts, such as the Johns Hopkins Hospital or any contraction thereof or the name of Inventors in any advertising, promotional, sales literature or fundraising documents without prior written consent from an authorized representative of JHU. Company shall allow at least seven (7) business days notice of any proposed public disclosure for JHU’s review and comment or to provide written consent.

 

  9.5

Disclaimer of Warranties : JHU does not warrant the validity of any patents or that the practice under such patents, or the manufacture, use, sale or import of LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or LICENSED SERVICE(S), shall be free from patent infringement. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS PARAGRAPH 9.5, COMPANY AGREES THAT THE PATENT RIGHT(S) IS PROVIDED “AS IS”, AND THAT JHU MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PERFORMANCE OF LICENSED PRODUCT(S) OR LICENSED SERVICE(S) INCLUDING THEIR SAFETY,

 

LAP-JHU Ref. 9328    9 of 14    12/20/2006


FINAL-JHU-OSMETECH    CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

EFFECTIVENESS, OR COMMERCIAL VIABILITY. JHU DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO LICENSED PRODUCT(S) AND LICENSED SERVICE(S) UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, JHU ADDITIONALLY DISCLAIMS ALL OBLIGATIONS AND LIABILITIES ON THE PART OF JHU AND INVENTORS, FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, AND CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, ATTORNEYS’ AND EXPERTS’ FEES, AND COURT COSTS (EVEN IF JHU HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, FEES OR COSTS), ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MANUFACTURE, USE, OR SALE OF THE LICENSED PRODUCT(S) AND LICENSED SERVICE(S) UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. COMPANY ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY AND LIABILITY FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE CAUSED BY ANY PRODUCT MANUFACTURED, USED, OR SOLD BY COMPANY WHICH IS A LICENSED PRODUCT OR LICENSED SERVICE AS DEFINED IN THIS AGREEMENT.

 

  9.6

Indemnification : JHU and the Inventors will not, under the provisions of this Agreement or otherwise, have control over the manner in which Company or those operating for its account or third parties who purchase LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or LICENSED SERVICE(S) from any of the foregoing entities, practice the inventions of LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and LICENSED SERVICE(S). The Company shall indemnify, defend with counsel reasonably acceptable to JHU, and hold JHU, The Johns Hopkins Health Systems, their representatives including but not limited to present and former regents, trustees, officers, Inventors, agents, faculty, employees and students harmless as against any judgments, fees, expenses, or other costs arising from or incidental to any product liability or other lawsuit, claim, demand or other action brought as a consequence of the practice of said inventions by any of the foregoing entities, whether or not JHU or said Inventors, either jointly or severally, is/are named as a party defendant in any such lawsuit. Practice of the inventions covered by LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or LICENSED SERVICE(S) by an agent or a third party on behalf of or for the account of the Company, or by a third party who purchases LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or LICENSED SERVICE(S) from the Company, shall be considered the Company’s practice of said inventions for purposes of this Paragraph 9.6. The obligation of the Company to defend and indemnify as set out in this Paragraph 9.6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall not be limited by any other limitation of liability elsewhere in the Agreement.

 

  9.7

Product Liability : Prior to first commercial sale of any LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or LICENSED SERVICE(S) as the case may be in any particular country, Company shall establish and maintain, in each country in which Company shall sell LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or LICENSED SERVICE(S),

 

LAP-JHU Ref. 9328    10 of 14    12/20/2006


FINAL-JHU-OSMETECH    CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

product liability or other appropriate insurance coverage appropriate to the risks involved in marketing LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and/or LICENSED SERVICE(S) and will annually present evidence to JHU that such coverage is being maintained. Upon JHU’s request, Company will furnish JHU with a Certificate of Insurance of each product liability insurance policy obtained. JHU shall be listed as an additional insured in Company’s said insurance policies. If such Product Liability insurance is underwritten on a ‘claims made’ basis, Company agrees that any change in underwriters during the term of this Agreement will require the purchase of ‘prior acts’ coverage to ensure that coverage will be continuous throughout the term of this Agreement.

 

  9.8

Compliance : The LICENSED PRODUCT(S) shall not be used in humans and will be stored, used, and disposed of in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

 

  9.9

Marking : Company agrees that all package inserts for LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and packaging containing individual or combination LICENSED PRODUCT(S) sold for the research reagent market by Company will be marked (a) FOR RESEARCH USE ONLY; NOT FOR USE IN DIAGNOSTIC APPLICATIONS and (b) with the number of the applicable patent licensed hereunder in accordance with United States patent law. Company further agrees that all package inserts for LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and packaging containing individual or combination LICENSED PRODUCT(S) sold for the diagnostic market as analyte specific reagants by Company will be marked in compliance with applicable regulations for analyte specific reagents (as defined in 21 CFR § 864.4020) and with the number of the applicable patent licensed hereunder in accordance with United States patent law. In the event of FDA approval of LICENSED PRODUCT(S), Company further agrees that all product labels and package inserts for FDA-approved LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and packaging containing individual or combination LICENSED PRODUCT(S) sold for the diagnostic market by Company will be marked (a) “FOR IN VITRO DIAGNOSTIC USE” and (b) with the number of the applicable patent licensed hereunder in accordance with United States patent law.

 

  9.10

Entire Agreement : This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the obligations of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes and replaces all prior agreements, understandings, writings, and discussions between the parties relating to said subject matter.

 

  9.11

Amendment & Waiver : This Agreement may be amended and any of its terms or conditions may be waived only by a written instrument executed by the authorized officials of the parties or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of either party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect its right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either party of any condition or term in any one or more instances shall be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such condition or term or of any other condition or term.

 

LAP-JHU Ref. 9328    11 of 14    12/20/2006


FINAL-JHU-OSMETECH    CONFIDENTIAL

 

  9.12

Binding Effect : This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

  9.13

Governing Law : This Agreement shall be construed, and legal relations between the parties hereto shall be determined, in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland applicable to contracts solely executed and wholly to be performed within the State of Maryland without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws. Any disputes between the parties to the Agreement shall be brought in the state or federal courts of Maryland. Both parties agree to waive their right to a jury trial.

 

  9.14

Duties of the Parties . JHU is not a commercial organization. It is an institute of research and education. Therefore, JHU has no ability to evaluate the commercial potential of any PATENT RIGHT(S) or LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or other license or rights granted in this Agreement. It is therefore incumbent upon Company to evaluate the rights and products in question, to examine the materials and information provided by JHU, and to determine for itself the validity of any PATENT RIGHT(S), its freedom to operate, and the value of any LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or LICENSED SERVICE(S) or other rights granted.

 

  9.15

Headings . Article headings are for convenient reference and are not a part of this Agreement. All Exhibits of this Agreement are herein incorporated by reference into this Agreement.

 

  9.16

Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which when taken together shall be deemed but one instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the respective parties hereto have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized officers on the date appearing below their signatures.

 

THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY    

CLINICAL MICRO SENSORS

DBA OSMETECH MOLECULAR

DIAGNOSTICS

By  

/s/ Wesley D. Blakeslee

    By  

/s/ Bruce A. Huebner

  Wesley D. Blakeslee     Name:   Bruce A. Huebner
  Acting Director     Title:   President
  Johns Hopkins Technology Transfer      
Date:   12/29/2006     Date   12/20/06

 

LAP-JHU Ref. 9328    12 of 14    12/20/2006


FINAL-JHU-OSMETECH    CONFIDENTIAL

 

EXHIBIT A.

LICENSE FEES and ROYALTY

***

***

***

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

LAP-JHU Ref. 9328    13 of 14    12/20/2006


FINAL-JHU-OSMETECH    CONFIDENTIAL

 

EXHIBIT B.

QUARTERLY SALES & ROYALTY REPORT

FOR LICENSE AGREEMENT BETWEEN

OSMETECH AND THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY

DATED

APRIL 11, 2006

FOR PERIOD OF                      TO                     

TOTAL ROYALTIES DUE FOR THIS PERIOD $             

 

PRODUCT

ID NO.

 

PRODUCT

NAME

 

*JHU REF.

NO.

   1ST COMMERCIAL
SALE DATE
   TOTAL NET
SALES/
SERVICES
   ROYALTY
RATE
   AMOUNT
DUE
               
               
               
               
               
               
               

 

*

Please provide the JHU Reference Number 9328

This report format is to be used to report quarterly royalty statements to JHU. It should be placed on Company letterhead and accompany any royalty payments due for the reporting period. This report shall be submitted even if no sales are reported.

 

LAP-JHU Ref. 9328    14 of 14    12/20/2006

EXHIBIT 10.13

LICENSE AGREEMENT

MICHIGAN FILE 492p2 TECHNOLOGY

DIAGNOSTIC PRODUCT DISTRIBUTION LICENSE

This License Agreement, effective as of the 15th day of March, 2006 (the “Effective Date”), entered into by Clinical Micro Sensors, DBA Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, a corporation incorporated in the State of California located at 757 South Raymond Avenue, Pasadena, California 91105, USA (“LICENSEE”), the Regents of the University of Michigan, a constitutional corporation of the State of Michigan (“MICHIGAN”), and HSC Research and Development Limited Partnership, a partnership organized and subsisting under the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada (“RDLP”). LICENSEE, MICHIGAN and RDLP agree as follows:

 

1.

BACKGROUND .

 

1.1

Michigan (in part in the Howard Hughes Medical Institute (“HHMI”) laboratories at MICHIGAN) and the Research Institute of the Hospital for Sick Children of Toronto, Ontario, Canada, (“HSC”) have conducted research relating to cystic fibrosis. As a result of that research, MICHIGAN arid RDLP have developed rights in the “Licensed Patent(s)” defined below.

 

1.2

LICENSEE desires to obtain, and MICHIGAN and RDLP, consistent with their missions of education and research, desire to grant a license of the “Licensed Patent(s)” on the terms and conditions listed below.

 

1.3

MICHIGAN and RDLP have entered into a Memorandum of Agreement covering the Licensed Patent(s), consistent with which MICHIGAN and RDLP are entering into this License Agreement jointly as the licensor of the Licensed Patent(s).

 

2.

DEFINITIONS .

 

2.1

“TECHNOLOGY”, as used in this Agreement, shall mean the information, manufacturing techniques, data, designs or concepts developed by MICHIGAN and HSC, covering the gene for cystic fibrosis and uses thereof as covered by the claims of U.S. Patent Nos. 5,776,677 and 6,984,487 entitled “Cystic Fibrosis Gene.”

 

2.2

“Parties”, in singular or plural usage as required by the context, shall mean LICENSEE, MICHIGAN and/or RDLP.

 

2.3

“Affiliate(s)” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, proprietorship or other entity controlled by, controlling, or under common control with LICENSEE through equity ownership, ability to elect directors, or by virtue of a majority of overlapping directors, and shall include any individual, corporation, partnership, proprietorship or other entity directly or indirectly owning, owned by or under common ownership with LICENSEE to the extent of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting shares, including shares owned beneficially by such party.


2.4

“Licensed Patent(s)” shall mean U.S. Patent Nos. 5,776,677 and 6,984,487, entitled “Cystic Fibrosis Gene” and all foreign equivalent patent applications and Patent Cooperation Treaty filings, and all patents issuing therefrom in which Michigan and/or RDLP has or acquires a property interest (currently including the applications listed in the Appendix I attached to this Agreement). “Licensed Patent(s)” shall also include any divisional, continuation (excluding continuations-in-part), reissue, reexamination or extension of the above-described patent applications and resulting patents, along with any extended or restored term, and any confirmation patent, registration patent or patent of addition.

 

2.5

“Valid Claim(s)” means any claim(s) in an unexpired patent or pending in a patent application included within the Licensed Patent(s) which has not been held unenforceable, unpatentable, or invalid by a decision of a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction, unappealable or unappealed within the time allowed for appeal, and which has not been admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue or disclaimer. If in any country there should be two or more such decisions conflicting with respect to the validity of the same claim, the decision of the higher or highest tribunal shall thereafter control; however, should the tribunals be of equal rank, then the decision or decisions upholding the claim shall prevail when the conflicting decisions are equal in number, and the majority of decisions shall prevail When the conflicting decisions are unequal in number.

 

2.6

“Product(s)” shall mean any product(s) whose manufacture, use or sale in any country would, but for this Agreement, comprise an infringement, including contributory infringement, of one or more Valid Claims.

 

2.7

“Field of Use” shall refer to the field for which Product(s) may be designed, manufactured, used and/or marketed under this Agreement, and shall mean solely Product(s) to be used for the research of, diagnosis of and screening for the disease cystic fibrosis.

 

2.8

“Net Sales” shall mean the sum, over the term of this Agreement, of all amounts received and all other consideration received (or, when in a form other than cash or its equivalent, the fair market value thereof when received) by LICENSEE and its Affiliates from persons or entities due to or by reason of the sale or other distribution of Product(s), or the use of Product(s), including any use by LICENSEE and Affiliates in the performance of services for their customers; less the following deductions and offsets, but only to the extent such sums are otherwise included in the computation of Net Sales, or are paid-by LICENSEE and not otherwise reimbursed: refunds, rebates, replacements or credits actually allowed and taken by purchasers for return of Product(s); customary trade, quantity and cash discounts actually allowed and taken; excise, value-added, and sales taxes actually paid by LICENSEE for Product(s); and shipping and handling charges actually paid by LICENSEE for Product(s).

 

2.9

“Royalty Quarter(s)” shall mean the three month periods ending on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year.


2.10

“Territory” means all countries of the world.

 

2.11

“First Diagnostic Sale” shall mean the first sale of any Product (including any sale of a service using a Product in the Field of Use) by LICENSEE or an Affiliate, other than for use in clinical trials being conducted to obtain FDA or other governmental approvals to market Product(s).

 

3.

GRANT OF LICENSE .

 

3.1

MICHIGAN and RDLP hereby grant to LICENSEE a non-exclusive license under the Licensed Patent(s) and TECHNOLOGY to make, have made, use (including use in the performance of services for, by or on behalf of its customers), have used, import, market and/or sell, in the Territory, Product(s) designed and marketed solely for use in the Field of Use.

 

3.2

MICHIGAN and RDLP reserve the right to license and use all aspects of the TECHNOLOGY and the Licensed Patent(s) for any use or purpose, including the right to develop and produce Product(s).

 

3.3

The license granted to LICENSEE herein shall be without the right to sublicense, except that LICENSEE may sublicense Affiliate(s) who agree to be and are bound in writing to the terms and conditions of this Agreement to the same extent as LICENSEE. LICENSEE agrees to strictly monitor and enforce compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement by all Affiliate sublicensees.

 

4.

CONSIDERATION .

 

4.1

LICENSEE shall pay to MICHIGAN a one-time, non-creditable license issue fee of             ***            , forthwith following the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any other terms of this Agreement, this Agreement and the license granted hereunder shall not become effective until such issue fee is received by MICHIGAN.

 

4.2

LICENSEE shall also pay MICHIGAN, with respect to each Royalty Quarter, a royalty equal to             ***             of the Net Sales of Product(s) of LICENSEE and Affiliates during such Royalty Quarter.

 

4.3

The obligation to pay MICHIGAN a royalty under this Article 4 is imposed only once with respect to the same unit of Product regardless of the number of Valid Claims or Licensed Patent(s) covering the same; however, for purposes of determination of payments due hereunder, whenever the term “Product” may apply to a property during various stages of manufacture, use or sale, Net Sales, as otherwise defined, shall be derived from the sale, distribution or use of such Product by LICENSEE or Affiliates at the stage of its highest invoiced value to unrelated third parties.

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.


4.4

LICENSEE shall pay to MICHIGAN an annual license maintenance fee. This annual fee shall accrue in the Royalty Quarter ending in March of the years specified below, and shall be due and payable and included with the report for that quarter.

If LICENSEE defaults in the payment of any annual license maintenance fee, and fails to remedy that default within sixty (60) days after written notice of it by MICHIGAN, then this Agreement and the license rights conveyed herein shall terminate.

The annual license maintenance fees shall be as follows:

 

  (1)

In 2006 and in each year thereafter during the term of this Agreement up to and including the year in which LICENSEE first obtains FDA approval or other governmental approval to distribute or use Product(s) in the Field of Use:             ***            .

Also, notwithstanding (1) above (and in place of the amount therein listed, when applicable):

 

  (2)

In the first calendar year following the year in which LICENSEE obtains the approval described in (1) above, and in each year thereafter during the term of this Agreement up to and including the year in which the First Diagnostic Sale occurs:             ***        ;

Also, notwithstanding (1-2) above (and in place of the amounts therein listed, when applicable):

 

  (3)

In the first calendar year following the First Diagnostic Sale:             ***        ;

 

  (4)

In the second year following the First Diagnostic Sale:             ***        ;

 

  (5)

In the third year following the First Diagnostic Sale:             ***        ; and

 

  (6)

In the fourth year following the First Diagnostic Sale, and in each year thereafter during the term of this Agreement;            ***            .

Each annual fee paid under (3-6) above may be credited by LICENSEE in full against all earned royalties otherwise to be paid to MICHIGAN under Paragraph 4.2 for the calendar year in which the specific annual fee is paid. The year for which such credits against royalties may be taken includes the Royalty Quarter in which the annual fee accrues and the next three Royalty Quarters.

Each annual fee paid under (1-2) above may be credited by LICENSEE in full against all earned royalties otherwise to be paid to MICHIGAN under Paragraph 4.2 after such annual fee is paid.

 

4.5

If LICENSEE takes any license(s), in a given country, under valid third party patents (i.e., those held by a licensor that is not an Affiliate of LICENSEE) which would be

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.


 

infringed by the manufacture, use or sale of Product(s) in that country, then LICENSEE can deduct up to             ***             of the royalties otherwise due and payable in each Royalty Quarter under Paragraph 4.2 above for Net Sales in that country, until such time as LICENSEE has recovered an amount equal to             ***             of the royalty paid to such third parties; provided that in no event shall such deducted amounts be applied to reduce or require reimbursement of the annual fees required under Paragraph 4.4. This Paragraph is not intended to imply an obligation upon MICHIGAN or RDLP to reimburse LICENSEE’S above-described third-party royalties; the rights granted to LICENSEE in this Paragraph shall not exceed the ability of the above-described mechanism (i.e., a deduction of             ***             of royalties due upon Net Sales in the country in question) to reimburse such expenses. LICENSEE shall make an accounting to MICHIGAN of all such third-party royalties, and all resulting deductions from royalties otherwise due and payable to MICHIGAN, as part of its reporting obligations under Article 5 below.

 

4.6

If MICHIGAN and RDLP grant a license under the Licensed Patent(s) and in the Field of Use to any third party which is substantially the same as the license granted to LICENSEE under Article 3 above, for all or any part of the Territory, but which requires a royalty rate or license maintenance fees lower than those required of LICENSEE under this Agreement, then MICHIGAN and RDLP shall offer those terms to LICENSEE for that part of the Territory, to be effective as of the effective date of the license to that third party.

 

5.

REPORTS .

 

5.1

Within sixty (60) days after the close of (i) any Royalty Quarter in which a fee under Paragraph 4.4 accrues, and (ii) each Royalty Quarter following the First Diagnostic Sale during the term of this Agreement (including the close of any Royalty Quarter immediately following any termination of this Agreement), LICENSEE shall report to MICHIGAN all royalties accruing to MICHIGAN during such Royalty Quarter. Such quarterly reports shall indicate for each Royalty Quarter the gross sales and Net Sales of Product(s) by LICENSEE and Affiliates, and any other revenues with respect to which payments are due, and the amount of such payments, as well as the various calculations used to arrive at said amounts, including the quantity, description (nomenclature and type designation), country of manufacture and country of sale of Product(s). In case no payment is due for any such period, LICENSEE shall so report.

 

5.2

LICENSEE covenants that it will promptly establish and consistently employ a system of specific nomenclature and type designations for Product(s) so that various types can be identified and segregated, where necessary; LICENSEE and Affiliates shall consistently employ such system when rendering invoices thereon and henceforth agree to inform MICHIGAN, or its auditors, when requested as to the details concerning such nomenclature system as well as to all additions thereto and changes therein.

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.


5.3

LICENSEE shall keep, and shall require its Affiliates to keep, true and accurate records and books of account containing data reasonably required for the computation and verification of payments to be made as provided by this Agreement, which records and books shall be open for inspection upon reasonable notice during business hours by an independent certified accountant selected by MICHIGAN, for the purpose of verifying the amount of payments due and payable. Said right of inspection will exist for six (6) years from the date of origination of any such record, and this requirement and right of inspection shall survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement MICHIGAN shall be responsible for all expenses of such inspection, except that if such inspection reveals an underpayment of royalties to MICHIGAN in excess of             ***             for any year, then said inspection shall be at LICENSEE’S expense and such underpayment shall become immediately due and payable to MICHIGAN.

 

5.4

The reports provided for hereunder shall be certified by an authorized representative of LICENSEE to be correct to the best of LICENSEE’S knowledge and information.

 

6.

TIMES AND CURRENCIES OF PAYMENTS .

 

6.1

Payments accrued during each Royalty Quarter shall be due and payable in Ann Arbor, Michigan on the date each quarterly report is due (as provided in Paragraph 5.1). LICENSEE will send the report and notice of payment by prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to the address for notices set forth in Article 19 herein. PAYMENTS shall be paid in United States dollars. LICENSEE shall be responsible for the payment of charges imposed by any bank with respect to payments made to MICHIGAN under this agreement by direct deposit. LICENSEE agrees to make all payments due hereunder to MICHIGAN by direct deposit to account:

***

***

***

 

6.2

On all undisputed amounts outstanding and payable to MICHIGAN, interest shall accrue from the date such amounts are due and payable at             ***             above the prime lending rate as established by the Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., in New York City, New York, or at such lower rate as may be required by law.

 

6.3

Where Net Sales are generated in foreign currency, such foreign currency shall be converted into its equivalent in United States dollars at the exchange rate of such currency as reported (or if erroneously reported, as subsequently corrected) in the Wall Street Journal on the day that the sale is made by LICENSEE or Affiliates (or if not reported on that date, as quoted by the Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., in New York City, New York).

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.


6.4

Except as provided in the definition of Net Sales, all royalty payments to MICHIGAN under this Agreement shall be without deduction for sales, use, excise, personal property or other similar taxes or other duties imposed on such payments by the government of any country or any political subdivision thereof; and any and all such taxes or duties shall be assumed by and paid by LICENSEE.

 

7.

COMMERCIALIZATION .

 

7.1

It is understood that LICENSEE has the responsibility to do all that is necessary for any governmental approvals to manufacture and/or sell Product(s).

 

7.2

LICENSEE agrees to use reasonable efforts to develop Product(s), obtain any government approvals necessary, and manufacture and sell Product(s) at the earliest possible date; and to effectively exploit, market and manufacture in sufficient quantities to meet anticipated customer demand and to make the benefits of the Product(s) reasonably available to the public.

 

7.3

Within thirty (30) days of the First Diagnostic Sale, LICENSEE shall report by written letter to MICHIGAN the date of that sale.

 

8.

PATENT APPLICATIONS AND MAINTENANCE .

 

8.1

MICHIGAN and RDLP shall control all aspects of filing, prosecuting, and maintaining Licensed Patent(s), including foreign filings and Patent Cooperation Treaty filings. MICHIGAN and RDLP may in their sole discretion decide to refrain from or to cease prosecuting or maintaining any of the Licensed Patent(s), including any foreign filing or any Patent Cooperation Treaty filing.

 

8.2

MICHIGAN shall notify LICENSEE of any issuance of any Licensed Patent(s) and the Valid Claims included therein, and any lapse, revocation, surrender, invalidation or abandonment of any Licensed Patent or Valid Claim.

 

9.

INFRINGEMENT .

 

9.1

If LICENSEE becomes aware of or reasonably suspects infringement of Licensed Patent(s) by third parties, LICENSEE agrees to promptly notify MICHIGAN of such alleged infringement.

 

9.2

MICHIGAN and RDLP, at their sole discretion and at their own expense, may initiate proceedings in response to alleged infringement of Licensed Patent(s), but are under no obligation to do so.

 

10.

NO WARRANTIES: LIMITATION ON MICHIGAN’S AND RDLP’S LIABILITY .

 

10.1

MICHIGAN and RDLP, including their fellows, directors, officers, employees and agents, make no representations or warranties that any Licensed Patent is or will be held valid, or that the manufacture, use, sale or other distribution of any Product(s) will not infringe upon any patent or other rights not vested in MICHIGAN or RDLP.


10.2

MICHIGAN , HSC AND RDLP , INCLUDING THEIR FELLOWS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS, MAKE NO REPRESENTATIONS, EXTEND NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ASSUME NO RESPONSIBILITIES WHATEVER WITH RESPECT TO DESIGN, DEVELOPMENT, MANUFACTURE, USE, SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION BY LICENSEE OR AFFILIATES OF PRODUCT(S) .

 

10.3

THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE DESIGN, DEVELOPMENT, MANUFACTURE, OFFERING FOR SALE, SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION, AND PERFORMANCE OF PRODUCT(S) IS ASSUMED BY LICENSEE AND AFFILIATES . In no event shall MICHIGAN, RDLP or HSC, including their fellows, directors, officers, employees and agents, be responsible or liable for any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages or lost profits to LICENSEE, Affiliates or any other individual or entity regardless of legal theory. The above limitations on liability apply even though MICHIGAN, HHMI, RDLP, or HSC, including their fellows, directors, officers, employees or agents, may have been advised of the possibility of such damage.

 

10.4

LICENSEE shall not, and shall require that its Affiliates do not, make any statements, representations or warranties or accept any liabilities or responsibilities whatsoever to or with regard to any person or entity which are inconsistent with any disclaimer or limitation included in this Article 10.

 

10.5

Regardless of any research or testing that may have been done at HSC or MICHIGAN (including HHMI laboratories), HSC, MICHIGAN, and RDLP make no representations regarding how Product(s) can or should be used in the diagnosis of and screening for the disease cystic fibrosis.

 

10.6

IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT THE TECHNOLOGY AND THE LICENSED PATENT(S) DO NOT IDENTIFY THE PRESENCE OF THE CYSTIC FIBROSIS DISEASE IN ALL CASES.

 

11.

INDEMNITY; INSURANCE .

 

11.1

LICENSEE shall defend, indemnity and hold harmless and shall require its Affiliates licensed hereunder to defend, indemnify and hold harmless MICHIGAN, RDLP and HSC, as well as their fellows, officers, trustees, directors, employees and agents, from and against any and all claims, demands, damages, losses, and expenses of any nature (including attorneys’ fees and other litigation expenses), resulting from, but not limited to, death, personal injury, illness, property damage, economic loss or products liability arising from or in connection with, any of the following:

 

  (1)

Any manufacture, use, sale or other disposition by LICENSEE, Affiliates or transferees of Product(s);

 

  (2)

The direct or indirect use by any person of Product(s) made, used, sold or otherwise distributed by LICENSEE or Affiliates;


  (3)

The use by LICENSEE or Affiliates of any invention included in the TECHNOLOGY or the Licensed Patent(s).

 

11.2

MICHIGAN and RDLP shall be entitled to participate at their option and expense through counsel of their own selection, and may join in any legal actions related to any such claims, demands, damages, losses and expenses under Paragraph 11.1 above, provided that LICENSEE will retain control over such legal actions, including any settlement discussions.

 

11.3

HHMI and its trustees, officers, employees, and agents (collectively, “HHMI Indemnitees”), will be indemnified, defended by counsel reasonably acceptable to HHMI, and held harmless by the Licensee from and against any claim, liability, cost, expense, damage, deficiency, loss, or obligation, of any kind or nature (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses of defense) (collectively, “Claims”), based upon, arising out of, or otherwise relating to this License Agreement, including without limitation any cause of action relating to product liability. The previous sentence will not apply to any Claim that is determined with finality by a court of competent jurisdiction to result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of an HHMI Indemnitee.

 

11.4

LICENSEE shall purchase and maintain in effect a policy of product liability insurance covering all claims with respect to diagnostic testing for cystic fibrosis using a Product and any Product(s) manufactured, sold, licensed or otherwise distributed by LICENSEE and Affiliates. Such insurance policy must specify MICHIGAN, HHMI, RDLP and HSC, including their fellows, officers, trustees, directors, Regents, agents and employees, as an additional insureds. LICENSEE shall furnish certificate(s) of such insurance to MICHIGAN, upon request.

 

12.

TERM AND TERMINATION .

 

12.1

Upon any termination of this Agreement, and except as provided herein to the contrary, all rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder shall cease, except as follows:

 

  (1)

Obligations to pay royalties and other sums accruing hereunder up to the day of such termination;

 

  (2)

MICHIGAN’s rights to inspect books and records as described in Article 5, and LICENSEE’s obligations to keep such records for the required time;

 

  (3)

Obligations of defense and indemnity under Article 11;

 

  (4)

Any cause of action or claim of LICENSEE or MICHIGAN or RDLP accrued or to accrue because of any breach of default by another Party hereunder;

 

  (5)

The general rights, obligations, and understandings of Articles 2, 10, 15, 17, 26, 27, and 28;


  (6)

All other terms, provisions, representations, rights and obligations contained in this Agreement that by their sense and context are intended to survive until performance thereof.

 

12.2

This Agreement will become effective on its Effective Date and, unless terminated under another, specific provision of this Agreement, will remain in effect until and terminate upon the last to expire of Licensed Patent(s).

 

12.3

If LICENSEE shall at any time default in the payment of any royalty or the making of any report hereunder, or shall make any false report, or shall commit any material breach of any covenant or promise herein contained, and shall fail to remedy any such default, breach or report within sixty (60) days after written notice thereof by MICHIGAN specifying such default, then MICHIGAN and RDLP may, at their option, terminate this Agreement and the license rights granted herein by notice in writing to such effect. Any such termination shall be without prejudice to any Party’s other legal rights for breach of this Agreement.

 

12.4

LICENSEE may terminate this Agreement by giving MICHIGAN a notice of termination, which shall include a statement of the reasons, whatever they may be, for such termination and the termination date established by LICENSEE, which date shall not be sooner than ninety (90) days after the date of the notice. Such notice shall be deemed by the Parties to be final.

 

12.5

In the event LICENSEE shall at any time during the term of this Agreement deal with the TECHNOLOGY or Product(s) in any manner which violates the laws, regulations or similar legal authority of any jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the public health requirements relating to the TECHNOLOGY or Product(s) or the design, development, manufacture, offering for sale, sale or other disposition of Product(s), the license granted herein shall terminate immediately with respect to such Product(s) within the territory encompassed by such jurisdiction provided that LICENSEE has failed to take steps to cure such violation within sixty (60) days after receiving written notice from the applicable legal authority.

 

13.

ASSIGNMENT .

Due to the unique relationship between the Parties, this Agreement shall not be assignable by LICENSEE without the prior written consent of MICHIGAN and RDLP, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any attempt to assign this Agreement without such consent shall be void from the beginning. MICHIGAN and RDLP shall not unreasonably withhold consent for LICENSEE to assign this Agreement to a purchaser of all or substantially all of LICENSEE’S business. No assignment shall be effective unless and until the intended assignee agrees in writing with RDLP and MICHIGAN to accept all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Further, LICENSEE shall refrain from pledging any of the license rights granted in this Agreement as security for any creditor.


14.

REGISTRATION AND RECORDATION .

 

14.1

If the terms of this Agreement, or any assignment or license under this Agreement are or become such as to require that the Agreement or license or any part thereof be registered with or reported to a national or supranational agency of any area in which LICENSEE or Affiliates would do business, LICENSEE will, at its expense, undertake such registration or report. Prompt notice and appropriate verification of the act of registration or report or any agency ruling resulting from it will be supplied by LICENSEE to MICHIGAN.

 

14.2

Any formal recordation of this Agreement or any license herein granted which is required by the law of any country, as a prerequisite to enforceability of the Agreement or license in the courts of any such country or for other reasons, shall also be carried out by LICENSEE at its expense, and appropriately verified proof of recordation shall be promptly furnished to MICHIGAN.

 

15.

LAWS AND REGULATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA; EXPORT .

 

15.1

Activities under this Agreement shall be subject to all appropriate United States and Canadian laws and regulations now or hereafter applicable.

 

15.2

LICENSEE shall comply, and shall require its Affiliates to comply, with all provisions of any applicable laws, regulations, rules and orders relating to the license herein granted and to the testing, production, transportation, export, packaging, labeling, sale or use of Product(s), or otherwise applicable to LICENSEE’S or its Affiliates’ activities hereunder.

 

15.3

LICENSEE shall obtain, and shall require its Affiliates to obtain, such written assurances regarding export and re-export of technical data (including Product(s) made by use of technical data) as may be required by the United States Office of Export Administration Regulations, and LICENSEE hereby gives such written assurances as may be required under those Regulations to MICHIGAN.

 

15.4

LICENSEE shall obtain, and shall require its Affiliates to obtain, such authorization regarding export and re-export of technical data (including Product(s) made by use of technical data) as may be required by the Department of External Affairs, Export Controls Division, or any authorization necessary for export from or import into Canada, and LICENSEE hereby gives written assurances as may be required under those regulations to RDLP.

 

16.

BANKRUPTCY .

If during the term of this Agreement, LICENSEE shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if proceedings in voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy shall be instituted on behalf of or against LICENSEE, or if a receiver or trustee shall be appointed for the property of LICENSEE, MICHIGAN and RDLP may, at their option, apply to the bankruptcy court to terminate this Agreement or revoke the license herein granted.


17.

PUBLICITY .

LICENSEE agrees to refrain from using and to require Affiliates to refrain from using the name of MICHIGAN, HHMI, RDLP and HSC in publicity or advertising without the prior written approval of that entity. MICHIGAN, HHMI, RDLP and HSC agree to refrain from using the name of LICENSEE and AFFILIATES in publicity or advertising without the prior written approval of LICENSEE.

 

18.

PRODUCT MARKING .

LICENSEE agrees to mark, and to require Affiliates to mark, Products with the appropriate patent notice as approved by MICHIGAN or RDLP (when appropriate), such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. By way of example: “[Product Name] is produced and sold under license from the University of Michigan and HSC Research and Development Limited Partnership and its use is permitted for diagnostic purposes only (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,776,677 and 6,984,487). Any other use requires a license from the University of Michigan, Office of Technology Transfer, 3003 S. State St., Suite 2071, Ann Arbor, MI 48190-1280 and HSC Research Development Limited Partnership, 555 University Avenue, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M5G 1X8.”

 

19.

NOTICES .

Any notice, request, report or payment required or permitted to be given or made under this Agreement by a Party shall be given by sending such notice by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to the address set forth below or such other address as such Party shall have specified by written notice given in conformity herewith. Any notice not so given shall not be valid unless and until actually received, and any notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph shall be effective when mailed.

 

To LICENSEE:

  

Clinical Micro Sensors

DBA Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics

757 South Raymond Avenue

  
  

Pasadena, CA 91105 USA

  
  

Attn: President

  

To MICHIGAN:

  

The University of Michigan

Technology Management Office

Wolverine Tower, Room 2071

  
  

3003 South State Street

Ann Arbor, MI 48109-1280

U.S.A.

  
  

Attn.: File No. 492p2

  


with a copy to:

  

HSC Research and Development

Limited Partnership

555 University Avenue

  
  

Suite 5270

Toronto, Ontario M5G 1X8

CANADA

  
  

Attn.: President

  

 

20.

INVALIDITY .

In the event that any term, provision, or covenant of this Agreement shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that term will be curtailed, limited or deleted, but only to the extent necessary to remove such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, and the remaining terms, provisions and covenants shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

21.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND AMENDMENTS .

This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the matter contained herein. The Parties may, from time to time during the continuance of this Agreement, modify, vary or alter any of the provisions of this Agreement, but only by an instrument duly executed by authorized officials of LICENSEE, MICHIGAN, and RDLP.

 

22.

WAIVER .

No waiver by a Party of any breach of this Agreement, no matter how long continuing or how often repeated, shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof, nor shall any delay or omission on the part of a Party to exercise any right, power, or privilege hereunder be deemed a waiver of such right, power or privilege.

 

23.

ARTICLE HEADINGS .

The Article headings herein are for purposes of convenient reference only and shall not be used to construe or modify the terms written in the text of this Agreement.

 

24.

NO AGENCY RELATIONSHIP .

The relationship between the Parties is that of independent contractor and contractees. LICENSEE shall not be deemed to be an agent of MICHIGAN or RDLP in connection with the exercise of any rights hereunder, and shall not have any right or authority to assume or create any obligation or responsibility on behalf of MICHIGAN or RDLP.

 

25.

FORCE MAJEURE .

No Party hereto shall be deemed to be in default of any provision of this Agreement, or for any failure in performance, resulting from acts or events beyond the reasonable


control of such Party, such as Acts of God, acts of civil or military authority, civil disturbance, war, strikes, fires, power failures, natural catastrophes or other “force majeure” events.

 

26.

GOVERNING LAW .

This Agreement and the relationship of LICENSEE to the other Parties shall be governed in all respects by the law of the State of Michigan or the Province of Ontario (notwithstanding any provisions governing conflict of laws under such law to the contrary), depending upon the jurisdiction in which any action relating to the Agreement is brought; except that questions affecting the construction and effect of any patent shall be determined by the law of the country in which the patent has been granted.

 

27.

JURISDICTION AND FORUM .

LICENSEE hereby consents to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Michigan over any dispute concerning this Agreement or the relationship of the Parties. Should LICENSEE bring any claim, demand or other action against MICHIGAN or RDLP, including their fellows, officers, employees or agents, arising out of this Agreement or the relationship between the Parties, LICENSEE agrees to bring said action only in an appropriate court of the State or Province of that Party.

 

28.

HHMI THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY STATUS

HHMI is not a party to this Agreement and has no liability to any licensee, sublicensee, or user of anything covered by this License Agreement, but HHMI is an intended third-party beneficiary of this License Agreement and certain its provisions are for the benefit of HHMI and are enforceable by HHMI in it own name.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement in triplicate originals by their duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

FOR LICENSEE

By

 

/s/ Bruce A. Huebner

 

(authorized representative)

Typed Name

 

Bruce A. Huebner

Title

 

President

Date

 

3/22/06

 

FOR HSC RESEARCH AND

DEVELOPMENT THE LIMITED

PARTNERSHIP

 

FOR THE REGENTS OF

 

UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN

By:

 

/s/ Stuart D. Howe

   

By

 

/s/ Kenneth J. Nisbet

 

(authorized representative)

     

(authorized representative)

 

Typed Name

 

Stuart D. Howe, Ph.D.

   

Typed Name

 

Kenneth J. Nisbet

   

President

HSC Research and Development

Limited Partnership

555 University Avenue

   

 

Title

 

Date

   

Executive Director

UM Technology Transfer

 

3/24/06

Title

   

Toronto, Ontario, M5G 1XB

       

Date

 

Mar 28, 06

       


Appendix I: Patents and Fending Patent Applications

January 16, 2006

 

Title:

  

Cystic Fibrosis Gene

Inventors:

  

Tsui, Riordan, Collins, Rommens, Iannuzzi, Kerem, Drumm, Buchwald,

Abstract:

  

The cystic fibrosis gene and its gene product are described for both the normal and mutant forms. The genetic and protein information is used in developing DNA diagnosis, protein diagnosis, carrier and patient screening, drug and gene therapy, cloning of the gene and manufacture of the protein, and development of cystic fibrosis affected animals.

Patent Applications Pending:

 

Country

  

Number

  

Date Filed

United States

  

07/396,894

  

abandoned

United States

  

07/399,945

  

abandoned

United States

  

07/401,609

  

31/08/89

US Continuation (6)

  

08/123,864

  

20/09/93

US Divisional (7)

  

08/252,778

  

2/06/94

US Divisional (3)

  

08/446,866

  

6/06/95

US Divisional

  

08/471,654

  

abandoned

US Divisional

  

08/466,897

  

abandoned

US Divisional (5)

  

08/469,630

  

6/06/95

US Divisional (4)

  

08/469,617

  

6/06/95

Ireland (2)

  

3024/90

  

21/08/90

PCT

  

CA90/00267

WO 91/02796

  

20/08/90

7/03/91

EPO (1)

  

90912428.1

  

20/08/90

Japan

  

511424/90

  

20/08/90

Japan Divisional

  

029998/04

  

5/03/04

Canada

  

2066204-2

  

20/08/90

Australia (2)

  

61616/90

  

20/08/90

           

Date Issued

(1) EPO *

  

0489058

  

5/11/03

(2) Australia granted

  

647,408

  

25/01/94

(3) US issued

  

5,776,677

  

7/07/98

(4) US issued

  

6,201,107

  

13/03/01

(5) US issued

  

6,730,777

  

4/05/04

(6) US issued

  

6,984,487

  

10/01/06

(7) US issued

  

6,902,907

  

7/06/05

(8) Ireland granted

  

83911

  

6/05/05

 

  *

Designated States include the following countries: Austria, Belgium, Switzerland and Liechtenstein, Germany, Denmark, Spain, France, United Kingdom, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Sweden

EXHIBIT 10.14

FINAL – March 1, 2006

LICENSE AGREEMENT:

INTRONS AND EXONS OF THE CYSTIC FIBROSIS GENE

AND MUTATIONS AT VARIOUS POSITIONS OF THE GENE

This is an Agreement, effective as of the 15 th day of March, 2006 (the “Effective Date”), entered into by Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc., DBA Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, a corporation incorporated in California, located at 757 S. Raymond Avenue, Pasadena, CA 91105 (including all affiliates licensed hereunder, hereinafter collectively referred to as “LICENSEE”), and HSC RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a partnership organized and subsisting under the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada (“RDLP”). LICENSEE and RDLP agree as follows:

 

1.

BACKGROUND .

 

1.1

The Research Institute of The Hospital for Sick Children, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, (“HSC”) has conducted research relating to cystic fibrosis. As a result of that research, RDLP has developed rights, including potential patent rights, in the “Licensed Patent(s)” that are defined below.

 

1.2

LICENSEE desires to obtain, and RDLP, consistent with its mission of education and research, desires to grant a license of the “Licensed Patent(s)” on the terms and conditions listed below.

 

2.

DEFINITIONS .

 

2.1

“TECHNOLOGY”, as used in this Agreement, shall mean the information, manufacturing techniques, data, designs or concepts developed by HSC, covering mutations in the gene for cystic fibrosis and uses thereof as encompassed by the claims of U.S. Patent No. 5,981,178 and U.S. Patent No. 6,001,588 entitled “Introns and Exons of the Cystic Fibrosis Gene and Mutations at Various Positions of the Gene”.

 

2.2

“Parties”, in singular or plural usage as required by the context, shall mean LICENSEE and/or RDLP.

 

2.3

“Affiliate(s)” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, proprietorship or other entity controlled by, controlling, or under common control with LICENSEE through equity ownership, ability to elect directors, or by virtue of a majority of overlapping directors, and shall include any individual, corporation, partnership, proprietorship or other entity directly or indirectly owning, owned by or under common ownership with LICENSEE to the extent of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting shares, including shares owned beneficially by such party.

 

2.4

“Licensed Patent(s)” shall mean U.S. Patent No. 5,981,178, U.S. Patent No. 6,001,588 and PCT Patent Application No. PCT/CA91/00009 entitled “Introns and Exons of the Cystic Fibrosis Gene and Mutations at Various

 

1


FINAL – March 1, 2006

 

 

Positions of the Gene” and all foreign equivalent patent applications and Patent Cooperation Treaty filings, and all patents issuing therefrom, in which RDLP has or acquires a property interest, the current list of such applications is attached herewith as Appendix I. “Licensed Patent(s)” shall also include any divisional, continuation, reissue, reexamination or extension of the above-described patent applications and resulting patents, along with any extended or restored term, and any confirmation patent, registration patent, or patent of addition.

 

2.5

“Valid Claim(s)” means any claim(s) in an unexpired patent or pending in a patent application included within the Licensed Patents which has not been held unenforceable, unpatentable, or invalid by a decision of a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction, unappealable or unappealed within the time allowed for appeal, and which has not been admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue or disclaimer. If in any country there should be two or more such decisions conflicting with respect to the validity of the same claim, the decision of the higher or highest tribunal shall thereafter control; however, should the tribunals be of equal rank, then the decision or decisions upholding the claim shall prevail when the conflicting decisions are equal in number, and the majority of decisions shall prevail when the conflicting decisions are unequal in number.

 

2.6

“Product(s)” shall mean any product(s) whose manufacture, use or sale in any country would, but for this Agreement, comprise an infringement, including contributory infringement, of one or more Valid Claims.

 

2.7

“Field of Use” shall refer to the field for which Products may be designed, manufactured, used and/or marketed under this Agreement, and shall mean solely Products to be used for the research of, diagnosis of and screening for the disease cystic fibrosis.

 

2.8

“Net Sales” shall mean the sum, over the term of this Agreement, of all amounts received and all other consideration received (or, when in a form other than cash or its equivalent, the fair market value thereof when received) by LICENSEE and its Affiliates from persons or entities due to or by reason of the sale or other distribution of Products, or the use of Products, including any use by LICENSEE and Affiliates in the performance of services for their customers; less the following deductions and offsets, but only to the extent such sums are otherwise included in the computation of Net Sales, or are paid by LICENSEE and not otherwise reimbursed: refunds, rebates, replacements or credits actually allowed and taken by purchasers for return of Products; customary trade, quantity and cash discounts actually allowed and taken; excise, value-added, and sales taxes actually paid by LICENSEE for Products; and shipping and handling charges actually paid by LICENSEE for Products.

If a Product is intended for the identification of more than one mutation associated with the disease cystic fibrosis, then the Net Sales of the Product shall

 

2


FINAL – March 1, 2006

 

be multiplied with the factor [a:b] where “a” is number of mutations that are identified by the Product and that are covered by a Valid Claim of the Licensed Patents and “b” is the total number of mutations that are identified by the Product provided, however, that the maximum reduction in the calculation of Net Sales resulting from the above described multiplication factor shall be             ***            .

 

2.9

“Royalty Quarter(s)” shall mean the three-month periods ending on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year.

 

2.10

“Territory” means all countries of the world.

 

2.11

“First Diagnostic Sale” shall mean the first sale of any Product (including any sale of a service using a Product in the Field of Use) by LICENSEE or an Affiliate, other than for use in clinical trials being conducted to obtain FDA approval or other government approvals to market Products in accordance with the statutes of any other country, or subdivision thereof, in the Territory.

 

3.

GRANT OF LICENSE .

 

3.1

RDLP hereby grants to LICENSEE a non-exclusive license under the Licensed Patents and TECHNOLOGY to make, have made, use (including use in the performance of services for, by or on behalf of its customers), have used, import, market, and/or sell in the Territory, Products designed and marketed solely for use in the Field of Use.

 

3.2

RDLP reserves the right to license and use all aspects of the TECHNOLOGY and the Licensed Patents for any use or purpose, including the right to develop and produce Products.

 

3.3

The license granted to LICENSEE herein shall be without the right to sublicense, except that LICENSEE may sublicense Affiliate(s) who agree to be and are bound in writing to the terms and conditions of this Agreement to the same extent as LICENSEE. LICENSEE agrees to strictly monitor and enforce compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement by all Affiliate sublicensees.

 

4.

CONSIDERATION .

 

4.1

LICENSEE shall pay to RDLP a one-time, non-creditable, license issue fee of             ***             forthwith following the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any other terms of this Agreement, this Agreement and the license granted hereunder shall not become effective until such issue fee is received by RDLP.

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

3


FINAL – March 1, 2006

 

4.2

LICENSEE shall also pay RDLP, with respect to each Royalty Quarter, a royalty equal to             ***             of the Net Sales of Products of LICENSEE and Affiliates during such Royalty Quarter.

 

4.3

The obligation to pay RDLP a royalty under this Article 4 is imposed only once with respect to the same unit of Product regardless of the number of Valid Claims or Licensed Patents covering the same; however, for purposes of determination of payments due hereunder, whenever the term “Product” may apply to a property during various stages of manufacture, use or sale, Net Sales, as otherwise defined, shall be derived from the sale, distribution or use of such Product by LICENSEE or Affiliates at the stage of its highest invoiced value to unrelated third parties.

 

4.4

LICENSEE shall pay to RDLP an annual minimum royalty commencing in the calendar year 2006 as follows:

 

  (1)

In 2006:             ***        ; and

 

  (2)

In 2007 and each year thereafter during the term of this Agreement:             ***            .

This annual minimum royalty shall accrue in the Royalty Quarter ending in March of each calendar year of the years specified above and shall be due and payable and included in the report for that quarter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the year 2006, such annual minimum royalty shall be due and payable on June 30, 2006. If LICENSEE defaults in the payment of any annual minimum royalty, and fails to remedy that default within thirty (30) days after written notice of it by RDLP, then this Agreement and the license rights conveyed herein shall terminate.

Each annual minimum royalty paid under 4.4 (1) to (2) above may be credited by LICENSEE in full against all earned royalties otherwise to be paid to RDLP under Paragraph 4.2 for the calendar year in which the specific annual minimum royalty is paid. The year for which such credits under 4.1 (1) to (2) against earned royalties may be taken includes the Royalty Quarter in which the annual minimum royalty accrues and the next three Royalty Quarters.

 

4.5

If RDLP grants a license under the Licensed Patent(s) and in the Field of Use to any third party which is substantially the same as the license granted to LICENSEE under Article 3 above, for all or any part of the Territory, but which requires a royalty rate or annual minimum royalty lower than those required of LICENSEE under this Agreement, then RDLP shall offer those terms to LICENSEE for that part of the Territory, to be effective as of the effective date of the license to that third party.

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

4


FINAL – March 1, 2006

 

5.

REPORTS .

 

5.1

Within sixty (60) days after the close of (i) any Royalty Quarter in which the annual minimum royalty under Paragraph 4.4 accrues, and (ii) each Royalty Quarter following the first Diagnostic Sale during the term of this Agreement (including the close of any Royalty Quarter immediately following any termination of this Agreement), LICENSEE shall report to RDLP all royalties accruing to RDLP during such Royalty Quarter. Such quarterly reports shall indicate for each Royalty Quarter the gross sales and Net Sales of Products by LICENSEE and Affiliates, and any other revenues with respect to which payments are due, and the amount of such payments, as well as the various calculations used to arrive at said amounts, including the quantity, description (nomenclature and type designation), country of manufacture and country of sale of Products. In case no payment is due for any such period, LICENSEE shall so report.

 

5.2

LICENSEE will promptly establish and consistently employ a system of specific nomenclature and type designations for Products so that various types can be identified and segregated, where necessary, LICENSEE and Affiliates shall consistently employ such system when rendering invoices thereon and henceforth agree to inform RDLP, or its auditors, when requested as to the details concerning such nomenclature system as well as to all additions thereto and changes therein.

 

5.3

LICENSEE shall keep, and shall require its Affiliates to keep, true and accurate records and books of account containing data reasonably required for the computation and verification of payments to be made as provided by this Agreement, which records and books shall be open for inspection upon reasonable notice during business hours by an independent certified accountant selected by RDLP. Said right of inspection will exist for six (6) years from the date of origination of any such record, and this requirement and right of inspection shall survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement for one (1) year. The independent certified accountant shall provide to RDLP only such information from LICENSEE’s books and records as is necessary to verify the accuracy or degree of inaccuracy of the payments made under this Agreement. RDLP shall be responsible for all expenses of such inspection, except that if such inspection reveals an underpayment of royalties to RDLP in excess of             ***             for any year, then said inspection shall be at LICENSEE’s expense and such underpayment shall become immediately due and payable to RDLP.

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

5


FINAL – March 1, 2006

 

6.

TIMES AND CURRENCIES OF PAYMENTS .

 

6.1

Payments accrued during each Royalty Quarter shall be due and payable in Toronto, Canada on the date each quarterly report is due (as provided in Paragraph 5.1), shall be included with such report and shall be paid in United States dollars. LICENSEE agrees to make all payments due hereunder to RDLP by direct deposit to account:

Remit To:                    ***

FEDWIRE:       ***

Fields BBK and BNF must be completed as follows:

BBK:                             ***

(Fedwire tag 4100)

BNF:                             ***

(Fedwire tag 4200)

 

6.2

On all undisputed amounts outstanding and payable to RDLP, interest shall accrue from the date such amounts are due and payable at two percentage points above the prime lending rate as established by the Chase Manhattan Bank, N. A., in New York City, New York, or at such lower rate as may be required by law.

 

6.3

Where Net Sales are generated in foreign currency, such foreign currency shall be converted into its equivalent in United States dollars at the exchange rate of such currency as reported (or if erroneously reported, as subsequently corrected) in the Wall Street Journal on the day that the sale is made by LICENSEE or Affiliates (or if not reported on that date, as quoted by the Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., in New York City, New York).

 

6.4

Except as provided in the definition of Net Sales, all royalty payments to RDLP under this Agreement shall be without deduction for sales, use, excise, personal property or other similar taxes or other duties imposed on such payments by the government of any country or any political subdivision thereof; and any and all such taxes or duties shall be assumed by and paid by LICENSEE.

 

6.5

Notwithstanding Article 6.4 of this Agreement, LICENSEE shall be entitled to withhold from payments and royalties due to RDLP under this Agreement nonresident withholding taxes to the extent that LICENSEE is obliged by law to withhold in respect of such amounts payable to RDLP, provided that the minimum allowable tax rate as specified by agreement under any applicable international tax convention is applied to such withholding taxes. The amount of all such taxes withheld shall be included in reports to RDLP under Article 5.1.

 

7.

COMMERCIALIZATION .

 

7.1

It is understood that LICENSEE has the responsibility to do all that is necessary for any governmental approvals to manufacture and/or sell Products.

 

***

Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment filed separately with the Commission.

 

6


FINAL – March 1, 2006

 

7.2

LICENSEE agrees to use reasonable efforts to develop Products, obtain any government approvals necessary, and manufacture and sell Products at the earliest possible date; and to effectively exploit, market and manufacture in sufficient quantities to meet anticipated customer demand and to make the benefits of the Products reasonably available to the public.

 

7.3

Within forty-five (45) days of the First Diagnostic Sale, LICENSEE shall report by written letter to RDLP the date of that sale.

 

7.4

LICENSEE shall promptly inform RDLP of any patent applications or similar applications which cover any invention intended to be practiced through coincident practice of Licensed Patent(s), filed by or on behalf of LICENSEE or Affiliates anywhere in the world.

 

7.5

It is understood that a separate license agreement from RDLP (and its joint owner) for the technology encompassed by U.S. Patent No. 5,776,677, divisional of U.S. Patent Application No. 08/123,864 which is a continuation of U.S. patent Application No. 08/401,609 entitled “Cystic Fibrosis Gene”, including all foreign equivalent patent applications and Patent Cooperation Treaty filings, and all patents issuing therefrom, and any divisional, continuation, (excluding continuations-in-part), reissue, reexamination or extension of the above described patent applications and resulting patents, along with any extended or restored term and any confirmation patent, or registration patent, may be required to manufacture, use (including use in the performance of services) and/or sell Product(s).

The parties acknowledge and agree that the definitions of TECHNOLOGY and Licensed Patent(s) in this Agreement are not intended to encompass the information, manufacturing techniques, data, designs or concepts covering the gene for cystic fibrosis and uses thereof as described by U.S. Patent No. 5,776,677 and all other related patent applications and patents as described herein. LICENSEE acknowledges that it has thorough familiarity with the specifications and claims of U.S. Patent No. 5,776,677 and all other related patent applications and patents as described herein. The terms and conditions of this Article 7.5 shall take precedence over all potentially conflicting or inconsistent terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

8.

PATENT APPLICATIONS AND MAINTENANCE .

 

8.1

RDLP shall control all aspects of filing, prosecuting, and maintaining Licensed Patents, including foreign filings and Patent Cooperation Treaty filings. RDLP may in its sole discretion decide to refrain from or to cease prosecuting or maintaining any of the Licensed Patents, including any foreign filing or any Patent Cooperation Treaty filing.

 

7


FINAL – March 1, 2006

 

8.2

RDLP shall notify LICENSEE of any issuance of any Licensed Patent(s) and the Valid Claims included therein, and any lapse, revocation, surrender, invalidation or abandonment of any Licensed Patent or Valid Claim.

 

9.

INFRINGEMENT .

 

9.1

If LICENSEE becomes aware of or reasonably suspects infringement of Licensed Patents by third parties, LICENSEE agrees to promptly notify RDLP of such alleged infringement.

 

9.2

RDLP, at its sole discretion and at its own expense, may initiate proceedings in response to alleged infringement of the Licensed Patent(s) but is under no obligation to do so. On request by the LICENSEE, RDLP shall inform LICENSEE of any measures being taken in response to any particular event or allegation of infringement.

 

10.

NO WARRANTIES; LIMITATION ON RDLP’S LIABILITY .

 

10.1

RDLP, including its fellows, directors, officers, employees and agents, makes no representations or warranties that any Licensed Patent is or will be held valid, or that the manufacture, use, sale or other distribution of any Products will not infringe upon any patent or other rights not vested in RDLP.

 

10.2

RDLP AND HSC, INCLUDING THEIR FELLOWS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS, MAKE NO REPRESENTATIONS, EXTEND NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ASSUME NO RESPONSIBILITIES WHATEVER WITH RESPECT TO DESIGN, DEVELOPMENT, MANUFACTURE, USE, SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION BY LICENSEE OR AFFILIATES OF PRODUCTS.

 

10.3

THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE DESIGN, DEVELOPMENT, MANUFACTURE, OFFERING FOR SALE, SALE, OR OTHER DISPOSITION AND PERFORMANCE OF PRODUCTS IS ASSUMED BY LICENSEE AND AFFILIATES. In no event shall RDLP or HSC, including their fellows, directors, officers, employees and agents, be responsible or liable for any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages or lost profits to LICENSEE, Affiliates or any other individual or entity regardless of legal theory. The above limitations on liability apply even though RDLP or HSC, including their fellows, directors, officers, employees or agents, may have been advised of the possibility of such damage.

 

10.4

LICENSEE shall not, and shall require that its Affiliates do not, make any statements, representations or warranties or accept any liabilities or

 

8


FINAL – March 1, 2006

 

 

responsibilities whatsoever to or with regard to any person or entity which are inconsistent with any disclaimer or limitation included in this Article 10.

 

10.5

REGARDLESS OF ANY RESEARCH OR TESTING THAT MAY HAVE BEEN DONE AT HSC, HSC AND RDLP MAKE NO REPRESENTATIONS REGARDING HOW PRODUCES) CAN OR SHOULD BE USED IN THE DIAGNOSIS OF AND SCREENING FOR THE DISEASE CYSTIC FIBROSIS.

 

10.6

IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT THE TECHNOLOGY AND THE LICENSED PATENT(S) DO NOT IDENTIFY THE PRESENCE OF THE CYSTIC FIBROSIS DISEASE IN ALL CASES.

 

11.

INDEMNITY; INSURANCE .

 

11.1

LICENSEE shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless and shall require its Affiliates licensed hereunder to defend, indemnify and hold harmless RDLP and HSC, as well as their fellows, directors, officers, trustees, employees and agents, from and against any and all claims, demands, damages, losses, and expenses of any nature (including attorneys’ fees and other litigation expenses), resulting from, but not limited to, death, personal injury, illness, property damage, economic loss or products liability arising from or in connection with, any of the following:

 

  (1)

Any manufacture, use, sale or other disposition by LICENSEE, Affiliates or their transferees of Products;

 

  (2)

The direct or indirect use by any person of Products made, used, sold or otherwise distributed by LICENSEE or Affiliates;

 

  (3)

The use by LICENSEE or Affiliates of any invention included in the TECHNOLOGY or the Licensed Patents.

 

11.2

RDLP shall be entitled to participate at its option and expense through counsel of its own selection, and may join in any legal actions related to any such claims, demands, damages, losses and expenses under Paragraph 11.1 above; provided that LICENSEE will retain control over such legal actions, including any settlement discussions.

 

11.3

LICENSEE shall purchase and maintain in effect a policy of product liability insurance covering all claims with respect to diagnostic testing for cystic fibrosis using a Product and any Products manufactured, used, sold, licensed or otherwise distributed by LICENSEE and Affiliates. Such insurance policy must specifically enumerate and cover the obligations of Licensee in this Agreement to defend, indemnify and hold RDLP and HSC, including their fellows, directors, officers, trustees, employees and agents harmless (in the policy or by written acknowledgement of the insurer). LICENSEE shall furnish certificate(s) of such insurance to RDLP upon request.

 

9


FINAL – March 1, 2006

 

12.

TERM AND TERMINATION .

 

12.1

This Agreement will become effective on its Effective Date and, unless terminated under another, specific provision of this Agreement, will remain in effect until and terminate upon the last to expire of Licensed Patents.

 

12.2

Upon any termination of this Agreement, and except as provided herein to the contrary, all rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder shall cease, except as follows:

 

  (1)

Obligations to pay royalties and other sums accruing hereunder up to the day of such termination;

 

  (2)

RDLP’s rights to inspect books and records as described in Article 5, and LICENSEE’s obligations to keep such records for the required time;

 

  (3)

Obligations of defense and indemnity under Article 11;

 

  (4)

Any cause of action or claim of LICENSEE or RDLP accrued or to accrue because of any breach or default by another Party hereunder;

 

  (5)

The general rights, obligations, and understandings of Articles 2, 10, 15, 17, 26 and 27; and

 

  (6)

All other terms, provisions, representations, rights and obligations contained in this Agreement that by their sense and context are intended to survive until performance thereof.

 

12.3

If LICENSEE shall at any time default in the payment of any royalty or the making of any report hereunder, or shall make any false report, or shall commit any material breach of any covenant or promise herein contained, and shall fail to remedy any such default, breach or report within sixty (60) days after written notice thereof by RDLP specifying such default, then RDLP may, at its option, terminate this Agreement and the license rights granted herein by notice in writing to such effect. Any such termination shall be without prejudice to any Party’s other legal rights for breach of this Agreement.

 

12.4

LICENSEE may terminate this Agreement by giving RDLP a notice of termination, which shall include a statement of the reasons, whatever they may be, for such termination and the termination date established by LICENSEE, which date shall not be sooner than ninety (90) days after the date of the notice. Such notice shall be deemed by the Parties to be final.

 

12.5

In the event LICENSEE shall at any time during the term of this Agreement deal with the TECHNOLOGY or Products in any manner which violates the laws, regulations or similar legal authority of any jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the public health requirements relating to the TECHNOLOGY or Products or the design, development, manufacture, offering for sale, sale or other disposition of Products, the license granted herein shall terminate immediately with respect to such Products within the territory encompassed by such jurisdiction; provided that

 

10


FINAL – March 1, 2006

 

 

LICENSEE has failed to take steps to cure such violation within sixty (60) days after receiving written notice from the applicable legal authority.

 

13.

ASSIGNMENT .

Due to the unique relationship between the Parties, this Agreement shall not be assignable by LICENSEE without the prior written consent of RDLP, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any attempt to assign this Agreement without such consent shall be void from the beginning. RDLP shall not unreasonably withhold consent for LICENSEE to assign this Agreement to a purchaser of all or substantially all of LICENSEE’s business. No assignment shall be effective unless and until the intended assignee agrees in writing with RDLP to accept all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Further, LICENSEE shall refrain from pledging any of the license rights granted in this Agreement as security for any creditor.

 

14.

REGISTRATION AND RECORDATION .

 

14.1

If the terms of this Agreement, or any assignment or license under this Agreement are or become such as to require that the Agreement or license or any part thereof be registered with or reported to a national or supranational agency of any area in which LICENSEE or Affiliates would do business, LICENSEE will, at its expense, undertake such registration or report. Prompt notice and appropriate verification of the act of registration or report or any agency ruling resulting from it will be supplied by LICENSEE to RDLP.

 

14.2

Any formal recordation of this Agreement or any license herein granted which is required by the law of any country, as a prerequisite to enforceability of the Agreement or license in the courts of any such country or for other reasons, shall also be carried out by LICENSEE at its expense, and appropriately verified proof of recordation shall be promptly famished to RDLP.

 

15.

LAWS AND REGULATIONS OF CANADA; EXPORT

 

15.1

Activities under this Agreement shall be subject to all appropriate Canadian laws and regulations now or hereafter applicable.

 

15.2

LICENSEE shall comply, and shall require its Affiliates to comply, with all provisions of any applicable laws, regulations, rules and orders relating to the license herein granted and to the testing, production, transportation, export, packaging, labeling, sale or use of Product(s) in Canada, and in all other countries where LICENSEE shall make, have made, use, market or sell Produces), or otherwise applicable to LICENSEE’S or its Affiliates’ activities hereunder.

 

15.3

LICENSEE shall obtain, and shall require its Affiliates to obtain, such authorization regarding export and re-export of technical data (including Product(s) made by use of technical data) as may be required by the Department

 

11


FINAL – March 1, 2006

 

 

of External Affairs, Export Controls Division, and LICENSEE hereby gives written assurances as may be required under those Regulations to RDLP.

 

16.

BANKRUPTCY .

If during the term of this Agreement, LICENSEE shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if proceedings in voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy shall be instituted on behalf of or against LICENSEE, or if a receiver or trustee shall be appointed for the property of LICENSEE, RDLP may, at its option, apply to the bankruptcy court to terminate this Agreement or revoke the license herein granted.

 

17.

PUBLICITY .

LICENSEE agrees to refrain from using and to require Affiliates to refrain from using the name of RDLP and HSC in publicity or advertising without the prior written approval of that entity. RDLP and HSC agree to refrain from using the name of LICENSEE and AFFILIATES in publicity or advertising without the prior written approval of LICENSEE.

 

18.

PRODUCT MARKING .

LICENSEE agrees to mark, and to require Affiliates to mark, Products with the appropriate U.S. patent notice as listed in Appendix 1.

 

19.

NOTICES .

Any notice, request, report or payment required or permitted to be given or made under this Agreement by a Party shall be given by sending such notice by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by facsimile transmission confirmed by mail, to the address set forth below or such other address as such Party shall have specified by written notice given in conformity herewith. Any notice not so given shall not be valid unless and until actually received, and any notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph shall be effective when mailed.

 

To LICENSEE:   

Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc.

DBA Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics

757 South Raymond Avenue

Pasadena, CA 91105 USA

 

Attn: President

 

12


FINAL – March 1, 2006

 

To RDLP:   

HSC RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

555 University Avenue, Suite 5270

Toronto, Ontario M5G 1X8

CANADA

Attn: President

Tel:  416-813-5982

Fax: 416-813-5085

 

20.

INVALIDITY .

In the event that any term, provision, or covenant of this Agreement shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that term will be curtailed, limited or deleted, but only to the extent necessary to remove such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, and the remaining terms, provisions and covenants shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

21.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND AMENDMENTS .

This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the matter contained herein. The Parties may, from time to time during the continuance of this Agreement, modify, vary or alter any of the provisions of this Agreement, but only by an instrument duly executed by authorized officials of LICENSEE and RDLP.

 

22.

WAIVER .

No waiver by a Party of any breach of this Agreement, no matter how long continuing or how often repeated, shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof, nor shall any delay or omission on the part of a Party to exercise any right, power, or privilege hereunder be deemed a waiver of such right, power or privilege.

 

23.

ARTICLE HEADINGS .

The Article headings herein are for purposes of convenient reference only and shall not be used to construe or modify the terms written in the text of this Agreement.

 

24.

NO AGENCY RELATIONSHIP .

The relationship between the Parties is that of independent contractor and contractees. LICENSEE shall not be deemed to be an agent of RDLP in connection with the exercise of any rights hereunder, and shall not have any right or authority to assume or create any obligation or responsibility on behalf of RDLP.

 

13


FINAL – March 1, 2006

 

25.

FORCE MAJEURE .

No Party hereto shall be deemed to be in default of any provision of this Agreement, or for any failure in performance, resulting from acts or events beyond the reasonable control of such Party, such as but not limited to, Acts of God, acts of civil or military authority, civil disturbance, war, strikes, fires, power failures, natural catastrophes or other “force majeure” events.

 

26.

GOVERNING LAW .

This Agreement and the relationship of the Parties shall be governed in all respects by and construed in accordance with the law of the Province of Ontario, Canada (notwithstanding any provisions governing conflict of laws under such law to the contrary); except that questions affecting the construction and effect of any patent shall be determined by the law of the country in which the Licensed Patent has been granted.

 

27.

JURISDICTION AND FORUM .

LICENSEE hereby consents to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario, Canada over any dispute concerning this Agreement or the relationship of the Parties. Should LICENSEE bring any claim, demand or other action against RDLP, its fellows, directors, officers, employees or agents, arising out of this Agreement or the relationship between the Parties, LICENSEE agrees to bring said action only in the courts of the Province of Ontario.

 

14


FINAL – March 1, 2006

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement in triplicate originals by their duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

FOR LICENSEE  
By:  

/s/ Bruce A. Huebner

 
  (authorized representative)
Typed Name   Bruce A. Huebner    
Title   President    
Date   3/16/06    
FOR HSC RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    
By:  

/s/ Stuart D. Howe

   
  (authorized representative)    
Typed Name   Stuart D. Howe, Ph.D.    
 

President

HSC Research and Development Limited Partnership

555 University Avenue

   
Title   Toronto, Ontario, M5G 1XB    
Date   Mar 28, 06    
FOR HSC RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    

Second Signature not required

By:  

 

   

/s/ SDH

  (authorized representative)    
Typed Name  

 

   
Title  

 

   
Date  

 

   

 

15


FINAL – March 1, 2006

 

Appendix I: Patents and Pending Patent Applications

January 1, 2003

 

Title:

  

Introns and Exons of the Cystic Fibrosis Gene and Mutations at Various Positions of the Gene

Inventors:

   Tsui, Rommens, Kerem,

Patents Issued:

 

Country

   Number    Date Issued

U.S.

   5,981,178    Nov. 9, 1999

U.S.

   6,001,588    Dec. 14, 1999

EPO*

   0667900    May 23, 2001

 

*

includes United Kingdom, Germany and France

Patent Applications Pending:

 

Country

   Number    Date Issued

CDN #1

   2007699-2    12/01/90

CDN #2

   2011253-1    01/03/90

CDN #3

   2020817-1    10/07/90

PCT

   CA9100009    11/01/91

WO

   91/10734    25/07/91

CDN

   2073441-8    11/01/91

 

16

EXHIBIT 10.17

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnificaton Agreement, dated as of                      , 2010, is made by and between GenMark Diagnostics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                              (the “ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. The Company and Indemnitee recognize the difficulties associated with obtaining liability insurance for the Company’s directors, officers, employees and other agents, including the rising cost of such insurance and the general reductions in the coverage of such insurance;

B. The Company and Indemnitee recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers, employees and other agents to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and coverage of liability insurance has been severely limited;

C. The Company desires to attract and retain the services of talented and experienced individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve as directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company and its subsidiaries and wishes to indemnify its directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by law;

D. Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, under which the Company is organized (“ Section 145 ”), empowers the Company to indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents by agreement and to indemnify persons who serve, at the request of the Company, as the directors, officers, employees or agents of other corporations or enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided by Section 145 is not exclusive; and

E. In order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company and/or one or more subsidiaries of the Company free from undue concern for claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Company and/or one or more subsidiaries of the Company, the Company has determined and agreed to enter into this Agreement with Indemnitee.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Indemnitee and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement:

(a) “ Agent ” means any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; or is or was serving at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, nonprofit entity or other enterprise; or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic


corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of such predecessor corporation.

(b) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) A Change in Control ” shall mean “Change in Control” as defined in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as in effect as of the date of this Agreement.

(d) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the matter in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “ Expenses ” shall include all out-of-pocket costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements), actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of a Proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, or Section 145 or otherwise; provided, however, that “Expenses” shall not include any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, or amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding.

(f) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member) of such a law firm, or an independent practitioner, that is experienced in matters of corporation law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(g) “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative.

(h) “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, by the Company and one or more other subsidiaries, or by one or more other subsidiaries.

2. Agreement to Serve . Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as an Agent of the Company, at its will (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists), in the capacity Indemnitee serves as an Agent of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, so long as Indemnitee is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the By-laws of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or until such time as Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation in writing; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create any right to continued employment or other service with the Company by Indemnitee.

3. Liability Insurance .

(a) Maintenance of D&O Insurance . The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, so long as Indemnitee shall continue to serve as an Agent of the Company and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding by reason of the fact that

 

2


Indemnitee was an Agent of the Company, the Company, subject to Section 3(c), shall promptly obtain and maintain in full force and effect directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“ D&O Insurance ”) in reasonable amounts from established and reputable insurers, as more fully described below.

(b) Rights and Benefits . In all policies of D&O Insurance, Indemnitee shall qualify as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s independent directors (as defined by the insurer) if Indemnitee is such an independent director; of the Company’s non-independent directors if Indemnitee is not an independent director; of the Company’s officers if Indemnitee is an officer of the Company; or of the Company’s key employees, if Indemnitee is not a director or officer but is a key employee. If Indemnitee is not a director, officer or an employee of the Company, but rather is another agent of the Company, Indemnitee shall have rights and benefits under the D&O Policy as are reasonable and customary for agents serving in such a capacity.

(c) Limitation on Required Maintenance of D&O Insurance . Notwithstanding the the provisions of Sections 3(a) and 3(b) hereof, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain D&O Insurance if the Company determines in good faith that: such insurance is not reasonably available; the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided; the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit; Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a subsidiary of the Company; the Company is to be acquired and a tail policy of reasonable terms and duration is purchased for pre-closing acts or omissions by Indemnitee; or the Company is to be acquired and D&O Insurance will be maintained by the acquirer that covers pre-closing acts and omissions by Indemnitee.

4. Mandatory Indemnification . Subject to the terms of this Agreement:

(a) Third Party Actions . If Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such Proceeding.

(b) Derivative Actions . If Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such Proceeding; except that no indemnification under this Section 4(b) shall be made in respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged to be liable to the Company by a court of competent jurisdiction unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of

 

3


liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such amounts which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) Actions where Indemnitee is Deceased . If Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, and if, prior to, during the pendency of or after completion of such Proceeding Indemnitee is deceased, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators against all Expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever to the extent Indemnitee would have been entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement were Indemnitee still alive.

(d) Certain Terminations . The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue, or matter therein by judgment, order, settlement, or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(e) Limitations . Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 4(a), 4(b), 4(c) and 4(d) hereof, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever for which payment (and the Company’s indemnification obligations under this Agreement shall be reduced by such payment) is actually made to or on behalf of Indemnitee, by the Company or otherwise, under an insurance policy, or under a valid and enforceable indemnity clause, by-law or agreement; and, in the event the Company has previously made a payment to Indemnitee for an Expense or liability of any type whatsoever for which payment is actually made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under an insurance policy, or under a valid and enforceable indemnity clause, by-law or agreement, Indemnitee shall return to the Company the amounts subsequently received by the Indemnitee from such other source of indemnification.

5. Indemnification for Expenses in a Proceeding in Which Indemnitee is Wholly or Partly Successful .

(a) Successful Defense . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any Proceeding (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Company) in which Indemnitee was a party by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company at any time, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of such Proceeding.

(b) Partially Successful Defense . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Company) in which Indemnitee

 

4


was a party by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company at any time and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.

(c) Dismissal . For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

6. Mandatory Advancement of Expenses . Subject to the terms of this Agreement and following notice pursuant to Section 7(a) below, the Company shall advance all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any Proceeding to which the Indemnitee is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company (unless there has been a final judicial decision from which there is no further right of appeal (a “final determination” that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification for such Expenses) upon receipt of (i) an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay the amount advanced in the event that there shall be a final determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification by the Company and (ii) satisfactory documentation supporting such Expenses. Such advances are intended to be an obligation of the Company to Indemnitee hereunder and shall in no event be deemed to be a personal loan. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee within sixty (60) days following delivery of a written request therefor by Indemnitee to the Company.

7. Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures .

(a) Notice by Indemnitee . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of or the threat of commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if Indemnitee believes that indemnification with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company in writing of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof.

(b) Insurance . If the Company receives notice pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof of the commencement of a Proceeding that may be covered under D&O Insurance then in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.

(c) Defense . In the event the Company shall be obligated to pay the Expenses of any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel selected by the Company and approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election so to do. After delivery of such notice, and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding, provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense; and (ii) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel

 

5


in any such Proceeding at the Company’s expense if (A) the Company has authorized the employment of counsel by Indemnitee at the expense of the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded based on the written advice of Indemnitee’s legal counsel that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, (C) after a Change in Control not approved by a majority of the members of the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control, the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been approved by Independent Counsel, or (D) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding.

8. Right to Indemnification .

(a) Determination of Right to Indemnification . To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is (i) reasonably available to Indemnitee, (ii) reasonably necessary and (iii) not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the preceding sentence, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made as follows: (i) if requested by Indemnitee, by Independent Counsel, or (ii) if no request is made by Indemnitee for a determination by Independent Counsel, (A) by the Board by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of the Disinterested Directors, or (B) if a quorum of the Board consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, such quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, or (C) if a quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by the stockholders of the Company. In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel at the request of Indemnitee, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board unless there shall have occurred within two (2) years prior to the date of the commencement of the action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification is claimed a “Change in Control”, in which case the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement.

(b) Application to Court . If (i) the claim for indemnification or advancement of Expenses is denied, in whole or in part, (ii) no disposition of such claim is made by the Company within sixty (60) days after the request therefor, (iii) the advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement or (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery, the court in which the Proceeding is or was pending or any other court of competent jurisdiction, for the purpose of enforcing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification (including the advancement of Expenses) pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Expenses Related to the Enforcement or Interpretation of this Agreement . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all reasonable Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or proceeding under this Section 8 involving Indemnitee and against all reasonable Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any

 

6


other proceeding between the Company and Indemnitee involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, unless a court of competent jurisdiction finds that each of the claims and/or defenses of Indemnitee in any such proceeding was frivolous or made in bad faith.

9. Exceptions . Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated:

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . To indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, with a reasonable allocation where appropriate, unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the Proceeding was authorized by the Board, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the Company, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or (iv) the Proceeding is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 in advance of a final determination;

(b) Lack of Good Faith . To indemnify Indemnitee for any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee in such Proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous;

(c) Unauthorized Settlements . To indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding unless the Company provides its prior written consent to such settlement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld;

(d) Claims Under Section 16(b) . To indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses associated with any Proceeding related to, or the payment of profits made from, the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(e) Payments Contrary to Law . To indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee for which payment is prohibited by applicable law.

10. Non-Exclusivity . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, the vote of the Company’s stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements, or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while occupying Indemnitee’s position as an Agent of the Company, and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased acting as an Agent of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee.

11. Permitted Defenses . It shall be a defense to any action for which a claim for indemnification is made under this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the

 

7


Indemnitee has made an undertaking to repay any amounts advanced in the event that there shall be a final determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification by the Company) that the Indemnitee has not met the standard of conduct which makes it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the Company to indemnify the Indemnitee for the amount claimed (but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Company) or that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification because of the limitations set forth in Section 9 hereof. Neither the failure of the Company (including its Board, Independent Counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board, Independent Counsel or stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

12. Subrogation . In the event the Company is obligated to make a payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery under an insurance policy or any other indemnity agreement covering Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and take all action that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights (provided that the Company pays Indemnitee’s costs and expenses of doing so), including without limitation by assigning all such rights to the extent of such indemnification or advancement of Expenses.

13. Survival of Rights .

(a) All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an Agent of the Company and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by reason of the fact that Indemnitee was serving in the capacity referred to herein.

(b) The Company shall require any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

14. Interpretation of Agreement . It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, including those circumstances in which indemnification would otherwise be discretionary.

15. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this

 

8


Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect to Section 15 hereof.

16. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless it is in a writing signed by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

17. Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) upon delivery if delivered by hand to the party to whom such notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) one business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt, or (d) on the same day as delivered by confirmed facsimile transmission if delivered during business hours or on the next successive business day if delivered by confirmed facsimile transmission after business hours. Addresses for notice to either party shall be as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or to such other address as may have been furnished by either party in the manner set forth above.

18. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware. This Agreement is intended to be an agreement of the type contemplated by Section 145 (f) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

The parties hereto have entered into this Indemnification Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

9


Indemnitee:     The Company:
    GENMARK DIAGNOSTICS, INC

 

   
[Name of Indemnitee]     By:  

 

Address:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

 

     

 

10

EXHIBIT 10.18

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into as of January 1, 2010 (“Effective Date”), by Osmetech Technology, Inc. and subsidiaries (“Company”) and Jon Faiz Kayyem (“Executive”). Company and Executive are each a “Party” to this Agreement and are sometimes collectively referred to as “Parties.” This Agreement supersedes any previous written or verbal agreements.

Recitals Of The Intent Of The Parties

A. The Company wishes to employ Executive, and Executive wishes to accept such employment.

B. Executive acknowledges that this Agreement is necessary for the protection of Company’s investment in its business, goodwill, products, services, methods of operation, information, and relationships with its customers and other employees; and

C. Company acknowledges that Executive desires definition of the compensation and benefits, and other terms of employment;

Agreement Of The Parties

In consideration of foregoing recitals, the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

1. Employment . Company employs Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement beginning on the Effective Date and continuing until terminated by either Party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

2. Duties .

2.1. Basic Duties . Executive agrees to serve as Chief Executive Officer, reporting to the Board of Directors and with such other powers, duties and responsibilities usually vested in his position as well as additional or different duties that Executive may be reasonably directed to perform by the Board of Directors.

2.2. Time Devoted to Employment . Executive will devote his full time to the business of Company during the term of this Agreement and will perform his duties and responsibilities faithfully, diligently and to the best of his ability, in compliance with all applicable laws and the Company’s policies and procedures. Executive will not engage in any other business activity, except as may be approved in writing by the Board of Directors for the Company, in its sole discretion.

2.3. Place of Performance . Executive shall be based at Company’s offices in Pasadena, California until such time as the Company relocates to the San Diego Area. The Executive will be required to travel on Company’s business from time-to-time.

2.4. No Conflicting Agreements . Executive represents and warrants that the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement does not and will not breach any other agreement, including any confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with prior employers or other

 

CONFIDENTIAL


persons. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has not entered into, and will not enter into, any agreement, either written or oral in conflict with this Agreement. Executive represents that Executive has disclosed to Company any actual or potential conflicts.

2.5. Duty of Loyalty . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive owes a fiduciary duty of loyalty, fidelity and allegiance to act at all times in the best interests of the Company and to do no act which would intentionally injure Company's business, its interests, or its reputation. Executive understands that it is the Company’s policy to conduct its business ethically and legally and agrees to uphold those standards of business conduct and ethical principles, and comply with all applicable laws and regulations and Company’s policies.

3. Compensation and Method of Payment .

3.1. Total Compensation . As compensation under this Agreement, Company will pay and Executive will accept the following:

3.1.1. Executive will receive on an annual basis of Two Hundred Seventy-five Thousand Dollars ($275,000.00) (“Base Salary”). The Company will review Executive’s Base Salary annually and may, in its sole discretion increase the Executive’s Base Salary, considering Executive’s achievements during the prior period, business conditions and other factors as may be deemed relevant by the Company.

3.1.2. Executive will be eligible to participate in the Management Incentive Bonus of up to 75% variable pay based on current base salary, which will be defined on an annual basis and requires approval by the Board of Directors. Executive will only earn and be entitled to a Management Incentive Bonus if Executive is employed on the date the bonus is payable and Company will not pay prorated Management Incentive Bonus in the event of Executives earlier departure.

3.1.3. The Company will also offer Executive participation in the OMD stock incentive program. Executive has been granted 57,170,517 options to purchase shares of Osmetech Stock per the current plan policies and procedures which included Board of Directors’ approval.

3.1.4. Company will reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other expenses incurred or paid by Executive in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties, responsibilities or services under this Agreement, upon presentation by the Executive of documentation as Company may request and in accordance with any applicable policies adopted by the Company.

3.1.5. Executive will be entitled to participate in employee fringe benefit, health insurance, life insurance, and other programs which Company may adopt from time to time for executives of Company. Participation will be in accordance with any plans and any applicable policies adopted by Company. Executive will be entitled to accrue 20 days (160 hours) of vacation in accordance with Company policy in effect from time to time and subject to applicable state law.

3.2. Reservation of Rights . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Company reserves the right to modify, suspend or discontinue any and all benefit plans, practices, policies and programs at any time whether before or after termination of employment without advance notice to or recourse by Executive.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

2


3.3. Payment of Compensation . The Company will pay Executive’s Base Salary in accordance with the normal payroll cycle of the Company as established from time to time. All compensation paid to Executive will be subject to applicable taxes, withholding and other required, usual or elected employee deductions.

4. Termination of Agreement .

This Agreement and all obligations under this Agreement (except for obligations contained in Sections 4, 5 and 6, which will survive any termination of Executive’s employment or this Agreement) will terminate upon the earliest to occur of any of the following:

4.1. At-Will . Either Party may terminate Executive’s employment for any reason, with or without cause and without advance notice.

4.1.1. If Executive terminates employment pursuant to this Section, Executive will receive (a) Base Salary prorated through the last day of Executive’s actual employment; (b) any bonus, if earned pursuant to the requirements of Section 3; (c) accrued and unpaid vacation; (d) unreimbursed expenses pursuant to Section 3 (collectively, “Separation Pay”). Except to the extent required by law or Incentive Plan Document, all other obligations and liabilities of Company terminate as of the effective date of any such termination.

4.2. Death or Disability . This Agreement will terminate immediately upon the death of Executive or upon the determination that Executive cannot perform the fundamental duties of his position with or without accommodation. If this Agreement terminates for the death or disability of Executive, Executive or Executive’s representatives will receive Separation Pay. Except to the extent required by law or Incentive Plan Document, all other obligations and liabilities of Company terminate as of the effective date of any such termination.

4.3. Compliance with IRC Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if any payment to be made pursuant to this Agreement will trigger any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, then Company will defer or modify the commencement or payments to prevent such accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A.

4.4. Resignation as Board Member or Officer . Immediately upon the termination of Executive’s employment with Company, Executive will tender a written notice of Executive’s resignation from any and all offices of the Company and all subsidiaries, affiliates or clients in which the Executive represents the Company in the capacity of an officer or director. Notwithstanding any failure by the Executive to provide the Company with written notice of resignation, Executive hereby authorizes and directs the Board of Directors to accept the Executive’s resignation from all positions effective as of the date of termination of the Executive’s employment.

5. Property Rights and Obligations of Executive . Executive agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of Company’s Employee Non-Disclosure and Invention Agreement, which is incorporated by reference and attached as an Exhibit A to this Agreement. The provisions of this Section 5 and Attachment A will survive the termination of this Agreement. The covenants in this Section 5 and Attachment A will be construed as separate covenants and to the extent any covenant will be judicially unenforceable, it will not affect the enforcement of any other covenant. In the event Executive breaches any of the provisions of this Section 5 and Attachment A, Executive agrees that Company will be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other remedy to which Company may be entitled.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

3


6. General Provisions .

6.1. Notices . Any notices or other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement must be in writing and addressed to Company or Executive at the addresses below, or at such other address as either Party may from time to time designate in writing. Any notice or communication that is addressed as provided in this Section will be deemed given (a) upon delivery, if delivered personally or via certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested; or (b) on the first business day of the receiving Party after the transmission if by facsimile or after the timely delivery to the courier, if delivered by overnight courier. Other methods of delivery will be acceptable only upon proof of receipt by the Party to whom notice is delivered.

 

If to Company:    Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, 757 S. Raymond Ave, Pasadena, Ca 91105 ATTN: Human Resources
If to Executive:    1137 Parkview Ave, Pasadena, CA 91103

6.2. Choice of Law and Forum . Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, this Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Both Parties agree that San Diego, California will be the venue of any proceeding and both Parties consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State of California.

6.3. Entire Agreement; Modification and Waiver . This Agreement supersedes any and all other agreements, whether oral or in writing, between the Parties with respect to the employment of Executive by Company and contains all covenants and agreements between the Parties relating to such employment in any manner whatsoever. Each Party to this Agreement acknowledges that no representations, inducements, promises, or agreements, oral or written, have been made by any Party, or anyone acting on behalf of any Party, that are not embodied herein, and that no other agreement, statement, or promise not contained in this Agreement will be valid or binding. Any modification of this Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing signed by the Party to be charged. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be deemed, or will constitute, a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor will any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No waiver will be binding unless executed in writing by the Party making the waiver.

6.4. Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned in whole or in part by Executive without the prior written consent of Company. However, subject to the foregoing limitation, this Agreement will be binding on, and will inure to the benefit of, the Parties and their respective heirs, legatees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

6.5. Severability . If for any reason whatsoever, any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement will be held or deemed to be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid as applied to any particular case or in all cases, such circumstances will not have the effect of rendering any such provision inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid in any other case or of rendering any of the other provisions of this Agreement inoperative, unenforceable or invalid.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

4


6.6. Representation by Counsel; Interpretation . Company and Executive acknowledge that each Party to this Agreement has had the opportunity to be represented by counsel in connection with this Agreement and the matters contemplated by this Agreement. Accordingly, any rule of law or decision which would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Agreement against the Party that drafted it has no application and is expressly waived. In addition, the term “including” and its variations are always used in the non-restrictive sense (as if followed by a phrase such as “but not limited to”). The provisions of this Agreement will be interpreted in a reasonable manner to affect the intent of the Parties.

6.7. Headings and Captions . Headings and captions are included for purposes of convenience only and are not a part of the Agreement.

6.8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in one or more counterparts, each of, which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Fax signatures will be valid and binding.

 

OSMETECH MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS
By:  

/s/ Christopher Gleeson

Its:   Chairman of the Board
“Executive”

/s/ Jon Faiz Kayyem

Jon Faiz Kayyem

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

5


Attachment A to Executive Employment Agreement

Employee Non-Disclosure and Invention Agreement

This Executive Non-Disclosure and Invention Agreement (“NDIA Agreement”) is entered into as of the Effective Date of the Executive Employment Agreement (“NDIA Agreement”) Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, a wholly owned subsidiary of Osmetech Technologies, Inc. (“Company”) and Jon Faiz Kayyem (“Executive”). Company and Executive are each a “Party” to this NDIA Agreement and are sometimes collectively referred to as “Parties.”

Recitals Of The Intent Of The Parties

A. As an employee of the Company, Executive may receive or have access to business plans, inventions, discoveries, technical information, trade secrets, writings, designs, and other proprietary and confidential information of value and of such importance to the Company that it must be maintained as proprietary and confidential trade secrets of the Company both during and after termination of your employment. Furthermore, Executive may conceive or create Inventions (as defined below) in connection with and during the period of Executive’s employment with the Company.

B. This NDIA Agreement is attached to and incorporated into the Agreement pursuant to Section 5 of the Agreement. Execution of this NDIA Agreement is a condition of employment.

In consideration for the new or continued employment of Executive, and other valuable consideration, Company and Executive agree as follows:

1. NON-DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION . Executive recognizes that during the course of employment with Company, Executive may have access to Confidential Information of Company, its subsidiaries and other organizations controlled by, controlling, or under common control with it (“Affiliates”). “Company Group” means Osmetech, Inc. and its Affiliates, including Company. Company Group is a third-party beneficiary of this NDIA Agreement and the restrictive covenants in this NDIA Agreement are intended for the benefit of Company Group. As used in this NDIA Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” means the applicable information of each Company Group and includes information not publicly available about Company Group’s: (a) research and development; manufacturing methods and formulas; (b) purchasing; marketing; sales costs; pricing inventions; improvements; (c) inventions, discoveries and ideas (whether patentable or not) related to their activities; (d) business and management development plans; (e) customer and supplier contact information and requirements; (f) proprietary software systems and technology related methodologies; (g) customers’ proprietary software systems and technology related methodologies; (h) activities of their established committees or boards; (i) litigation, disputes, or investigations to which they may be (or may have been) a party and legal advice provided to Executive in the course of Executive’s employment; and (j) any other trade secrets. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all rights, title and interest in any Confidential Information will remain the exclusive property of Company. Executive will not, without the written consent of the Chief Operating Officer, during the term employment or at any time after the termination of employment, disclose copy, make use of, or remove from Company premises, Confidential Information except as may be required in the course of Executive’s employment with and for the benefit of Company. Executive specifically acknowledges that any use of Confidential

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

6


Information by persons not employed by Company or who are not authorized by Company to use the information provides such persons an unfair competitive advantage which they would not have had without the use of Confidential Information.

2. RETURN OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER COMPANY PROPERTY . No later than Executive’s termination date, Executive will return to Company and delete from any personal computer or other device all originals and all copies of any Company property, Confidential Information, and all materials, documents, notes, manuals, computer disks, computers, or lists containing or embodying Confidential Information, or relating directly or indirectly to the business of Company, which are in Executive’s possession or control.

2.1. INVENTIONS AND ORIGINAL WORKS ASSIGNED TO Company. Executive agrees to make prompt written disclosure to Company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of Company, and hereby assigns to Company all Executive’s right, title and interest in and to any ideas, inventions, discoveries, concepts and ideas, whether patentable or not, including but not limited to processes, methods, formulae, software, techniques, strains, cultures, and organisms, as well as improvements and know-how, concerning any present or planned activities of Company that Executive is aware of as a result of employment of Company, original works of authorship, developments, improvements or trade secrets which Executive may solely or jointly conceive or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or reduced to practice, during the period of Executive’s employment with Company. Executive recognizes that this NDIA Agreement does not require assignment of any invention, which qualifies for protection under Section 2870 of the California Labor Code. 1

3. In addition, Executive acknowledges that all original works of authorship which are made by Executive (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of employment and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act. Executive will assist to obtain and enforce United States and foreign proprietary rights relating to any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements or trade secrets of Company.

4. INVENTIONS/ORIGINAL WORKS RETAINED BY EMPLOYEE . Below is a complete disclosure of all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets that he has, alone or jointly with others, conceived, developed or reduced to practice or caused to be conceived, developed or reduced to practice prior to the commencement of Executive’s employment with Company, that Executive considers to be the property of Executive or the property of third parties and that Executive wishes to have excluded from the scope of this NDIA Agreement:                                 .

5. NOTICE TO THIRD PARTIES . In the event that Executive’s employment with Company terminates, Executive consents to the notification of Executive’s new employer or company of Executive’s rights and obligations under this NDIA Agreement.

 

1

Section 2870 provides: (a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either: (1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or (2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer. (b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

7


6. OBLIGATIONS TO FORMER EMPLOYERS AND OTHER PARTIES . Executive promises that Executive has not brought to Company and will not improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secret of former employers or companies. Executive also represents that Executive’s employment under this NDIA Agreement does not breach any other agreement or obligation of Executive and that Executive has not entered into any written or oral agreement in conflict with this NDIA Agreement.

7. NON-SOLICITATION OF COMPANY EMPLOYEES. Executive recognizes that Company’s employees are a valuable resource of Company. Executive will not during the term of Executive’s employment and for a period of one (1) year following its termination, either alone or in conjunction with any other person or entity, directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit, aid or suggest to any Company Executive to leave the employ of Company, or terminate or violate any contractual or fiduciary duty owing to Company.

8. RESTRICTIONS ON COMPETITION DURING EMPLOYMENT . Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment with Company Executive will not, directly or indirectly, have any ownership interest, work for advise, or have any business relationship with any person or entity that competes with Company, or that is planning to compete with Company, without the prior written approval of a manager who is at least at the Vice President level. While employed by Company, Executive will not use any unfair business practices to establish a competing business or undertake any actions to impair Company’s relationship with its existing customers and business.

9. NON-SOLICITATION OF CUSTOMERS USING CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION . Executive recognizes that information about Company’s customers are Confidential Information and trade secrets of Company. During the term of Executive’s employment and for a period of one (1) year following its termination, Executive will not use Confidential Information or other unfair business practices to divert or attempt to divert from Company any business or customers with whom Executive dealt or about whom Executive had access to Confidential Information by virtue of Executive’s employment.

10. SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATION . Executive expressly understands and agrees that the obligations, responsibilities and duties of Executive under this NDIA Agreement will survive the termination of Executive’s employment with Company.

11. NOTICE OF LEGAL OBLIGATION . In the event that Executive is required in a civil, criminal or regulatory proceeding to disclose any part of the Confidential Information, Executive will give the President of Company prompt written notice of the request to permit Company to seek an appropriate remedy or to waive the Executive's compliance with the provisions of this NDIA Agreement in regard to the request.

12. NOTICE OF UNAUTHORIZED DISCLOSURE . If Executive loses or makes unauthorized disclosure of any of the Confidential Information, the Executive will immediately notify Company take all reasonable steps necessary to retrieve the lost or improperly disclosed Confidential Information.

13. EMPLOYMENT AT-WILL . Nothing in this NDIA Agreement is intended to change the at-will status of Executive’s employment with Company and Executive understands that Company or Executive may terminate the employment relationship with or without cause and with or without advance notice.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

8


14. REMEDIES . The parties recognize that a breach of this NDIA Agreement by Executive will cause an irreparable injury to Company that cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated for in money damages. In the event of any breach or threatened breach, Company will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain such breach or threatened breach by Executive, Executive’s partners, co-employees, agents, employers and employees, and any other persons acting or with Executive. Company will be entitled to injunctive relief for the duration specified in the applicable paragraph(s) of the NDIA Agreement, commencing from the date such relief is granted, but reduced by the period of time elapsed between Executive’s termination date and Executive’s first breach or threatened breach of this NDIA Agreement.

15. ASSIGNMENT . This NDIA Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Company, its successors and assigns, and to the benefit of Executive, Executive’s heirs and legal representatives. Executive agrees that this NDIA Agreement may be assigned by Company to any successor or other party, without the consent of Executive. The transfer of Executive to any other Company corporate parent, affiliate, subsidiary, or successor will constitute an assignment of this NDIA Agreement.

16. CONTROLLING LAW AND JURISDICTION . This NDIA Agreement will be governed by, construed by, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to conflict of law provisions. Executive specifically consents to personal jurisdiction in the State of California.

17. SEVERABILITY . If any provision, paragraph or subparagraph in this NDIA Agreement is adjudged by any court to be void or unenforceable in whole or in part, this adjudication will not affect the validity of the remainder of the NDIA Agreement. Each provision, paragraph and subparagraph of this NDIA Agreement is separable and constitutes a separate and distinct covenant. The parties further expressly agree that if any provision is susceptible to two or more constructions, one of which would render the provision unenforceable, then the provision will be construed to have the meaning that renders it enforceable.

18. HEADINGS AND INTERPRETATION . Headings are inserted for the convenience of the parties only and are not to be considered when interpreting this NDIA Agreement. Words in the singular mean and include the plural and vice versa. Words in the masculine mean and include the feminine and vice versa. The term “including” and its variations are always used in the non-restrictive sense as if followed by a phrase such as “but not limited to. Executive and Company agree that any ambiguity in the terms of this NDIA Agreement will not be construed against any of the parties and any rule of law or decision that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this NDIA Agreement against the party that drafted it is expressly waived. The provisions of this NDIA Agreement will be interpreted in a reasonable manner to affect the intent of the parties.

19. AMENDMENT AND NONWAIVER . This NDIA Agreement may only be amended or modified by a written instrument executed by both Company and Executive. The failure by Company to enforce any provision of this NDIA Agreement will not be deemed a waiver of such provision or of Company’s right to enforce each and every provision of this NDIA Agreement, or agreements signed by other employees. Any such failure will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by Executive.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

9


20. COUNTERPARTS . This NDIA Agreement may be executed in counterparts and a faxed signature will be valid.

21. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This NDIA Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter of the NDIA Agreement and supersedes and replaces any previous communications, representations, arrangements or agreements, whether oral or written, addressing the terms, conditions, and issues contained in the NDIA Agreement.

 

OSMETECH MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS
By:  

/s/ Christopher Gleeson

Its:   Chairman of the Board
“Executive”

/s/ Jon Faiz Kayyem

Jon Faiz Kayyem

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

10

EXHIBIT 10.19

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into as of November 30, 2009 (“Effective Date”), by Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, a wholly owned subsidiary of Osmetech Technologies, Inc. (“Company”) and Steven J. Kemper (“Executive”). Company and Executive are each a “Party” to this Agreement and are sometimes collectively referred to as “Parties.”

Recitals Of The Intent Of The Parties

A. The Company wishes to employ Executive, and Executive wishes to accept such employment.

B. Executive acknowledges that this Agreement is necessary for the protection of Company’s investment in its business, goodwill, products, services, methods of operation, information, and relationships with its customers and other employees; and

C. Company acknowledges that Executive desires definition of the compensation and benefits, and other terms of employment;

Agreement Of The Parties

In consideration of foregoing recitals, the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

1. Employment . Company employs Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement beginning on the Effective Date and continuing until terminated by either Party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

2. Duties .

2.1. Basic Duties . Executive agrees to serve as Senior Vice President of Finance and with such other powers, duties and responsibilities usually vested in his position as well as additional or different duties that Executive may be reasonably directed to perform by Company.

2.2. Time Devoted to Employment . Executive will devote his full time to the business of Company during the term of this Agreement and will perform his duties and responsibilities faithfully, diligently and to the best of his ability, in compliance with all applicable laws and the Company’s policies and procedures. Executive will not engage in any other business activity, except as may be approved in writing by the Chief Executive Officer of Company, in its sole discretion.

2.3. Place of Performance . Executive shall be based at Company’s offices in Pasadena, California until such time as the Company relocates to the San Diego Area. The Executive will be required travel on Company’s business from time-to-time.

2.4. No Conflicting Agreements . Executive represents and warrants that the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement does not and will not breach any other

 

CONFIDENTIAL


agreement, including any confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with prior employers or other persons. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has not entered into, and will not enter into, any agreement, either written or oral in conflict with this Agreement. Executive represents that Executive has disclosed to Company any actual or potential conflicts.

2.5. Duty of Loyalty . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive owes a fiduciary duty of loyalty, fidelity and allegiance to act at all times in the best interests of the Company and to do no act which would intentionally injure Company’s business, its interests, or its reputation. Executive understands that it is Company’s policy to conduct its business ethically and legally and agrees to uphold those standards of business conduct and ethical principles, and comply with all applicable laws and regulations and Company’s policies.

3. Compensation and Method of Payment .

3.1. Total Compensation . As compensation under this Agreement, Company will pay and Executive will accept the following:

3.1.1. Executive will receive on an annual basis of Two Hundred Thirty Thousand Dollars ($230,000.00) (“Base Salary”). The Company will review Executive’s Base Salary annually and may, in its sole discretion increase the Executive’s Base Salary, considering Executive’s achievements during the prior period, business conditions and other factors as may be deemed relevant by Company, but in no event shall such review result in a reduction of Employee’s salary below $230,000.00 on an annual basis unless mutually agreed upon.

3.1.2. Executive will be eligible to participate in the Management Incentive Bonus of up to 30% variable pay based on current base salary, which will be defined on an annual basis and approved by the Board of Directors. Executive will only earn and be entitled to a Management Incentive Bonus if Executive is employed on the date the bonus is payable and Company will not pay prorated Management Incentive Bonus in the event of Executives earlier departure.

3.1.3. The Company will also offer Executive participation in the OMD stock incentive program. Executive will be granted an option equivalent to purchase 1.2% of the Company’s fully diluted outstanding shares after taking into account the new shares issued during the current fund raise per the current plan policies and procedures which includes Board of Directors’ approval. The stock option shall vest ratably over a period not to exceed 48 months.

3.1.4. In the event of a change of control, all of Executive’s options shall immediately vest.

3.1.5. Company will reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other expenses incurred or paid by Executive in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties, responsibilities or services under this Agreement, upon presentation by the Executive of documentation as Company may request and in accordance with any applicable policies adopted by the Company.

3.1.6. Executive will be entitled to participate in employee fringe benefit, health insurance, life insurance, and other programs which Company may adopt from time to time for executives of Company. Participation will be in accordance with any plans and any applicable policies adopted by Company. Executive will be entitled to vacations in accordance with Company policy in effect from time to time and subject to applicable state law. Current policy provides that, on an annual basis, Executive will accrue three weeks vacation pay.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

2


3.2. Reservation of Rights . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Company reserves the right to modify, suspend or discontinue any and all benefit plans, practices, policies and programs at any time whether before or after termination of employment without advance notice to or recourse by Executive.

3.3. Payment of Compensation . The Company will pay Executive’s Base Salary in accordance with the normal payroll cycle of the Company as established from time to time. All compensation paid to Executive will be subject to applicable taxes, withholding and other required, usual or elected employee deductions.

4. Termination of Agreement .

This Agreement and all obligations under this Agreement (except for obligations contained in Sections 4, 5 and 6, which will survive any termination of Executive’s employment or this Agreement) will terminate upon the earliest to occur of any of the following:

4.1. At-Will . Either Party may terminate Executive’s employment for any reason, with or without cause and without advance notice.

4.1.1. If Executive terminates employment pursuant to this Section, Executive will receive (a) Base Salary prorated through the last day of Executive’s actual employment; (b) any bonus, if earned pursuant to the requirements of Section 3; (c) accrued and unpaid vacation; (d) unreimbursed expenses pursuant to Section 3 (collectively, “Separation Pay”). Except to the extent required by law or Incentive Plan Document, all other obligations and liabilities of Company terminate as of the effective date of any such termination.

4.1.2. If Company terminates Executive’s employment pursuant to this Section, in addition to the Separation Pay, Executive will receive the following “Severance Pay” provided that Executive signs a full general release in a form mutually agreeable to the Parties: (a) six months of Base Salary payable (at Executive’s option) in lump sum or in installments accordance with Company’s usual payroll schedule and including continuation of Executive’s medical and dental insurance during the six month period.

4.1.3. If Company terminates Executive’s employment pursuant to this Section, due to a change of control, Executive will receive the following “Severance Pay”, in lieu of section 4.1.2, provided that Executive signs a full general release in a form mutually agreeable to the Parties: (a) twelve months of Base Salary payable (at Executive’s option) in lump sum or in installments accordance with Company’s usual payroll schedule and including continuation of Executive’s medical and dental insurance during the twelve month period. “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) Any merger or consolidation of the Corporation in which the Corporation is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Corporation in which the holders of the Corporation’s Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

3


(b) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, the assets of the Corporation, or the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or

(c) individuals who would constitute a majority of the members of the Board elected at any meeting of stockholders or by written consent (without regard to any members of the Board elected pursuant to the terms of any series of Preferred Stock) shall be elected to the Board and the election or the nomination for election by the stockholders of such directors was not approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors in office immediately prior to such election or

(d) a replacement of the now current Chief Executive Officer in any event.

4.2. Other Termination by Company . Company may terminate Executive for “Cause,” which for purposes of this Section 4.2, means (c) theft, fraud, dishonesty or Executive’s conviction of a felony; (d) Executive’s breach of his fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty to Company, including violation of the restrictive covenants in Section 5 of this Agreement; and (e) Executive’s gross negligence, misconduct or failure to comply with any material term of this Agreement. In the event of Company terminates Executive for Cause, Executive will receive Separation Pay. Except to the extent required by law or Incentive Plan Document, all other obligations and liabilities of Company terminate as of the effective date of any such termination.

4.3. Other Termination by Executive . Executive may terminate this Agreement for “Good Reason,” which for purposes of this Section 4.3, means the following (a) a reduction of Executive’s Base Salary (other than as provided in this Agreement or agreed to by Executive) or a material reduction in benefits, except to the extent implemented as to all other similarly-situated executives; and (b) without Executive’s consent, relocates Executive to another state. If Executive terminates for Good Reason, Executive will receive Separation Pay and Severance Pay. Except to the extent required by law or Incentive Plan Document, all other obligations and liabilities of Company terminate as of the effective date of any such termination.

4.4. Death or Disability . This Agreement will terminate immediately upon the death of Executive or upon the determination that Executive cannot perform the fundamental duties of his position with or without accommodation. If this Agreement terminates for the death or disability of Executive, Executive or Executive’s representatives will receive Separation Pay. Except to the extent required by law or Incentive Plan Document, all other obligations and liabilities of Company terminate as of the effective date of any such termination.

4.5. Compliance with IRC Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if any payment to be made pursuant to this Agreement will trigger any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, then Company will defer or modify the commencement or payments to prevent such accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A.

4.6. Resignation as Board Member or Officer . If applicable to Executive, immediately upon the termination of Executive’s employment with Company, Executive will tender a written notice of Executive’s resignation from any and all offices of the Company and all subsidiaries, affiliates or clients in which the Executive represents the Company in the capacity of an officer or director. Notwithstanding any failure by the Executive to provide the Company with written notice of resignation, Executive hereby authorizes and directs the Board of Directors to accept the Executive’s resignation from all positions effective as of the date of termination of the Executive’s employment.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

4


5. Property Rights and Obligations of Executive . Executive agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of Company’s Employee Non-Disclosure and Invention Agreement, which is incorporated by reference and attached as an Exhibit A to this Agreement. The provisions of this Section 5 and Attachment A will survive the termination of this Agreement. The covenants in this Section 5 and Attachment A will be construed as separate covenants and to the extent any covenant will be judicially unenforceable, it will not affect the enforcement of any other covenant. In the event Executive breaches any of the provisions of this Section 5 and Attachment A, Executive agrees that Company will be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other remedy to which Company may be entitled.

5 .1 Company shall provide to Executive prior to November 30, 2009 a copy of the Company’s D&O insurance policy verifying that Executive is a covered party under the policy.

6. General Provisions .

6.1. Notices . Any notices or other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement must be in writing and addressed to Company or Executive at the addresses below, or at such other address as either Party may from time to time designate in writing. Any notice or communication that is addressed as provided in this Section will be deemed given (a) upon delivery, if delivered personally or via certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested; or (b) on the first business day of the receiving Party after the transmission if by facsimile or after the timely delivery to the courier, if delivered by overnight courier. Other methods of delivery will be acceptable only upon proof of receipt by the Party to whom notice is delivered.

 

If to Company:   

Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, 757 S. Raymond Ave, Pasadena,

Ca 91105 ATTN: Human Resources

If to Executive:    13587 Penfield Point, San Diego, CA 92130

6.2. Choice of Law and Forum . Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, this Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Both Parties agree that Los Angeles, California will be the venue of any proceeding and both Parties consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State of California.

6.3. Entire Agreement; Modification and Waiver . This Agreement supersedes any and all other agreements, whether oral or in writing, between the Parties with respect to the employment of Executive by Company and contains all covenants and agreements between the Parties relating to such employment in any manner whatsoever. Each Party to this Agreement acknowledges that no representations, inducements, promises, or agreements, oral or written,

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

5


have been made by any Party, or anyone acting on behalf of any Party, that are not embodied herein, and that no other agreement, statement, or promise not contained in this Agreement will be valid or binding. Any modification of this Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing signed by the Party to be charged. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be deemed, or will constitute, a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor will any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No waiver will be binding unless executed in writing by the Party making the waiver.

6.4. Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned in whole or in part by Executive without the prior written consent of Company. However, subject to the foregoing limitation, this Agreement will be binding on, and will inure to the benefit of, the Parties and their respective heirs, legatees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

6.5. Severability . If for any reason whatsoever, any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement will be held or deemed to be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid as applied to any particular case or in all cases, such circumstances will not have the effect of rendering any such provision inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid in any other case or of rendering any of the other provisions of this Agreement inoperative, unenforceable or invalid.

6.6. Representation by Counsel; Interpretation . Company and Executive acknowledge that each Party to this Agreement has had the opportunity to be represented by counsel in connection with this Agreement and the matters contemplated by this Agreement. Accordingly, any rule of law or decision which would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Agreement against the Party that drafted it has no application and is expressly waived. In addition, the term “including” and its variations are always used in the non-restrictive sense (as if followed by a phrase such as “but not limited to”). The provisions of this Agreement will be interpreted in a reasonable manner to affect the intent of the Parties.

6.7. Headings and Captions . Headings and captions are included for purposes of convenience only and are not a part of the Agreement.

6.8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in one or more counterparts, each of, which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Fax signatures will be valid and binding.

 

OSMETECH MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS
By:  

/s/ Jon Faiz Kayyem

Its:   Chief Executive Officer
“Executive”

/s/ Steven J. Kemper

Steven J. Kemper

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

6


Attachment A to Executive Employment Agreement

Employee Non-Disclosure and Invention Agreement

This Executive Non-Disclosure and Invention Agreement (“NDIA Agreement”) is entered into as of the Effective Date of the Executive Employment Agreement (“NDIA Agreement”) Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, a wholly owned subsidiary of Osmetech Technologies, Inc. (“Company”) and Steven J. Kemper (“Executive”). Company and Executive are each a “Party” to this NDIA Agreement and are sometimes collectively referred to as “Parties.”

Recitals Of The Intent Of The Parties

A. As an employee of the Company, Executive may receive or have access to business plans, inventions, discoveries, technical information, trade secrets, writings, designs, and other proprietary and confidential information of value and of such importance to the Company that it must be maintained as proprietary and confidential trade secrets of the Company both during and after termination of your employment. Furthermore, Executive may conceive or create Inventions (as defined below) in connection with and during the period of Executive’s employment with the Company.

B. This NDIA Agreement is attached to and incorporated into the Agreement pursuant to Section 5 of the Agreement. Execution of this NDIA Agreement is a condition of employment.

In consideration for the new or continued employment of Executive, and other valuable consideration, Company and Executive agree as follows:

1. NON-DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION . Executive recognizes that during the course of employment with Company, Executive may have access to Confidential Information of Company, its subsidiaries and other organizations controlled by, controlling, or under common control with it (“Affiliates”). “Company Group” means Osmetech, Inc. and its Affiliates, including Company. Company Group is a third-party beneficiary of this NDIA Agreement and the restrictive covenants in this NDIA Agreement are intended for the benefit of Company Group. As used in this NDIA Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” means the applicable information of each Company Group and includes information not publicly available about Company Group’s: (a) research and development; manufacturing methods and formulas; (b) purchasing; marketing; sales costs; pricing inventions; improvements; (c) inventions, discoveries and ideas (whether patentable or not) related to their activities; (d) business and management development plans; (e) customer and supplier contact information and requirements; (f) proprietary software systems and technology related methodologies; (g) customers’ proprietary software systems and technology related methodologies; (h) activities of their established committees or boards; (i) litigation, disputes, or investigations to which they may be (or may have been) a party and legal advice provided to Executive in the course of Executive’s employment; and (j) any other trade secrets. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all rights, title and interest in any Confidential Information will remain the exclusive property of Company. Executive will not, without the written consent of the Chief Operating Officer, during the term employment or at any time after the termination of employment, disclose copy, make use of, or remove from Company premises, Confidential Information except as may be required in the course of Executive’s employment with and for the benefit of Company. Executive specifically acknowledges that any use of Confidential

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

7


Information by persons not employed by Company or who are not authorized by Company to use the information provides such persons an unfair competitive advantage which they would not have had without the use of Confidential Information.

2. RETURN OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER COMPANY PROPERTY . No later than Executive’s termination date, Executive will return to Company and delete from any personal computer or other device all originals and all copies of any Company property, Confidential Information, and all materials, documents, notes, manuals, computer disks, computers, or lists containing or embodying Confidential Information, or relating directly or indirectly to the business of Company, which are in Executive’s possession or control.

2.1. INVENTIONS AND ORIGINAL WORKS ASSIGNED TO Company. Executive agrees to make prompt written disclosure to Company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of Company, and hereby assigns to Company all Executive’s right, title and interest in and to any ideas, inventions, discoveries, concepts and ideas, whether patentable or not, including but not limited to processes, methods, formulae, software, techniques, strains, cultures, and organisms, as well as improvements and know-how, concerning any present or planned activities of Company that Executive is aware of as a result of employment of Company, original works of authorship, developments, improvements or trade secrets which Executive may solely or jointly conceive or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or reduced to practice, during the period of Executive’s employment with Company. Executive recognizes that this NDIA Agreement does not require assignment of any invention, which qualifies for protection under Section 2870 of the California Labor Code. 1

3. In addition, Executive acknowledges that all original works of authorship which are made by Executive (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of employment and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act. Executive will assist to obtain and enforce United States and foreign proprietary rights relating to any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements or trade secrets of Company.

4. INVENTIONS/ORIGINAL WORKS RETAINED BY EMPLOYEE . Below is a complete disclosure of all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets that he has, alone or jointly with others, conceived, developed or reduced to practice or caused to be conceived, developed or reduced to practice prior to the commencement of Executive’s employment with Company, that Executive considers to be the property of Executive or the property of third parties and that Executive wishes to have excluded from the scope of this NDIA Agreement: NONE                                         .

 

 

1 Section 2870 provides: (a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either: (1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or (2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer. (b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

8


5. NOTICE TO THIRD PARTIES . In the event that Executive’s employment with Company terminates, Executive consents to the notification of Executive’s new employer or company of Executive’s rights and obligations under this NDIA Agreement.

6. OBLIGATIONS TO FORMER EMPLOYERS AND OTHER PARTIES . Executive promises that Executive has not brought to Company and will not improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secret of former employers or companies. Executive also represents that Executive’s employment under this NDIA Agreement does not breach any other agreement or obligation of Executive and that Executive has not entered into any written or oral agreement in conflict with this NDIA Agreement.

7. NON-SOLICITATION OF COMPANY EMPLOYEES. Executive recognizes that Company’s employees are a valuable resource of Company. Executive will not during the term of Executive’s employment and for a period of one (1) year following its termination, either alone or in conjunction with any other person or entity, directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit, aid or suggest to any Company Executive to leave the employ of Company, or terminate or violate any contractual or fiduciary duty owing to Company.

8. RESTRICTIONS ON COMPETITION DURING EMPLOYMENT . Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment with Company Executive will not, directly or indirectly, have any ownership interest, work for advise, or have any business relationship with any person or entity that competes with Company, or that is planning to compete with Company, without the prior written approval of a manager who is at least at the Vice President level. While employed by Company, Executive will not use any unfair business practices to establish a competing business or undertake any actions to impair Company’s relationship with its existing customers and business.

9. NON-SOLICITATION OF CUSTOMERS USING CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION . Executive recognizes that information about Company’s customers are Confidential Information and trade secrets of Company. During the term of Executive’s employment and for a period of one (1) year following its termination, Executive will not use Confidential Information or other unfair business practices to divert or attempt to divert from Company any business or customers with whom Executive dealt or about whom Executive had access to Confidential Information by virtue of Executive’s employment.

10. SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATION . Executive expressly understands and agrees that the obligations, responsibilities and duties of Executive under this NDIA Agreement will survive the termination of Executive’s employment with Company.

11. NOTICE OF LEGAL OBLIGATION . In the event that Executive is required in a civil, criminal or regulatory proceeding to disclose any part of the Confidential Information, Executive will give the President of Company prompt written notice of the request to permit Company to seek an appropriate remedy or to waive the Executive’s compliance with the provisions of this NDIA Agreement in regard to the request.

12. NOTICE OF UNAUTHORIZED DISCLOSURE . If Executive loses or makes unauthorized disclosure of any of the Confidential Information, the Executive will immediately notify Company take all reasonable steps necessary to retrieve the lost or improperly disclosed Confidential Information.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

9


13. EMPLOYMENT AT-WILL . Nothing in this NDIA Agreement is intended to change the at-will status of Executive’s employment with Company and Executive understands that Company or Executive may terminate the employment relationship with or without cause and with or without advance notice in accordance with the Executive’s Executive Employment Agreement.

14. REMEDIES . The parties recognize that a breach of this NDIA Agreement by Executive will cause an irreparable injury to Company that cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated for in money damages. In the event of any breach or threatened breach, Company will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain such breach or threatened breach by Executive, Executive’s partners, co-employees, agents, employers and employees, and any other persons acting or with Executive. Company will be entitled to injunctive relief for the duration specified in the applicable paragraph(s) of the NDIA Agreement, commencing from the date such relief is granted, but reduced by the period of time elapsed between Executive’s termination date and Executive’s first breach or threatened breach of this NDIA Agreement.

15. ASSIGNMENT . This NDIA Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Company, its successors and assigns, and to the benefit of Executive, Executive’s heirs and legal representatives. Executive agrees that this NDIA Agreement may be assigned by Company to any successor or other party, without the consent of Executive. The transfer of Executive to any other Company corporate parent, affiliate, subsidiary, or successor will constitute an assignment of this NDIA Agreement.

16. CONTROLLING LAW AND JURISDICTION . This NDIA Agreement will be governed by, construed by, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to conflict of law provisions. Executive specifically consents to personal jurisdiction in the State of California .

17. SEVERABILITY . If any provision, paragraph or subparagraph in this NDIA Agreement is adjudged by any court to be void or unenforceable in whole or in part, this adjudication will not affect the validity of the remainder of the NDIA Agreement. Each provision, paragraph and subparagraph of this NDIA Agreement is separable and constitutes a separate and distinct covenant. The parties further expressly agree that if any provision is susceptible to two or more constructions, one of which would render the provision unenforceable, then the provision will be construed to have the meaning that renders it enforceable.

18. HEADINGS AND INTERPRETATION . Headings are inserted for the convenience of the parties only and are not to be considered when interpreting this NDIA Agreement. Words in the singular mean and include the plural and vice versa. Words in the masculine mean and include the feminine and vice versa. The term “including” and its variations are always used in the non-restrictive sense as if followed by a phrase such as “but not limited to. Executive and Company agree that any ambiguity in the terms of this NDIA Agreement will not be construed against any of the parties and any rule of law or decision that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this NDIA Agreement against the party that drafted it is expressly waived. The provisions of this NDIA Agreement will be interpreted in a reasonable manner to affect the intent of the parties.

19. AMENDMENT AND NONWAIVER . This NDIA Agreement may only be amended or modified by a written instrument executed by both Company and Executive. The failure by Company to enforce any provision of this NDIA Agreement will not be deemed a waiver of such

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

10


provision or of Company’s right to enforce each and every provision of this NDIA Agreement, or agreements signed by other employees. Any such failure will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by Executive.

20. COUNTERPARTS . This NDIA Agreement may be executed in counterparts and a faxed signature will be valid.

21. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This NDIA Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter of the NDIA Agreement and supersedes and replaces any previous communications, representations, arrangements or agreements, whether oral or written, addressing the terms, conditions, and issues contained in the NDIA Agreement.

 

OSMETECH MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS
By:  

/s/ Jon Faiz Kayyem

Its:   Chief Executive Officer
“Executive”

/s/ Steven J. Kemper

Steven J. Kemper

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

11

EXHIBIT 10.20

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into as of January 1, 2010 (“Effective Date”), by Osmetech Technology, Inc. and subsidiaries (“Company”) and Pankaj Singhal (“Executive”). Company and Executive are each a “Party” to this Agreement and are sometimes collectively referred to as “Parties” and supersedes any previous written or verbal agreements.

Recitals Of The Intent Of The Parties

A. The Company wishes to employ Executive, and Executive wishes to accept such employment.

B. Executive acknowledges that this Agreement is necessary for the protection of Company’s investment in its business, goodwill, products, services, methods of operation, information, and relationships with its customers and other employees; and

C. Company acknowledges that Executive desires definition of the compensation and benefits, and other terms of employment;

Agreement Of The Parties

In consideration of foregoing recitals, the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

1. Employment . Company employs Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement beginning on the Effective Date and continuing until terminated by either Party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

2. Duties .

2.1. Basic Duties . Executive agrees to serve as Sr. Vice President of Research and Product Development and Manufacturing Operations, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer and with such other powers, duties and responsibilities usually vested in his position as well as additional or different duties that Executive may be reasonably directed to perform by Company.

2.2. Time Devoted to Employment . Executive will devote his full time to the business of Company during the term of this Agreement and will perform his duties and responsibilities faithfully, diligently and to the best of his ability, in compliance with all applicable laws and the Company’s policies and procedures. Executive will not engage in any other business activity, except as may be approved in writing by the Chief Executive Officer of Company, in its sole discretion.

2.3. Place of Performance . Executive shall be based at Company’s offices in Pasadena, California until such time as the Company relocates to the San Diego Area. The Executive will be required to travel on Company’s business from time-to-time.

2.4. No Conflicting Agreements . Executive represents and warrants that the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement does not and will not breach any other agreement, including any confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with prior employers or other

 

CONFIDENTIAL


persons. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has not entered into, and will not enter into, any agreement, either written or oral in conflict with this Agreement. Executive represents that Executive has disclosed to Company any actual or potential conflicts.

2.5. Duty of Loyalty . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive owes a fiduciary duty of loyalty, fidelity and allegiance to act at all times in the best interests of the Company and to do no act which would intentionally injure Company's business, its interests, or its reputation. Executive understands that it is Company’s policy to conduct its business ethically and legally and agrees to uphold those standards of business conduct and ethical principles, and comply with all applicable laws and regulations and Company’s policies.

3. Compensation and Method of Payment .

3.1. Total Compensation . As compensation under this Agreement, Company will pay and Executive will accept the following:

3.1.1. Executive will receive on an annual basis of Two Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($220,000.00) (“Base Salary”). The Company will review Executive’s Base Salary annually and may, in its sole discretion increase the Executive’s Base Salary, considering Executive’s achievements during the prior period, business conditions and other factors as may be deemed relevant by Company.

3.1.2. Executive will be eligible to participate in the Management Incentive Bonus of up to 30% variable pay based on current base salary, which will be defined on an annual basis and requires approval by the Board of Directors. Executive will only earn and be entitled to a Management Incentive Bonus if Executive is employed on the date the bonus is payable and Company will not pay prorated Management Incentive Bonus in the event of Executives earlier departure.

3.1.3. The Company will also offer Executive participation in the OMD stock incentive program. Executive has been granted 19,601,320 options to purchase shares of Osmetech Stock per the current plan policies and procedures which included Board of Directors’ approval. Previously executed grant documents with options to purchase at a market price of more than 13.24 pence, will be returned to human resources within 7 days and considered null and void.

3.1.4. Company will reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other expenses incurred or paid by Executive in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties, responsibilities or services under this Agreement, upon presentation by the Executive of documentation as Company may request and in accordance with any applicable policies adopted by the Company.

3.1.5. Executive will be entitled to participate in employee fringe benefit, health insurance, life insurance, and other programs which Company may adopt from time to time for executives of Company. Participation will be in accordance with any plans and any applicable policies adopted by Company. Executive will be entitled to accrue 20 days (160 hours) of vacation in accordance with Company policy in effect from time to time and subject to applicable state law.

3.2. Reservation of Rights . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Company reserves the right to modify, suspend or discontinue any and all benefit plans, practices, policies and programs at any time whether before or after termination of employment without advance notice to or recourse by Executive.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

2


3.3. Payment of Compensation . The Company will pay Executive’s Base Salary in accordance with the normal payroll cycle of the Company as established from time to time. All compensation paid to Executive will be subject to applicable taxes, withholding and other required, usual or elected employee deductions.

4. Termination of Agreement .

This Agreement and all obligations under this Agreement (except for obligations contained in Sections 4, 5 and 6, which will survive any termination of Executive’s employment or this Agreement) will terminate upon the earliest to occur of any of the following:

4.1. At-Will . Either Party may terminate Executive’s employment for any reason, with or without cause and without advance notice.

4.1.1. If Executive terminates employment pursuant to this Section, Executive will receive (a) Base Salary prorated through the last day of Executive’s actual employment; (b) any bonus, if earned pursuant to the requirements of Section 3; (c) accrued and unpaid vacation; (d) unreimbursed expenses pursuant to Section 3 (collectively, “Separation Pay”). Except to the extent required by law or Incentive Plan Document, all other obligations and liabilities of Company terminate as of the effective date of any such termination.

4.2. Death or Disability . This Agreement will terminate immediately upon the death of Executive or upon the determination that Executive cannot perform the fundamental duties of his position with or without accommodation. If this Agreement terminates for the death or disability of Executive, Executive or Executive’s representatives will receive Separation Pay. Except to the extent required by law or Incentive Plan Document, all other obligations and liabilities of Company terminate as of the effective date of any such termination.

4.3. Compliance with IRC Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if any payment to be made pursuant to this Agreement will trigger any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, then Company will defer or modify the commencement or payments to prevent such accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A.

4.4. Resignation as Board Member or Officer . If applicable to Executive, immediately upon the termination of Executive’s employment with Company, Executive will tender a written notice of Executive’s resignation from any and all offices of the Company and all subsidiaries, affiliates or clients in which the Executive represents the Company in the capacity of an officer or director. Notwithstanding any failure by the Executive to provide the Company with written notice of resignation, Executive hereby authorizes and directs the Board of Directors to accept the Executive’s resignation from all positions effective as of the date of termination of the Executive’s employment.

5. Property Rights and Obligations of Executive . Executive agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of Company’s Employee Non-Disclosure and Invention Agreement, which is incorporated by reference and attached as an Exhibit A to this Agreement. The provisions of this Section 5 and Attachment A will survive the termination of this Agreement. The covenants in this Section 5 and Attachment A will be construed as separate covenants and to the extent any covenant will be judicially unenforceable, it will not affect the enforcement of any other covenant. In the event Executive breaches any of the provisions of this Section 5 and Attachment A, Executive agrees that Company will be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other remedy to which Company may be entitled.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

3


6. General Provisions .

6.1. Notices . Any notices or other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement must be in writing and addressed to Company or Executive at the addresses below, or at such other address as either Party may from time to time designate in writing. Any notice or communication that is addressed as provided in this Section will be deemed given (a) upon delivery, if delivered personally or via certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested; or (b) on the first business day of the receiving Party after the transmission if by facsimile or after the timely delivery to the courier, if delivered by overnight courier. Other methods of delivery will be acceptable only upon proof of receipt by the Party to whom notice is delivered.

 

If to Company:    Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, 757 S. Raymond Ave, Pasadena, Ca 91105 ATTN: Human Resources
If to Executive:    1280 Tropical Avenue, Pasadena, CA 91107

6.2. Choice of Law and Forum . Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, this Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Both Parties agree that San Diego, California will be the venue of any proceeding and both Parties consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State of California.

6.3. Entire Agreement; Modification and Waiver . This Agreement supersedes any and all other agreements, whether oral or in writing, between the Parties with respect to the employment of Executive by Company and contains all covenants and agreements between the Parties relating to such employment in any manner whatsoever. Each Party to this Agreement acknowledges that no representations, inducements, promises, or agreements, oral or written, have been made by any Party, or anyone acting on behalf of any Party, that are not embodied herein, and that no other agreement, statement, or promise not contained in this Agreement will be valid or binding. Any modification of this Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing signed by the Party to be charged. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be deemed, or will constitute, a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor will any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No waiver will be binding unless executed in writing by the Party making the waiver.

6.4. Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned in whole or in part by Executive without the prior written consent of Company. However, subject to the foregoing limitation, this Agreement will be binding on, and will inure to the benefit of, the Parties and their respective heirs, legatees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

6.5. Severability . If for any reason whatsoever, any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement will be held or deemed to be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid as applied to any particular case or in all cases, such circumstances will not have the effect of rendering any such provision inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid in any other case or of rendering any of the other provisions of this Agreement inoperative, unenforceable or invalid.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

4


6.6. Representation by Counsel; Interpretation . Company and Executive acknowledge that each Party to this Agreement has had the opportunity to be represented by counsel in connection with this Agreement and the matters contemplated by this Agreement. Accordingly, any rule of law or decision which would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Agreement against the Party that drafted it has no application and is expressly waived. In addition, the term “including” and its variations are always used in the non-restrictive sense (as if followed by a phrase such as “but not limited to”). The provisions of this Agreement will be interpreted in a reasonable manner to affect the intent of the Parties.

6.7. Headings and Captions . Headings and captions are included for purposes of convenience only and are not a part of the Agreement.

6.8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in one or more counterparts, each of, which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Fax signatures will be valid and binding.

 

OSMETECH MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS

By:

 

/s/ Jon Faiz Kayyem

Its:

  Chief Executive Officer

“Executive”

/s/ Pankaj Singhal

Pankaj Singhal

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

5


Attachment A to Executive Employment Agreement

Employee Non-Disclosure and Invention Agreement

This Executive Non-Disclosure and Invention Agreement (“NDIA Agreement”) is entered into as of the Effective Date of the Executive Employment Agreement (“NDIA Agreement”) Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, a wholly owned subsidiary of Osmetech Technologies, Inc. (“Company”) and Pankaj Singhal (“Executive”). Company and Executive are each a “Party” to this NDIA Agreement and are sometimes collectively referred to as “Parties.”

Recitals Of The Intent Of The Parties

A. As an employee of the Company, Executive may receive or have access to business plans, inventions, discoveries, technical information, trade secrets, writings, designs, and other proprietary and confidential information of value and of such importance to the Company that it must be maintained as proprietary and confidential trade secrets of the Company both during and after termination of your employment. Furthermore, Executive may conceive or create Inventions (as defined below) in connection with and during the period of Executive’s employment with the Company.

B. This NDIA Agreement is attached to and incorporated into the Agreement pursuant to Section 5 of the Agreement. Execution of this NDIA Agreement is a condition of employment.

In consideration for the new or continued employment of Executive, and other valuable consideration, Company and Executive agree as follows:

1. NON-DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION . Executive recognizes that during the course of employment with Company, Executive may have access to Confidential Information of Company, its subsidiaries and other organizations controlled by, controlling, or under common control with it (“Affiliates”). “Company Group” means Osmetech, Inc. and its Affiliates, including Company. Company Group is a third-party beneficiary of this NDIA Agreement and the restrictive covenants in this NDIA Agreement are intended for the benefit of Company Group. As used in this NDIA Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” means the applicable information of each Company Group and includes information not publicly available about Company Group’s: (a) research and development; manufacturing methods and formulas; (b) purchasing; marketing; sales costs; pricing inventions; improvements; (c) inventions, discoveries and ideas (whether patentable or not) related to their activities; (d) business and management development plans; (e) customer and supplier contact information and requirements; (f) proprietary software systems and technology related methodologies; (g) customers’ proprietary software systems and technology related methodologies; (h) activities of their established committees or boards; (i) litigation, disputes, or investigations to which they may be (or may have been) a party and legal advice provided to Executive in the course of Executive’s employment; and (j) any other trade secrets. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all rights, title and interest in any Confidential Information will remain the exclusive property of Company. Executive will not, without the written consent of the Chief Operating Officer, during the term employment or at any time after the termination of employment, disclose copy, make use of, or remove from Company premises, Confidential Information except as may be required in the course of Executive’s employment with and for the benefit of Company. Executive specifically acknowledges that any use of Confidential

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

6


Information by persons not employed by Company or who are not authorized by Company to use the information provides such persons an unfair competitive advantage which they would not have had without the use of Confidential Information.

2. RETURN OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER COMPANY PROPERTY . No later than Executive’s termination date, Executive will return to Company and delete from any personal computer or other device all originals and all copies of any Company property, Confidential Information, and all materials, documents, notes, manuals, computer disks, computers, or lists containing or embodying Confidential Information, or relating directly or indirectly to the business of Company, which are in Executive’s possession or control.

2.1. INVENTIONS AND ORIGINAL WORKS ASSIGNED TO Company. Executive agrees to make prompt written disclosure to Company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of Company, and hereby assigns to Company all Executive’s right, title and interest in and to any ideas, inventions, discoveries, concepts and ideas, whether patentable or not, including but not limited to processes, methods, formulae, software, techniques, strains, cultures, and organisms, as well as improvements and know-how, concerning any present or planned activities of Company that Executive is aware of as a result of employment of Company, original works of authorship, developments, improvements or trade secrets which Executive may solely or jointly conceive or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or reduced to practice, during the period of Executive’s employment with Company. Executive recognizes that this NDIA Agreement does not require assignment of any invention, which qualifies for protection under Section 2870 of the California Labor Code. 1

3. In addition, Executive acknowledges that all original works of authorship which are made by Executive (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of employment and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act. Executive will assist to obtain and enforce United States and foreign proprietary rights relating to any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements or trade secrets of Company.

4. INVENTIONS/ORIGINAL WORKS RETAINED BY EMPLOYEE . Below is a complete disclosure of all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets that he has, alone or jointly with others, conceived, developed or reduced to practice or caused to be conceived, developed or reduced to practice prior to the commencement of Executive’s employment with Company, that Executive considers to be the property of Executive or the property of third parties and that Executive wishes to have excluded from the scope of this NDIA Agreement:                     .

5. NOTICE TO THIRD PARTIES . In the event that Executive’s employment with Company terminates, Executive consents to the notification of Executive’s new employer or company of Executive’s rights and obligations under this NDIA Agreement.

 

1

Section 2870 provides: (a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either: (1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or (2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer. (b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

7


6. OBLIGATIONS TO FORMER EMPLOYERS AND OTHER PARTIES . Executive promises that Executive has not brought to Company and will not improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secret of former employers or companies. Executive also represents that Executive’s employment under this NDIA Agreement does not breach any other agreement or obligation of Executive and that Executive has not entered into any written or oral agreement in conflict with this NDIA Agreement.

7. NON-SOLICITATION OF COMPANY EMPLOYEES. Executive recognizes that Company’s employees are a valuable resource of Company. Executive will not during the term of Executive’s employment and for a period of one (1) year following its termination, either alone or in conjunction with any other person or entity, directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit, aid or suggest to any Company Executive to leave the employ of Company, or terminate or violate any contractual or fiduciary duty owing to Company.

8. RESTRICTIONS ON COMPETITION DURING EMPLOYMENT . Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment with Company Executive will not, directly or indirectly, have any ownership interest, work for advise, or have any business relationship with any person or entity that competes with Company, or that is planning to compete with Company, without the prior written approval of a manager who is at least at the Vice President level. While employed by Company, Executive will not use any unfair business practices to establish a competing business or undertake any actions to impair Company’s relationship with its existing customers and business.

9. NON-SOLICITATION OF CUSTOMERS USING CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION . Executive recognizes that information about Company’s customers are Confidential Information and trade secrets of Company. During the term of Executive’s employment and for a period of one (1) year following its termination, Executive will not use Confidential Information or other unfair business practices to divert or attempt to divert from Company any business or customers with whom Executive dealt or about whom Executive had access to Confidential Information by virtue of Executive’s employment.

10. SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATION . Executive expressly understands and agrees that the obligations, responsibilities and duties of Executive under this NDIA Agreement will survive the termination of Executive’s employment with Company.

11. NOTICE OF LEGAL OBLIGATION . In the event that Executive is required in a civil, criminal or regulatory proceeding to disclose any part of the Confidential Information, Executive will give the President of Company prompt written notice of the request to permit Company to seek an appropriate remedy or to waive the Executive’s compliance with the provisions of this NDIA Agreement in regard to the request.

12. NOTICE OF UNAUTHORIZED DISCLOSURE . If Executive loses or makes unauthorized disclosure of any of the Confidential Information, the Executive will immediately notify Company take all reasonable steps necessary to retrieve the lost or improperly disclosed Confidential Information.

13. EMPLOYMENT AT-WILL . Nothing in this NDIA Agreement is intended to change the at-will status of Executive’s employment with Company and Executive understands that Company or Executive may terminate the employment relationship with or without cause and with or without advance notice.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

8


14. REMEDIES . The parties recognize that a breach of this NDIA Agreement by Executive will cause an irreparable injury to Company that cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated for in money damages. In the event of any breach or threatened breach, Company will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain such breach or threatened breach by Executive, Executive’s partners, co-employees, agents, employers and employees, and any other persons acting or with Executive. Company will be entitled to injunctive relief for the duration specified in the applicable paragraph(s) of the NDIA Agreement, commencing from the date such relief is granted, but reduced by the period of time elapsed between Executive’s termination date and Executive’s first breach or threatened breach of this NDIA Agreement.

15. ASSIGNMENT . This NDIA Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Company, its successors and assigns, and to the benefit of Executive, Executive’s heirs and legal representatives. Executive agrees that this NDIA Agreement may be assigned by Company to any successor or other party, without the consent of Executive. The transfer of Executive to any other Company corporate parent, affiliate, subsidiary, or successor will constitute an assignment of this NDIA Agreement.

16. CONTROLLING LAW AND JURISDICTION . This NDIA Agreement will be governed by, construed by, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to conflict of law provisions. Executive specifically consents to personal jurisdiction in the State of California.

17. SEVERABILITY . If any provision, paragraph or subparagraph in this NDIA Agreement is adjudged by any court to be void or unenforceable in whole or in part, this adjudication will not affect the validity of the remainder of the NDIA Agreement. Each provision, paragraph and subparagraph of this NDIA Agreement is separable and constitutes a separate and distinct covenant. The parties further expressly agree that if any provision is susceptible to two or more constructions, one of which would render the provision unenforceable, then the provision will be construed to have the meaning that renders it enforceable.

18. HEADINGS AND INTERPRETATION . Headings are inserted for the convenience of the parties only and are not to be considered when interpreting this NDIA Agreement. Words in the singular mean and include the plural and vice versa. Words in the masculine mean and include the feminine and vice versa. The term “including” and its variations are always used in the non-restrictive sense as if followed by a phrase such as “but not limited to. Executive and Company agree that any ambiguity in the terms of this NDIA Agreement will not be construed against any of the parties and any rule of law or decision that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this NDIA Agreement against the party that drafted it is expressly waived. The provisions of this NDIA Agreement will be interpreted in a reasonable manner to affect the intent of the parties.

19. AMENDMENT AND NONWAIVER . This NDIA Agreement may only be amended or modified by a written instrument executed by both Company and Executive. The failure by Company to enforce any provision of this NDIA Agreement will not be deemed a waiver of such provision or of Company’s right to enforce each and every provision of this NDIA Agreement, or agreements signed by other employees. Any such failure will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by Executive.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

9


20. COUNTERPARTS . This NDIA Agreement may be executed in counterparts and a faxed signature will be valid.

21. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This NDIA Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter of the NDIA Agreement and supersedes and replaces any previous communications, representations, arrangements or agreements, whether oral or written, addressing the terms, conditions, and issues contained in the NDIA Agreement.

 

OSMETECH MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS
By:  

/s/ Jon Faiz Kayyem

Its:   Chief Executive Officer
“Executive”

/s/ Pankaj Singhal

Pankaj Singhal

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

10

EXHIBIT 10.21

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into as of March 1, 2010 (“Effective Date”), by Osmetech Technology, Inc. and subsidiaries (“Company”) and John Bellano (“Executive”). Company and Executive are each a “Party” to this Agreement and are sometimes collectively referred to as “Parties.” This Agreement supersedes any previous written or verbal agreements.

Recitals Of The Intent Of The Parties

A. The Company wishes to employ Executive, and Executive wishes to accept such employment.

B. Executive acknowledges that this Agreement is necessary for the protection of Company’s investment in its business, goodwill, products, services, methods of operation, information, and relationships with its customers and other employees; and

C. Company acknowledges that Executive desires definition of the compensation and benefits, and other terms of employment;

Agreement Of The Parties

In consideration of foregoing recitals, the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

1. Employment . Company employs Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement beginning on the Effective Date and continuing until terminated by either Party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

2. Duties .

2.1. Basic Duties . Executive agrees to serve as Sr. Vice President of Commercial Operations, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer and with such other powers, duties and responsibilities usually vested in his position as well as additional or different duties that Executive may be reasonably directed to perform by Company.

2.2. Time Devoted to Employment . Executive will devote his full time to the business of Company during the term of this Agreement and will perform his duties and responsibilities faithfully, diligently and to the best of his ability, in compliance with all applicable laws and the Company’s policies and procedures. Executive will not engage in any other business activity, except as may be approved in writing by the Chief Executive Officer of Company, in its sole discretion.

2.3. Place of Performance . Executive shall be based at Company’s offices in Pasadena, California until such time as the Company relocates to the San Diego Area. The Executive will be required to travel on Company’s business from time-to-time.

2.4. No Conflicting Agreements . Executive represents and warrants that the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement does not and will not breach any other agreement, including any confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with prior employers or other

 

CONFIDENTIAL


persons. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has not entered into, and will not enter into, any agreement, either written or oral in conflict with this Agreement. Executive represents that Executive has disclosed to Company any actual or potential conflicts.

2.5. Duty of Loyalty . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive owes a fiduciary duty of loyalty, fidelity and allegiance to act at all times in the best interests of the Company and to do no act which would intentionally injure Company's business, its interests, or its reputation. Executive understands that it is Company’s policy to conduct its business ethically and legally and agrees to uphold those standards of business conduct and ethical principles, and comply with all applicable laws and regulations and Company’s policies.

3. Compensation and Method of Payment .

3.1. Total Compensation . As compensation under this Agreement, Company will pay and Executive will accept the following:

3.1.1. Executive will receive on an annual basis of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00) (“Base Salary”). The Company will review Executive’s Base Salary annually and may, in its sole discretion increase the Executive’s Base Salary, considering Executive’s achievements during the prior period, business conditions and other factors as may be deemed relevant by Company.

3.1.2. Executive will be eligible to participate in the Management Incentive Bonus of up to 50% variable pay based on current base salary, which will be defined on an annual basis and requires approval by the Board of Directors. Executive will only earn and be entitled to a Management Incentive Bonus if Executive is employed on the date the bonus is payable and Company will not pay prorated Management Incentive Bonus in the event of Executives earlier departure.

(a) To assist Executive in his new position, he will be paid a guaranteed bonus of $25,000.00 in each of Q1 & Q2, 2010. These will be paid within 30 days of the end of each respective quarter.

3.1.3. The Company will also offer Executive participation in the OMD stock incentive program. Executive has been granted 19,601,320 options to purchase shares of Osmetech Stock per the current plan policies and procedures which included Board of Directors’ approval.

3.1.4. The Company will assist Executive with relocation costs in the amount of $130,000.00 (less all applicable local, state and federal taxes) to be applied to such things as house hunting trips, moving of household items, home sale closing costs, etc. This assistants will be paid in two installments. One half ($65,000), to be paid at Executive’s request. The second portion ($65,000) will be paid upon completion of relocation in the form of a signed escrow agreement for a new home within San Diego County, no later than September 30 th , 2010.

3.1.5. Company will reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other expenses incurred or paid by Executive in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties, responsibilities or services under this Agreement, upon presentation by the Executive of documentation as Company may request and in accordance with any applicable policies adopted by the Company.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

2


3.1.6. Executive will be entitled to participate in employee fringe benefit, health insurance, life insurance, and other programs which Company may adopt from time to time for executives of Company. Participation will be in accordance with any plans and any applicable policies adopted by Company. Executive will be entitled to accrue 15 days (120 hours) of vacation in accordance with Company policy in effect from time to time and subject to applicable state law.

3.2. Reservation of Rights . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Company reserves the right to modify, suspend or discontinue any and all benefit plans, practices, policies and programs at any time whether before or after termination of employment without advance notice to or recourse by Executive.

3.3. Payment of Compensation . The Company will pay Executive’s Base Salary in accordance with the normal payroll cycle of the Company as established from time to time. All compensation paid to Executive will be subject to applicable taxes, withholding and other required, usual or elected employee deductions.

4. Termination of Agreement .

This Agreement and all obligations under this Agreement (except for obligations contained in Sections 4, 5 and 6, which will survive any termination of Executive’s employment or this Agreement) will terminate upon the earliest to occur of any of the following:

4.1. At-Will . Either Party may terminate Executive’s employment for any reason, with or without cause and without advance notice.

4.1.1. If Executive terminates employment pursuant to this Section, Executive will receive (a) Base Salary prorated through the last day of Executive’s actual employment; (b) any bonus, if earned pursuant to the requirements of Section 3; (c) accrued and unpaid vacation; (d) unreimbursed expenses pursuant to Section 3 (collectively, “Separation Pay”). Except to the extent required by law or Incentive Plan Document, all other obligations and liabilities of Company terminate as of the effective date of any such termination.

4.2. Death or Disability . This Agreement will terminate immediately upon the death of Executive or upon the determination that Executive cannot perform the fundamental duties of his position with or without accommodation. If this Agreement terminates for the death or disability of Executive, Executive or Executive’s representatives will receive Separation Pay. Except to the extent required by law or Incentive Plan Document, all other obligations and liabilities of Company terminate as of the effective date of any such termination.

4.3. Compliance with IRC Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if any payment to be made pursuant to this Agreement will trigger any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, then Company will defer or modify the commencement or payments to prevent such accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A.

4.4. Resignation as Board Member or Officer . If applicable to Executive, immediately upon the termination of Executive’s employment with Company, Executive will tender a written notice of Executive’s resignation from any and all offices of the Company and all subsidiaries, affiliates or clients in which the Executive represents the Company in the capacity of an officer or director. Notwithstanding any failure by the Executive to provide the Company with written notice of resignation, Executive hereby authorizes and directs the Board of Directors to accept the Executive’s resignation from all positions effective as of the date of termination of the Executive’s employment.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

3


5. Property Rights and Obligations of Executive . Executive agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of Company’s Employee Non-Disclosure and Invention Agreement, which is incorporated by reference and attached as an Exhibit A to this Agreement. The provisions of this Section 5 and Attachment A will survive the termination of this Agreement. The covenants in this Section 5 and Attachment A will be construed as separate covenants and to the extent any covenant will be judicially unenforceable, it will not affect the enforcement of any other covenant. In the event Executive breaches any of the provisions of this Section 5 and Attachment A, Executive agrees that Company will be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other remedy to which Company may be entitled.

6. General Provisions .

6.1. Notices . Any notices or other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement must be in writing and addressed to Company or Executive at the addresses below, or at such other address as either Party may from time to time designate in writing. Any notice or communication that is addressed as provided in this Section will be deemed given (a) upon delivery, if delivered personally or via certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested; or (b) on the first business day of the receiving Party after the transmission if by facsimile or after the timely delivery to the courier, if delivered by overnight courier. Other methods of delivery will be acceptable only upon proof of receipt by the Party to whom notice is delivered.

 

If to Company:    Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, 757 S. Raymond Ave, Pasadena, Ca 91105 ATTN: Human Resources
If to Executive:    611 Forest View Dr., Geneva, IL 60134

6.2. Choice of Law and Forum . Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, this Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Both Parties agree that San Diego, California will be the venue of any proceeding and both Parties consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State of California.

6.3. Entire Agreement; Modification and Waiver . This Agreement supersedes any and all other agreements, whether oral or in writing, between the Parties with respect to the employment of Executive by Company and contains all covenants and agreements between the Parties relating to such employment in any manner whatsoever. Each Party to this Agreement acknowledges that no representations, inducements, promises, or agreements, oral or written, have been made by any Party, or anyone acting on behalf of any Party, that are not embodied herein, and that no other agreement, statement, or promise not contained in this Agreement will be valid or binding. Any modification of this Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing signed by the Party to be charged. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be deemed, or will constitute, a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor will any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No waiver will be binding unless executed in writing by the Party making the waiver.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

4


6.4. Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned in whole or in part by Executive without the prior written consent of Company. However, subject to the foregoing limitation, this Agreement will be binding on, and will inure to the benefit of, the Parties and their respective heirs, legatees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

6.5. Severability . If for any reason whatsoever, any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement will be held or deemed to be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid as applied to any particular case or in all cases, such circumstances will not have the effect of rendering any such provision inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid in any other case or of rendering any of the other provisions of this Agreement inoperative, unenforceable or invalid.

6.6. Representation by Counsel; Interpretation . Company and Executive acknowledge that each Party to this Agreement has had the opportunity to be represented by counsel in connection with this Agreement and the matters contemplated by this Agreement. Accordingly, any rule of law or decision which would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Agreement against the Party that drafted it has no application and is expressly waived. In addition, the term “including” and its variations are always used in the non-restrictive sense (as if followed by a phrase such as “but not limited to”). The provisions of this Agreement will be interpreted in a reasonable manner to affect the intent of the Parties.

6.7. Headings and Captions . Headings and captions are included for purposes of convenience only and are not a part of the Agreement.

6.8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in one or more counterparts, each of, which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Fax signatures will be valid and binding.

 

OSMETECH MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS
By:  

/s/ Jon Faiz Kayyem

Its:   Chief Executive Officer
“Executive”

/s/ John Bellano

John Bellano

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

5


Attachment A to Executive Employment Agreement

Employee Non-Disclosure and Invention Agreement

This Executive Non-Disclosure and Invention Agreement (“NDIA Agreement”) is entered into as of the Effective Date of the Executive Employment Agreement (“NDIA Agreement”) Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics, a wholly owned subsidiary of Osmetech Technologies, Inc. (“Company”) and John Bellano (“Executive”). Company and Executive are each a “Party” to this NDIA Agreement and are sometimes collectively referred to as “Parties.”

Recitals Of The Intent Of The Parties

A. As an employee of the Company, Executive may receive or have access to business plans, inventions, discoveries, technical information, trade secrets, writings, designs, and other proprietary and confidential information of value and of such importance to the Company that it must be maintained as proprietary and confidential trade secrets of the Company both during and after termination of your employment. Furthermore, Executive may conceive or create Inventions (as defined below) in connection with and during the period of Executive’s employment with the Company.

B. This NDIA Agreement is attached to and incorporated into the Agreement pursuant to Section 5 of the Agreement. Execution of this NDIA Agreement is a condition of employment.

In consideration for the new or continued employment of Executive, and other valuable consideration, Company and Executive agree as follows:

1. NON-DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION . Executive recognizes that during the course of employment with Company, Executive may have access to Confidential Information of Company, its subsidiaries and other organizations controlled by, controlling, or under common control with it (“Affiliates”). “Company Group” means Osmetech, Inc. and its Affiliates, including Company. Company Group is a third-party beneficiary of this NDIA Agreement and the restrictive covenants in this NDIA Agreement are intended for the benefit of Company Group. As used in this NDIA Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” means the applicable information of each Company Group and includes information not publicly available about Company Group’s: (a) research and development; manufacturing methods and formulas; (b) purchasing; marketing; sales costs; pricing inventions; improvements; (c) inventions, discoveries and ideas (whether patentable or not) related to their activities; (d) business and management development plans; (e) customer and supplier contact information and requirements; (f) proprietary software systems and technology related methodologies; (g) customers’ proprietary software systems and technology related methodologies; (h) activities of their established committees or boards; (i) litigation, disputes, or investigations to which they may be (or may have been) a party and legal advice provided to Executive in the course of Executive’s employment; and (j) any other trade secrets. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all rights, title and interest in any Confidential Information will remain the exclusive property of Company. Executive will not, without the written consent of the Chief Operating Officer, during the term employment or at any time after the termination of employment, disclose copy, make use of, or remove from Company premises, Confidential Information except as may be required in the course of Executive’s employment with and for the benefit of Company. Executive specifically acknowledges that any use of Confidential Information by persons not employed by Company or who are not authorized by Company to use the information provides such persons an unfair competitive advantage which they would not have had without the use of Confidential Information.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

6


2. RETURN OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER COMPANY PROPERTY . No later than Executive’s termination date, Executive will return to Company and delete from any personal computer or other device all originals and all copies of any Company property, Confidential Information, and all materials, documents, notes, manuals, computer disks, computers, or lists containing or embodying Confidential Information, or relating directly or indirectly to the business of Company, which are in Executive’s possession or control.

2.1. INVENTIONS AND ORIGINAL WORKS ASSIGNED TO Company. Executive agrees to make prompt written disclosure to Company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of Company, and hereby assigns to Company all Executive’s right, title and interest in and to any ideas, inventions, discoveries, concepts and ideas, whether patentable or not, including but not limited to processes, methods, formulae, software, techniques, strains, cultures, and organisms, as well as improvements and know-how, concerning any present or planned activities of Company that Executive is aware of as a result of employment of Company, original works of authorship, developments, improvements or trade secrets which Executive may solely or jointly conceive or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or reduced to practice, during the period of Executive’s employment with Company. Executive recognizes that this NDIA Agreement does not require assignment of any invention, which qualifies for protection under Section 2870 of the California Labor Code. 1

3. In addition, Executive acknowledges that all original works of authorship which are made by Executive (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of employment and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act. Executive will assist to obtain and enforce United States and foreign proprietary rights relating to any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements or trade secrets of Company.

4. INVENTIONS/ORIGINAL WORKS RETAINED BY EMPLOYEE . Below is a complete disclosure of all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets that he has, alone or jointly with others, conceived, developed or reduced to practice or caused to be conceived, developed or reduced to practice prior to the commencement of Executive’s employment with Company, that Executive considers to be the property of Executive or the property of third parties and that Executive wishes to have excluded from the scope of this NDIA Agreement:                     .

5. NOTICE TO THIRD PARTIES . In the event that Executive’s employment with Company terminates, Executive consents to the notification of Executive’s new employer or company of Executive’s rights and obligations under this NDIA Agreement.

 

 

1

Section 2870 provides: (a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer's equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either: (1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or (2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer. (b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

7


6. OBLIGATIONS TO FORMER EMPLOYERS AND OTHER PARTIES . Executive promises that Executive has not brought to Company and will not improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secret of former employers or companies. Executive also represents that Executive’s employment under this NDIA Agreement does not breach any other agreement or obligation of Executive and that Executive has not entered into any written or oral agreement in conflict with this NDIA Agreement.

7. NON-SOLICITATION OF COMPANY EMPLOYEES. Executive recognizes that Company’s employees are a valuable resource of Company. Executive will not during the term of Executive’s employment and for a period of one (1) year following its termination, either alone or in conjunction with any other person or entity, directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit, aid or suggest to any Company Executive to leave the employ of Company, or terminate or violate any contractual or fiduciary duty owing to Company.

8. RESTRICTIONS ON COMPETITION DURING EMPLOYMENT . Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment with Company Executive will not, directly or indirectly, have any ownership interest, work for advise, or have any business relationship with any person or entity that competes with Company, or that is planning to compete with Company, without the prior written approval of a manager who is at least at the Vice President level. While employed by Company, Executive will not use any unfair business practices to establish a competing business or undertake any actions to impair Company’s relationship with its existing customers and business.

9. NON-SOLICITATION OF CUSTOMERS USING CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION . Executive recognizes that information about Company’s customers are Confidential Information and trade secrets of Company. During the term of Executive’s employment and for a period of one (1) year following its termination, Executive will not use Confidential Information or other unfair business practices to divert or attempt to divert from Company any business or customers with whom Executive dealt or about whom Executive had access to Confidential Information by virtue of Executive’s employment.

10. SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATION . Executive expressly understands and agrees that the obligations, responsibilities and duties of Executive under this NDIA Agreement will survive the termination of Executive’s employment with Company.

11. NOTICE OF LEGAL OBLIGATION . In the event that Executive is required in a civil, criminal or regulatory proceeding to disclose any part of the Confidential Information, Executive will give the President of Company prompt written notice of the request to permit Company to seek an appropriate remedy or to waive the Executive's compliance with the provisions of this NDIA Agreement in regard to the request.

12. NOTICE OF UNAUTHORIZED DISCLOSURE . If Executive loses or makes unauthorized disclosure of any of the Confidential Information, the Executive will immediately notify Company take all reasonable steps necessary to retrieve the lost or improperly disclosed Confidential Information.

13. EMPLOYMENT AT-WILL . Nothing in this NDIA Agreement is intended to change the at-will status of Executive’s employment with Company and Executive understands that Company or Executive may terminate the employment relationship with or without cause and with or without advance notice.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

8


14. REMEDIES . The parties recognize that a breach of this NDIA Agreement by Executive will cause an irreparable injury to Company that cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated for in money damages. In the event of any breach or threatened breach, Company will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain such breach or threatened breach by Executive, Executive’s partners, co-employees, agents, employers and employees, and any other persons acting or with Executive. Company will be entitled to injunctive relief for the duration specified in the applicable paragraph(s) of the NDIA Agreement, commencing from the date such relief is granted, but reduced by the period of time elapsed between Executive’s termination date and Executive’s first breach or threatened breach of this NDIA Agreement.

15. ASSIGNMENT . This NDIA Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Company, its successors and assigns, and to the benefit of Executive, Executive’s heirs and legal representatives. Executive agrees that this NDIA Agreement may be assigned by Company to any successor or other party, without the consent of Executive. The transfer of Executive to any other Company corporate parent, affiliate, subsidiary, or successor will constitute an assignment of this NDIA Agreement.

16. CONTROLLING LAW AND JURISDICTION . This NDIA Agreement will be governed by, construed by, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to conflict of law provisions. Executive specifically consents to personal jurisdiction in the State of California.

17. SEVERABILITY . If any provision, paragraph or subparagraph in this NDIA Agreement is adjudged by any court to be void or unenforceable in whole or in part, this adjudication will not affect the validity of the remainder of the NDIA Agreement. Each provision, paragraph and subparagraph of this NDIA Agreement is separable and constitutes a separate and distinct covenant. The parties further expressly agree that if any provision is susceptible to two or more constructions, one of which would render the provision unenforceable, then the provision will be construed to have the meaning that renders it enforceable.

18. HEADINGS AND INTERPRETATION . Headings are inserted for the convenience of the parties only and are not to be considered when interpreting this NDIA Agreement. Words in the singular mean and include the plural and vice versa. Words in the masculine mean and include the feminine and vice versa. The term “including” and its variations are always used in the non-restrictive sense as if followed by a phrase such as “but not limited to. Executive and Company agree that any ambiguity in the terms of this NDIA Agreement will not be construed against any of the parties and any rule of law or decision that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this NDIA Agreement against the party that drafted it is expressly waived. The provisions of this NDIA Agreement will be interpreted in a reasonable manner to affect the intent of the parties.

19. AMENDMENT AND NONWAIVER . This NDIA Agreement may only be amended or modified by a written instrument executed by both Company and Executive. The failure by Company to enforce any provision of this NDIA Agreement will not be deemed a waiver of such provision or of Company’s right to enforce each and every provision of this NDIA Agreement, or agreements signed by other employees. Any such failure will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by Executive.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

9


20. COUNTERPARTS . This NDIA Agreement may be executed in counterparts and a faxed signature will be valid.

21. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This NDIA Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter of the NDIA Agreement and supersedes and replaces any previous communications, representations, arrangements or agreements, whether oral or written, addressing the terms, conditions, and issues contained in the NDIA Agreement.

 

OSMETECH MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS
By:  

/s/ Jon Faiz Kayyem

Its:   Chief Executive Officer
“Executive”

/s/ John Bellano

John Bellano

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

10

EXHIBIT 10.22

LOGO

Compromise Agreement

Osmetech plc

and

James White

Without Prejudice

Subject to Contract

10 August 2009


THIS AGREEMENT is made on        10        August 2009

BETWEEN:

 

(1) OSMETECH PLC whose registered office is c/o Ashurst LLP, Broadwalk House, 5 Appold Street, London EC2A 2HA (the “Company” ); and

 

(2) JAMES WHITE whose address is 153 Washington Street, Duxbury MA02332, USA (the “Executive” ).

RECITALS

 

(A) The Executive was employed by the Company under the terms of a service agreement dated 13 October 1999 made between the Executive and Osmetech plc (the “Service Agreement” ).

 

(B) The Company is entering into this agreement without any admission of liability for itself and as agent for all its Group Companies and is duly authorised on their behalf.

 

(C) The Executive has received independent legal advice from a qualified lawyer as to the terms and effect of this agreement (to the extent that it relates to the law of England and Wales) and is aware that he has those potential claims against the Company which are listed and have been raised in clause 8.

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In this agreement the following terms shall have the meanings set out below:

“Group Company” means the Company, its holding company (as defined in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006) or any subsidiary undertaking (as defined in section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006 ) or associated company (as defined in sections 416 et seq. of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988) of the Company or the Company’s holding company including any of their predecessors, successors or assigns or any company which is designated at any time a Group Company by the directors of the board of the Company or any holding company and any firm, company, corporate or other organisation that:

 

  (a) is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company;

 

  (b) directly or indirectly controls the Company; or

 

  (c) is directly or indirectly controlled by a third party who also directly or indirectly controls the Company.

“HMRC” means Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs and, where relevant, any predecessor or successor body which carried out or carries out part of its functions;

“Options” means options to acquire ordinary shares in the capital of the Company; and

“Termination Date” means 7 August 2009.

 

2. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

2.1

The Executive accepts and confirms the termination of his employment with the Company and any Group Companies with effect from the Termination Date and his Service Agreement shall have no further effect thereafter save for clauses 14, 15, 16, 17 and 19.2 to 19.6 of the Service Agreement which are intended to, and which the Executive agrees do, survive termination. For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive is hereby specifically

 

2


 

released from clause 19.1 of the Service Agreement. Except as otherwise provided for in this agreement, all benefits extended to the Executive and salary payments, including, but not limited to, pension contributions will cease with effect from the Termination Date.

 

2.2 The Executive shall receive his salary at the current rate and contractual benefits up to and including the Termination Date according to the normal payroll practices of the Company but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any payments in respect of bonus or commission and there is no payment due or owing in respect of accrued but unused holiday entitlement.

 

2.3 The sums detailed at clause 2.2 will be subject to any relevant tax, withholdings and statutory deductions in the US and UK, as applicable.

 

3. OFFICE AND SHAREHOLDINGS

 

3.1 The Executive:

 

  (a) warrants he resigned from his directorship with the Company and from all other offices which he held with the Company or any other Group Companies on 16 July 2009;

 

  (b) warrants that he does not hold any trusteeships;

 

  (c) warrants that he does not hold any qualifying or nominee shareholdings as a result of his employment by the Company; and

 

  (d) shall execute such further documents and do such further things (at the cost of the Company) as may in the opinion of the Company be necessary in order to give full effect to clauses 3.1(a) to (c) above.

 

4. SHARE OPTIONS

 

4.1 The Executive holds outstanding Options granted to him under the following agreements:

 

  (a) Deed of Grant of Options (Replacement LTIP awards) (the “Replacement LTIP” ) dated 2 September 2005;

 

  (b) Deed of Grant of Option (LTIP Award) (the “LTIP” ) dated 2 September 2005; and

 

  (c) Option Agreement (Replacement EMI options) (the “Replacement EMI Agreement” ) dated 10 July 2009 (effective 5 December 2008).

 

4.2 Options granted under the Replacement LTIP have, pursuant to the determination of the Remuneration Committee of the Company on 10 July 2009, vested in full and may be exercised, in accordance with and subject to the terms of the Replacement LTIP, until the expiry of the period of six months from the Termination Date, on which date they shall lapse and cease to be exercisable.

 

4.3 Options granted under the LTIP (pursuant to the determination of the Remuneration Committee of the Company on 10 July 2009) have not vested and shall lapse and cease to be exercisable on the Termination Date, in accordance with the terms of the LTIP.

 

4.4 Options granted under the Replacement EMI Agreement shall, in accordance with and subject to the terms of the Replacement EMI Agreement, be exercisable (on the basis that the Executive is a “specified employee” of the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986) from the six-month anniversary of the Termination Date until the expiry of the calendar year in which such anniversary occurs, at which point the Options shall lapse and cease to be exercisable.

 

3


5. TERMINATION PAYMENT

 

5.1 Subject to clause 7 below, by way of compensation for loss of office and the termination of the Executive’s employment, the Company shall pay to the Executive:

 

  (a) the sum of £10,000 (TEN THOUSAND UK POUNDS) in lieu of notice (the “UK Notice Payment” ). This sum shall be paid within fourteen days following the date on which the Company receives a copy of this agreement executed by the Executive and the letter in schedule 2 signed by his adviser, which must be returned to the Company by 10 August 2009; and

 

  (b) the sum of $473,351 (FOUR HUNDRED AND SEVENTY THREE THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED AND FIFTY ONE US DOLLARS) (the “US Notice Payment” ). This sum shall be paid within fourteen days following the date on which the Company receives a copy of this agreement executed by the Executive and the letter in schedule 2 signed by his adviser, which must be returned to the Company by 10 August 2009;

 

  (c) the sum of $169,156 (ONE HUNDRED AND SIXTY NINE THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED AND FIFTY SIX US DOLLARS) (the “Pension Payment” ). This sum shall be paid directly to the Executive within fourteen days following the date on which the Company receives a copy of this agreement executed by the Executive and the letter in schedule 2 signed by his adviser, which must be returned to the Company by 10 August 2009;

 

  (d) any payment to the Executive under this Agreement that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A payable as a result of a termination of employment may only be paid upon a “separation from service” under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. For the purposes of clarification, the foregoing sentence shall not cause any forfeiture of benefits on the part of the Executive, but shall only act as a delay until such time as a “separation from service” occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any amount to be paid to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement as a result of his termination of employment is subject to Section 409A, and if the Employee is a “Specified Employee” under Section 409A as of the date of his termination of employment hereunder, then, to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of excise taxes or other penalties under Section 409A, the payment of benefits, if any, scheduled to be paid by the Company to the Executive hereunder during the first six (6) month period following the date of a termination hereunder shall be paid on the date which is the first business date following the six-month anniversary of the Executive’s termination of employment for any reason other than death.

 

5.2 The payment detailed at clause 5.1(a) will be subject to any relevant UK tax and UK national insurance contributions.

 

5.3 The US Notice Payment and Pension Payment will be made subject to withholdings and deductions for relevant US taxes and any other US statutory deductions and taxes that may apply to such payments (as will any other payment which is so taxable which the Executive receives in connection with his termination).

 

6. BENEFITS

 

6.1 Subject to the Executive’s compliance in full with his obligations as set out in this agreement (and provided the Executive has returned to the Company a copy of this agreement signed by him and the letter in schedule 2 signed by the adviser, which must be returned to the Company by 10 August 2009, the Company shall:

 

  (a) contribute up to £6,000 plus VAT but inclusive of any disbursements towards the reasonable legal fees incurred by the Executive in obtaining advice only in respect of the termination of his employment. This payment shall be made directly to his legal advisers following receipt of their invoice addressed to the Executive but marked payable by the Company in accordance with the HMRC extra-statutory concession A81;

 

4


  (b) continue to pay the premiums under the US Healthcare Plan, upon the Executive’s valid election of COBRA in accordance with the terms of the Plan, until 7 August 2010 on the terms currently available to him and subject to the rules of the relevant scheme and the terms of any related policy of insurance as amended from time to time. The Executive will be responsible for any tax or social security contributions due in respect of this; and

 

  (c) continue the Executive’s long term and short term disability and group life insurance until 7 August 2010 on the terms currently available to him and subject to the rules of the relevant scheme and the terms of any related policy of insurance as amended from time to time; and

 

  (d) further to any reasonable request by a prospective employer or employment agency provide a written reference with respect to the Executive’s employment with the Company in terms of the pro forma reference at schedule 1 and will deal with any reasonable oral enquiries in a manner consistent with the reference (subject in each case to such amendment as may be necessary to reflect any material information which may subsequently come to the attention of the Company and subject in every case to the Company’s overriding legal duties and obligations owed to prospective employers). Whilst any such reference will be given in confidence and good faith, neither the Company nor its officers or employees will be responsible or liable to the Executive, the recipient of the reference or any third party for any errors, omissions or inaccuracies in the information it contains or for any loss or damage that may result from it. The Company reserves the right to make such disclosures as required by law or to comply with regulatory requirements, even if this means straying from the reference within schedule 1.

 

7. CONDITION PRECEDENT

 

7.1 The payments and benefits referred to in clauses 4.1 and 6 above (the “Settlement” ) shall be subject to:

 

  (a) receipt by the Company of a copy of this agreement signed by the Executive and the letter in schedule 2 signed by his adviser, which must be returned to the Company by 10 August 2009; and

 

  (b) the Executive’s compliance in full with his obligations as set out in this agreement including for the avoidance of doubt his obligations at clause 8 below.

 

8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS

 

8.1 The Executive agrees that he has carefully considered all the facts and circumstances relating to his office and employment and their termination and accepts the Settlement and other terms of this agreement in full and final settlement of:

 

  (a) the following particular claims or complaints against any Group Company and/or any of their employees, officers, shareholders, agents or consultants:

 

  (i) all claims for damages for breach of contract;

 

  (ii) unfair dismissal claims under the Employment Rights Act 1996;

 

5


  (iii) claims in relation to redundancy under the Employment Rights Act 1996;

 

  (iv) claims for unlawful deductions from wages under the Employment Rights Act 1996;

 

  (v) claims in relation to the right to be accompanied under the Employment Relations Act 1999 (as amended);

 

  (vi) claims relating to personal or industrial injury including without limitation any stress related claim of which the Executive is aware at the date of entering into this agreement;

 

  (b) the following additional claims against any Group Company and/or any of their employees, officers, agents or consultants:

 

  (i) equal pay claims under the Equal Pay Act 1970;

 

  (ii) claims for discrimination or victimisation on the grounds of:

 

  (A) sex under the Sex Discrimination Act 1975;

 

  (B) marital status/civil partnership under the Sex Discrimination Act 1975, or the Employment Equality (Sexual Orientation) Regulations 2003, as amended;

 

  (C) race under the Race Relations Act 1976;

 

  (D) national or ethnic origins under the Race Relations Act 1976;

 

  (E) disability under the Disability Discrimination Act 1995;

 

  (F) trade-union membership under the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992;

 

  (G) religion or belief under the Employment Equality (Religion or Belief) Regulations 2003;

 

  (H) sexual orientation under the Employment Equality (Sexual Orientation) Regulations 2003;

 

  (I) age under the Employment Equality (Age) Regulations 2006;

 

  (J) part-time status under the Part-Time Workers (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2006;

 

  (K) fixed-term status under the Fixed-Term Employees (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2002;

 

  (iii) claims under the Working Time Regulations 1998;

 

  (iv) claims under the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992;

 

  (v) claims arising under the Information and Consultation of Employees Regulations 2004;

 

  (vi) claims in relation to European works councils arising under the Transnational Information and Consultation of Employees Regulations 1999;

 

6


  (vii) claims in relation to requests for flexible working arising under the Employment Rights Act 1996, the Flexible Working (Eligibility, Complaints and Remedies) Regulations 2002 or Flexible Working (Procedural Requirements) Regulations 2002;

 

  (viii) claims for harassment under the Protection from Harassment Act 1997;

 

  (ix) claims that he has been dismissed or has otherwise suffered a detriment for making a qualifying and protected disclosure for the purposes of section 47B of the Employment Rights Act 1996;

 

  (x) claims in relation to the failure to provide written particulars of employment under section 1 of the Employment Rights Act 1996 (as amended); and

 

  (xi) a claim for compensation under section 13 of the Data Protection Act 1998;

 

  (c) any other claims, charge, complaint, and rights of action for any alleged action or circumstance arising from the beginning of time through the date on which he executes this Agreement, whether known or unknown by him (whether under contract, common law, statute, tort, U.S. federal, state and/or local law, European Union law or otherwise) whether in the United Kingdom, United States of America or any other country or jurisdiction elsewhere in the world and whether contemplated or not which he has or may have against any Group Company (including, but not limited to, any of their predecessors, successors or assigns) or their employees, officers, agents or consultants arising out of his employment or its termination or his directorships or any office held by him by virtue of his employment or past directorships or their termination or the loss of any such office and any other matter whatsoever and he irrevocably waives any such claims or rights of action which he now has or may become aware of hereafter and will refrain from instructing or continuing and will forthwith withdraw any legal proceedings or complaint before or to an employment tribunal or court. The Company and the Executive both acknowledge that there are or may be claims and rights which are not contemplated (whether on the facts known to the parties or on the law as it is known) at the date of this agreement by the parties or either of them but that the waiver contained in this paragraph waives and releases any and all such claims and rights. Nothing herein shall prohibit him from providing truthful testimony in any legal proceeding, communicating with any governmental agency or representative, or making any truthful disclosure required or permitted under US law, provided, however, that he will use his best efforts to ensure that this section is complied with to the extent possible. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall bar or prohibit him from contacting, seeking assistance from or participating in any proceeding before any US federal or state administrative agency to the extent permitted by applicable US federal, state and/or local law. However, he nevertheless will be prohibited to the fullest extent authorised by law from obtaining monetary damages in any agency proceeding in which he does so participate. Nothing in this agreement shall prevent the Executive from enforcing the terms of this agreement or any claims that may not be waived in law.

 

9. WARRANTY

 

9.1 The Executive warrants that:

 

  (a) he has no claims against any Group Company or their employees or officers other than those set out in clauses 8.1(a), (b) and (c);

 

  (b) to the extent that the Executive has or may have any such complaints referred to in clause 8 above, these have been asserted by him or his Legal Adviser on his behalf to the Company prior to the date of this agreement. This agreement and the waiver and release in clause 8 expressly relate to each and every one of those complaints;

 

7


  (c) he is not aware of any actual or potential personal injury claims against the Company or any Group Company at the date of this agreement;

 

  (d) he has not and will not commence any legal or arbitration proceedings of any nature against the Company or any Group Company in any jurisdiction in relation to his employment with the Company or any Group Company, the termination of such employment, any offices held with the Company, the termination of any such offices or otherwise except as permitted herein, nor will he accept the benefit of any lawsuits or claims of any kind brought on his behalf against the Company or any Group Company;

 

  (e) he has not committed any breach of duty (including fiduciary duty) owed to the Company or any Group Company. For the avoidance of doubt, this agreement shall not have the effect of releasing the Executive from any liability owed to the Company or any Group Company, whether as an officer or employee;

 

  (f) he has not done or omitted to do any act which:

 

  (i) had the Company been aware of it, would have entitled the Company to dismiss him summarily without notice or compensation;

 

  (ii) had it been done after the Termination Date would be in breach of this agreement;

 

  (g) he has made a full and frank disclosure to the Company of all matters which might reasonably affect the willingness of the Company to enter into this agreement or pay the Settlement or any part of it;

 

  (h) he shall not hold himself out or conduct himself as an employee or director of the Company or any Group Company after the Termination Date; and

 

  (i) except as set out in this agreement, there are no sums owed to him or any arrangements under which a sum could become due by the Company or any Group Company to him including any payments under any bonus, incentive, commission, share option, pension, deferred salary arrangement or similar scheme and that neither the Company nor any Group Company nor the trustees of any such scheme is or shall be liable to make any payment or provide him with any shares or other benefits under any such scheme.

 

9.2 The Executive acknowledges that the Company is relying on the warranties in this agreement including at clause 9.1 above in entering into this agreement.

 

10. TAX INDEMNITY

The deductions for tax and other statutory deductions made from the Settlement by the Company are in accordance with the Company’s current understanding of the tax regime. However the Company gives no warranty as to whether any income tax or excise tax, including with respect to Section 409A, or employee national insurance contributions (or any national equivalent) are payable in respect of any payments made or benefits made available to the Executive pursuant to the terms of this agreement, the Service Agreement, the Option Agreement and any other agreement related to the Executive’s employment with the Company. The Executive agrees to be solely responsible for the payment of any further tax of any nature and other statutory deductions (including for the avoidance of doubt employee national insurance or other equivalent social security contributions) (whether the same are payable in the United Kingdom, United States of America or elsewhere) in respect of all and any part of the Settlement and to indemnify

 

8


each and every Group Company (and to keep each and every Group Company indemnified on a continuing basis) against all and any liabilities to such taxation or statutory deductions (including any interest, fines, penalties, surcharges, costs and expenses) which they may incur in respect of or by reason of all and any part of the Settlement.

 

11. COMPANY PROPERTY

The Executive warrants that he shall within 7 days of the date of this agreement return to the Company in good condition and without modification all documents, software, books, credit or charge cards and any other property including all copies thereof belonging to or relating to the business or affairs of any of the Group Companies or any officer, employee, shareholder, customer, supplier or agent of the Company or any Group Company, that he has not downloaded any information or software belonging to any Group Company, that he has disclosed any passwords or computer access codes relevant to the business of any Group Company and he undertakes to return to the Company forthwith any such property which may come into his possession or control in the future.

 

12. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

12.1 Without prejudice to the Executive’s common law and contractual obligations, he hereby undertakes that he has not, directly or indirectly, used or disclosed or caused to be disclosed and he will not at any time directly or indirectly use or disclose or cause to be disclosed to any person, company, firm, individual or organisation (except with the agreement of the Company or as required by law) any trade secret or confidential information belonging or relating to any Group Company which he obtained during his employment with any such companies including but not limited to details of actual and potential customers, suppliers, trade agents, arrangements, discounts or terms of business and the existence or terms of this agreement, nor directly or indirectly made or published or caused to be made or published and he will not at any time directly or indirectly make or publish or cause to be made or published any statement about the circumstances leading up to the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or any Group Company and his resignation as a director/officer of the Company or any Group Company.

 

12.2 This clause shall not apply to any such information which comes into the public domain as a result of a disclosure required by law or a protected disclosure under the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998 or by some means other than an unauthorised disclosure by the Executive or the disclosure of the existence or terms of this agreement to the Executive’s professional advisers who require the information for the purposes of giving advice or to his partner provided always that disclosure to the Executive’s professional advisers or partner shall be on terms that they agree to keep the same confidential.

 

13. INDEPENDENT LEGAL ADVICE

 

13.1 The Executive warrants that:

 

  (a) having received independent legal advice from Kim Roberts of Nabarro LLP, a qualified lawyer, he has raised all and any claims, complaints or potential proceedings that he may have arising out of the termination of his employment on the Termination Date, namely those claims listed in clause 8.1(a), (b) and (c) save in respect of any claims referred to in clause 8.1(c) which may be brought outside of the jurisdiction of England and Wales;

 

  (b)

he has received independent legal advice from Kim Roberts as to the terms and effect of this agreement (save in respect of those clauses which do not relate to the law of England and Wales being clauses 5.1(d), 5.3, 6.1(b), 8.1(c) (to the extent that any claims referred to in this clause may be brought outside of the jurisdiction of England and Wales) and clause 14.2) and the fact that he will be precluded from

 

9


 

bringing a claim against any Group Company relating to his employment or his directorships or their termination including (but not limited to) any claim for breach of contract, unfair dismissal, redundancy, equal pay, discrimination on the grounds of race, national or ethnic origins, sex, marital status, civil partnership, disability, religion or belief, sexual orientation, age, part-time or fixed-term status, victimisation, unlawful deductions from wages, claims in relation to the Working Time Regulations 1998, the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992, European works councils, requests for flexible working, the Protection from Harassment Act 1997, or claims that he has been dismissed or has otherwise suffered a detriment for making a qualifying and protected disclosure for the purposes of section 47B of the Employment Rights Act 1996, claims in relation to failure to provide written particulars of employment under section 1 of the Employment Rights Act 1996 (as amended), claims in relation to the right to be accompanied, the Information and Consultation of Employees Regulations 2004 and the Data Protection Act 1998,;

 

  (c) the solicitor who advised him holds (and held at the time the advice was given) a current practising certificate issued by the Solicitors Regulation Authority;

 

  (d) there is (and was at the time the advice was given) a contract of insurance or an indemnity provided for members of a profession or professional body covering the risk of a claim by the Executive in respect of any loss arising in consequence of the advice;

 

  (e) he has received satisfactory evidence of the above facts;

 

  (f) neither Kim Roberts nor Nabarro LLP acted for any Group Company in relation to the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or this agreement; and

 

  (g) he shall provide the Company with a letter in the form set out in schedule 2.

 

14. COMPLIANCE WITH LEGISLATION

 

14.1 The conditions regulating compromise agreements contained in section 77 of the Sex Discrimination Act 1975, section 72 of the Race Relations Act 1976, section 288(2B) of the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992, Schedule 3A of the Disability Discrimination Act 1995, section 203 of the Employment Rights Act 1996, Regulation 35(2) of the Working Time Regulations 1998, section 49 of the National Minimum Wage Act 1998, Regulation 41(3) of the Transnational Information and Consultation of Employees Regulations 1999, Regulation 9 of the Part-time Workers (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2000, Regulation 10 of the Fixed-term Employees (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2002, Schedule 4 of the Employment Equality (Religion or Belief) Regulations 2003, Schedule 4 of the Employment Equality (Sexual Orientation) Regulations 2003, Schedule 5 of the Employment Equality (Age) Regulations 2006, Regulation 40(4) of the Information and Consultation of Employees Regulations 2004, the Data Protection Act 1998 and the Protection from Harassment Act 1997 have therefore been satisfied.

 

14.2 The Executive acknowledges that he will be precluded from bringing a claim against any Group Company relating to his employment or his directorships under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and 1991, Older Workers Benefit Protection Act ( “OWBPA” ), the Americans with Disabilities Act ( “ADA” ), the Fair Labor Standards Act ( “FLSA” ), the Family and Medical Leave Act ( “FMLA” ), the Massachusetts Minimum Fair Wages Act, the Massachusetts Payment of Wages Act, M.G.L. ch. 151B, the Massachusetts Equal Pay Act, the Massachusetts Civil Rights Act, the Massachusetts Maternity Leave Act, and any other federal, state or local statute, regulation, order or common law relating to employment, all as they have been or may be amended.

 

10


15. REPAYMENT PROVISIONS

 

15.1 If the Executive:

 

  (a) breaches any material term or warranty of this agreement; or

 

  (b) raises any grievance in writing with any Group Company within four months of the Termination Date; or

 

  (c) commences proceedings against the Company or any Group Company in breach of this agreement

then he will pay to the Company on demand an amount equivalent to, in the case of (a) above, the damages suffered by the Company as a result of the breach or, in the case of (b) or (c) above, the value of any damages, account of profits or other compensation sought by the Executive, or the amount which could be awarded in such proceedings, and in both cases the Company’s costs in connection with such breach or proceedings subject, however to a maximum of the amount of any payments made under this agreement and any such payment shall be recoverable as a debt.

 

16. DISPARAGING STATEMENTS

The Executive agrees that he will not make to any third party any misleading, untrue or derogatory statements (whether orally or in writing) about any Group Company or their officers, employees, shareholders, agents or consultants and the Company agrees that it will use reasonable endeavours to ensure that officers of the Company do not make any such statements about the Executive.

 

17. RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

In consideration of the payment of £100 (subject to deductions for income tax and national insurance contributions) the Executive agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions detailed at clauses 14, 15, 16, 17 and 19.2 to 19.6 of the Service Agreement shall continue with full force and effect.

 

18. WITHOUT PREJUDICE STATUS

Once executed by both parties this agreement will form an open and binding agreement notwithstanding the fact that the front sheet is marked “without prejudice” and “subject to contract”.

 

19. THIRD PARTIES RIGHTS

The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall only apply to this agreement in relation to any Group Company. No person other than the parties to this agreement and any Group Company and the directors of any Group Company shall have any rights under it and it will not be enforceable by any person other than those parties. The consent of any third party shall not be required for the variation or termination of this agreement, even if that variation or termination affects the benefit or benefits conferred on any third party.

 

20. SEVERABILITY

If any provision or part of a provision of this agreement shall be or become void or unenforceable for any reason, this shall not affect the validity of that provision or any remaining provisions of this agreement in this or any other jurisdiction and the provision may be severable and if any provision would be treated as valid and effective if part of the wording was deleted, it shall apply with such modifications as necessary to make it valid and effective.

 

11


21. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

The terms of this agreement including the documents set out in the Schedules hereto contain the entire understanding between the Executive and the Company and any Group Company with respect to the subject matter of this agreement and supersede and abrogate all (if any) other agreements, arrangements or understandings in such respect which shall be deemed terminated by mutual consent.

 

22. COUNTERPARTS

This agreement may be executed by counterparts which together shall constitute one agreement. Either party may enter into this agreement by executing a counterpart and this agreement shall not take effect until it has been executed by both parties. Delivery of an executed counterpart or a signature page by e-mail or by facsimile shall take effect as delivery of an executed counterpart of this agreement. The relevant party shall give the other the original of such page as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

 

23. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

23.1 This agreement (and any dispute, controversy, proceedings or claim of whatever nature arising out of or in any way relating to this agreement or its formation) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

23.2 Each of the parties to this agreement irrevocably agrees that the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and decide any suit, action or proceedings, and/or to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this agreement and, for these purposes, each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales.

 

12


IN WITNESS whereof this agreement has been executed on the date first above written.

 

Signed by

JAMES WHITE

  

)

)

   /s/ James White

 

Signed by  JON FAIZ KAYYEM for and

on behalf of OSMETECH PLC

   )

)

   /s/ Jon Faiz Kayyem

 

13


SCHEDULE 1

Pro Forma Reference

[to be typed on the headed notepaper of the employer]

[ Name ]

[ Address ]

200

PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

Dear [ insert name ]

James White

I write further to your letter of 200 in which you requested a reference for James White.

James joined Osmetech plc (the “Company” ) on 1 October 1999 as Chief Operating Officer but was appointed as Chief Executive Officer on .

James left the Company’s employment on 7 August 2009.

This reference is given in confidence and only for the purposes for which it was requested. Whilst it is given in good faith, it is on the strict understanding that neither the Company nor any of its officers or employees has any responsibility or liability to either the subject of this reference or its recipient, or any third party for any errors, omissions or inaccuracies in the information it contains or for any loss or damage that may result from reliance being placed upon this reference.

Yours sincerely

For and on behalf of

Osmetech plc

 

14


SCHEDULE 2

Letter from Adviser

[To be typed on the headed notepaper of Nabarro LLP]

2009

Dear Sirs

Osmetech plc (the “Company”) and James White (the “Executive”)

We refer to the agreement between the Company and the Executive, our client, dated 200 , a copy of which is attached (the “Compromise Agreement” ) and confirm that:

 

1. Kim Roberts has given the Executive independent legal advice as to the terms and effect of the Compromise Agreement to the extent that it relates to the law of England and Wales and, in particular, that he will be precluded from bringing a claim in the Employment Tribunal against any Group Company (as defined in the Compromise Agreement) including (but not limited to) breach of contract, or under the Equal Pay Act 1970, the Sex Discrimination Act 1975, the Race Relations Act 1976, the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992, the Disability Discrimination Act 1995, the Employment Rights Act 1996, the Protection from Harassment Act 1997, the Working Time Regulations 1998, the National Minimum Wage Act 1998, the Transnational Information and Consultation of Employees Regulations 1999, the Employment Relations Act 1999 (as amended), the Part-time Workers (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2002, the Fixed-term Employees (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2002, the Flexible Working (Eligibility, Complaints and Remedies) Regulations 2002, the Flexible Working (Procedural Requirements) Regulations 2002, the Employment Equality (Religion or Belief) Regulations 2003, the Employment (Sexual Orientation) Regulations 2003 (as amended), the Employment Equality (Age) Regulations 2006, the Information and Consultation of Employees Regulations 2004, the Executive’s contract of employment or the Data Protection Act 1998. For the avoidance of doubt Kim Roberts has not provided the Executive with independent legal advice on those provisions of the Compromise Agreement which are not within the jurisdiction of England and Wales being clauses 5.1(d), 5.3, 6.1(b), 8.1(c) (to the extent that any claims referred to in this clause may be brought outside of the jurisdiction of England and Wales) and clause 14.2;

 

2. Kim Roberts is a solicitor of the Supreme Court of England and Wales and holds (and held at the time the advice was given) a current practising certificate issued by the Solicitors Regulation Authority;

 

3. Nabarro LLP holds, and held at the time the advice was given, a current policy of insurance or an indemnity provided for members of a profession or professional body covering the risk of a claim by the Executive in respect of any loss arising in consequence of the advice; and

 

4. neither Nabarro LLP nor Kim Roberts acted for any Group Company in relation to the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or the Compromise Agreement.

Yours faithfully

Kim Roberts

for and on behalf of

Nabarro LLP

 

15

EXHIBIT 10.23

LOGO

Compromise Agreement

David Sandilands

and

Osmetech plc

Without Prejudice

Subject to Contract

10 March 2010

 


THIS AGREEMENT is made on 10 March 2010

BETWEEN:

 

(1) OSMETECH PLC whose registered office is c/o Ashurst LLP, Broadwalk House, 5 Appold Street, London EC2A 2HA (the “Company” ); and

 

(2) DAVID SANDILANDS whose address is 9 Berkeley Road, Cirencester, GL7 1TY, UK (the “Executive” ).

RECITALS

 

(A) The Executive was employed by the Company under the terms of a service agreement dated 1 July 1999 made between the Executive and Osmetech plc (the “Service Agreement” ).

 

(B) The Company is entering into this agreement without any admission of liability for itself and as agent for all its Group Companies and is duly authorised on their behalf.

 

(C) The Executive has received independent legal advice from a qualified lawyer as to the terms and effect of this agreement and is aware that he has those potential claims against the Company which are listed and have been raised in clause 8.

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In this agreement the following terms shall have the meanings set out below:

“Group Company” means the Company, its holding company (as defined in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006) or any subsidiary undertaking (as defined in section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006 ) or associated company (as defined in sections 416 et seq. of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988) of the Company or the Company’s holding company including any of their predecessors, successors or assigns or any company which is designated at any time a Group Company by the directors of the board of the Company or any holding company and any firm, company, corporate or other organisation that:

 

  (a) is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company;

 

  (b) directly or indirectly controls the Company; or

 

  (c) is directly or indirectly controlled by a third party who also directly or indirectly controls the Company.

“HMRC” means Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs and, where relevant, any predecessor or successor body which carried out or carries out part of its functions;

“NASDAQ listing” means the listing of the common shares in the capital of GenMark Diagnostics Inc (or other new Group parent company) on the NASDAQ National Market Inc (or other recognised U.S. stock exchange) having become effective;

“Scheme” means the Proposed Scheme of Arrangement to establish Osmetech plc as a wholly owned subsidiary of GenMark Diagnostics Inc (or other new Group parent company);

“Termination Date” means the earlier to occur of the filing of the S-1 or 31 March 2010; and

“US Plan” means the Osmetech plc 2003 US Equity Compensation Plan.

 

1


2. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

2.1 The Executive accepts and confirms the termination of his employment with the Company and any Group Companies with effect from the Termination Date and his Service Agreement shall have no further effect thereafter save for clauses 6, 8 and 9 of the Service Agreement which are intended to, and which the Executive agrees do, survive termination. Except as otherwise provided for in this agreement, all benefits extended to the Executive and salary payments, including, but not limited to, pension contributions will cease with effect from the Termination Date.

 

2.2 The Executive shall receive:

 

  (a) his salary and contractual benefits up to and including the Termination Date in the normal way;

 

  (b) a payment in lieu of £5,350 representing accrued but unpaid holiday;

 

  (c) an accrued but unpaid bonus payment of £11,500

but not for the avoidance of doubt, any further payments in respect of bonus or commission. These sums will be subject to the normal PAYE (including national insurance) deductions.

 

2.3 The Executive will be separately notified of any rights and/or options that may be available to him under his personal pension scheme as at the Termination Date by the trustees or administrators of the scheme.

 

3. OFFICE AND SHAREHOLDINGS

 

3.1 The Executive:

 

  (a) shall resign from his directorship with the Company by executing a letter of resignation in the form set out in schedule 1;

 

  (b) warrants that he does not hold any other directorships in any Group Company other than as detailed in schedule 1 nor does he hold any trusteeships as a result of his employment by the Company;

 

  (c) warrants that he does not hold any qualifying or nominee shareholdings as a result of his employment by the Company; and

 

  (d) shall execute such further documents and do such further things (at the cost of the Company) as may in the opinion of the Company be necessary in order to give full effect to clauses 3.1(a) to (c) above.

 

4. SHARE OPTIONS

 

4.1 The Executive holds the following outstanding options (the “Options” ):

 

  (a) 788,229 options granted under a Deed of Grant of Options (Replacement LTIP awards) dated 2 September 2005 (the “Replacement LTIP” );

 

  (b) 114,283 options granted under a LTIP Award Agreement dated 30 January 2007 (the “LTIP” );

 

  (c) 493,822 options granted under an Option Agreement (Replacement EMI options) dated 10 July 2009 (effective 5 December 2008) (the “Replacement EMI Agreement” ); and

 

2


  (d) 16,334,434 options (the “New Options” ) granted under an Option Agreement dated 23 December 2009.

 

4.2 Options granted under the Replacement LTIP have vested in full and may be exercised, in accordance with and subject to the terms of the Replacement LTIP, until the expiry of the period of six months from the Termination Date, on which date they shall lapse and cease to be exercisable.

 

4.3 Options granted under the LTIP have vested in full and may be exercised, in accordance with and subject to the terms of the LTIP, until the expiry of the period of six months from the Termination Date, on which date they shall lapse and cease to be exercisable.

 

4.4 Options granted under the Replacement EMI Agreement have vested in full and may be exercised, in accordance with and subject to the terms of the Replacement EMI Agreement, until the expiry of the period of six months from the Termination Date, on which date they shall lapse and cease to be exercisable.

 

4.5 The New Options have vested as to 4,423, 909 shares. Pursuant to the terms of the Option Agreement, the New Options will cease to be exercisable on and will lapse 12 months following the Termination Date.

Acceleration of US Plan Options

 

4.6 Conditional on and subject to the Executive having complied with the conditions set out at clause 8.2, the Board shall agree to the amendment of the terms of the Option Agreement to provide that the New Options shall:

 

  (a) vest in full immediately upon the NASDAQ Listing; and

 

  (b) remain exercisable until the expiry of a period of 12 months following the Termination Date.

 

4.7 The Executive agrees not to sell, transfer, mortgage or otherwise encumber any of the shares acquired on the exercised of any of the Options prior to the expiry of the period of 12 months following the Termination Date, and acknowledge that such agreement shall be noted on the relevant share certificates.

 

4.8 Any payments due in respect of this clause 4 shall be subject to deductions for income tax and national insurance contributions in the usual way.

 

5. TERMINATION PAYMENT

 

5.1 Subject to clause 7 below, by way of compensation for the termination of the Executive’s employment, the Company shall pay to the Executive the sum of £152,016 (the “Compensation Payment” ). This sum shall be paid by BACS transfer following receipt by the Executive of a form P45 (which the Company shall issue without undue delay on, or immediately following, the Termination Date) and within seven days following the later of the Termination Date, the date on which the Company receives a copy of this agreement executed by the Executive and the letter in schedule 3 signed by his adviser;

 

5.2 The first £30,000 of the Compensation Payment will be made free of any deductions. Provided a form P45 has been issued before the payment is made, basic rate income tax will be deducted from the remainder of the Compensation Payment.

 

6. BENEFITS

 

6.1 Subject to the Executive’s compliance in full with his obligations as set out in this agreement (and provided the Executive has returned to the Company a copy of this agreement signed by him and the letter in schedule 3 signed by the adviser), the Company shall:

 

  (a) (subject to the rules of the scheme as amended from time to time) procure that a special contribution of £20,865 is made into the Executive personal pension scheme prior to the Termination Date to augment the Executive’s benefits under the scheme. If the Company cannot make the special contribution in whole or in part because of such rules or HMRC limits, then the Company will pay into the scheme the maximum amount that can be paid into the scheme and will pay the remainder of the special contribution to the Executive (less such United Kingdom tax and other statutory deductions that it is obliged to deduct from such payments);

 

3


  (b) further to any reasonable request by a prospective employer or employment agency provide a written reference with respect to the Executive’s employment with the Company in terms of the pro forma reference at schedule 2 and will deal with any reasonable oral enquiries in a manner consistent with the reference (subject in each case to such amendment as may be necessary to reflect any material information which may subsequently come to the attention of the Company and subject in every case to the Company’s overriding legal duties and obligations owed to prospective employers). Whilst any such reference will be given in confidence and good faith, neither the Company nor its officers or employees will be responsible or liable to the Executive, the recipient of the reference or any third party for any errors, omissions or inaccuracies in the information it contains or for any loss or damage that may result from it. The Company reserves the right to make such disclosures as required by law or to comply with regulatory requirements, even if this means straying from the reference within schedule 2;

 

  (c) contribute up to £500 plus VAT but inclusive of any disbursements towards the reasonable legal adviser’s fee for advising the Executive on the terms and effect of this Agreement. The payment of the contribution will be made within 14 days of receipt of an invoice from the legal adviser addressed to the Executive but marked as payable by the Company in accordance with the HMRC extra-statutory concession.

 

7. CONDITION PRECEDENT

 

7.1 The payments and benefits referred to in clauses 4, 5 and 6 above (the “Settlement” ) shall be subject to:

 

  (a) receipt by the Company of a copy of this agreement signed by the Executive and the letter in schedule 3 signed by his adviser; and

 

  (b) the Executive’s compliance in full with his obligations as set out in this agreement including for the avoidance of doubt his obligations at clause 8 below.

 

8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS

 

8.1 The Executive agrees that he has carefully considered all the facts and circumstances relating to his office and employment and their termination and accepts the Settlement and other terms of this agreement in full and final settlement of:

 

  (a) the following particular claims or complaints against any Group Company and/or any of their employees, officers, shareholders, agents or consultants:

 

  (i) all claims for damages for breach of contract;

 

  (ii) unfair dismissal claims under the Employment Rights Act 1996;

 

4


  (iii) claims in relation to redundancy under the Employment Rights Act 1996;

 

  (iv) claims for unlawful deductions from wages under the Employment Rights Act 1996;

 

  (v) claims under the Working Time Regulations 1998;

 

  (vi) claims in relation to the right to be accompanied under the Employment Relations Act 1999 (as amended); and

 

  (vii) claims relating to personal or industrial injury including without limitation any stress related claim;

 

  (b) the following additional claims against any Group Company and/or any of their employees, officers, agents or consultants:

 

  (i) equal pay claims under the Equal Pay Act 1970;

 

  (ii) claims for discrimination or victimisation on the grounds of:

 

  (A) sex under the Sex Discrimination Act 1975;

 

  (B) marital status/civil partnership under the Sex Discrimination Act 1975, or the Employment Equality (Sexual Orientation) Regulations 2003, as amended;

 

  (C) race under the Race Relations Act 1976;

 

  (D) national or ethnic origins under the Race Relations Act 1976;

 

  (E) disability under the Disability Discrimination Act 1995;

 

  (F) trade-union membership under the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992;

 

  (G) religion or belief under the Employment Equality (Religion or Belief) Regulations 2003;

 

  (H) sexual orientation under the Employment Equality (Sexual Orientation) Regulations 2003;

 

  (I) age under the Employment Equality (Age) Regulations 2006;

 

  (J) part-time status under the Part-Time Workers (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2006;

 

  (K) fixed-term status under the Fixed-Term Employees (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2002;

 

  (iii) claims under the National Minimum Wage Act 1998;

 

  (iv) claims under the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992;

 

  (v) claims arising under the Information and Consultation of Employees Regulations 2004;

 

  (vi) claims in relation to European works councils arising under the Transnational Information and Consultation of Employees Regulations 1999;

 

5


  (vii) claims in relation to requests for flexible working arising under the Employment Rights Act 1996, the Flexible Working (Eligibility, Complaints and Remedies) Regulations 2002 or Flexible Working (Procedural Requirements) Regulations 2002;

 

  (viii) claims for harassment under the Protection from Harassment Act 1997;

 

  (ix) claims that he has been dismissed or has otherwise suffered a detriment for making a qualifying and protected disclosure for the purposes of section 47B of the Employment Rights Act 1996;

 

  (x) claims in relation to the failure to provide written particulars of employment under section 1 of the Employment Rights Act 1996 (as amended); and

 

  (xi) a claim for compensation under section 13 of the Data Protection Act 1998;

 

  (c) any other claims and rights of action whatsoever past and future and howsoever arising (whether under contract, common law, statute, tort, European Union law or otherwise) whether in the United Kingdom, United States of America, or any other country or jurisdiction elsewhere in the world and whether contemplated or not which he has or may have against any Group Company (including, but not limited to, any of their predecessors, successors or assigns) or their employees, officers, agents or consultants arising out of his employment or its termination or his directorship or any office held by him by virtue of his employment or past directorship or their termination or the loss of any such office and any other matter whatsoever and he irrevocably waives any such claims or rights of action which he now has or may become aware of hereafter and will refrain from instructing or continuing and will forthwith withdraw any legal proceedings or complaint before or to an employment tribunal or court. The Company and the Executive both acknowledge that there are or may be claims and rights which are not contemplated (whether on the facts known to the parties or on the law as it is known) at the date of this agreement by the parties or either of them but that the waiver contained in this paragraph waives and releases any and all such claims and rights.

 

8.2 Following the Termination Date, the Executive shall:

 

  (a) together with his legal adviser (as and when requested to do so by the Company) execute a further agreement in the form of schedule 4 without further consideration which repeats and restates the waiver and settlement of all claims listed in clause 8 above and complies with the provisions of section 203 of the Employments Rights Act 1996 and any other relevant legislation;

 

  (b) provide all such assistance, information and co-operation as may be reasonably requested by the Company or any Group Company in relation to the Scheme and towards definitive settlement of the True North liability to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction for a period of 45 days following the Termination Date. The Company agrees to reimburse the Executive’s reasonable expenses incurred in providing such assistance. Any material assistance required will be on a paid basis and subject to a separately negotiated consultancy agreement; and

 

  (c) exercise the outstanding options granted under the LTIP and the Replacement LTIP within 45 days following the Termination Date.

 

9. WARRANTY

 

9.1 The Executive warrants that:

 

  (a) he has no claims against any Group Company or their employees or officers other than those set out in clauses 8.1(a), (b) and (c);

 

6


  (b) to the extent that the Executive has or may have any such complaints referred to in clause 8 above, these have been asserted by him or his Legal Adviser on his behalf to the Company prior to the date of this agreement. This agreement and the waiver and release in clause 8 expressly relate to each and every one of those complaints;

 

  (c) he has not and will not commence any legal or arbitration proceedings of any nature against the Company or any Group Company in any jurisdiction in relation to his employment with the Company or any Group Company, the termination of such employment, any offices held with the Company, the termination of any such offices, or otherwise, nor will he accept the benefit of any lawsuits or claims of any kind brought on his behalf against the Company or any Group Company;

 

  (d) he has not done or omitted to do any act which:

 

  (i) had the Company been aware of it, would have entitled the Company to dismiss him summarily without notice or compensation;

 

  (ii) had it been done after the Termination Date would be in breach of this agreement;

 

  (e) he shall not hold himself out or conduct himself as an employee or director of the Company or any Group Company after the Termination Date save as authorised by the Company; and

 

  (f) except as set out in this agreement, there are no sums owed to him or any arrangements under which a sum could become due by the Company or any Group Company to him including any payments under any bonus, incentive, commission, share option or similar scheme and that neither the Company nor any Group Company nor the trustees of any such scheme is or shall be liable to make any payment or provide him with any shares or other benefits under any such scheme.

 

9.2 The Executive acknowledges that the Company is relying on the warranties in this agreement including at clause 9.1 above in entering into this agreement.

 

10. TAX INDEMNITY

The deductions for tax and other statutory deductions made from the Settlement by the Company are in accordance with the Company’s current understanding of the tax regime. However the Company gives no warranty as to whether any income tax or employee national insurance contributions (or any national equivalent) are payable in respect of any payments made or benefits made available to the Executive pursuant to the terms of this agreement. The Executive agrees to be solely responsible for the payment of any further tax of any nature and other statutory deductions (including for the avoidance of doubt employee national insurance or other equivalent social security contributions) (whether the same are payable in the United Kingdom, United States of America, or elsewhere) in respect of all and any part of the Settlement and to indemnify each and every Group Company (and to keep each and every Group Company indemnified on a continuing basis) against all and any liabilities to such taxation or statutory deductions (including any interest, fines, penalties, surcharges, costs and expenses) which they may incur in respect of or by reason of all and any part of the Settlement.

 

11. COMPANY PROPERTY

Except as other agreed in writing, the Executive warrants that he has returned to the Company in good condition and without modification all documents, software, books,

 

7


credit or charge cards and any other property including all copies thereof belonging to or relating to the business or affairs of any of the Group Companies or any officer, employee, shareholder, customer, supplier or agent of the Company or any Group Company, that he has not downloaded any information or software belonging to any Group Company, that he has disclosed any passwords or computer access codes relevant to the business of any Group Company and he undertakes to return to the Company forthwith any such property which may come into his possession or control in the future.

 

12. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

12.1 Without prejudice to the Executive’s common law and contractual obligations, he hereby undertakes that he has not, directly or indirectly, used or disclosed or caused to be disclosed and he will not at any time directly or indirectly use or disclose or cause to be disclosed to any person, company, firm, individual or organisation (except with the agreement of the Company or as required by law) any trade secret or confidential information belonging or relating to any Group Company which he obtained during his employment with any such companies including but not limited to details of actual and potential customers, suppliers, trade agents, arrangements, discounts or terms of business and the existence or terms of this agreement, nor directly or indirectly made or published or caused to be made or published and he will not at any time directly or indirectly make or publish or cause to be made or published any statement about the circumstances leading up to the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or any Group Company and his resignation as a director/officer of the Company or any Group Company.

 

12.2 This clause shall not apply to any such information which comes into the public domain as a result of a disclosure required by law or a protected disclosure under the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998 or by some means other than an unauthorised disclosure by the Executive or the disclosure of the existence or terms of this agreement to the Executive’s professional advisers who require the information for the purposes of giving advice or partner provided always that disclosure to the Executive’s professional advisers or partner shall be on terms that they agree to keep the same confidential.

 

13. INDEPENDENT LEGAL ADVICE

 

13.1 The Executive warrants that:

 

  (a) having received independent legal advice from Peter Marrow of Tanners Solicitors LLP, a qualified lawyer, he has raised all and any claims, complaints or potential proceedings that he may have arising out of the termination of his employment on the Termination Date, namely those claims listed in clause 8.1(a), (b) and (c);

 

  (b) he has received independent legal advice from Peter Marrow as to the terms and effect of this agreement and the fact that he will be precluded from bringing a claim against any Group Company relating to his employment or his directorships or their termination including (but not limited to) any claim for breach of contract, unfair dismissal, redundancy, equal pay, discrimination on the grounds of race, national or ethnic origins, sex, marital status, civil partnership, disability, religion or belief, sexual orientation, age, part-time or fixed-term status, victimisation, unlawful deductions from wages, claims in relation to the Working Time Regulations 1998, the national minimum wage, the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992, European works councils, requests for flexible working, the Protection from Harassment Act 1997, or claims that he has been dismissed or has otherwise suffered a detriment for making a qualifying and protected disclosure for the purposes of section 47B of the Employment Rights Act 1996, claims in relation to failure to provide written particulars of employment under section 1 of the Employment Rights Act 1996 (as amended), claims in relation to the right to be accompanied, the Information and Consultation of Employees Regulations 2004 and the Data Protection Act 1998;

 

8


  (c) the solicitor who advised him holds (and held at the time the advice was given) a current practising certificate issued by the Solicitors Regulation Authority;

 

  (d) there is (and was at the time the advice was given) a contract of insurance or an indemnity provided for members of a profession or professional body covering the risk of a claim by the Executive in respect of any loss arising in consequence of the advice;

 

  (e) he has received satisfactory evidence of the above facts;

 

  (f) neither Peter Marrow nor Tanners Solicitors LLP acted for any Group Company in relation to the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or this agreement; and

 

  (g) he shall provide the Company with a letter in the form set out in schedule 3.

 

14. COMPLIANCE WITH LEGISLATION

The conditions regulating compromise agreements contained in section 77 of the Sex Discrimination Act 1975, section 72 of the Race Relations Act 1976, section 288(2B) of the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992, Schedule 3A of the Disability Discrimination Act 1995, section 203 of the Employment Rights Act 1996, Regulation 35(2) of the Working Time Regulations 1998, section 49 of the National Minimum Wage Act 1998, Regulation 41(3) of the Transnational Information and Consultation of Employees Regulations 1999, Regulation 9 of the Part-time Workers (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2000, Regulation 10 of the Fixed-term Employees (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2002, Schedule 4 of the Employment Equality (Religion or Belief) Regulations 2003, Schedule 4 of the Employment Equality (Sexual Orientation) Regulations 2003, Schedule 5 of the Employment Equality (Age) Regulations 2006, Regulation 40(4) of the Information and Consultation of Employees Regulations 2004, the Data Protection Act 1998 and the Protection from Harassment Act 1997 have therefore been satisfied.

 

15. REPAYMENT PROVISIONS

 

15.1 If the Executive:

 

  (a) breaches any material term or warranty of this agreement; or

 

  (b) raises any grievance in writing with any Group Company within four months of the Termination Date; or

 

  (c) commences proceedings against the Company or any Group Company in breach of this agreement

then he shall forthwith pay to the Company or any Group Company on demand a sum equivalent to the Compensation Payment and the Legal Fees, which sum shall be recoverable by the Company or any Group Company as a debt and the Executive shall forthwith lose any entitlement to the continued provision of payments and benefits under the terms of this agreement. Exercise of this provision shall be without prejudice to any other rights and remedies which the Company and any Group Company may have against the Executive.

 

9


16. DISPARAGING STATEMENTS

The Executive warrants that he will not make to any third party any misleading, untrue or derogatory statements (whether orally or in writing) about any Group Company or their officers, employees, shareholders, agents or consultants.

 

17. RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

The Executive agrees that in consideration of the sum of £500 less such deductions the Company is required to make, the Executive shall continue to be bound by the obligations set out in clauses 6, 8 and 9 of the Service Agreement as a separate and independent obligation of this agreement and as if the terms of those clauses were set out for the first time herein.

 

18. WITHOUT PREJUDICE STATUS

Once executed by both parties this agreement will form an open and binding agreement notwithstanding the fact that the front sheet is marked “without prejudice” and “subject to contract”.

 

19. THIRD PARTIES RIGHTS

The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall only apply to this agreement in relation to any Group Company. No person other than the parties to this agreement and any Group Company and the directors of any Group Company shall have any rights under it and it will not be enforceable by any person other than those parties. The consent of any third party shall not be required for the variation or termination of this agreement, even if that variation or termination affects the benefit or benefits conferred on any third party.

 

20. SEVERABILITY

If any provision or part of a provision of this agreement shall be or become void or unenforceable for any reason, this shall not affect the validity of that provision or any remaining provisions of this agreement in this or any other jurisdiction and the provision may be severable and if any provision would be treated as valid and effective if part of the wording was deleted, it shall apply with such modifications as necessary to make it valid and effective.

 

21. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

The terms of this agreement including the documents set out in the Schedules hereto contain the entire understanding between the Executive and the Company and any Group Company with respect to the subject matter of this agreement and supersede and abrogate all (if any) other agreements, arrangements or understandings in such respect which shall be deemed terminated by mutual consent.

 

22. COUNTERPARTS

This agreement may be executed by counterparts which together shall constitute one agreement. Either party may enter into this agreement by executing a counterpart and this agreement shall not take effect until it has been executed by both parties. Delivery of an executed counterpart or a signature page by e-mail or by facsimile shall take effect as delivery of an executed counterpart of this agreement. The relevant party shall give the other the original of such page as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

 

10


23. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

23.1 This agreement (and any dispute, controversy, proceedings or claim of whatever nature arising out of or in any way relating to this agreement or its formation) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

23.2 Each of the parties to this agreement irrevocably agrees that the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and decide any suit, action or proceedings, and/or to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this agreement and, for these purposes, each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales.

IN WITNESS whereof this agreement has been executed on the date first above written.

 

11


Signed by

DAVID SANDILANDS

in the presence of:

  

)

)

)

   /s/ David Sandilands
Witness signature: /s/ Peter Marrow      
Witness name: Peter Marrow      
Witness address:   Lancaster House      
  Thomas Street      
  Cirencester      
Witness occupation: Solicitor      

 

Jon Kayyem

     

Signed by [ name of signatory ] for and

on behalf of OSMETECH PLC

   )

)

   /s/ Jon Kayyem

Signature:

 

12


SCHEDULE 1

Letter of Resignation

To the board of directors of: Osmetech Plc

2010

Dear Sirs

I resign as a director and officer of the company listed above (and any other relevant Group Company) with effect from the date that the Company requires and notifies to me in writing. I confirm that I have no claims (for the avoidance of doubt including for compensation) against any of these companies arising out of such office or its termination.

I agree to complete any further documentation, or instrument to effect such resignation and waiver of claims.

Yours faithfully

David Sandilands

 

13


SCHEDULE 2

Pro Forma Reference

[to be typed on the headed notepaper of the employer]

[ Name ]

[ Address ]

2010

PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

Dear [ insert name ]

David Sandilands

I write further to your letter of 200 in which you requested a reference for David Sandilands.

David joined Osmetech plc (the “Company” ) on 1999 as Finance Director. [ Details of any promotion and employment history ] .

It is the Company’s policy not to provide substantive references for employees or ex-employees. This should not be seen as a reflection on David or as any comment on his suitability for the position for which you are considering him.

David left the Company’s employment on 15 March 2010.

This reference is given in confidence and only for the purposes for which it was requested. Whilst it is given in good faith, it is on the strict understanding that neither the Company nor any of its officers or employees has any responsibility or liability to either the subject of this reference or its recipient, or any third party for any errors, omissions or inaccuracies in the information it contains or for any loss or damage that may result from reliance being placed upon this reference.

Yours sincerely

For and on behalf of Osmetech [Plc]

 

14


SCHEDULE 3

Letter from Adviser

2010

Dear Sirs

Osmetech plc (the “Company”) and David Sandilands (the “Executive”)

We refer to the agreement between the Company and the Executive, our client, dated 2010, a copy of which is attached (the “Compromise Agreement” ) and confirm that:

 

1. [ name of adviser ] has given the Executive independent legal advice as to the terms and effect of the Compromise Agreement and, in particular, that he will be precluded from bringing a claim in the Employment Tribunal against any Group Company (as defined in the Compromise Agreement) including (but not limited to) breach of contract, or under the Equal Pay Act 1970, the Sex Discrimination Act 1975, the Race Relations Act 1976, the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992, the Disability Discrimination Act 1995, the Employment Rights Act 1996, the Protection from Harassment Act 1997, the Working Time Regulations 1998, the National Minimum Wage Act 1998, the Transnational Information and Consultation of Employees Regulations 1999, the Employment Relations Act 1999 (as amended), the Part-time Workers (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2002, the Fixed-term Employees (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2002, the Flexible Working (Eligibility, Complaints and Remedies) Regulations 2002, the Flexible Working (Procedural Requirements) Regulations 2002, the Employment Equality (Religion or Belief) Regulations 2003, the Employment (Sexual Orientation) Regulations 2003 (as amended), the Employment Equality (Age) Regulations 2006, the Information and Consultation of Employees Regulations 2004, the Executive’s contract of employment or the Data Protection Act 1998;

 

2. [ name of adviser ] is a solicitor of the Senior Courts of England and Wales and holds (and held at the time the advice was given) a current practising certificate issued by the Solicitors Regulation Authority;

 

3. [ firm ] holds, and held at the time the advice was given, a current policy of insurance or an indemnity provided for members of a profession or professional body covering the risk of a claim by the Executive in respect of any loss arising in consequence of the advice; and

 

4. neither [ firm ] nor [ name of adviser ] acted for any Group Company in relation to the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or the Compromise Agreement.

Yours faithfully

[ Name of adviser ]

for and on behalf of

[firm]

 

15


SCHEDULE 4

Supplemental Deed

THIS DEED is made on

BETWEEN:

 

(1) OSMETECH PLC whose registered office is c/o Broadwalk House, 5 Appold Street, London EC2A 2HA (the “Company” ); and

 

(2) DAVID SANDILANDS whose address is [ insert details ].

RECITALS

 

(A) The Employee entered into a Compromise Agreement dated February 2010 made between the Executive and the Company (the “Compromise Agreement” ), a copy of which is attached as schedule 1. The definitions in this supplemental deed shall be the same as in the Compromise Agreement.

 

(B) The Company is entering into this agreement without any admission of liability for itself and as agent for all Group Companies and all of their employees, officers, partners and members, and is duly authorised on their behalf.

 

(C) The Executive has received independent legal advice from a qualified lawyer as to the terms and effect of this supplemental deed (the “Deed” ).

 

(D) The purpose of this Deed is to give effect to clause 8.2(a) of the Compromise Agreement and for the Executive to re-confirm his waiver of claims against the Company and each Group Company as at the date hereof.

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. The provisions of clause 8.1 of the attached Compromise Agreement are hereby incorporated in this Deed as if they were repeated and restated in this clause and the Executive confirms the waiver and settlement of claims detailed at clause 8.1 of the Compromise Agreement.

 

2. The Executive and his Legal Adviser hereby agree and confirm that the provisions of clause 13 of the Compromise Agreement remain correct as at the date hereof.

 

3. The conditions regulating compromise agreements as detailed at clause 14 of the Compromise Agreement have therefore been satisfied as at the date hereof.

 

4. Nothing in this Deed shall affect any rights or remedies that the parties may have under the terms of the Compromise Agreement and nothing in this Deed shall constitute a variation of the Compromise Agreement.

IN WITNESS whereof this agreement has been executed on the date first above written.

 

1


Signed by

DAVID SANDILANDS

in the presence of:

  

)

)

)

  
Witness signature:      
Witness name:      
Witness address:      
Witness occupation:      

 

Signed by [ name of signatory ] for and

on behalf of OSMETECH PLC

   )

)

  

Signature:

 

Signed by [ name of signatory ] for and

on behalf of the Executive’s Legal

Adviser

   )

)

)

  

Signature:

 

2

EXHIBIT 10.24

OSMETECH TECHNOLOGY, INC.

CLINICAL MICRO SENSORS, INC.

GENMARK DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of March 12, 2010, by and between Square 1 Bank (“Bank”) and Osmetech Technology, Inc. (“Osmetech”), Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. (“CMSI”), and Genmark Diagnostics, Inc. (“Genmark”), (each individually and collectively known as (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Borrower wishes to obtain credit from time to time from Bank, and Bank desires to extend credit to Borrower. This Agreement sets forth the terms on which Bank will advance credit to Borrower, and Borrower will repay the amounts owing to Bank.

AGREEMENT

The parties agree as follows:

 

  1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, all capitalized terms shall have the definitions set forth on Exhibit A. Any term used in the Code and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to the term in the Code.

1.2 Accounting Terms . Any accounting term not specifically defined on Exhibit A shall be construed in accordance with GAAP and all calculations shall be made in accordance with GAAP (except for non-compliance with FAS 123R in monthly reporting). The term “financial statements” shall include the accompanying notes and schedules.

 

  2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT .

2.1 Credit Extensions .

(a) Promise to Pay . Borrower promises to pay to Bank, in lawful money of the United States of America, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by Bank to Borrower, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Credit Extensions at rates in accordance with the terms hereof.

(b) Advances Under Formula Revolving Line .

(i) Amount . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrower may request Formula Advances in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed the lesser of: (A) the Formula Revolving Line; or (B) the Borrowing Base, less any amounts outstanding under the Ancillary Services Sublimit. Amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1 (b) may be repaid and reborrowed at any time prior to the Formula Revolving Maturity Date, at which time all Formula Advances under this Section 2.1(b) shall be immediately due and payable. Borrower may prepay any Formula Advances, in whole or in part, from time to time, without penalty or premium. Formula Advances shall be used to support the Borrower’s short-term working capital needs.

 

1.


(ii) Form of Request . Whenever Borrower desires a Formula Advance, Borrower will notify Bank by facsimile transmission, telephone or email no later than 5:30 p.m. Eastern time (4:30 p.m. Eastern time for wire transfers), on the Business Day that the Formula Advance is to be made. Each such notification shall be promptly confirmed by a Loan Advance/Paydown Request Form in substantially the form of Exhibit C. Bank is authorized to make Formula Advances under this Agreement, based upon instructions received from an Authorized Officer, or without instructions if in Bank’s discretion such Formula Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due and remain unpaid. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any telephonic or email notice given by a person whom Bank reasonably believes to be an Authorized Officer or a designee thereof, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages, loss, costs and expenses suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance. Bank will credit the amount of Formula Advances made under this Section 2.1(b) to Borrower’s deposit account.

(iii) Ancillary Services Sublimit . Subject to the availability under the Formula Revolving Line, at any time and from time to time from the date hereof through the Business Day immediately prior to the Formula Revolving Maturity Date, Borrower may request the provision of Ancillary Services from Bank. The aggregate limit of the Ancillary Services shall not exceed the Ancillary Services Sublimit, provided that availability under the Formula Revolving Line shall be reduced by the aggregate limits of (i) any outstanding and undrawn amounts under all Letters of Credit issued hereunder, (ii) corporate credit card services provided to Borrower, (iii) the total amount of any Automated Clearing House processing reserves, (iv) the applicable Foreign Exchange Reserve Percentage, and (v) any other reserves taken by Bank in connection with other treasury management services requested by Borrower and approved by Bank. In addition, Bank may, in its sole discretion, charge as Advances any amounts for which Bank becomes liable to third parties in connection with the provision of the Ancillary Services. The terms and conditions (including repayment and fees) of such Ancillary Services shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Bank’s standard forms of application and agreement for the applicable Ancillary Services, which Borrower hereby agrees to execute.

(iv) Collateralization of Obligations Extending Beyond Maturity . If Borrower has not secured to Bank’s satisfaction its obligations with respect to any Ancillary Services by the Formula Revolving Maturity Date, then, effective as of such date, the balance in any deposit accounts held by Bank and the certificates of deposit or time deposit accounts issued by Bank in Borrower’s name (and any interest paid thereon or proceeds thereof, including any amounts payable upon the maturity or liquidation of such certificates or accounts), shall automatically secure such obligations to the extent of the then continuing or outstanding Ancillary Services. Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any requests by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the applicable Ancillary Services are outstanding or continue.

(c) Equipment Loan .

(i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank agrees to make one (1) or more Equipment Advances to Borrower.

 

2.


Borrower may request Equipment Advances at any time from the date hereof through the Availability End Date. The aggregate outstanding amount of Equipment Advances shall not exceed the Equipment Loan. Each Equipment Advance shall not exceed 100.00% of the invoice amount of equipment and software approved by Bank from time to time (which Borrower shall, in any case, have purchased within 120 days of the date of the corresponding Equipment Advance), excluding taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expense. Equipment Advances shall be used to support Borrower’s Equipment purchasing needs.

(ii) Interest shall accrue from the date of each Equipment Advance at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a)(ii), and prior to the Availability End Date, interest only shall be payable monthly beginning on the first date of the month next following the initial Equipment Advance, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter until the Availability End Date. Any Equipment Advances that are outstanding on the Availability End Date shall be payable in 24 equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued and unpaid interest, beginning on the date one (1) month immediately following the Availability End Date, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Equipment Maturity Date, at which time all amounts due in connection with any Equipment Advance made under this Section 2.1(c) and any other amounts due under this Agreement shall be immediately due and payable. Equipment Advances, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Borrower may prepay any Equipment Advances, in whole or in part, from time to time, without penalty or premium.

(iii) When Borrower desires to obtain an Equipment Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by facsimile transmission to be received no later than 3:00 p.m. Eastern time three Business Days before the day on which the Equipment Advance is to be made. Such notice shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C. The notice shall be signed by a Responsible Officer or its designee and include a copy of the invoice for any Equipment to be financed.

2.2 Overadvances . If the aggregate amount of the outstanding Advances exceeds the lesser of the Formula Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base at any time, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, after notice from Bank of such fact, in cash, the amount of such excess.

2.3 Interest Rates, Payments, and Calculations .

(a) Interest Rates .

(i) Formula Advances . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), if the Borrowers are in compliance with (A) Section 6.7(a); or (B) Sections 6.7(a) and (b) if any amount is outstanding pursuant to the Formula Revolving Line, the Formula Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a variable annual rate equal to the greater of: (A) 2.75% above the Prime Rate then in effect; or (B) 6.00%. Alternatively, except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), if the Borrowers are in compliance with Section 6.7b and are not in compliance with Section 6.7(a), then the Formula Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a variable annual rate equal to the greater of: (A) 3.75% above the Prime Rate then in effect; or (B) 7.00%.

 

3.


(ii) Equipment Advances . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), if the Borrowers are in compliance with (A) Section 6.7(a); or (B) if any amount is outstanding pursuant to the Equipment Loan, Sections 6.7(a) and (c), then the Equipment Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a variable annual rate equal to the greater of: (A) 3.25% above the Prime Rate then in effect; or (B) 6.50%. Alternatively, except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), if the Borrowers are in compliance with Section 6.7(c) and are not in compliance with Section 6.7(a), then, the Equipment Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a variable annual rate equal to the greater of: (A) 4.25% above the Prime Rate then in effect; or (B) 7.50%.

(b) Late Fee; Default Rate . If any payment is not made within 15 days after the date such payment is due, Borrower shall pay Bank a late fee equal to the lesser of (i) 5% of the amount of such unpaid amount or (ii) the maximum amount permitted to be charged under applicable law. All Obligations shall bear interest, from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at a rate equal to 5 percentage points above the interest rate applicable immediately prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default.

(c) Payments . Interest under the Formula Revolving Line shall be due and payable on the first calendar day of each month during the term hereof. Bank shall, at its option, charge such interest, all Bank Expenses, and all Periodic Payments against any of Borrower’s deposit accounts or against the Formula Revolving Line, in which case those amounts shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Obligations, and such interest shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder. All payments shall be free and clear of any taxes, withholdings, duties, impositions or other charges, to the end that Bank will receive the entire amount of any Obligations payable hereunder, regardless of source of payment.

(d) Computation . In the event the Prime Rate is changed from time to time hereafter, the applicable rate of interest hereunder shall be increased or decreased, effective as of the day the Prime Rate is changed, by an amount equal to such change in the Prime Rate. All interest chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

2.4 Crediting Payments . Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall credit a wire transfer of funds, check or other item of payment to such deposit account or Obligation as Borrower specifies, except that to the extent Borrower uses the Equipment Advances to purchase Collateral, Borrower’s repayment of the Equipment Advances shall apply on a “first-in-first-out” basis so that the portion of the Equipment Advances used to purchase a particular item of Collateral shall be paid in the chronological order the Borrower purchased the Collateral. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to immediately apply any wire transfer of funds, check, or other item of payment Bank may receive to conditionally reduce Obligations, but such applications of funds shall not be considered a payment on account unless such payment

 

4.


is of immediately available federal funds or unless and until such check or other item of payment is honored when presented for payment. Bank shall remit any amounts remaining after such application of funds to such deposit account as Borrower specifies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any wire transfer or payment received by Bank after 5:30 p.m. Eastern time shall be deemed to have been received by Bank as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day. Whenever any payment to Bank under the Loan Documents would otherwise be due (except by reason of acceleration) on a date that is not a Business Day, such payment shall instead be due on the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as the case may be, shall accrue and be payable for the period of such extension.

2.5 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank the following:

(a) Facility Fee . On or before the Closing Date, a fee equal to $20,000, which shall be nonrefundable;

(b) Bank Expenses . On the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses incurred through the Closing Date, with legal expenses to equal no more than $15,000, provided that there are no more than 2 turns of the Loan Documents drafts and that UCC and corporate good standing searches will not be subject to the aforementioned $15,000 limit. After the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses, as and when they become due.

(c) Unused Fee . Paid quarterly in arrears, a fee in the amount of 0.25% of the following calculation: (i) the maximum aggregate amount of the Formula Advances and Equipment Advances available to Borrower; less (ii) the amount of the Formula Advances and Equipment Advances outstanding; provided however, that no fee shall be due based upon the Equipment Advances after the Availability End Date.

2.6 Term . This Agreement shall become effective on the Closing Date and, subject to Section 12.7 , shall continue in full force and effect for so long as any Obligations (other than any inchoate indemnification obligations) remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank shall have the right to terminate its obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrowers shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by delivering written notice to Bank, subject to the condition that there are no Obligations (other than any inchoate indemnification obligations) outstanding under this Agreement at the time of such termination.

 

  3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS .

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Closing .  The agreement of Bank to enter into this Agreement on the Closing Date is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, each the following items and completed each of the following requirements:

(a) this Agreement;

 

5.


(b) an officer’s certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement for each Borrower;

(c) a financing statement (Form UCC-1) for each Borrower;

(d) an intellectual property security agreement for each Borrower;

(e) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due specified in Section 2.5, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s deposit accounts with Bank;

(f) current SOS Reports for each Borrower indicating that except for Permitted Liens, there are no other security interests or Liens of record in the Collateral;

(g) prior to the making of any Formula Advances, but not required before the making of any Equipment Advances, an audit of the Collateral, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Bank;

(h) current financial statements for each Borrower, including audited statements (or such other level required by the Investment Agreement) for Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal year, together with an unqualified opinion (or an opinion qualified only for going concern so long as Borrower’s investors provide additional equity as needed), company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheets and income statements for the most recently ended month in accordance with Section 6.2, and such other updated financial information as Bank may reasonably request;

(i) current Compliance Certificate in accordance with Section 6.2;

(j) a Borrower Information Certificate for each Borrower;

(k) Borrower shall have opened and funded not less than $50,000 in deposit accounts held with Bank; and

(l) such other documents or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably request.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . The obligation of Bank to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is contingent upon the Borrower’s compliance with Section 3.1 above, and is further subject to the following conditions:

(a) timely receipt by Bank of the Loan Advance/Paydown Request Form as provided in Section 2.1;

(b) Borrower shall have transferred substantially all of its Cash assets into deposit accounts held with Bank and otherwise be in compliance with Section 6.6 hereof; and

 

6.


(c) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Loan Advance/Paydown Request Form and on the effective date of each Credit Extension as though made at and as of each such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would exist after giving effect to such Credit Extension (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date). The making of each Credit Extension shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by Borrower on the date of such Credit Extension as to the accuracy of the facts referred to in this Section 3.2.

 

  4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST .

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower grants and pledges to Bank a continuing security interest in their respective interests in the Collateral to secure prompt repayment of any and all Obligations and to secure prompt performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under the Loan Documents. Except for Permitted Liens or as disclosed in the Schedule, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first priority security interest in later-acquired Collateral assuming that Bank perfects and maintains the perfection of Bank’s security interest (to the extent within Bank’s control) and does not subordinate its Lien on the Collateral. Borrower also hereby agrees not to sell, transfer, assign, mortgage, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or encumber any of its Intellectual Property Collateral. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or of any filings undertaken related to Bank’s rights under the Code, Bank’s Lien on the Collateral shall remain in effect for so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnification obligations) are outstanding.

4.2 Perfection of Security Interest . Borrower authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Borrower of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Borrower, if applicable. Borrower shall have possession of the Collateral, except where expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement or where Bank reasonably chooses to perfect its security interest by possession in addition to the filing of a financing statement. Where Collateral is in possession of a third party bailee, Borrower shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests for Bank to (i) subject to Section 7.10 below, obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, of the bailee that the bailee holds such Collateral for the benefit of Bank, and (ii) obtain “control” of any Collateral consisting of investment property, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights or electronic chattel paper (as such items and the term “control” are defined in Revised Article 9 of the Code) by causing the securities intermediary or depositary institution or issuing bank to execute a control agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank. Borrower will not create any chattel paper without placing a legend on the chattel paper acceptable to Bank indicating that Bank has a security interest in the chattel paper. Borrower from time to time may deposit with Bank specific cash collateral to secure specific Obligations (other than inchoate indemnification obligations); Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such specific balances in pledge

 

7.


and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any request by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the specific Obligations are outstanding. Borrower shall take such other actions as Bank reasonably requests to perfect its security interests granted under this Agreement.

 

  5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization and Qualification . Borrower and each Subsidiary, if applicable, is a corporation duly existing under the laws of the state in which it is organized and qualified and licensed to do business in any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be so qualified, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Due Authorization; No Conflict . The execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents are within Borrower’s powers, have been duly authorized, and are not in conflict with nor constitute a breach of any provision contained in Borrower’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, nor will they constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement by which it is bound, except to the extent such default would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.3 Collateral . Borrower has rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral, and its title to the Collateral is free and clear of Liens, adverse claims, and restrictions on transfer or pledge except for Permitted Liens. Other than movable items of personal property such as laptop computers, all Collateral having an aggregate book value not in excess of $100,000, is located solely in the Collateral States, unless it is in transit to Borrowers or one of their customers. The Eligible Accounts are bona fide existing obligations. The property or services giving rise to such Eligible Accounts has been delivered or rendered to the account debtor or its agent for immediate shipment to and unconditional acceptance by the account debtor. Borrower has not received notice of an actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any account debtor whose accounts are included in any Borrowing Base Certificate as an Eligible Account. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and merchantable quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Except as set forth in the Schedule, none of the Borrower’s Cash is maintained or invested with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates.

5.4 Intellectual Property Collateral . Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property Collateral, except for licenses granted by Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property Collateral has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to Borrower that any part of the Intellectual Property Collateral violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.


5.5 Name; Location of Chief Executive Office . Except as disclosed in the Schedule, Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof, and its exact legal name is as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement; provided, however, that CMSI conducts business under the DBA of “Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics”. The chief executive office of Osmetech is located at the address indicated in Section 10 hereof.

5.6 Litigation . Except as set forth in the Schedule, there are no actions or proceedings pending by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary, as applicable, before any court or administrative agency in which a likely adverse decision would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7 No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements . All consolidated and consolidating financial statements related to Borrower and any Subsidiary that are delivered by Borrower to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating financial condition as of the date thereof and Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating results of operations for the period then ended. There has not been a material adverse change in the consolidated or in the consolidating financial condition of Borrower since the date of the most recent of such financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.8 Solvency, Payment of Debts . Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature; the Borrower believes in good faith that the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; and Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.9 Compliance with Laws and Regulations . Borrower and each Subsidiary have met the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. No event has occurred resulting from Borrower’s failure to comply with ERISA that is reasonably likely to result in Borrower’s incurring any liability that could have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations T and U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). Borrower has not violated any statutes, laws, ordinances or rules applicable to it, the violation of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower and each Subsidiary have filed or caused to be filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid, or have made adequate provision for the payment of, all taxes reflected therein except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP or where the failure to file such returns or pay such taxes would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 Subsidiaries . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments.

5.11 Government Consents . Borrower and each Subsidiary have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all

 

9.


notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of Borrower’s business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12 Inbound Licenses . Except as disclosed on the Schedule, Borrower is not a party to, nor is bound by, any material license or other agreement material to the conduct of Borrower’s business that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property material to the conduct of Borrower’s business, other than this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

5.13 Full Disclosure . No representation, warranty or other statement made by Borrower in any certificate or written statement furnished to Bank taken together with all such certificates and written statements furnished to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made, it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results.

 

  6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS .

Borrower covenants that, until payment in full of all outstanding Obligations (other than inchoate indemnification obligations), and for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make a Credit Extension hereunder, Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Good Standing and Government Compliance . Borrower shall maintain its and each of its Subsidiaries’, as applicable, corporate existence and good standing in the respective states of formation, shall maintain qualification and good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and shall furnish to Bank the organizational identification number issued to Borrower by the authorities of the state in which Borrower is organized, if applicable. Borrower shall meet, and shall cause each Subsidiary, if applicable, to meet, the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. Borrower shall comply, and shall cause each Subsidiary, if applicable, to comply, with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, and shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries, if applicable, to maintain, in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which or failure to comply with which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . For purposes of this Section 6.2, “Borrower” shall mean either Osmetech or Genmark, based upon which entity is the parent company of the other company (i.e. the company that owns controlling interesting of the other company.) Borrower shall deliver to Bank: (i) as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each calendar month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s operations during such period, in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer; (ii) as

 

10.


soon as available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year for each fiscal year from and after the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2010, audited (or such other level as is required by the Investment Agreement) consolidated and consolidating financial statements of Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with an opinion which is either unqualified, qualified only for going concern so long as Borrower’s investors provide additional equity as needed or otherwise consented to in writing by Bank on such financial statements of an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank; (iii) annual budget approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors as soon as available but not later than November 30 th of the prior fiscal year; (iv) if applicable, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (v) promptly upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any Subsidiary of $250,000 or more; (vi) promptly upon receipt, each management letter prepared by Borrower’s independent certified public accounting firm regarding Borrower’s management control systems, (vii) such budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information generally prepared by Borrower in the ordinary course of business as Bank may reasonably request from time to time; and (viii) within 30 days of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a report signed by Borrower, in form reasonably acceptable to Bank, listing any applications or registrations that Borrower has made or filed in respect of any Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks and the status of any outstanding applications or registrations, as well as any material change in Borrower’s Intellectual Property Collateral, including but not limited to any subsequent ownership right of Borrower in or to any Trademark, Patent or Copyright not specified in Exhibits A, B, and C of any Intellectual Property Security Agreement delivered to Bank by Borrower in connection with this Agreement.

(a) Within 30 days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto, together with aged listings by invoice date of accounts receivable and accounts payable.

(b) Within 30 days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements a Compliance Certificate certified as of the last day of the applicable month and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto.

(c) As soon as possible and in any event within 3 Business Days after becoming aware of the occurrence or existence of an Event of Default hereunder, a written statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the Event of Default, and the action which Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(d) Bank (through any of its officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrower’s usual business hours but no more than twice a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect Borrower’s Books and to make copies thereof and to check, test, inspect, audit and appraise the Collateral at Borrower’s expense, in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition

 

11.


or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral. Borrower agrees that ff Borrowers’ Accounts comprise more than a majority of Borrowers’ Liquidity, then Bank may conduct a Collateral audit under customary and reasonable terms as provided herein.

Borrower may deliver to Bank on an electronic basis any certificates, reports or information required pursuant to this Section 6.2, and Bank shall be entitled to rely on the information contained in the electronic files, provided that Bank in good faith believes that the files were delivered by a Responsible Officer. Borrower shall include a submission date on any certificates and reports to be delivered electronically.

6.3 Inventory and Equipment; Returns . Borrower shall keep all Inventory and Equipment in good and merchantable condition, free from all material defects except for Inventory and Equipment (i) sold in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) for which adequate reserves have been made, in all cases in the United States and such other locations as to which Borrower gives prior written notice. Returns and allowances, if any, as between Borrower and its account debtors shall be on the same basis and in accordance with the usual customary practices of Borrower, as they exist on the Closing Date. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all returns and recoveries and of all disputes and claims involving inventory having a book value of more than $250,000.

6.4 Taxes . Borrower shall make, and cause each Subsidiary, as applicable, to make, due and timely payment or deposit of all material federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law, including, but not limited to, those laws concerning income taxes, F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A. and state disability, and will execute and deliver to Bank, on demand, proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower or a Subsidiary, as applicable, has made such payments or deposits and any appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; provided that Borrower or a Subsidiary, as applicable, need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and is reserved against (to the extent required by GAAP) by Borrower or such Subsidiary.

6.5 Insurance . Borrower, at its expense, shall (i) keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage, and (ii) maintain liability and other insurance, in each case in as ordinarily insured against by other owners in businesses similar to Borrower’s. All such policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form reasonably satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show Bank as an additional insured and specify that the insurer must give at least 20 days notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason. Within 30 days of the Closing Date, Borrower shall cause to be furnished to Bank a copy of its policies or certificate of insurance including any endorsements covering Bank or showing Bank as an additional insured. Upon Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at Borrower’s option, be payable to Borrower to replace the property subject to the claim, provided that any such replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, provided that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Obligations.

 

12.


6.6 Primary Depository” . Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1(k) and 3.2(b), prior to December 31, 2010, Borrower shall maintain all its depository and operating accounts with Bank and its primary investment accounts with Bank or Bank’s affiliates, until such time as any Borrower’s equity is publicly traded in an established securities market, in which case, Borrower may allocate any depository and investment accounts between Bank and other third party accounts.

6.7 Financial Covenants . Borrower shall at all times maintain the financial ratios and covenants, as follows:

(a) Liquidity Ratio . A Liquidity Ratio of at least 1.50 to 1.00; OR

(b) Current Ratio . At all times when any amount is outstanding pursuant to the Formula Revolving Line, a minimum Current Ratio of at least 1.50 to 1.00; AND

(c) Cash Burn . At all times when any amount is outstanding pursuant to the Equipment Loan, measured on a trailing three-months basis, a Cash Burn of not more than the amounts shown in the table immediately below for the corresponding monthly reporting period. Amounts required by this covenant for 2011 shall be reasonably set by Bank (and incorporated herein by an amendment hereto, which Borrower hereby agrees to promptly execute) based upon Borrowers’ 2011 budget, which shall be approved by Borrowers’ boards of directors, as applicable, and delivered to Bank no later than November 30, 2010.

 

Mar-10

   $ 6,152,021

Apr-10

   $ 5,472,801

May-10

   $ 4,786,896

Jun-10

   $ 4,824,807

Jul-10

   $ 5,052,808

Aug-10

   $ 5,972,531

Sep-10

   $ 5,499,620

Oct-10

   $ 4,796,006

Nov-10

   $ 3,548,868

Dec-10

   $ 3,128,374

6.8 Registration of Intellectual Property Rights .

(a) Borrower shall promptly give Bank written notice of any applications or registrations of intellectual property rights filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the date of such filing and the registration or application numbers, if any.

 

13.


(b) Borrower shall (i) give Bank not less than 30 days prior written notice of the filing of any applications or registrations with the United States Copyright Office, including the title of such intellectual property rights to be registered, as such title will appear on such applications or registrations, and the date such applications or registrations will be filed; (ii) prior to the filing of any such applications or registrations, execute such documents as Bank may reasonably request for Bank to maintain its perfection in such intellectual property rights to be registered by Borrower; (iii) upon the request of Bank, either deliver to Bank or file such documents simultaneously with the filing of any such applications or registrations; (iv) upon filing any such applications or registrations, promptly provide Bank with a copy of such applications or registrations together with any exhibits, evidence of the filing of any documents requested by Bank to be filed for Bank to maintain the perfection and priority of its security interest in such intellectual property rights, and the date of such filing.

(c) Borrower shall execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents from time to time as Bank shall reasonably request to perfect and maintain the perfection and priority of Bank’s security interest in the Intellectual Property Collateral.

(d) Borrower shall (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the trade secrets, Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights, (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to detect infringements of the Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights and promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements detected and (iii) not allow any material Trademarks, Patents or Copyrights to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without the written consent of Bank, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(e) Bank shall have the right, but not the obligation, to take, at Borrower’s sole expense, any actions that Borrower is required under this Section 6.8 to take but which Borrower fails to take, after 15 days’ notice to Borrower. Borrower shall reimburse and indemnify Bank for all reasonable costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the reasonable exercise of its rights under this Section 6.8.

6.9 Osmetech, Inc. No later than 120 days after the Closing Date, unless a materially adverse tax event would result therefrom, Borrower shall dissolve Osmetech, Inc. and transfer all assets from such entity to Borrower.

6.10 Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

  7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS .

Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any credit hereunder shall be available and until the outstanding Obligations (other than inchoate indemnification obligations) are paid in full or for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make any Credit Extensions, Borrower will not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld:

7.1 Dispositions . Other than Permitted Transfers, (a) convey, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, to “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, or (b) move cash balances on deposit with Bank to accounts opened at another financial institution.

 

14.


7.2 Change in Name, Location, Executive Office, or Executive Management; Change in Business; Change in Fiscal Year; Change in Control . Change its name or the state of Borrower’s formation or relocate its chief executive office without 21 days prior written notification to Bank; replace or suffer the departure of its chief executive officer or chief financial officer without delivering written notification to Bank within 10 days; fail to appoint an interim replacement or fill a vacancy in the position of chief executive officer or chief financial officer for more than 30 consecutive days; take action to liquidate, wind up, or otherwise cease to conduct business in the ordinary course; engage in any business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business, other than or reasonably related or incidental to the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower; change its fiscal year end; have a Change in Control.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions.  Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of a Subsidiary into another Subsidiary or into Borrower), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person except where (a) each of the following conditions is applicable: (i) the consideration paid in connection with such transactions (including assumption of liabilities) does not in the aggregate exceed $250,000 during any fiscal year , (ii) no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such transactions, (iii) such transactions do not result in a Change in Control, and (iv) Borrower is the surviving entity; or (b) the Obligations are repaid in full concurrently with the closing of any merger or consolidation of Borrower in which Borrower is not the surviving entity (s “Sale”), or there are no Obligations outstanding upon the closing of a Sale, in either circumstance contingent upon Borrowers’ delivery to Bank of a written notice that Borrowers are terminating this Agreement and that no additional Credit Extensions shall be requested hereunder; provided, however, that Borrower shall not, without Bank’s prior written consent, enter into any binding contractual arrangement with any Person to attempt to facilitate a merger or acquisition of Borrower; provided however, Borrower may enter into any such agreement without Bank’s prior written consent so long as (i) no Event of Default exists when such agreement is entered into by Borrower, (ii) such agreement does not give such Person the right to claim any fee, payment or damages from any parties, other than from Borrower or Borrower’s investors, in connection with a sale of Borrower’s stock or assets pursuant to or resulting from an assignment for the benefit of creditors, an asset turnover to Borrower’s creditors (including, without limitation, Bank), foreclosure, bankruptcy or similar liquidation, and (iii) Borrower notifies Bank in advance of entering into such an agreement (provided, the failure to give such notification shall not be deemed a material breach of this Agreement).

7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary so to do, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness, except Indebtedness to Bank.

 

15.


7.5 Encumbrances . Create, incur, assume or allow any Lien with respect to its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, except for Permitted Liens, or covenant to any other Person (other than (i) the licensors of in-licensed property with respect to such property or (ii) the lessors of specific equipment or lenders financing specific equipment with respect to such leased or financed equipment) that Borrower in the future will refrain from creating, incurring, assuming or allowing any Lien with respect to any of Borrower’s property.

7.6 Distributions . Pay any dividends or make any other distribution or payment on account of or in redemption, retirement or purchase of any capital stock, except that Borrower may (i) repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, and (ii) repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees or consultants to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists.

7.7 Investments . Directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, other than Permitted Investments, or maintain or invest any of its Investment Property, as defined in the Code, with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates or permit any Subsidiary to do so unless such Person has entered into a control agreement with Bank, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Borrower.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower except for: (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person; (b) reasonable and customary fees paid to members of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of such Borrower; (c) compensation arrangements for officers and other employees of or consultants to such Borrower and any Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to such Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated person; (d) transactions described in the Schedule; and (e) any transactions exclusively by and among any Borrowers otherwise permitted pursuant to this Agreement.

7.9 Subordinated Debt . Make any payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make any such payment, except in compliance with the terms of such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision affecting Bank’s rights contained in any documentation relating to the Subordinated Debt without Bank’s prior written consent.

7.10 Inventory and Equipment . Store the Inventory or the Equipment of a book value in excess of $250,000 with a bailee, warehouseman, collocation facility or similar third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable,

 

16.


covering such Inventory or Equipment. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and for movable items of personal property having an aggregate book value not in excess of $250,000, and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Borrower shall keep the Inventory and Equipment only at the location set forth in Section 10 and such other locations of which Borrower gives Bank prior written notice and as to which Bank is able to take such actions as may be necessary to perfect its security interest or to obtain a bailee’s acknowledgment of Bank’s rights in the Collateral.

7.11 No Investment Company; Margin Regulation . Become or be controlled by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or become principally engaged in, or undertake as one of its important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for such purpose.

 

  8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default . If Borrower fails to pay any of the Obligations when due;

8.2 Covenant Default .

(a) If Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Sections 6.2 (financial reporting), 6.4 (taxes), 6.5 (insurance), 6.6 (primary accounts) or 6.7 (financial covenants), or violates any of the covenants contained in Article 7 of this Agreement; or

(b) If Borrower fails or neglects to perform or observe any other material term, provision, condition, covenant contained in this Agreement, in any of the Loan Documents, or in any other present or future agreement between Borrower and Bank and as to any default under such other term, provision, condition or covenant that can be cured, has failed to cure such default within 15 days after Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of Borrower becomes aware thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the 15 day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such 15 day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed 30 days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be deemed an Event of Default but no Credit Extensions will be made.

8.3 Material Adverse Change . If there occurs any circumstance or any circumstances which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.4 Attachment . If any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within 10 days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to

 

17.


conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, and such court order has not been vacated within 10 days, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of Borrower’s assets, and such lien or encumbrance has not been released within 10 days, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any material portion of Borrower’s assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within ten days after Borrower receives notice thereof, provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made during such cure period);

8.5 Insolvency . If Borrower becomes insolvent, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by Borrower, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within 45 days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the dismissal of such Insolvency Proceeding);

8.6 Other Agreements . If there is a default or other failure to perform in any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of $350,000 or that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided, however, that the Event of Default under this Section caused by the occurrence of a default under another agreement described in this Section shall be automatically cured for purposes of this Agreement upon the cure or waiver of the default under such other agreement, and delivery of written notice of the same to Bank from the party declaring such default;

8.7 Judgments . If a final, uninsured judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least $350,000 shall be rendered against Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of 10 days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction or stay of the judgment); or

8.8 Misrepresentations . If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth herein or in any certificate delivered to Bank by any Responsible Officer pursuant to this Agreement or to induce Bank to enter into this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

  9. BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

9.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, at its election, without notice of its election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

(a) Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, immediately due and payable (provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 (insolvency), all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

 

18.


(b) Demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to the amount of any Letters of Credit remaining undrawn, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and (ii) pay in advance all Letter of Credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of the Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall promptly deposit and pay such amounts;

(c) Cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(d) Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts, upon terms and in whatever order that Bank reasonably considers advisable;

(e) Make such payments and do such acts as Bank considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Bank so requires, and to make the Collateral available to Bank as Bank may designate. Borrower authorizes Bank to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any encumbrance, charge, or lien which in Bank’s determination appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any of Borrower’s owned premises, Borrower hereby grants Bank a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, in order to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

(f) Set off and apply to the Obligations any and all (i) balances and deposits of Borrower held by Bank, and (ii) indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower held by Bank;

(g) Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1 , to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1 , Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Bank’s benefit;

(h) Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower’s premises) as Bank determines is commercially reasonable, and apply any proceeds to the Obligations in whatever manner or order Bank deems appropriate. Bank may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral. Bank may specifically disclaim any warranties of title or the like. This procedure will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral. If Bank sells any of the Collateral upon credit, Borrower will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser, received by Bank, and applied to the indebtedness of the purchaser. If the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Bank may resell the Collateral and Borrower shall be credited with the proceeds of the sale;

 

19.


(i) Bank may credit bid and purchase at any public sale;

(j) Apply for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or conservator of the Collateral, without notice and without regard to the adequacy of the security for the Obligations and without regard to the solvency of Borrower, any guarantor or any other Person liable for any of the Obligations; and

(k) Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower.

Bank may comply with any applicable state or federal law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Collateral and compliance will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

If Bank delivers any notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order or other directions or instructions pursuant to any control agreement or similar agreement providing for control of any Collateral to any Person, then upon the cure of any Event of Default (provided that the determination of whether an Event of Default has been cured shall be made by Bank in its sole discretion) during which the Bank has delivered a notice of exclusive control, entitlement order or other direction or instructions pursuant to a control agreement Bank shall rescind such notice, order, direction or instruction.

9.2 Power of Attorney . Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Borrower’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; (g) enter into a short-form intellectual property security agreement consistent with the terms of this Agreement for recording purposes only or modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Borrower and Bank without first obtaining Borrower’s approval of or signature to such modification by amending Exhibits A, B, and C, thereof, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks acquired by Borrower after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks in which Borrower no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest; and (h) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Borrower on any of the documents described in clauses (g) and (h) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred.

 

20.


The appointment of Bank as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.

9.3 Accounts Collection . At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Bank may notify any Person owing funds to Borrower of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Account. Borrower shall collect all amounts owing to Borrower for Bank, receive in trust all payments as Bank’s trustee, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original form as received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.

9.4 Bank Expenses . If Borrower fails to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Bank may do any or all of the following after reasonable notice to Borrower: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; and/or (b) set up such reserves under the Formula Revolving Line as Bank deems necessary to protect Bank from the exposure created by such failure; or (c) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.5 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Bank deems prudent. Any amounts so paid or deposited by Bank shall constitute Bank Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, and shall bear interest at the then applicable rate hereinabove provided, and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Bank shall not constitute an agreement by Bank to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Bank of any Event of Default under this Agreement.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral . Bank has no obligation to clean up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

9.6 No Obligation to Pursue Others . Bank has no obligation to attempt to satisfy the Obligations by collecting them from any other person liable for them and Bank may release, modify or waive any collateral provided by any other Person to secure any of the Obligations, all without affecting Bank’s rights against Borrower. Borrower waives any right it may have to require Bank to pursue any other Person for any of the Obligations.

9.7 Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. Borrower expressly agrees that this Section 9.7 may not be waived or modified by Bank by course of performance, conduct, estoppel or otherwise.

 

21.


9.8 Demand; Protest . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment and any other notices relating to the Obligations.

 

  10. NOTICES .

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Borrower or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

If to Borrower:   

Osmetech Technology, Inc.

757 S. Raymond Avenue

Pasadena, CA 91105

   Attn: Steve Kemper
   FAX:                                         
If to Co-Borrower:   

Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc.

757 S. Raymond Avenue

Pasadena, CA 91105

   Attn: Steve Kemper
   FAX:                                         
If to Co-Borrower:   

Genmark Diagnostics, Inc.

757 S. Raymond Avenue

Pasadena, CA 91105

   Attn: Steve Kemper
   FAX:                                         
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
  

DLA Piper US LLP

4365 Executive Drive

Suite 1100

San Diego, CA 92121

   Attn: Michael Kagnoff
   FAX: (858) 638-5122
If to Bank:   

Square 1 Bank

406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240

Durham, North Carolina 27701

 

22.


   Attn: Loan Operations Manager
   FAX: (919) 314-3080
with a copy to:   

Square 1 Bank

12481 High Bluff Drive, Suite 350

San Diego, CA 92130

   Attn: Scott Foote
   FAX: (858) 436-3501

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

 

  11. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER .

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Jurisdiction shall lie in the State of California. All disputes, controversies, claims, actions and similar proceedings arising with respect to Borrower’s account or any related agreement or transaction shall be brought in the Superior Court of San Mateo County, California or the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, except as provided below with respect to arbitration of such matters. BANK AND BORROWER EACH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED. EACH OF THEM, AFTER CONSULTING OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT, WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR CHOICE, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT ANY OF THEM MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED INSTRUMENT OR LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN), OR ACTION OF ANY OF THEM. THESE PROVISIONS SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MODIFIED IN ANY RESPECT OR RELINQUISHED BY BANK OR BORROWER, EXCEPT BY A WRITTEN INSTRUMENT EXECUTED BY EACH OF THEM. If the jury waiver set forth in this Section 11 is not enforceable, then any dispute, controversy, claim, action or similar proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated therein shall be settled by final and binding arbitration held in San Mateo County, California in accordance with the then current Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with those rules. The arbitrator shall apply California law to the resolution of any dispute, without reference to rules of conflicts of law or rules of statutory arbitration. Judgment upon any award resulting from arbitration may be entered into and enforced by any state or federal court having jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for preliminary or interim equitable relief, or to compel arbitration in accordance with this Section. The costs and expenses of the arbitration, including without limitation, the arbitrator’s fees and expert witness fees, and reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the parties to the arbitration may be awarded to the prevailing party, in the discretion of the arbitrator, or may be apportioned between the parties in any manner deemed appropriate by the arbitrator. Unless

 

23.


and until the arbitrator decides that one party is to pay for all (or a share) of such costs and expenses, both parties shall share equally in the payment of the arbitrator’s fees as and when billed by the arbitrator.

 

  12. GENERAL PROVISIONS .

12.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties and shall bind all Persons who become bound as a debtor to this Agreement; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Borrower without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Borrower to sell, assign, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

12.2 Indemnification . Borrower shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank, its officers, employees and agents as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to transactions between Bank and Borrower whether under this Agreement, or otherwise (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for losses caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. If Bank or any other indemnified party obtains recovery of any of the amounts that Borrowers have paid to them pursuant to the indemnity set forth herein from any insurance policies maintained by Bank or Borrowers, then Bank or such other indemnified party, as applicable, shall promptly pay to the Borrowers the amount of such recovery that, when added to the amounts paid to them by Borrowers pursuant to the indemnity set forth herein, exceeds the maximum amount claimed by Bank or other such individual party as being owed to them pursuant to Borrowers’ indemnification obligations hereunder.

12.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

12.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

12.5 Amendments in Writing, Integration. All amendments to or terminations of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents must be in writing signed by each of Bank and [each] Borrower, or any of such parties’ permitted successors or assigns. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

12.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and

 

24.


delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Executed copies of the signature pages of this Agreement sent by facsimile or transmitted electronically in Portable Document Format (“PDF”), or any similar format, shall be treated as originals, fully binding and with full legal force and effect, and the parties waive any rights they may have to object to such treatment.

12.7 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate obligations) remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make any Credit Extension to Borrower. The obligations of Borrower to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 12.2 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

12.8 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank and all employees and agents of Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that Bank exercises with respect to its own proprietary information of the same types to maintain the confidentiality of any non-public information thereby received or received pursuant to this Agreement except that disclosure of such information may be made (i) to the subsidiaries or Affiliates of Bank or Borrower in connection with their present or prospective business relations with Borrower, (ii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions, provided that they have entered into a comparable confidentiality agreement in favor of Borrower and have delivered a copy to Borrower, (iii) as required by law, regulations, rule or order, subpoena, judicial order or similar order, (iv) as may be required in connection with the examination, audit or similar investigation of Bank and (v) as Bank may determine in connection with the enforcement of any remedies hereunder. Confidential information hereunder shall not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in the knowledge or possession of Bank when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (b) is disclosed to Bank by a third party, provided Bank does not have actual knowledge that such third party is prohibited from disclosing such information.

 

  13. CO-BORROWER PROVISIONS.

13.1 Primary Obligation . This Agreement is a primary and original obligation of each Borrower and shall remain in effect notwithstanding future changes in conditions, including any change of law or any invalidity or irregularity in the creation or acquisition of any Obligations or in the execution or delivery of any agreement between Bank and any Borrower. Each Borrower shall be liable for existing and future Obligations as fully as if all of all Credit Extensions were advanced to such Borrower. Bank may rely on any certificate or representation made by any Borrower as made on behalf of, and binding on, all Borrowers, including without limitation Disbursement Request Forms, Borrowing Base Certificates and Compliance Certificates.

13.2 Enforcement of Rights . Borrowers are jointly and severally liable for the Obligations and Bank may proceed against one or more of the Borrowers to enforce the Obligations without waiving its right to proceed against any of the other Borrowers.

 

25.


13.3 Borrowers as Agents . Each Borrower appoints the other Borrower as its agent with all necessary power and authority to give and receive notices, certificates or demands for and on behalf of both Borrowers, to act as disbursing agent for receipt of any Credit Extensions on behalf of each Borrower and to apply to Bank on behalf of each Borrower for Credit Extensions, any waivers and any consents. This authorization cannot be revoked, and Bank need not inquire as to each Borrower’s authority to act for or on behalf of Borrower.

13.4 Subrogation and Similar Rights . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, each Borrower irrevocably waives all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating the Borrower to the rights of Bank under the Loan Documents) to seek contribution, indemnification, or any other form of reimbursement from any other Borrower, or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by the Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with the Loan Documents or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by the Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with the Loan Documents or otherwise. Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other arrangement prohibited under this Section 13.4 shall be null and void. If any payment is made to a Borrower in contravention of this Section 13.4 , such Borrower shall hold such payment in trust for Bank and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Bank for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

13.5 Waivers of Notice . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Borrower waives notice of acceptance hereof; notice of the existence, creation or acquisition of any of the Obligations; notice of an Event of Default; notice of the amount of the Obligations outstanding at any time; notice of intent to accelerate; notice of acceleration; notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of any other Borrower or of any other fact that might increase the Borrower’s risk; presentment for payment; demand; protest and notice thereof as to any instrument; default; and all other notices and demands to which the Borrower would otherwise be entitled. Each Borrower waives any defense arising from any defense of any other Borrower, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of any other Borrower. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by any Borrower of any provision of the Loan Documents shall not waive, alter or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance therewith. Nothing contained herein shall prevent Bank from foreclosing on the Lien of any deed of trust, mortgage or other security instrument, or exercising any rights available thereunder, and the exercise of any such rights shall not constitute a legal or equitable discharge of any Borrower. Each Borrower also waives any defense arising from any act or omission of Bank that changes the scope of the Borrower’s risks hereunder.

13.6 Subrogation Defenses . Each Borrower hereby waives any defense based on impairment or destruction of its subrogation or other rights against any other Borrower and waives all benefits which might otherwise be available to it under California Civil Code Sections 2809, 2810, 2819, 2839, 2845, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899, and 3433 and California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 580a, 580b, 580d and 726, as those statutory provisions are now in effect and hereafter amended, and under any other similar statutes now and hereafter in effect.

 

26.


13.7 Right to Settle, Release .

(a) The liability of Borrowers hereunder shall not be diminished by (i) any agreement, understanding or representation that any of the Obligations is or was to be guaranteed by another Person or secured by other property, or (ii) any release or unenforceability, whether partial or total, of rights, if any, which Bank may now or hereafter have against any other Person, including another Borrower, or property with respect to any of the Obligations.

(b) Without affecting the liability of any Borrower hereunder, Bank may (i) compromise, settle, renew, extend the time for payment, change the manner or terms of payment, discharge the performance of, decline to enforce, or release all or any of the Obligations with respect to a Borrower, (ii) grant other indulgences to a Borrower in respect of the Obligations, (iii) modify in any manner any documents relating to the Obligations with respect to a Borrower, (iv) release, surrender or exchange any deposits or other property securing the Obligations, whether pledged by a Borrower or any other Person, or (v) compromise, settle, renew, or extend the time for payment, discharge the performance of, decline to enforce, or release all or any obligations of any guarantor, endorser or other Person who is now or may hereafter be liable with respect to any of the Obligations.

13.8 Subordination . All indebtedness of a Borrower now or hereafter arising held by another Borrower is subordinated to the Obligations and the Borrower holding the indebtedness shall take all actions reasonably requested by Lender to effect, to enforce and to give notice of such subordination.

********

 

27.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

OSMETECH TECHNOLOGY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven Kemper

Title:  

CFO, Assistant Secretary

CLINICAL MICRO SENSORS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven Kemper

Title:  

CFO, Assistant Secretary

GENMARK DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven Kemper

Title:  

CFO, Assistant Secretary

SQUARE 1 BANK
By:  

/s/ Scott R. Foote

Title:  

SVP

 

28.


EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

“Accounts” means all presently existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, payment intangibles and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods (including, without limitation, the licensing of software and other technology) or the rendering of services by Borrower and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“Advance” or “Advances” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Formula Revolving Line.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly such Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of such Person’s senior executive officers, directors, and general partners.

“Ancillary Services” means any of the following products or services requested by Borrower and approved by Bank under the Formula Revolving Line, including, without limitation, Automated Clearing House transactions, corporate credit card services, FX Contracts, Letters of Credit, or other treasury management services.

“Ancillary Services Sublimit” means a sublimit for Ancillary Services under the Formula Revolving Line not to exceed $500,000.

“Authorized Officer” means someone designated as such in the corporate resolution provided by Borrower to Bank in which this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereunder are authorized by Borrower’s board of directors. If Borrower provides subsequent corporate resolutions to Bank after the Closing Date, the individual(s) designated as “Authorized Officer(s)” in the most-recently provided resolution shall be the only “Authorized Officers” for purposes of this Agreement.

“Availability End Date” means July 12, 2011.

“Bank Expenses” means all reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, administration, and enforcement of the Loan Documents; reasonable Collateral audit fees; and Bank’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in amending, enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal), incurred before, during and after an Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not suit is brought.

“Borrower’s Books” means all of Borrower’s books and records including: ledgers; records concerning Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition; and all computer programs, or tape files, and the equipment, containing such information.

“Borrowing Base” means an amount equal to: (i) Cash at Bank; plus (ii) 80.0% (the “Advance Rate”) of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank with reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Borrower.

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of North Carolina are authorized or required to close.

 

1.


“Cash” means unrestricted cash and cash equivalents.

“Cash Burn” means an amount equal to the prior period’s Cash minus the current period’s ending Cash that has been adjusted for any changes to Cash as a result of borrowings and repayments of borrowings, proceeds from the sale of equity and the exercise of stock options or warrants, paid-in-capital and minority interest, and capital expenditures financed under a capital lease.

“Change in Control” shall mean a transaction other than (i) a bona fide equity financing or series of financings on terms and from investors reasonably acceptable to Bank and (ii) any equity financing or series of financings involving the public offering of securities of Borrower in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such “person” or “group” to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction.

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

“Code” means the California Uniform Commercial Code as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Collateral” means the property described on Exhibit B attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral and Intellectual Property Collateral to the extent not described on Exhibit B, except to the extent (i) any such property is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, §9406 and §9408 of the Code), (ii) the granting of a security interest in such property is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, (iii) any such property constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote, or (iv) any such property (including any attachments, accessions or replacements) that is subject to a Lien that is permitted pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens, if the grant of a security interest with respect to such property pursuant to this Agreement would be prohibited by the agreement creating such Permitted Lien or would otherwise constitute a default thereunder, provided, that such property will be deemed “Collateral” hereunder upon the termination and release of such Permitted Lien.

“Collateral State” means the state or states where the Collateral is located, which is California.

“Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

 

2.


“Copyrights” means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

“Credit Extension” means each Advance, Equipment Advance, or any other extension of credit, by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrower hereunder.

“Current Assets” means, as of any applicable date, all amounts that should, in accordance with GAAP, be included as current assets on the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date.

“Current Ratio” means (i) Current Assets; divided by (ii) Formula Advances then outstanding.

“Eligible Accounts” means those Accounts that arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that comply with all of Borrower’s representations and warranties to Bank set forth in Section 5.3; provided, that Bank may change the Advance Rate and the standards of eligibility by giving Borrower 10 days prior written notice. Unless otherwise agreed to by Bank, Eligible Accounts shall not include the following:

(a) Account balances that the account debtor has failed to pay in full within 90 days of invoice date;

(b) Account credit balances greater than 90 days from invoice date;

(c) Accounts with respect to an account debtor, 25% of whose Accounts the account debtor has failed to pay within 90 days of invoice date;

(d) Accounts with respect to an account debtor, including the account debtor’s subsidiaries and Affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed 25% of all Accounts, to the extent such obligations exceed the aforementioned percentage, except as approved in writing by Bank;

(e) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States, except for Eligible Foreign Accounts;

(f) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor is the United States or any department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States, except for Accounts of the United States if the payee has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 (31 U.S.C. 3727);

(g) Accounts with respect to which Borrower is liable to the account debtor for goods sold or services rendered by the account debtor to Borrower, but only to the extent of any amounts owing to the account debtor against amounts owed to Borrower;

(h) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor is an officer, employee, agent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of Borrower;

(i) Accounts with respect to which goods are placed on consignment, guaranteed sale, sale or return, sale on approval, bill and hold, demo or promotional, or other terms by reason of which the payment by the account debtor may be conditional

(j) “Advanced Billings,” i.e., accounts that have not yet been billed to the account debtor or that relate to deposits (such as good faith deposits) or other property of the account debtor held by Borrower for the performance of services or delivery of goods which Borrower has not yet performed or delivered;

 

3.


(k) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor disputes liability or makes any claim with respect thereto as to which Bank believes, in its sole discretion, that there may be a basis for dispute (but only to the extent of the amount subject to such dispute or claim), or is subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

(l) Accounts the collection of which Bank reasonably determines after inquiry and consultation with Borrower to be doubtful;

(m) Retentions and hold-backs; and

(n) “Progress Billings,” i.e., accounts that are billed based on project milestones and not on actual time and materials bases.

“Eligible Foreign Accounts” means Accounts: (x) with respect to which the account debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States; and (y) which do not otherwise fall within any of subsections (a) through (d) and (f) through (n) of the definition of “Eligible Accounts”, and that are: (i) supported by one or more letters of credit in an amount and of a tenor, and issued by a financial institution, acceptable to Bank, (ii) insured by the Export Import Bank of the United States, (iii) generated by an account debtor with its principal place of business in Canada, except for the Province of Quebec, or (iv) approved by Bank on a case-by-case basis. All Eligible Foreign Accounts must be calculated in U.S. Dollars, and must be billed by the Borrower from a location within the United States of America. “Equipment” means all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which Borrower has any interest.

“Equipment” means all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which Borrower has any interest.

“Equipment Advance(s)” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Equipment Loan.

“Equipment Loan” means a Credit Extension of up to $2,000,000 in the aggregate, subject to the restrictions that: (i) no more than $500,000 may be advanced to finance licensed genetic bio-markers; (ii) no more than $550,000 may be advanced to finance leasehold improvements or other new building-related capital expenditures.

“Equipment Maturity Date” means July 12, 2013.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned in Article 8.

“Formula Advance” or “Formula Advances” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Formula Revolving Line.

“Formula Revolving Line” means a Credit Extension of up to $2,000,000 (inclusive of any amounts outstanding under the Ancillary Services Sublimit).

“Formula Revolving Maturity Date” means July 12, 2011.

 

4.


“Foreign Exchange Reserve Percentage” means a percentage of reserves for FX Contracts as determined by Bank, in its sole discretion from time to time.

“FX Contracts” means contracts between Borrower and Bank for foreign exchange transactions.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time in the United States.

“Indebtedness” means (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, including without limitation reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, and (d) all Contingent Obligations, including but not limited to any sublimit contained herein.

“Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

“Intellectual Property Collateral” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) Any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

(c) Any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

(d) Any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above;

(e) All licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use to the extent permitted by such license or rights;

(f) All amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents; and

(g) All proceeds and products of the foregoing, including without limitation all payments under insurance or any indemnity or warranty payable in respect of any of the foregoing.

“Inventory” means all present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest.

“Investment” means any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

“Investment Agreement” means, collectively, Borrower’s stock purchase and other agreement(s) pursuant to which Borrower most recently issued shares of its preferred stock.

“IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Letter of Credit” means a commercial or standby letter of credit or similar undertaking issued by Bank at Borrower’s request.

 

5.


“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other similar encumbrance.

“Liquidity” means the sum of: (i) unrestricted Cash in Bank; plus (ii) 50.0% of Accounts in the United States; plus (iii) contingent on the aggregate amount of Borrowers’ Cash at Bank being at least $10,000,000, Cash in other banks that is subject to an account control agreement in favor of and in form and substance acceptable to Bank.

“Liquidity Ratio” means the ratio of Liquidity to all Indebtedness to Bank.

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrower, and any other document, instrument or agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on: (i) the operations, business or financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) the ability of Borrower to repay the Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents; or (iii) Borrower’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.

“Negotiable Collateral” means all of Borrower’s present and future letters of credit of which it is a beneficiary, drafts, instruments (including promissory notes), securities, documents of title, and chattel paper, and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“Obligations” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Borrower to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

“Periodic Payments” means all installments or similar recurring payments that Borrower may now or hereafter become obligated to pay to Bank pursuant to the terms and provisions of any instrument, or agreement now or hereafter in existence between Borrower and Bank.

“Permitted Indebtedness” means:

(a) Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Bank arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(c) Indebtedness not to exceed $350,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Borrower secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed at the time it is incurred the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the property financed with such Indebtedness;

(d) Subordinated Debt;

 

6.


(e) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness of Borrower to any Subsidiary and Contingent Obligations of any Subsidiary with respect to obligations of Borrower, Indebtedness of any Subsidiary to any other Subsidiary and Contingent Obligations of any Subsidiary with respect to obligations any other Subsidiary, and Indebtedness of any Subsidiary to Borrower;

(g) Indebtedness of Borrower in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds, bankers’ acceptances and similar obligations and trade-related letters of credit, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with Indebtedness for money borrowed; and

(h) Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

“Permitted Investment” means:

(a) Investments existing on the Closing Date disclosed in the Schedule;

(b) (i) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (iii) repurchase agreements relating to securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States of America, (iv) mutual funds that invest solely in investments of the type described in clauses (i), (ii), or (iii) above, (v) Bank’s certificates of deposit maturing no more than one year from the date of investment therein, and (vi) Bank’s money market accounts; (vii) Investments in regular deposit or checking accounts held with Bank or subject to a control agreement in favor of Bank; and (viii) Investments consistent with any investment policy adopted by the Borrower’s board of directors;

(c) Repurchases of stock from former employees, consultants or directors of Borrower under the terms of applicable repurchase agreements (i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $350,000 in any fiscal year, provided that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the repurchases, or (ii) in any amount where the consideration for the repurchase is the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees, consultants or directors to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists;

(d) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

(e) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower, and Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed $350,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(f) Investments not to exceed $350,000 outstanding in the aggregate at any time consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(g) Investments in unfinanced capital expenditures in any fiscal year, not to exceed $350,000;

 

7.


(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(i) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(j) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection, and deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligation for borrowed money;

(k) Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed $350,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year; and

(l) Investments permitted under Section 7.3.

“Permitted Liens” means the following:

(a) Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule (excluding Liens to be satisfied with the proceeds of the Credit Extensions) or arising under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or any other agreement in favor of Bank;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves;

(c) Liens not to exceed $350,000 in the aggregate (i) upon or in any Equipment and related software (other than Equipment financed by a Credit Extension) acquired or held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment and related software or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment and related software, or (ii) existing on such Equipment and related software at the time of its acquisition, in each case provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment and related software;

(d) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (c) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(e) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 (attachment) or 8.7 (judgments);

(f) Liens securing Subordinated Debt;

(g) Deposits under worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other similar laws, or to secure the performance of bids, tenders or

 

8.


contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds for the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure statutory obligations (other than liens arising under ERISA or environmental liens) or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds in the ordinary course of business;

(h) Liens arising out of leases or subleases and licenses and sublicences granted to others in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business not interfering in any material respect with the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(i) Easements, reservations, rights-of-way, restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar changes or encumbrances affecting real property not constituting a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ business, taken as a whole; and

(j) Liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, carriers, artisans or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business or by operation of law.

(k) Subject to Section 6.6 , Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit accounts held at such institutions to secure standard fees for deposit services charged by, but not financing made available by such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit accounts.

“Permitted Transfer” means the conveyance, sale, lease, transfer or disposition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of:

(a) Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(b) licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(c) worn-out, surplus or obsolete Equipment not financed with the proceeds of Credit Extensions;

(d) grants of security interests and other Liens that constitute Permitted Liens;

(e) other assets of Borrower or its Subsidiaries that do not in the aggregate exceed $350,000 during any fiscal year;

(f) Borrower’s property as permitted under Sections 7.6, 7.7 and 7.8; and

(g) amounts by Borrower to or from one of its investment or deposit accounts to another investment or deposit account maintained with Bank.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

“Prime Rate” means the variable rate of interest, per annum, most recently announced by Bank, as its “prime rate,” whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Bank.

“Responsible Officer” means each of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Finance and the Controller of Borrower, as well as any other officer or employee identified in as an Authorized Officer in the corporate resolution delivered by Borrower to Bank in connection with this Agreement.

 

9.


“Schedule” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

“Shares” means (i) sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by Borrower in any Subsidiary of Borrower which is not an entity organized under the laws of the United States or territory thereof, and (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by Borrower in any Subsidiary of Borrower which is an entity organized under the laws of the United States or any territory thereof

“SOS Reports” means the official reports from the Secretaries of State of each Collateral State, the state where Borrower’s chief executive office is located, the state of Borrower’s formation and other applicable federal, state or local government offices identifying all current security interests filed in the Collateral and Liens of record as of the date of such report.

“Subordinated Debt” means any debt incurred by Borrower that is subordinated in writing to the debt owing by Borrower to Bank on terms reasonably acceptable to Bank (and identified as being such by Borrower and Bank).

“Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than 50% of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by Borrower, either directly or through an Affiliate.

“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

 

10.


DEBTOR:    OSMETECH TECHNOLOGY, INC.
SECURED PARTY:    SQUARE 1 BANK

EXHIBIT B-1

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), financial assets, general intangibles (including patents, trademarks, copyrights, goodwill, payment intangibles, domain names, and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements but limited to sixty-six two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding equity securities of any subsidiary formed in a jurisdiction outside of the United States), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(b) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including revised Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions.

 

1.


DEBTOR:    GENMARK DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
SECURED PARTY:    SQUARE 1 BANK

EXHIBIT B-2

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(c) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), financial assets, general intangibles (including patents, trademarks, copyrights, goodwill, payment intangibles, domain names and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements but limited to sixty-six two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding equity securities of any subsidiary formed in a jurisdiction outside of the United States), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(d) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including revised Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions.

 

1.


DEBTOR:    CLINICAL MICRO SENSORS, INC.
SECURED PARTY:    SQUARE 1 BANK

EXHIBIT B-3

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(e) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), financial assets, general intangibles (including patents, trademarks, copyrights, goodwill, payment intangibles, domain names and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements but limited to sixty-six two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding equity securities of any subsidiary formed in a jurisdiction outside of the United States), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(f) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including revised Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions.

 

1.


EXHIBIT C

LOGO

 

  Sent to |              Date |      Time |     
 

Requested Transaction

 

     
           
  BORROWER   

Osmetech Technology, Inc

      REQUESTED TRANSACTION TYPE      DOLLAR AMOUNT     
   
  FROM Account No.   

 

      Principal Increase (Advance)    $ —       
                      
           Principal Payment (Only)    $ —       
                      
  TO Account No.   

 

             
 

 

Borrower’s total Cash as of the date of this

certificate (including Cash held outside of

      Other Instructions:        
  Square 1 Bank, if any)   

$  —  

             
   
 

X

     

 

    
  borrower authorized signature   

 

 

    
 

 

NOTE: THE PERSON SIGNING THIS ADVANCE REQUEST MUST BE LISTED AS AN AUTHORIZED OFFICER IN THE BORROWING RESOLUTIONS EXECUTED BY THE COMPANY IN CONNECTION WITH THE LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

  

 

 

    
    

 

 

    
    

 

 

    
    

 

 

    
    

 

 

    
    

 

    
    

 

 

    
            
 

 

             
  authorized requestor    phone number              
   
                              

 

 

All representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects as of the date of the request for, and advance confirmed by, this Loan Advance / Paydown Request; provided that those representations and warranties of the date expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date.

 

Outgoing Wire Transfer Instructions

 

Is there a wire request tied to this loan advance? Please circle:                                                       YES          NO

If there is a wire associated, please complete the necessary fields below. By filling out the fields below you are requesting Square 1 Bank to initiate the wire on your behalf, in which case an authorized person(s) will be contacted by Square 1 Bank for PIN and wire confirmation based on the instruction you provided to the Bank within your Funds Transfer Agreement.

 

All fields below must be completed for an associated wire to go out of your account (subject to wire confirmation with PIN).

 

 

 

WIRE AMOUNT

 

  

$

        FROM ACCOUNT NO.   

 

    
 

Beneficiary Name

 

  

 

      ABA Routing No. (9 digits)   

 

    
 

Beneficiary Account No.

 

  

 

      Receiving Institution Name   

 

    
 

Beneficiary Address

 

  

 

      Receiving Institution Address   

 

    
    

 

        

 

    
   
                            
 

 

COMMENTS TO BENEFICIARY

    
   
        

For Bank Use Only

 

 

 

TRANSACTION REQUEST

             OUTGOING WIRE TRANSFER
     
  date received  

 

   comp. status   

 

       

X

  time received  

 

   status date   

 

        wire approval signature
     
 

X

        wire posted                                YES             NO
 

analyst signature

            
     
 

X

        date   

 

 

manager’s approval signature

        time   

 

                                
 

 

TELEPHONE REQUEST

       

p. bal. |

                 

p. no. |

 

received by |

       

p. notes |

                                

 

Square 1 Bank Confidential     New Borrower’s Kit V 1.1

 

2.


EXHIBIT D

LOGO

 

    

Borrower |    Osmetech Technology, Inc

     Commitment Amount |    $ 2,000,000
    

Accounts Receivable

     
 

1.

  

Accounts Receivable Book Value as of                  date |                    

   $                     —  
              
 

2.

  

Additions (please explain on reverse)

      $ —  
              
 

3.

  

TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

      $ —  
              
    

Accounts Receivable Deductions (without duplication)

  
 

4.

  

Amounts over 90 days

   $ —     
              
 

5.

  

Credit balances over 90 days

   $ —     
              
 

6.

  

Balance of 25% over 90 days

   $ —     
              
 

7.

  

Concentration limits

   $ —     
              
 

8.

  

Foreign Accounts

   $ —     
              
 

9.

  

Government Accounts

   $ —     
              
         (except Assigned Government Contracts)      
 

10.

  

Contra Accounts

   $ —     
              
 

11.

  

Demo Accounts

   $ —     
              
 

12.

  

Intercompany/Employee Accounts

   $ —     
              
 

13.

  

Advance Billings

   $ —     
              
 

14.

  

Progress Billings

   $ —     
              
 

15.

  

Other (please explain below)

   $ —     
              
 

16.

  

Total Accounts Receivable Deductions

      $ —  
              
 

17.

  

Eligible Accounts (#3 Minus #16)

   $ —     
              
 

18.

  

Loan Value of Accounts Receivable ( 80 % of #17)

      $ —  
              
    

Balances

     
 

19.

  

Maximum Loan Amount

   $ 2,000,000.00   
              
 

20.

  

Total Unrestricted Cash at Bank

      $ —  
              
 

21.

  

Total Funds Available

      $ —  
              
 

22.

  

Present balance outstanding on Line of Credit

      $ —  
              
 

23.

  

Outstandings under Sublimits (Letters of Credit)

      $ —  
              
 

24.

  

Reserve Position

      $ —  
              
 

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that the foregoing is true, complete and correct, and that the information reflected in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties set forth in the Loan & Security Agreement between the undersigned and Square 1 Bank.

 

    

Comments

     
 
 

 

X

      bank    Square 1 Bank
authorized signature       address    ATTN: Portfolio Analysis Dept.
        

406 Blackwell St. Suite 240

Durham, NC 27701

name |

      web link    www.square1bank.com
      phone    919-314-3040

title |

      fax    919-314-3090
      email    reportsed@square1bank.com

 

For Bank Use Only

 

 

received by |

  date |   reviewed by |   date |

 

Square 1 Bank Confidential     New Borrower’s Kit v 1.1

 

3.


EXHIBIT E

LOGO

 

    Borrower      Osmetech Technology, Inc
 

 

The undersigned authorized Officer of                      (“Borrower”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), (i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                     , with all covenants except as noted below; and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated on the Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification. The Officer further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next, except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes.

 

            Reporting Covenants
 

Please indicate compliance status by circling YES or NO under the COMPLIES column.

 

 

 

COVENANTS

 

  

REQUIRED

 

       

COMPLIES

 

 

Monthly financial statements, Compliance Cert.

   Monthly, within 30 days       YES    NO
 

A/R & A/P Agings, Borrowing Base Cert.

   Monthly, within 30 days       YES    NO
 

IP Report

   Quarterly, within 30 days       YES    NO
 

A/R Audit

   Initial and Semi-Annual       YES    NO
 

Annual (CPA Audited)

   FYE within 180 days       YES    NO
 

10K and 10Q

   (as applicable)       YES    NO
 

Annual Financial Projections

 

  

November 30 of each year

 

       

YES

 

   NO

 

   

 

        Banking Relationship

 

Please Banking Relationship below and circle YES or NO under the COMPLIES column.

 

                                                  

 

COMPLIES

    
  Total Amount of Borrower’s Cash and Investments at S1B   

                     

          
  All Cash and Investments at S1B?          YES    NO
    If no, total amount of Borrower’s Cash and Investments outside of S1B      

 

          
    Location of Cash & Investments outside of S1B   

 

          
   
  Total amount of Borrower’s Cash and Investments   

                                          

          
   
                       
   

 

        Financial Covenants

                          
 

Please list financial covenants below and circle YES or NO under the COMPLIES column.

 

 

COVENANTS

        REQUIRED    ACTUAL    COMPLIES
   
 

Liquidity Ratio

      1.50             YES    NO    NA
   
 

Current Ratio

      1.50             YES    NO    NA
   
 

Trailing 3 Mo. Cash Burn

 

        See Covenant Worksheet

 

             YES

 

  

NO

 

   NA

 

 

Please enter comments regarding covenant violations

 

 
   
 

 

By signing below, the Officers further acknowledge that at any time Borrower is not in compliance with all the terms set forth in the Agreement, including, without limitation, the financial covenants, and such non-compliance results in a Default or Event of Default and such Default or Event of Default is continuing, then no credit extensions will be made.

 

            

Please Send All Required Reporting to:

 

X

    

                 

         address   

Square 1 Bank

 

authorized signature      date            

ATTN: Portfolio Analysis Dept.

 

                

406 Blackwell St. Suite 240

 

name:

                

Durham, NC 27701

 

                web link   

www.square1bank.com

 

title:

              phone   

919-314-3040

 

                fax   

919-314-3090

 

                email   

reportsed@square1bank.com

 

       For Bank Use Only                       
   

 

  received by |

   date |              reviewed by |         date |         
   

 

  financial compliance status:

 

   YES

 

  

NO

 

                            

 

Square 1 Bank Confidential     New Borrower’s Kit v 1.1

 

4.

EXHIBIT 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Set forth below is a list of subsidiaries of the Registrant after giving effect to the Reorganization (as defined in the Registration Statement). Unless otherwise indicated, all of the subsidiaries listed below are wholly owned subsidiaries of GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. and are owned directly by either GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. or by wholly owned subsidiaries of GenMark Diagnostics, Inc.

 

Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Formation

Osmetech plc

   England & Wales

Osmetech Technology Inc.

   Delaware

Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. (dba Osmetech Molecular Diagnostics)

   Delaware

Osmetech Inc.

   Delaware

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 18, 2010, relating to the financial statement of GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. (the “Company”) appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Diego, CA

March 18, 2010

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 19, 2010 relating to the financial statements of Osmetech plc, and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE LLP

St. Albans, United Kingdom

March 19, 2010